<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1590/index.xml"/>
    <title>Download New Full Audiobooks in History, The Americas</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1590/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1590/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1590/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jan 2025 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 08 Jan 2025 12:52:23 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1590/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1590/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Download New Full Audiobooks in History, The Americas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1590/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1590/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Bernard Schuppe</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1590/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1590/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="History"/>
    <item>
      <title>JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956 by Fredrik Logevall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956
Author: Fredrik Logevall
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • A Pulitzer Prize–winning historian takes us as close as we have ever been to the real John F. Kennedy in this revelatory biography of the iconic, yet still elusive, thirty-fifth president.  “An utterly incandescent study of one of the most consequential figures of the twentieth century.”—Jill Lepore, author of These Truths: A History of the United States WINNER OF THE ELIZABETH LONGFORD PRIZE • NAMED BIOGRAPHY OF THE YEAR BY The Times (London) ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Sunday Times (London), New Statesman, The Daily Telegraph,  Kirkus Reviews By the time of his assassination in 1963, John F. Kennedy stood at the helm of the greatest power the world had ever seen, a booming American nation that he had steered through some of the most perilous diplomatic standoffs of the Cold War. Born in 1917 to a striving Irish American family that had become among Boston’s wealthiest, Kennedy knew political ambition from an early age, and his meteoric rise to become the youngest elected president cemented his status as one of the most mythologized figures in American history. And while hagiographic portrayals of his dazzling charisma, reports of his extramarital affairs, and disagreements over his political legacy have come and gone in the decades since his untimely death, these accounts all fail to capture the full person. Beckoned by this gap in our historical knowledge, Fredrik Logevall has spent much of the last decade searching for the “real” JFK. The result of this prodigious effort is a sweeping two-volume biography that properly contextualizes Kennedy amidst the roiling American Century. This volume spans the first thirty-nine years of JFK’s life—from birth through his decision to run for president—to reveal his early relationships, his formative experiences during World War II, his ideas, his writings, his political aspirations. In examining these pre–White House years, Logevall shows us a more serious, independently minded Kennedy than we’ve previously known, whose distinct international sensibility would prepare him to enter national politics at a critical moment in modern U.S. history.  Along the way, Logevall tells the parallel story of America’s midcentury rise. As Kennedy comes of age, we see the charged debate between isolationists and interventionists in the years before Pearl Harbor; the tumult of the Second World War, through which the United States emerged as a global colossus; the outbreak and spread of the Cold War; the domestic politics of anti-Communism and the attendant scourge of McCarthyism; the growth of television’s influence on politics; and more.  JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917–1956 is a sweeping history of the United States in the middle decades of the twentieth century, as well as the clearest portrait we have of this enigmatic American icon.</description>
      <author>Fredrik Logevall</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984843517.mp3" length="2815419" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984843517.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956
Author: Fredrik Logevall
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • A Pulitzer Prize–winning historian takes us as close as we have ever been to the real John F. Kennedy in this revelatory biography of the iconic, yet still elusive, thirty-fifth president.  “An utterly incandescent study of one of the most consequential figures of the twentieth century.”—Jill Lepore, author of These Truths: A History of the United States WINNER OF THE ELIZABETH LONGFORD PRIZE • NAMED BIOGRAPHY OF THE YEAR BY The Times (London) ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Sunday Times (London), New Statesman, The Daily Telegraph,  Kirkus Reviews By the time of his assassination in 1963, John F. Kennedy stood at the helm of the greatest power the world had ever seen, a booming American nation that he had steered through some of the most perilous diplomatic standoffs of the Cold War. Born in 1917 to a striving Irish American family that had become among Boston’s wealthiest, Kennedy knew political ambition from an early age, and his meteoric rise to become the youngest elected president cemented his status as one of the most mythologized figures in American history. And while hagiographic portrayals of his dazzling charisma, reports of his extramarital affairs, and disagreements over his political legacy have come and gone in the decades since his untimely death, these accounts all fail to capture the full person. Beckoned by this gap in our historical knowledge, Fredrik Logevall has spent much of the last decade searching for the “real” JFK. The result of this prodigious effort is a sweeping two-volume biography that properly contextualizes Kennedy amidst the roiling American Century. This volume spans the first thirty-nine years of JFK’s life—from birth through his decision to run for president—to reveal his early relationships, his formative experiences during World War II, his ideas, his writings, his political aspirations. In examining these pre–White House years, Logevall shows us a more serious, independently minded Kennedy than we’ve previously known, whose distinct international sensibility would prepare him to enter national politics at a critical moment in modern U.S. history.  Along the way, Logevall tells the parallel story of America’s midcentury rise. As Kennedy comes of age, we see the charged debate between isolationists and interventionists in the years before Pearl Harbor; the tumult of the Second World War, through which the United States emerged as a global colossus; the outbreak and spread of the Cold War; the domestic politics of anti-Communism and the attendant scourge of McCarthyism; the growth of television’s influence on politics; and more.  JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917–1956 is a sweeping history of the United States in the middle decades of the twentieth century, as well as the clearest portrait we have of this enigmatic American icon.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956
Author: Fredrik Logevall
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • A Pulitzer Prize–winning historian takes us as close as we have ever been to the real John F. Kennedy in this revelatory biography of the iconic, yet still elusive, thirty-fifth president.  “An utterly incandescent study of one of the most consequential figures of the twentieth century.”—Jill Lepore, author of These Truths: A History of the United States WINNER OF THE ELIZABETH LONGFORD PRIZE • NAMED BIOGRAPHY OF THE YEAR BY The Times (London) ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Sunday Times (London), New Statesman, The Daily Telegraph,  Kirkus Reviews By the time of his assassination in 1963, John F. Kennedy stood at the helm of the greatest power the world had ever seen, a booming American nation that he had steered through some of the most perilous diplomatic standoffs of the Cold War. Born in 1917 to a striving Irish American family that had become among Boston’s wealthiest, Kennedy knew political ambition from an early age, and his meteoric rise to become the youngest elected president cemented his status as one of the most mythologized figures in American history. And while hagiographic portrayals of his dazzling charisma, reports of his extramarital affairs, and disagreements over his political legacy have come and gone in the decades since his untimely death, these accounts all fail to capture the full person. Beckoned by this gap in our historical knowledge, Fredrik Logevall has spent much of the last decade searching for the “real” JFK. The result of this prodigious effort is a sweeping two-volume biography that properly contextualizes Kennedy amidst the roiling American Century. This volume spans the first thirty-nine years of JFK’s life—from birth through his decision to run for president—to reveal his early relationships, his formative experiences during World War II, his ideas, his writings, his political aspirations. In examining these pre–White House years, Logevall shows us a more serious, independently minded Kennedy than we’ve previously known, whose distinct international sensibility would prepare him to enter national politics at a critical moment in modern U.S. history.  Along the way, Logevall tells the parallel story of America’s midcentury rise. As Kennedy comes of age, we see the charged debate between isolationists and interventionists in the years before Pearl Harbor; the tumult of the Second World War, through which the United States emerged as a global colossus; the outbreak and spread of the Cold War; the domestic politics of anti-Communism and the attendant scourge of McCarthyism; the growth of television’s influence on politics; and more.  JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917–1956 is a sweeping history of the United States in the middle decades of the twentieth century, as well as the clearest portrait we have of this enigmatic American icon.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rebels: Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, and the Struggle for a New American Politics by Joshua Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rebels: Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, and the Struggle for a New American Politics
Author: Joshua Green
Narrator: Philip Hernandez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“One of the best and most readable overviews of the Democrats’ evolution on economic issues over the past half-century.” — The Wall Street Journal “Fast-paced, sober, yet hopeful . . . Green is a first-rate journalist.” — The Atlantic One of Politico’s 10 books we’re looking forward to in 2024 From the author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Devil’s Bargain comes the revelatory inside story of the uprising within the Democratic Party, of the economic populists led by Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez.  In his classic book Devil’s Bargain, Joshua Green chronicled how the forces of economic populism on the right, led by the likes of Steve Bannon, turned Donald Trump into their flawed but powerful vessel. In The Rebels, he gives an epic account of the long struggle that has played out in parallel on the left, told through an intimate reckoning with the careers of the three political figures who have led the charge most prominently. Based on remarkable inside sourcing and razor-sharp analysis, The Rebels uses the grand narrative of a political party undergoing tumult and transformation to tell an even larger story about the fate of America. For many years, as Green recounts, the Democrats made their bed with Wall Street and big tech, relying on corporate money for electioneering and embracing the worldview that technological and financial innovation and globalization were a powerful net good, a rising tide lifting all boats. Yes, there were howls of pain, but they were written off by most of the elites as the moaning of sore losers mired in the past. There were always some Democratic politicians representing the old labor base who resisted the new dispensation, but these figures never made it very far on a national level. For one thing, they didn’t have the money. But as income inequality ballooned, widening the gulf between the wealthy elite and everyone else, pressures began to build. With the 2008 crisis, those forces finally erupted into plain sight, turning this book’s protagonists into national icons. At its heart, The Rebels tells the riveting human story of the rise and fight of Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez from the financial crisis on, as outrage over the unfairness of the American system formed a flood tide of political revolution. That same tide that would sweep Trump into office was blunted on the left, as the Democratic party found itself riven by culture war issues between its centrists and its progressives. But the winds behind economic populism still howl at gale force. Whether the Democrats can bridge their divisions and home in on a vision that unites the party, and perhaps even the country, in the face of the most violently deranged political landscape since the Civil War will be the ultimate test of the legacies of all three characters.  A masterful account of one of the defining political stories of our age, The Rebels cements Joshua Green’s stature at the first rank of American writers explaining how we’ve arrived at this pass and what lies ahead.</description>
      <author>Joshua Green</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2024 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593210970.mp3" length="2945929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593210970.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rebels: Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, and the Struggle for a New American Politics
Author: Joshua Green
Narrator: Philip Hernandez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“One of the best and most readable overviews of the Democrats’ evolution on economic issues over the past half-century.” — The Wall Street Journal “Fast-paced, sober, yet hopeful . . . Green is a first-rate journalist.” — The Atlantic One of Politico’s 10 books we’re looking forward to in 2024 From the author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Devil’s Bargain comes the revelatory inside story of the uprising within the Democratic Party, of the economic populists led by Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez.  In his classic book Devil’s Bargain, Joshua Green chronicled how the forces of economic populism on the right, led by the likes of Steve Bannon, turned Donald Trump into their flawed but powerful vessel. In The Rebels, he gives an epic account of the long struggle that has played out in parallel on the left, told through an intimate reckoning with the careers of the three political figures who have led the charge most prominently. Based on remarkable inside sourcing and razor-sharp analysis, The Rebels uses the grand narrative of a political party undergoing tumult and transformation to tell an even larger story about the fate of America. For many years, as Green recounts, the Democrats made their bed with Wall Street and big tech, relying on corporate money for electioneering and embracing the worldview that technological and financial innovation and globalization were a powerful net good, a rising tide lifting all boats. Yes, there were howls of pain, but they were written off by most of the elites as the moaning of sore losers mired in the past. There were always some Democratic politicians representing the old labor base who resisted the new dispensation, but these figures never made it very far on a national level. For one thing, they didn’t have the money. But as income inequality ballooned, widening the gulf between the wealthy elite and everyone else, pressures began to build. With the 2008 crisis, those forces finally erupted into plain sight, turning this book’s protagonists into national icons. At its heart, The Rebels tells the riveting human story of the rise and fight of Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez from the financial crisis on, as outrage over the unfairness of the American system formed a flood tide of political revolution. That same tide that would sweep Trump into office was blunted on the left, as the Democratic party found itself riven by culture war issues between its centrists and its progressives. But the winds behind economic populism still howl at gale force. Whether the Democrats can bridge their divisions and home in on a vision that unites the party, and perhaps even the country, in the face of the most violently deranged political landscape since the Civil War will be the ultimate test of the legacies of all three characters.  A masterful account of one of the defining political stories of our age, The Rebels cements Joshua Green’s stature at the first rank of American writers explaining how we’ve arrived at this pass and what lies ahead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rebels: Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, and the Struggle for a New American Politics
Author: Joshua Green
Narrator: Philip Hernandez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  9, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“One of the best and most readable overviews of the Democrats’ evolution on economic issues over the past half-century.” — The Wall Street Journal “Fast-paced, sober, yet hopeful . . . Green is a first-rate journalist.” — The Atlantic One of Politico’s 10 books we’re looking forward to in 2024 From the author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Devil’s Bargain comes the revelatory inside story of the uprising within the Democratic Party, of the economic populists led by Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez.  In his classic book Devil’s Bargain, Joshua Green chronicled how the forces of economic populism on the right, led by the likes of Steve Bannon, turned Donald Trump into their flawed but powerful vessel. In The Rebels, he gives an epic account of the long struggle that has played out in parallel on the left, told through an intimate reckoning with the careers of the three political figures who have led the charge most prominently. Based on remarkable inside sourcing and razor-sharp analysis, The Rebels uses the grand narrative of a political party undergoing tumult and transformation to tell an even larger story about the fate of America. For many years, as Green recounts, the Democrats made their bed with Wall Street and big tech, relying on corporate money for electioneering and embracing the worldview that technological and financial innovation and globalization were a powerful net good, a rising tide lifting all boats. Yes, there were howls of pain, but they were written off by most of the elites as the moaning of sore losers mired in the past. There were always some Democratic politicians representing the old labor base who resisted the new dispensation, but these figures never made it very far on a national level. For one thing, they didn’t have the money. But as income inequality ballooned, widening the gulf between the wealthy elite and everyone else, pressures began to build. With the 2008 crisis, those forces finally erupted into plain sight, turning this book’s protagonists into national icons. At its heart, The Rebels tells the riveting human story of the rise and fight of Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez from the financial crisis on, as outrage over the unfairness of the American system formed a flood tide of political revolution. That same tide that would sweep Trump into office was blunted on the left, as the Democratic party found itself riven by culture war issues between its centrists and its progressives. But the winds behind economic populism still howl at gale force. Whether the Democrats can bridge their divisions and home in on a vision that unites the party, and perhaps even the country, in the face of the most violently deranged political landscape since the Civil War will be the ultimate test of the legacies of all three characters.  A masterful account of one of the defining political stories of our age, The Rebels cements Joshua Green’s stature at the first rank of American writers explaining how we’ve arrived at this pass and what lies ahead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barnstorming Ohio: To Understand America by David Giffels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barnstorming Ohio: To Understand America
Author: David Giffels
Narrator: David Giffels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An on-the-ground look at the diverse challenges facing Ohio, in light of its national significance as the state that has aligned with presidential election winners more than any other -- from an award-winning author and essayist dubbed &amp;#039;the Bard of Akron&amp;#039; (New York Times). The question of America&amp;#039;s identity has rarely been more urgent than now, and no American place has ever been more reflective of that identity than Ohio. David Giffels, a lifelong resident of the &amp;#039;bellwether&amp;#039; state, has spent a quarter century writing and thinking about what it means to live in what he calls &amp;#039;an all-American buffet, an uncannily complete everyplace.&amp;#039; With Cleveland as the end of the North, Cincinnati as the beginning of the South, Youngstown as the end of the East, and Hicksville (yes, Hicksville) as the beginning of the Midwest, Ohio offers important insight into the state of the nation. As a historic 2020 presidential election approaches, Barnstorming Ohio is Giffels&amp;#039; account of a year on Ohio&amp;#039;s roads, visiting people and places that offer valuable reflections of the national questions and concerns, as well as astounding electoral clairvoyance -- since 1896, Ohio has accurately chosen the winner in twenty-nine of thirty-one presidential elections, more than any other state. With lyricism and a native&amp;#039;s keen eye, Barnstorming Ohio takes readers into the living room of a man whose life was upended just shy of retirement by General Motors&amp;#039; shutdown of its Lordstown assembly plant. It offers an exclusive view into the presidential campaign of Ohio Democratic hopeful Tim Ryan. It takes us into the sodden soybean fields of farmers struggling to outlast the dual punch of a protracted trade war and historic rainfall, and to an indie rock music festival in Dayton a week after a mass shooting there. We enter the otherworld of long-dormant shopping malls as Amazon transforms them into vast new fulfillment centers. On the lighter side, Giffels makes a &amp;#039;beer run&amp;#039; into Ohio&amp;#039;s booming craft brewing industry and revisits the legend (and the bird-nest toupee) of Jim Traficant, a larger-than-life Ohio politician whom many have called the &amp;#039;proto-Trump.&amp;#039; In a year when Americans are seeking answers, Barnstorming Ohio offers rare and carefully nuanced access to the people who have always held them.</description>
      <author>David Giffels</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549127410.mp3" length="899666" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549127410.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barnstorming Ohio: To Understand America
Author: David Giffels
Narrator: David Giffels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An on-the-ground look at the diverse challenges facing Ohio, in light of its national significance as the state that has aligned with presidential election winners more than any other -- from an award-winning author and essayist dubbed &amp;#039;the Bard of Akron&amp;#039; (New York Times). The question of America&amp;#039;s identity has rarely been more urgent than now, and no American place has ever been more reflective of that identity than Ohio. David Giffels, a lifelong resident of the &amp;#039;bellwether&amp;#039; state, has spent a quarter century writing and thinking about what it means to live in what he calls &amp;#039;an all-American buffet, an uncannily complete everyplace.&amp;#039; With Cleveland as the end of the North, Cincinnati as the beginning of the South, Youngstown as the end of the East, and Hicksville (yes, Hicksville) as the beginning of the Midwest, Ohio offers important insight into the state of the nation. As a historic 2020 presidential election approaches, Barnstorming Ohio is Giffels&amp;#039; account of a year on Ohio&amp;#039;s roads, visiting people and places that offer valuable reflections of the national questions and concerns, as well as astounding electoral clairvoyance -- since 1896, Ohio has accurately chosen the winner in twenty-nine of thirty-one presidential elections, more than any other state. With lyricism and a native&amp;#039;s keen eye, Barnstorming Ohio takes readers into the living room of a man whose life was upended just shy of retirement by General Motors&amp;#039; shutdown of its Lordstown assembly plant. It offers an exclusive view into the presidential campaign of Ohio Democratic hopeful Tim Ryan. It takes us into the sodden soybean fields of farmers struggling to outlast the dual punch of a protracted trade war and historic rainfall, and to an indie rock music festival in Dayton a week after a mass shooting there. We enter the otherworld of long-dormant shopping malls as Amazon transforms them into vast new fulfillment centers. On the lighter side, Giffels makes a &amp;#039;beer run&amp;#039; into Ohio&amp;#039;s booming craft brewing industry and revisits the legend (and the bird-nest toupee) of Jim Traficant, a larger-than-life Ohio politician whom many have called the &amp;#039;proto-Trump.&amp;#039; In a year when Americans are seeking answers, Barnstorming Ohio offers rare and carefully nuanced access to the people who have always held them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barnstorming Ohio: To Understand America
Author: David Giffels
Narrator: David Giffels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An on-the-ground look at the diverse challenges facing Ohio, in light of its national significance as the state that has aligned with presidential election winners more than any other -- from an award-winning author and essayist dubbed &amp;#039;the Bard of Akron&amp;#039; (New York Times). The question of America&amp;#039;s identity has rarely been more urgent than now, and no American place has ever been more reflective of that identity than Ohio. David Giffels, a lifelong resident of the &amp;#039;bellwether&amp;#039; state, has spent a quarter century writing and thinking about what it means to live in what he calls &amp;#039;an all-American buffet, an uncannily complete everyplace.&amp;#039; With Cleveland as the end of the North, Cincinnati as the beginning of the South, Youngstown as the end of the East, and Hicksville (yes, Hicksville) as the beginning of the Midwest, Ohio offers important insight into the state of the nation. As a historic 2020 presidential election approaches, Barnstorming Ohio is Giffels&amp;#039; account of a year on Ohio&amp;#039;s roads, visiting people and places that offer valuable reflections of the national questions and concerns, as well as astounding electoral clairvoyance -- since 1896, Ohio has accurately chosen the winner in twenty-nine of thirty-one presidential elections, more than any other state. With lyricism and a native&amp;#039;s keen eye, Barnstorming Ohio takes readers into the living room of a man whose life was upended just shy of retirement by General Motors&amp;#039; shutdown of its Lordstown assembly plant. It offers an exclusive view into the presidential campaign of Ohio Democratic hopeful Tim Ryan. It takes us into the sodden soybean fields of farmers struggling to outlast the dual punch of a protracted trade war and historic rainfall, and to an indie rock music festival in Dayton a week after a mass shooting there. We enter the otherworld of long-dormant shopping malls as Amazon transforms them into vast new fulfillment centers. On the lighter side, Giffels makes a &amp;#039;beer run&amp;#039; into Ohio&amp;#039;s booming craft brewing industry and revisits the legend (and the bird-nest toupee) of Jim Traficant, a larger-than-life Ohio politician whom many have called the &amp;#039;proto-Trump.&amp;#039; In a year when Americans are seeking answers, Barnstorming Ohio offers rare and carefully nuanced access to the people who have always held them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Washington&amp;#039;s End: The Final Years and Forgotten Struggle by Jonathan Horn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411674</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Washington&amp;#039;s End: The Final Years and Forgotten Struggle
Author: Jonathan Horn
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Popular historian and former White House speechwriter Jonathan Horn “provides a captivating and enlightening look at George Washington’s post-presidential life and the politically divided country that was part of his legacy” (New York Journal of Books). Beginning where most biographies of George Washington leave off, Washington’s End opens with the first president exiting office after eight years and entering what would become the most bewildering stage of his life. Embittered by partisan criticism and eager to return to his farm, Washington assumed a role for which there was no precedent at a time when the kings across the ocean yielded their crowns only upon losing their heads. In a different sense, Washington would lose his head, too.   In this riveting read, bestselling author Jonathan Horn reveals that the quest to surrender power proved more difficult than Washington imagined and brought his life to an end he never expected. The statesman who had staked his legacy on withdrawing from public life would feud with his successors and find himself drawn back into military command. The patriarch who had dedicated his life to uniting his country would leave his name to a new capital city destined to become synonymous with political divisions.   A “movable feast of a book” (Jay Winik, New York Times bestselling author of 1944), immaculately researched, and powerfully told through the eyes not only of Washington but also of his family members, friends, and foes, Washington’s End is “an outstanding biographical work on one of America’s most prominent leaders (Library Journal).</description>
      <author>Jonathan Horn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797111056.mp3" length="800098" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411674</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797111056.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Washington&amp;#039;s End: The Final Years and Forgotten Struggle
Author: Jonathan Horn
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Popular historian and former White House speechwriter Jonathan Horn “provides a captivating and enlightening look at George Washington’s post-presidential life and the politically divided country that was part of his legacy” (New York Journal of Books). Beginning where most biographies of George Washington leave off, Washington’s End opens with the first president exiting office after eight years and entering what would become the most bewildering stage of his life. Embittered by partisan criticism and eager to return to his farm, Washington assumed a role for which there was no precedent at a time when the kings across the ocean yielded their crowns only upon losing their heads. In a different sense, Washington would lose his head, too.   In this riveting read, bestselling author Jonathan Horn reveals that the quest to surrender power proved more difficult than Washington imagined and brought his life to an end he never expected. The statesman who had staked his legacy on withdrawing from public life would feud with his successors and find himself drawn back into military command. The patriarch who had dedicated his life to uniting his country would leave his name to a new capital city destined to become synonymous with political divisions.   A “movable feast of a book” (Jay Winik, New York Times bestselling author of 1944), immaculately researched, and powerfully told through the eyes not only of Washington but also of his family members, friends, and foes, Washington’s End is “an outstanding biographical work on one of America’s most prominent leaders (Library Journal).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Washington&amp;#039;s End: The Final Years and Forgotten Struggle
Author: Jonathan Horn
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Popular historian and former White House speechwriter Jonathan Horn “provides a captivating and enlightening look at George Washington’s post-presidential life and the politically divided country that was part of his legacy” (New York Journal of Books). Beginning where most biographies of George Washington leave off, Washington’s End opens with the first president exiting office after eight years and entering what would become the most bewildering stage of his life. Embittered by partisan criticism and eager to return to his farm, Washington assumed a role for which there was no precedent at a time when the kings across the ocean yielded their crowns only upon losing their heads. In a different sense, Washington would lose his head, too.   In this riveting read, bestselling author Jonathan Horn reveals that the quest to surrender power proved more difficult than Washington imagined and brought his life to an end he never expected. The statesman who had staked his legacy on withdrawing from public life would feud with his successors and find himself drawn back into military command. The patriarch who had dedicated his life to uniting his country would leave his name to a new capital city destined to become synonymous with political divisions.   A “movable feast of a book” (Jay Winik, New York Times bestselling author of 1944), immaculately researched, and powerfully told through the eyes not only of Washington but also of his family members, friends, and foes, Washington’s End is “an outstanding biographical work on one of America’s most prominent leaders (Library Journal).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Environmental History of the Civil War by Timothy Silver, Judkin Browning</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411349</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411349">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411349</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Environmental History of the Civil War
Author: Timothy Silver, Judkin Browning
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This sweeping new history recognizes that the Civil War was not just a military conflict but also a moment of profound transformation in Americans&amp;#039; relationship to the natural world.   To be sure, environmental factors such as topography and weather powerfully shaped the outcomes of battles and campaigns, and the war could not have been fought without the horses, cattle, and other animals that were essential to both armies. But here Judkin Browning and Timothy Silver weave a far richer story, combining military and environmental history to forge a comprehensive new narrative of the war&amp;#039;s significance and impact.    As they reveal, the conflict created a new disease environment by fostering the spread of microbes among vulnerable soldiers, civilians, and animals; led to large-scale modifications of the landscape across several states; sparked new thinking about the human relationship to the natural world; and demanded a reckoning with disability and death on an ecological scale. And as the guns fell silent, the change continued; Browning and Silver show how the war influenced the future of weather forecasting, veterinary medicine, the birth of the conservation movement, and the establishment of the first national parks.</description>
      <author>Timothy Silver, Judkin Browning</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705208168.mp3" length="8341664" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411349</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705208168.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411349">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411349</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Environmental History of the Civil War
Author: Timothy Silver, Judkin Browning
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This sweeping new history recognizes that the Civil War was not just a military conflict but also a moment of profound transformation in Americans&amp;#039; relationship to the natural world.   To be sure, environmental factors such as topography and weather powerfully shaped the outcomes of battles and campaigns, and the war could not have been fought without the horses, cattle, and other animals that were essential to both armies. But here Judkin Browning and Timothy Silver weave a far richer story, combining military and environmental history to forge a comprehensive new narrative of the war&amp;#039;s significance and impact.    As they reveal, the conflict created a new disease environment by fostering the spread of microbes among vulnerable soldiers, civilians, and animals; led to large-scale modifications of the landscape across several states; sparked new thinking about the human relationship to the natural world; and demanded a reckoning with disability and death on an ecological scale. And as the guns fell silent, the change continued; Browning and Silver show how the war influenced the future of weather forecasting, veterinary medicine, the birth of the conservation movement, and the establishment of the first national parks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411349">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411349</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: An Environmental History of the Civil War
Author: Timothy Silver, Judkin Browning
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This sweeping new history recognizes that the Civil War was not just a military conflict but also a moment of profound transformation in Americans&amp;#039; relationship to the natural world.   To be sure, environmental factors such as topography and weather powerfully shaped the outcomes of battles and campaigns, and the war could not have been fought without the horses, cattle, and other animals that were essential to both armies. But here Judkin Browning and Timothy Silver weave a far richer story, combining military and environmental history to forge a comprehensive new narrative of the war&amp;#039;s significance and impact.    As they reveal, the conflict created a new disease environment by fostering the spread of microbes among vulnerable soldiers, civilians, and animals; led to large-scale modifications of the landscape across several states; sparked new thinking about the human relationship to the natural world; and demanded a reckoning with disability and death on an ecological scale. And as the guns fell silent, the change continued; Browning and Silver show how the war influenced the future of weather forecasting, veterinary medicine, the birth of the conservation movement, and the establishment of the first national parks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Move On Up: Chicago Soul Music and Black Cultural Power by Aaron Cohen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411312</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411312">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411312</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Move On Up: Chicago Soul Music and Black Cultural Power
Author: Aaron Cohen
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In Move On Up, Aaron Cohen tells the remarkable story of the explosion of soul music in Chicago. Together, soul music and black-owned businesses thrived. Record producers and song-writers broadcast optimism for black America&amp;#039;s future through their sophisticated, jazz-inspired productions for the Dells and many others. Curtis Mayfield boldly sang of uplift with unmistakable grooves like &amp;#039;We&amp;#039;re a Winner&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;I Plan to Stay a Believer.&amp;#039; Musicians like Phil Cohran and the Pharaohs used their music to voice Afrocentric philosophies that challenged racism and segregation, while Maurice White of Earth, Wind, and Fire and Chaka Khan created music that inspired black consciousness. Soul music also accompanied the rise of African American advertisers and the campaign of Chicago&amp;#039;s first black mayor, Harold Washington, in 1983.   This empowerment was set in stark relief by the social unrest roiling in Chicago and across the nation: as Chicago&amp;#039;s homegrown record labels produced rising stars singing songs of progress and freedom, Chicago&amp;#039;s black middle class faced limited economic opportunities and deep-seated segregation, all against a backdrop of nationwide deindustrialization.</description>
      <author>Aaron Cohen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705200629.mp3" length="8455906" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411312</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705200629.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411312">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411312</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Move On Up: Chicago Soul Music and Black Cultural Power
Author: Aaron Cohen
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In Move On Up, Aaron Cohen tells the remarkable story of the explosion of soul music in Chicago. Together, soul music and black-owned businesses thrived. Record producers and song-writers broadcast optimism for black America&amp;#039;s future through their sophisticated, jazz-inspired productions for the Dells and many others. Curtis Mayfield boldly sang of uplift with unmistakable grooves like &amp;#039;We&amp;#039;re a Winner&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;I Plan to Stay a Believer.&amp;#039; Musicians like Phil Cohran and the Pharaohs used their music to voice Afrocentric philosophies that challenged racism and segregation, while Maurice White of Earth, Wind, and Fire and Chaka Khan created music that inspired black consciousness. Soul music also accompanied the rise of African American advertisers and the campaign of Chicago&amp;#039;s first black mayor, Harold Washington, in 1983.   This empowerment was set in stark relief by the social unrest roiling in Chicago and across the nation: as Chicago&amp;#039;s homegrown record labels produced rising stars singing songs of progress and freedom, Chicago&amp;#039;s black middle class faced limited economic opportunities and deep-seated segregation, all against a backdrop of nationwide deindustrialization.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411312">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411312</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Move On Up: Chicago Soul Music and Black Cultural Power
Author: Aaron Cohen
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In Move On Up, Aaron Cohen tells the remarkable story of the explosion of soul music in Chicago. Together, soul music and black-owned businesses thrived. Record producers and song-writers broadcast optimism for black America&amp;#039;s future through their sophisticated, jazz-inspired productions for the Dells and many others. Curtis Mayfield boldly sang of uplift with unmistakable grooves like &amp;#039;We&amp;#039;re a Winner&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;I Plan to Stay a Believer.&amp;#039; Musicians like Phil Cohran and the Pharaohs used their music to voice Afrocentric philosophies that challenged racism and segregation, while Maurice White of Earth, Wind, and Fire and Chaka Khan created music that inspired black consciousness. Soul music also accompanied the rise of African American advertisers and the campaign of Chicago&amp;#039;s first black mayor, Harold Washington, in 1983.   This empowerment was set in stark relief by the social unrest roiling in Chicago and across the nation: as Chicago&amp;#039;s homegrown record labels produced rising stars singing songs of progress and freedom, Chicago&amp;#039;s black middle class faced limited economic opportunities and deep-seated segregation, all against a backdrop of nationwide deindustrialization.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Underground Railroad Records: Narrating the Hardships, Hairbreadth Escapes, and Death Struggles of Slaves in Their Efforts for Freedom by William Still</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410956</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Underground Railroad Records: Narrating the Hardships, Hairbreadth Escapes, and Death Struggles of Slaves in Their Efforts for Freedom
Author: William Still
Narrator: Jd Jackson, Sullivan Jones, Kevin R. Free, Bahni Turpin, Heather Alicia Simms
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting collection of the hardships, hairbreadth escapes, and mortal struggles of enslaved people seeking freedom: These are the true stories of the Underground Railroad. Featuring a powerful introduction by Ta-Nehisi Coates  As a conductor for the Underground Railroad—the covert resistance network created to aid and protect slaves seeking freedom—William Still helped as many as eight hundred people escape enslavement. He also meticulously collected the letters, biographical sketches, arrival memos, and ransom notes of the escapees. The Underground Railroad Records is an archive of primary documents that trace the narrative arc of the greatest, most successful campaign of civil disobedience in American history.  This edition highlights the remarkable creativity, resilience, and determination demonstrated by those trying to subvert bondage. It is a timeless testament to the power we all have to challenge systems that oppress us.</description>
      <author>William Still</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593290248.mp3" length="2816153" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410956</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593290248.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Underground Railroad Records: Narrating the Hardships, Hairbreadth Escapes, and Death Struggles of Slaves in Their Efforts for Freedom
Author: William Still
Narrator: Jd Jackson, Sullivan Jones, Kevin R. Free, Bahni Turpin, Heather Alicia Simms
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting collection of the hardships, hairbreadth escapes, and mortal struggles of enslaved people seeking freedom: These are the true stories of the Underground Railroad. Featuring a powerful introduction by Ta-Nehisi Coates  As a conductor for the Underground Railroad—the covert resistance network created to aid and protect slaves seeking freedom—William Still helped as many as eight hundred people escape enslavement. He also meticulously collected the letters, biographical sketches, arrival memos, and ransom notes of the escapees. The Underground Railroad Records is an archive of primary documents that trace the narrative arc of the greatest, most successful campaign of civil disobedience in American history.  This edition highlights the remarkable creativity, resilience, and determination demonstrated by those trying to subvert bondage. It is a timeless testament to the power we all have to challenge systems that oppress us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Underground Railroad Records: Narrating the Hardships, Hairbreadth Escapes, and Death Struggles of Slaves in Their Efforts for Freedom
Author: William Still
Narrator: Jd Jackson, Sullivan Jones, Kevin R. Free, Bahni Turpin, Heather Alicia Simms
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting collection of the hardships, hairbreadth escapes, and mortal struggles of enslaved people seeking freedom: These are the true stories of the Underground Railroad. Featuring a powerful introduction by Ta-Nehisi Coates  As a conductor for the Underground Railroad—the covert resistance network created to aid and protect slaves seeking freedom—William Still helped as many as eight hundred people escape enslavement. He also meticulously collected the letters, biographical sketches, arrival memos, and ransom notes of the escapees. The Underground Railroad Records is an archive of primary documents that trace the narrative arc of the greatest, most successful campaign of civil disobedience in American history.  This edition highlights the remarkable creativity, resilience, and determination demonstrated by those trying to subvert bondage. It is a timeless testament to the power we all have to challenge systems that oppress us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lincoln Conspiracy: The Secret Plot to Kill America&amp;#039;s 16th President--and Why It Failed by Brad Meltzer, Josh Mensch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410843</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lincoln Conspiracy: The Secret Plot to Kill America&amp;#039;s 16th President--and Why It Failed
Author: Brad Meltzer, Josh Mensch
Narrator: Scott Brick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Everyone knows that Abraham Lincoln was assassinated, but how many know that there was a previous, unsuccessful attempt on his life? Let narrator Scott Brick tell you all about it...Brick can make a nursery rhyme sound exciting, and he&amp;#039;s on fire in this audiobook.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine   The bestselling authors of The First Conspiracy, which covers the secret plot against George Washington, now turn their attention to a little-known, but true story about a failed assassination attempt on President Lincoln Everyone knows the story of Abraham Lincoln’s assassination in 1865, but few are aware of the original conspiracy to kill him four years earlier in 1861, literally on his way to Washington, D.C., for his first inauguration. The conspirators were part of a pro-Southern secret society that didn’t want an antislavery President in the White House. They planned an elaborate scheme to assassinate the brand new President in Baltimore as Lincoln’s inauguration train passed through en route to the Capitol. The plot was investigated by famed detective Allan Pinkerton, who infiltrated the group with undercover agents, including one of the first female private detectives in America. Had the assassination succeeded, there would have been no Lincoln Presidency, and the course of the Civil War and American history would have forever been altered.   A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books &amp;#039;The Lincoln Conspiracy is, despite its dark subject matter, relentlessly fun to read...It&amp;#039;s an expertly crafted book that seems sure to delight readers with an interest in lesser-known episodes of American history.&amp;#039; -- NPR.org &amp;#039;Filled with amazing American history, secret societies, incredible research, and a shocking conspiracy to murder Abraham Lincoln at the dawn of his presidency. A brilliant combination of edge of your seat history and superb storytelling.&amp;#039;-- James L. Swanson, bestselling author of Manhunt: The 12-Day Chase for Lincoln’s Killer    &amp;#039;Meltzer and Mensch maintain suspense despite the known outcome of the story, and convincingly counter claims that Pinkerton made the whole thing up for publicity purposes. Readers new to the “Baltimore Plot” will appreciate this comprehensive and well-written overview.&amp;#039; -- Publishers Weekly</description>
      <author>Brad Meltzer, Josh Mensch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250758644.mp3" length="1545799" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410843</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250758644.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lincoln Conspiracy: The Secret Plot to Kill America&amp;#039;s 16th President--and Why It Failed
Author: Brad Meltzer, Josh Mensch
Narrator: Scott Brick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Everyone knows that Abraham Lincoln was assassinated, but how many know that there was a previous, unsuccessful attempt on his life? Let narrator Scott Brick tell you all about it...Brick can make a nursery rhyme sound exciting, and he&amp;#039;s on fire in this audiobook.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine   The bestselling authors of The First Conspiracy, which covers the secret plot against George Washington, now turn their attention to a little-known, but true story about a failed assassination attempt on President Lincoln Everyone knows the story of Abraham Lincoln’s assassination in 1865, but few are aware of the original conspiracy to kill him four years earlier in 1861, literally on his way to Washington, D.C., for his first inauguration. The conspirators were part of a pro-Southern secret society that didn’t want an antislavery President in the White House. They planned an elaborate scheme to assassinate the brand new President in Baltimore as Lincoln’s inauguration train passed through en route to the Capitol. The plot was investigated by famed detective Allan Pinkerton, who infiltrated the group with undercover agents, including one of the first female private detectives in America. Had the assassination succeeded, there would have been no Lincoln Presidency, and the course of the Civil War and American history would have forever been altered.   A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books &amp;#039;The Lincoln Conspiracy is, despite its dark subject matter, relentlessly fun to read...It&amp;#039;s an expertly crafted book that seems sure to delight readers with an interest in lesser-known episodes of American history.&amp;#039; -- NPR.org &amp;#039;Filled with amazing American history, secret societies, incredible research, and a shocking conspiracy to murder Abraham Lincoln at the dawn of his presidency. A brilliant combination of edge of your seat history and superb storytelling.&amp;#039;-- James L. Swanson, bestselling author of Manhunt: The 12-Day Chase for Lincoln’s Killer    &amp;#039;Meltzer and Mensch maintain suspense despite the known outcome of the story, and convincingly counter claims that Pinkerton made the whole thing up for publicity purposes. Readers new to the “Baltimore Plot” will appreciate this comprehensive and well-written overview.&amp;#039; -- Publishers Weekly</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lincoln Conspiracy: The Secret Plot to Kill America&amp;#039;s 16th President--and Why It Failed
Author: Brad Meltzer, Josh Mensch
Narrator: Scott Brick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Everyone knows that Abraham Lincoln was assassinated, but how many know that there was a previous, unsuccessful attempt on his life? Let narrator Scott Brick tell you all about it...Brick can make a nursery rhyme sound exciting, and he&amp;#039;s on fire in this audiobook.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine   The bestselling authors of The First Conspiracy, which covers the secret plot against George Washington, now turn their attention to a little-known, but true story about a failed assassination attempt on President Lincoln Everyone knows the story of Abraham Lincoln’s assassination in 1865, but few are aware of the original conspiracy to kill him four years earlier in 1861, literally on his way to Washington, D.C., for his first inauguration. The conspirators were part of a pro-Southern secret society that didn’t want an antislavery President in the White House. They planned an elaborate scheme to assassinate the brand new President in Baltimore as Lincoln’s inauguration train passed through en route to the Capitol. The plot was investigated by famed detective Allan Pinkerton, who infiltrated the group with undercover agents, including one of the first female private detectives in America. Had the assassination succeeded, there would have been no Lincoln Presidency, and the course of the Civil War and American history would have forever been altered.   A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books &amp;#039;The Lincoln Conspiracy is, despite its dark subject matter, relentlessly fun to read...It&amp;#039;s an expertly crafted book that seems sure to delight readers with an interest in lesser-known episodes of American history.&amp;#039; -- NPR.org &amp;#039;Filled with amazing American history, secret societies, incredible research, and a shocking conspiracy to murder Abraham Lincoln at the dawn of his presidency. A brilliant combination of edge of your seat history and superb storytelling.&amp;#039;-- James L. Swanson, bestselling author of Manhunt: The 12-Day Chase for Lincoln’s Killer    &amp;#039;Meltzer and Mensch maintain suspense despite the known outcome of the story, and convincingly counter claims that Pinkerton made the whole thing up for publicity purposes. Readers new to the “Baltimore Plot” will appreciate this comprehensive and well-written overview.&amp;#039; -- Publishers Weekly</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Killing Crazy Horse: The Merciless Indian Wars in America by Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly, Martin Dugard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410844</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Killing Crazy Horse: The Merciless Indian Wars in America
Series: Part of Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly&amp;#039;s Killing Series
Author: Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly, Martin Dugard
Narrator: Robert Petkoff, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.99 of Total 256 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 30
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This program includes a prologue read by Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly The latest installment of the multimillion-selling Killing series is a gripping journey through the American West and the historic clashes between Native Americans and settlers. The bloody Battle of Tippecanoe was only the beginning. It’s 1811 and President James Madison has ordered the destruction of Shawnee warrior chief Tecumseh’s alliance of tribes in the Great Lakes region. But while General William Henry Harrison would win this fight, the armed conflict between Native Americans and the newly formed United States would rage on for decades. In Killing Crazy Horse bestselling authors Bill O’Reilly and Martin Dugard venture through the fraught history of our country’s founding on already occupied lands, from General Andrew Jackson’s brutal battles with the Creek Nation to President James Monroe’s epic “sea to shining sea” policy, to President Martin Van Buren’s cruel enforcement of a “treaty” that forced the Cherokee Nation out of their homelands along what would be called the Trail of Tears. O’Reilly and Dugard take listeners behind the legends to reveal never-before-told historical moments in the fascinating creation story of America. This fast-paced, wild ride through the American frontier will shock listeners and impart unexpected lessons that reverberate to this day.   A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company</description>
      <author>Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly, Martin Dugard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250773647.mp3" length="1423061" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410844</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250773647.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Killing Crazy Horse: The Merciless Indian Wars in America
Series: Part of Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly&amp;#039;s Killing Series
Author: Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly, Martin Dugard
Narrator: Robert Petkoff, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.99 of Total 256 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 30
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This program includes a prologue read by Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly The latest installment of the multimillion-selling Killing series is a gripping journey through the American West and the historic clashes between Native Americans and settlers. The bloody Battle of Tippecanoe was only the beginning. It’s 1811 and President James Madison has ordered the destruction of Shawnee warrior chief Tecumseh’s alliance of tribes in the Great Lakes region. But while General William Henry Harrison would win this fight, the armed conflict between Native Americans and the newly formed United States would rage on for decades. In Killing Crazy Horse bestselling authors Bill O’Reilly and Martin Dugard venture through the fraught history of our country’s founding on already occupied lands, from General Andrew Jackson’s brutal battles with the Creek Nation to President James Monroe’s epic “sea to shining sea” policy, to President Martin Van Buren’s cruel enforcement of a “treaty” that forced the Cherokee Nation out of their homelands along what would be called the Trail of Tears. O’Reilly and Dugard take listeners behind the legends to reveal never-before-told historical moments in the fascinating creation story of America. This fast-paced, wild ride through the American frontier will shock listeners and impart unexpected lessons that reverberate to this day.   A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Killing Crazy Horse: The Merciless Indian Wars in America
Series: Part of Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly&amp;#039;s Killing Series
Author: Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly, Martin Dugard
Narrator: Robert Petkoff, Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.99 of Total 256 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 30
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This program includes a prologue read by Bill O&amp;#039;Reilly The latest installment of the multimillion-selling Killing series is a gripping journey through the American West and the historic clashes between Native Americans and settlers. The bloody Battle of Tippecanoe was only the beginning. It’s 1811 and President James Madison has ordered the destruction of Shawnee warrior chief Tecumseh’s alliance of tribes in the Great Lakes region. But while General William Henry Harrison would win this fight, the armed conflict between Native Americans and the newly formed United States would rage on for decades. In Killing Crazy Horse bestselling authors Bill O’Reilly and Martin Dugard venture through the fraught history of our country’s founding on already occupied lands, from General Andrew Jackson’s brutal battles with the Creek Nation to President James Monroe’s epic “sea to shining sea” policy, to President Martin Van Buren’s cruel enforcement of a “treaty” that forced the Cherokee Nation out of their homelands along what would be called the Trail of Tears. O’Reilly and Dugard take listeners behind the legends to reveal never-before-told historical moments in the fascinating creation story of America. This fast-paced, wild ride through the American frontier will shock listeners and impart unexpected lessons that reverberate to this day.   A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Promised Land: How the Rise of the Middle Class Transformed America, 1929-1968 by David Stebenne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410672</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Promised Land: How the Rise of the Middle Class Transformed America, 1929-1968
Author: David Stebenne
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking work of history about the American middle class—its rise, why it faltered, and who truly benefited from its dominance. In Promised Land, David Stebenne “invites us to remember those decades in which both the middle class and the Democratic Party were ascendant” (The Wall Street Journal). The story begins with the pervasive income and wealth inequality of the pre-New Deal period. What followed began a great leveling. World War II brought transformative elements that also helped expand the middle class. For decades, economic policies and cultural practices strengthened the trend, and by the 1960s the middle class dictated American tastes from books to TV shows to housing to food, creating a powerful political constituency with shared interests and ideals.   The disruptive events of 1968, however, signaled the end of this expansion. The cultural clashes and political protests of that era turned a spotlight on how the policies and practices of the middle-class era had privileged white men over women, people of color, and other marginalized groups, as well as military force over diplomacy and economic growth over environmental protection. These conflicts, along with shifts in policy and economic stagnation, started shrinking that vast middle class and challenging its values, trends that continue to the present day.   Now, as the so-called “end of the middle class” dominates the news cycle and politicians talk endlessly about how to revive it, Stebenne’s vivid history of a social revolution that produced a new and influential way of life reveals the fascinating story of how it was achieved and the considerable costs incurred along the way. “Well-researched, evenhanded…this concise, lucid account offers a solid overview of mid-20th-century social history” (Publishers Weekly) and shines more than a little light on our possible future.</description>
      <author>David Stebenne</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797111117.mp3" length="859464" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410672</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797111117.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Promised Land: How the Rise of the Middle Class Transformed America, 1929-1968
Author: David Stebenne
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking work of history about the American middle class—its rise, why it faltered, and who truly benefited from its dominance. In Promised Land, David Stebenne “invites us to remember those decades in which both the middle class and the Democratic Party were ascendant” (The Wall Street Journal). The story begins with the pervasive income and wealth inequality of the pre-New Deal period. What followed began a great leveling. World War II brought transformative elements that also helped expand the middle class. For decades, economic policies and cultural practices strengthened the trend, and by the 1960s the middle class dictated American tastes from books to TV shows to housing to food, creating a powerful political constituency with shared interests and ideals.   The disruptive events of 1968, however, signaled the end of this expansion. The cultural clashes and political protests of that era turned a spotlight on how the policies and practices of the middle-class era had privileged white men over women, people of color, and other marginalized groups, as well as military force over diplomacy and economic growth over environmental protection. These conflicts, along with shifts in policy and economic stagnation, started shrinking that vast middle class and challenging its values, trends that continue to the present day.   Now, as the so-called “end of the middle class” dominates the news cycle and politicians talk endlessly about how to revive it, Stebenne’s vivid history of a social revolution that produced a new and influential way of life reveals the fascinating story of how it was achieved and the considerable costs incurred along the way. “Well-researched, evenhanded…this concise, lucid account offers a solid overview of mid-20th-century social history” (Publishers Weekly) and shines more than a little light on our possible future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Promised Land: How the Rise of the Middle Class Transformed America, 1929-1968
Author: David Stebenne
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A groundbreaking work of history about the American middle class—its rise, why it faltered, and who truly benefited from its dominance. In Promised Land, David Stebenne “invites us to remember those decades in which both the middle class and the Democratic Party were ascendant” (The Wall Street Journal). The story begins with the pervasive income and wealth inequality of the pre-New Deal period. What followed began a great leveling. World War II brought transformative elements that also helped expand the middle class. For decades, economic policies and cultural practices strengthened the trend, and by the 1960s the middle class dictated American tastes from books to TV shows to housing to food, creating a powerful political constituency with shared interests and ideals.   The disruptive events of 1968, however, signaled the end of this expansion. The cultural clashes and political protests of that era turned a spotlight on how the policies and practices of the middle-class era had privileged white men over women, people of color, and other marginalized groups, as well as military force over diplomacy and economic growth over environmental protection. These conflicts, along with shifts in policy and economic stagnation, started shrinking that vast middle class and challenging its values, trends that continue to the present day.   Now, as the so-called “end of the middle class” dominates the news cycle and politicians talk endlessly about how to revive it, Stebenne’s vivid history of a social revolution that produced a new and influential way of life reveals the fascinating story of how it was achieved and the considerable costs incurred along the way. “Well-researched, evenhanded…this concise, lucid account offers a solid overview of mid-20th-century social history” (Publishers Weekly) and shines more than a little light on our possible future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cult of Glory: The Bold and Brutal History of the Texas Rangers by Doug J. Swanson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410029</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cult of Glory: The Bold and Brutal History of the Texas Rangers
Author: Doug J. Swanson
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Swanson has done a crucial public service by exposing the barbarous side of the Rangers.” —The New York Times Book Review A twenty-first century reckoning with the legendary Texas Rangers that does justice to their heroic moments while also documenting atrocities, brutality, oppression, and corruption The Texas Rangers came to life in 1823, when Texas was still part of Mexico. Nearly 200 years later, the Rangers are still going--one of the most famous of all law enforcement agencies. In Cult of Glory, Doug J. Swanson has written a sweeping account of the Rangers that chronicles their epic, daring escapades while showing how the white and propertied power structures of Texas used them as enforcers, protectors and officially sanctioned killers. Cult of Glory begins with the Rangers&amp;#039; emergence as conquerors of the wild and violent Texas frontier. They fought the fierce Comanches, chased outlaws, and served in the U.S. Army during the Mexican War. As Texas developed, the Rangers were called upon to catch rustlers, tame oil boomtowns, and patrol the perilous Texas-Mexico border. In the 1930s they began their transformation into a professionally trained police force.  Countless movies, television shows, and pulp novels have celebrated the Rangers as Wild West supermen. In many cases, they deserve their plaudits. But often the truth has been obliterated. Swanson demonstrates how the Rangers and their supporters have operated a propaganda machine that turned agency disasters and misdeeds into fables of triumph, transformed murderous rampages--including the killing of scores of Mexican civilians--into valorous feats, and elevated scoundrels to sainthood. Cult of Glory sets the record straight. Beginning with the Texas Indian wars, Cult of Glory embraces the great, majestic arc of Lone Star history. It tells of border battles, range disputes, gunslingers, massacres, slavery, political intrigue, race riots, labor strife, and the dangerous lure of celebrity. And it reveals how legends of the American West--the real and the false--are truly made.</description>
      <author>Doug J. Swanson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780147523143.mp3" length="2703086" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410029</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780147523143.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cult of Glory: The Bold and Brutal History of the Texas Rangers
Author: Doug J. Swanson
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Swanson has done a crucial public service by exposing the barbarous side of the Rangers.” —The New York Times Book Review A twenty-first century reckoning with the legendary Texas Rangers that does justice to their heroic moments while also documenting atrocities, brutality, oppression, and corruption The Texas Rangers came to life in 1823, when Texas was still part of Mexico. Nearly 200 years later, the Rangers are still going--one of the most famous of all law enforcement agencies. In Cult of Glory, Doug J. Swanson has written a sweeping account of the Rangers that chronicles their epic, daring escapades while showing how the white and propertied power structures of Texas used them as enforcers, protectors and officially sanctioned killers. Cult of Glory begins with the Rangers&amp;#039; emergence as conquerors of the wild and violent Texas frontier. They fought the fierce Comanches, chased outlaws, and served in the U.S. Army during the Mexican War. As Texas developed, the Rangers were called upon to catch rustlers, tame oil boomtowns, and patrol the perilous Texas-Mexico border. In the 1930s they began their transformation into a professionally trained police force.  Countless movies, television shows, and pulp novels have celebrated the Rangers as Wild West supermen. In many cases, they deserve their plaudits. But often the truth has been obliterated. Swanson demonstrates how the Rangers and their supporters have operated a propaganda machine that turned agency disasters and misdeeds into fables of triumph, transformed murderous rampages--including the killing of scores of Mexican civilians--into valorous feats, and elevated scoundrels to sainthood. Cult of Glory sets the record straight. Beginning with the Texas Indian wars, Cult of Glory embraces the great, majestic arc of Lone Star history. It tells of border battles, range disputes, gunslingers, massacres, slavery, political intrigue, race riots, labor strife, and the dangerous lure of celebrity. And it reveals how legends of the American West--the real and the false--are truly made.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cult of Glory: The Bold and Brutal History of the Texas Rangers
Author: Doug J. Swanson
Narrator: Kaleo Griffith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Swanson has done a crucial public service by exposing the barbarous side of the Rangers.” —The New York Times Book Review A twenty-first century reckoning with the legendary Texas Rangers that does justice to their heroic moments while also documenting atrocities, brutality, oppression, and corruption The Texas Rangers came to life in 1823, when Texas was still part of Mexico. Nearly 200 years later, the Rangers are still going--one of the most famous of all law enforcement agencies. In Cult of Glory, Doug J. Swanson has written a sweeping account of the Rangers that chronicles their epic, daring escapades while showing how the white and propertied power structures of Texas used them as enforcers, protectors and officially sanctioned killers. Cult of Glory begins with the Rangers&amp;#039; emergence as conquerors of the wild and violent Texas frontier. They fought the fierce Comanches, chased outlaws, and served in the U.S. Army during the Mexican War. As Texas developed, the Rangers were called upon to catch rustlers, tame oil boomtowns, and patrol the perilous Texas-Mexico border. In the 1930s they began their transformation into a professionally trained police force.  Countless movies, television shows, and pulp novels have celebrated the Rangers as Wild West supermen. In many cases, they deserve their plaudits. But often the truth has been obliterated. Swanson demonstrates how the Rangers and their supporters have operated a propaganda machine that turned agency disasters and misdeeds into fables of triumph, transformed murderous rampages--including the killing of scores of Mexican civilians--into valorous feats, and elevated scoundrels to sainthood. Cult of Glory sets the record straight. Beginning with the Texas Indian wars, Cult of Glory embraces the great, majestic arc of Lone Star history. It tells of border battles, range disputes, gunslingers, massacres, slavery, political intrigue, race riots, labor strife, and the dangerous lure of celebrity. And it reveals how legends of the American West--the real and the false--are truly made.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Union: The Struggle to Forge the Story of United States Nationhood by Colin Woodard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Union: The Struggle to Forge the Story of United States Nationhood
Author: Colin Woodard
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
By the bestselling author of American Nations, the story of how the myth of U.S. national unity was created and fought over in the nineteenth century--a myth that continues to affect us today Union tells the story of the struggle to create a national myth for the United States, one that could hold its rival regional cultures together and forge an American nationhood. On one hand, a small group of individuals--historians, political leaders, and novelists--fashioned and promoted the idea of America as nation that had a God-given mission to lead humanity toward freedom, equality, and self-government. But this emerging narrative was swiftly contested by another set of intellectuals and firebrands who argued that the United States was instead the homeland of the allegedly superior &amp;#039;Anglo-Saxon&amp;#039; race, upon whom divine and Darwinian favor shined. Colin Woodard tells the story of the genesis and epic confrontations between these visions of our nation&amp;#039;s path and purpose through the lives of the key figures who created them, a cast of characters whose personal quirks and virtues, gifts and demons shaped the destiny of millions.</description>
      <author>Colin Woodard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593213070.mp3" length="2976560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593213070.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Union: The Struggle to Forge the Story of United States Nationhood
Author: Colin Woodard
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
By the bestselling author of American Nations, the story of how the myth of U.S. national unity was created and fought over in the nineteenth century--a myth that continues to affect us today Union tells the story of the struggle to create a national myth for the United States, one that could hold its rival regional cultures together and forge an American nationhood. On one hand, a small group of individuals--historians, political leaders, and novelists--fashioned and promoted the idea of America as nation that had a God-given mission to lead humanity toward freedom, equality, and self-government. But this emerging narrative was swiftly contested by another set of intellectuals and firebrands who argued that the United States was instead the homeland of the allegedly superior &amp;#039;Anglo-Saxon&amp;#039; race, upon whom divine and Darwinian favor shined. Colin Woodard tells the story of the genesis and epic confrontations between these visions of our nation&amp;#039;s path and purpose through the lives of the key figures who created them, a cast of characters whose personal quirks and virtues, gifts and demons shaped the destiny of millions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Union: The Struggle to Forge the Story of United States Nationhood
Author: Colin Woodard
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
By the bestselling author of American Nations, the story of how the myth of U.S. national unity was created and fought over in the nineteenth century--a myth that continues to affect us today Union tells the story of the struggle to create a national myth for the United States, one that could hold its rival regional cultures together and forge an American nationhood. On one hand, a small group of individuals--historians, political leaders, and novelists--fashioned and promoted the idea of America as nation that had a God-given mission to lead humanity toward freedom, equality, and self-government. But this emerging narrative was swiftly contested by another set of intellectuals and firebrands who argued that the United States was instead the homeland of the allegedly superior &amp;#039;Anglo-Saxon&amp;#039; race, upon whom divine and Darwinian favor shined. Colin Woodard tells the story of the genesis and epic confrontations between these visions of our nation&amp;#039;s path and purpose through the lives of the key figures who created them, a cast of characters whose personal quirks and virtues, gifts and demons shaped the destiny of millions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>They Knew They Were Pilgrims: Plymouth Colony and the Contest for American Liberty by John G. Turner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409767</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409767">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409767</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew They Were Pilgrims: Plymouth Colony and the Contest for American Liberty
Author: John G. Turner
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An ambitious new history of the Pilgrims and Plymouth Colony, published for the 400th anniversary of the Mayflower&amp;#039;s landing. In 1620, separatists from the Church of England set sail across the Atlantic aboard the Mayflower. Understanding themselves as spiritual pilgrims, they left to preserve their liberty to worship God in accordance with their understanding of the Bible. There exists, however, an alternative, more dispiriting version of their story. In it, the Pilgrims are religious zealots who persecuted dissenters and decimated the Native peoples through warfare and by stealing their land. The Pilgrims&amp;#039; definition of liberty was, in practice, very narrow.   Drawing on original research using underutilized sources, John G. Turner moves beyond these familiar narratives in his sweeping and authoritative new history of Plymouth Colony. Instead of depicting the Pilgrims as otherworldly saints or extraordinary sinners, he tells how a variety of English settlers and Native peoples engaged in a contest for the meaning of American liberty.</description>
      <author>John G. Turner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541440470.mp3" length="3095097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409767</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541440470.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409767">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409767</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew They Were Pilgrims: Plymouth Colony and the Contest for American Liberty
Author: John G. Turner
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An ambitious new history of the Pilgrims and Plymouth Colony, published for the 400th anniversary of the Mayflower&amp;#039;s landing. In 1620, separatists from the Church of England set sail across the Atlantic aboard the Mayflower. Understanding themselves as spiritual pilgrims, they left to preserve their liberty to worship God in accordance with their understanding of the Bible. There exists, however, an alternative, more dispiriting version of their story. In it, the Pilgrims are religious zealots who persecuted dissenters and decimated the Native peoples through warfare and by stealing their land. The Pilgrims&amp;#039; definition of liberty was, in practice, very narrow.   Drawing on original research using underutilized sources, John G. Turner moves beyond these familiar narratives in his sweeping and authoritative new history of Plymouth Colony. Instead of depicting the Pilgrims as otherworldly saints or extraordinary sinners, he tells how a variety of English settlers and Native peoples engaged in a contest for the meaning of American liberty.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409767">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409767</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew They Were Pilgrims: Plymouth Colony and the Contest for American Liberty
Author: John G. Turner
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An ambitious new history of the Pilgrims and Plymouth Colony, published for the 400th anniversary of the Mayflower&amp;#039;s landing. In 1620, separatists from the Church of England set sail across the Atlantic aboard the Mayflower. Understanding themselves as spiritual pilgrims, they left to preserve their liberty to worship God in accordance with their understanding of the Bible. There exists, however, an alternative, more dispiriting version of their story. In it, the Pilgrims are religious zealots who persecuted dissenters and decimated the Native peoples through warfare and by stealing their land. The Pilgrims&amp;#039; definition of liberty was, in practice, very narrow.   Drawing on original research using underutilized sources, John G. Turner moves beyond these familiar narratives in his sweeping and authoritative new history of Plymouth Colony. Instead of depicting the Pilgrims as otherworldly saints or extraordinary sinners, he tells how a variety of English settlers and Native peoples engaged in a contest for the meaning of American liberty.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Into the Blizzard: Heroism at Sea During the Great Blizzard of 1978 by Michael J. Tougias</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409019</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Blizzard: Heroism at Sea During the Great Blizzard of 1978
Author: Michael J. Tougias
Narrator: Shawn Compton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: December 10, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the midst of the Blizzard of 1978, the tanker Global Hope floundered on the shoals in Salem Sound off the Massachusetts coast. When the Coast Guard heard the Mayday calls, they immediately dispatched a patrol rescue boat. But within an hour, the Coast Guard rescue boat was in as much trouble as the tanker—both paralyzed in unrelenting seas. Enter Captain Frank Quirk who was compelled to act. Gathering his crew of four, Quirk plunged his forty-nine-foot steel boat, the Can Do, into the blizzard. Perfect for fans of the I Survived series ready for a longer-form account, this middle-grade adaptation of an adult nonfiction book chronicles the harrowing journey between Captain Quirk and the Coast Guard as they struggled in the holds of a radical storm. It&amp;#039;s an epic tale of heroism and bravery at sea.</description>
      <author>Michael J. Tougias</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666557329.mp3" length="850605" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409019</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666557329.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Blizzard: Heroism at Sea During the Great Blizzard of 1978
Author: Michael J. Tougias
Narrator: Shawn Compton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: December 10, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the midst of the Blizzard of 1978, the tanker Global Hope floundered on the shoals in Salem Sound off the Massachusetts coast. When the Coast Guard heard the Mayday calls, they immediately dispatched a patrol rescue boat. But within an hour, the Coast Guard rescue boat was in as much trouble as the tanker—both paralyzed in unrelenting seas. Enter Captain Frank Quirk who was compelled to act. Gathering his crew of four, Quirk plunged his forty-nine-foot steel boat, the Can Do, into the blizzard. Perfect for fans of the I Survived series ready for a longer-form account, this middle-grade adaptation of an adult nonfiction book chronicles the harrowing journey between Captain Quirk and the Coast Guard as they struggled in the holds of a radical storm. It&amp;#039;s an epic tale of heroism and bravery at sea.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Blizzard: Heroism at Sea During the Great Blizzard of 1978
Author: Michael J. Tougias
Narrator: Shawn Compton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: December 10, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the midst of the Blizzard of 1978, the tanker Global Hope floundered on the shoals in Salem Sound off the Massachusetts coast. When the Coast Guard heard the Mayday calls, they immediately dispatched a patrol rescue boat. But within an hour, the Coast Guard rescue boat was in as much trouble as the tanker—both paralyzed in unrelenting seas. Enter Captain Frank Quirk who was compelled to act. Gathering his crew of four, Quirk plunged his forty-nine-foot steel boat, the Can Do, into the blizzard. Perfect for fans of the I Survived series ready for a longer-form account, this middle-grade adaptation of an adult nonfiction book chronicles the harrowing journey between Captain Quirk and the Coast Guard as they struggled in the holds of a radical storm. It&amp;#039;s an epic tale of heroism and bravery at sea.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>White House, Inc.: How Donald Trump Turned the Presidency into a Business by Dan Alexander</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White House, Inc.: How Donald Trump Turned the Presidency into a Business
Author: Dan Alexander
Narrator: Noah Michael Levine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An in-depth investigation into Donald Trump’s business—and how he used America’s top job to service it. White House, Inc. is a newsmaking exposé that details President Trump’s efforts to make money off of politics, taking us inside his exclusive clubs, luxury hotels, overseas partnerships, commercial properties, and personal mansions. Alexander tracks hundreds of millions of dollars flowing freely between big businesses and President Trump. He explains, in plain language, how Trump tried to translate power into profit, from the 2016 campaign to the ramp-up to the 2020 campaign.   Just because you turn the presidency into a business doesn’t necessarily mean you turn it into a good business. After Trump won the White House, profits plunged at certain properties, like the Doral golf resort in Miami. But the presidency also opened up new opportunities. Trump’s commercial and residential property portfolio morphed into a one-of-a-kind marketplace, through which anyone, anywhere, could pay the president of the United States. Hundreds of customers—including foreign governments, big businesses, and individual investors—obliged. The president&amp;#039;s disregard for norms sparked a trickle-down ethics crisis with no precedent in modern American history. Trump appointed an inner circle of centimillionaires and billionaires—including Ivanka Trump, Jared Kushner, Wilbur Ross, and Carl Icahn—who came with their own conflict-ridden portfolios. Following the president’s lead, they trampled barriers meant to separate their financial holdings from their government roles. White House, Inc. is a page-turning, hair-raising investigation into Trump and his team, who corrupted the U.S. presidency and managed to avoid accountability. Until now. *This audiobook contains a PDF with additional financial data.</description>
      <author>Dan Alexander</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593210697.mp3" length="2895726" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593210697.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White House, Inc.: How Donald Trump Turned the Presidency into a Business
Author: Dan Alexander
Narrator: Noah Michael Levine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An in-depth investigation into Donald Trump’s business—and how he used America’s top job to service it. White House, Inc. is a newsmaking exposé that details President Trump’s efforts to make money off of politics, taking us inside his exclusive clubs, luxury hotels, overseas partnerships, commercial properties, and personal mansions. Alexander tracks hundreds of millions of dollars flowing freely between big businesses and President Trump. He explains, in plain language, how Trump tried to translate power into profit, from the 2016 campaign to the ramp-up to the 2020 campaign.   Just because you turn the presidency into a business doesn’t necessarily mean you turn it into a good business. After Trump won the White House, profits plunged at certain properties, like the Doral golf resort in Miami. But the presidency also opened up new opportunities. Trump’s commercial and residential property portfolio morphed into a one-of-a-kind marketplace, through which anyone, anywhere, could pay the president of the United States. Hundreds of customers—including foreign governments, big businesses, and individual investors—obliged. The president&amp;#039;s disregard for norms sparked a trickle-down ethics crisis with no precedent in modern American history. Trump appointed an inner circle of centimillionaires and billionaires—including Ivanka Trump, Jared Kushner, Wilbur Ross, and Carl Icahn—who came with their own conflict-ridden portfolios. Following the president’s lead, they trampled barriers meant to separate their financial holdings from their government roles. White House, Inc. is a page-turning, hair-raising investigation into Trump and his team, who corrupted the U.S. presidency and managed to avoid accountability. Until now. *This audiobook contains a PDF with additional financial data.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White House, Inc.: How Donald Trump Turned the Presidency into a Business
Author: Dan Alexander
Narrator: Noah Michael Levine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An in-depth investigation into Donald Trump’s business—and how he used America’s top job to service it. White House, Inc. is a newsmaking exposé that details President Trump’s efforts to make money off of politics, taking us inside his exclusive clubs, luxury hotels, overseas partnerships, commercial properties, and personal mansions. Alexander tracks hundreds of millions of dollars flowing freely between big businesses and President Trump. He explains, in plain language, how Trump tried to translate power into profit, from the 2016 campaign to the ramp-up to the 2020 campaign.   Just because you turn the presidency into a business doesn’t necessarily mean you turn it into a good business. After Trump won the White House, profits plunged at certain properties, like the Doral golf resort in Miami. But the presidency also opened up new opportunities. Trump’s commercial and residential property portfolio morphed into a one-of-a-kind marketplace, through which anyone, anywhere, could pay the president of the United States. Hundreds of customers—including foreign governments, big businesses, and individual investors—obliged. The president&amp;#039;s disregard for norms sparked a trickle-down ethics crisis with no precedent in modern American history. Trump appointed an inner circle of centimillionaires and billionaires—including Ivanka Trump, Jared Kushner, Wilbur Ross, and Carl Icahn—who came with their own conflict-ridden portfolios. Following the president’s lead, they trampled barriers meant to separate their financial holdings from their government roles. White House, Inc. is a page-turning, hair-raising investigation into Trump and his team, who corrupted the U.S. presidency and managed to avoid accountability. Until now. *This audiobook contains a PDF with additional financial data.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Ike Led: The Principles Behind Eisenhower&amp;#039;s Biggest Decisions by Susan Eisenhower</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408884</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Ike Led: The Principles Behind Eisenhower&amp;#039;s Biggest Decisions
Author: Susan Eisenhower
Narrator: Susan Eisenhower, Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The work is clear-eyed but naturally imbued with a granddaughter&amp;#039;s affection. Narrator Bernadette Dunne&amp;#039;s amiable manner is a good match for the author&amp;#039;s tone, objective but tinged with warmth...Dunne manages to go beyond the plain sense of the text to give us the author as an intelligent, sensible, well-spoken person who is examining an important life in a way that informs, pleases, and serves as a lesson for the present day.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine    This program includes an audiobook exclusive introduction written and read by Susan Eisenhower and a newly remastered version of President Eisenhower&amp;#039;s 1961 Farewell Address. How Dwight D. Eisenhower led America through a transformational time—by a DC policy strategist, security expert and his granddaughter.     Few people have made decisions as momentous as Eisenhower, nor has one person had to make such a varied range of them. From D-Day to Little Rock, from the Korean War to Cold War crises, from the Red Scare to the Missile Gap controversies, he was able to give our country eight years of peace and prosperity by relying on a core set of principles. These were informed by his heritage and upbringing, his strong character and his personal discipline, but he also avoided making himself the center of things. He tried to be the calmest man in the room, not the loudest. So instead of seeking to fulfill his personal desires and political needs, he pursued a course he called the &amp;#039;Middle Way&amp;#039; that tried to make winners on both sides of a situation. In addition, Ike maintained a big picture view on any situation; he was a strategic, not an operational leader. He also ensured that he had all the information he needed to make a decision. His talent for envisioning a whole, especially in the context of the long game, and his ability to see causes and various consequences, explains his success as Allied Commander President. Then, after making a decision, he made himself accountable for it, prizing responsibility most of all his principles. Susan Eisenhower&amp;#039;s How Ike Led shows us not just what a great American did, but why—and what we can learn from him today. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books &amp;#039;[Susan Eisenhower] lays bare the essence of her grandfather’s leadership in war and peace—his singular devotion to the unity and security of the American people and the nation’s allies.” -- Wall Street Journal</description>
      <author>Susan Eisenhower</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250752673.mp3" length="1477213" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408884</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250752673.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Ike Led: The Principles Behind Eisenhower&amp;#039;s Biggest Decisions
Author: Susan Eisenhower
Narrator: Susan Eisenhower, Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The work is clear-eyed but naturally imbued with a granddaughter&amp;#039;s affection. Narrator Bernadette Dunne&amp;#039;s amiable manner is a good match for the author&amp;#039;s tone, objective but tinged with warmth...Dunne manages to go beyond the plain sense of the text to give us the author as an intelligent, sensible, well-spoken person who is examining an important life in a way that informs, pleases, and serves as a lesson for the present day.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine    This program includes an audiobook exclusive introduction written and read by Susan Eisenhower and a newly remastered version of President Eisenhower&amp;#039;s 1961 Farewell Address. How Dwight D. Eisenhower led America through a transformational time—by a DC policy strategist, security expert and his granddaughter.     Few people have made decisions as momentous as Eisenhower, nor has one person had to make such a varied range of them. From D-Day to Little Rock, from the Korean War to Cold War crises, from the Red Scare to the Missile Gap controversies, he was able to give our country eight years of peace and prosperity by relying on a core set of principles. These were informed by his heritage and upbringing, his strong character and his personal discipline, but he also avoided making himself the center of things. He tried to be the calmest man in the room, not the loudest. So instead of seeking to fulfill his personal desires and political needs, he pursued a course he called the &amp;#039;Middle Way&amp;#039; that tried to make winners on both sides of a situation. In addition, Ike maintained a big picture view on any situation; he was a strategic, not an operational leader. He also ensured that he had all the information he needed to make a decision. His talent for envisioning a whole, especially in the context of the long game, and his ability to see causes and various consequences, explains his success as Allied Commander President. Then, after making a decision, he made himself accountable for it, prizing responsibility most of all his principles. Susan Eisenhower&amp;#039;s How Ike Led shows us not just what a great American did, but why—and what we can learn from him today. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books &amp;#039;[Susan Eisenhower] lays bare the essence of her grandfather’s leadership in war and peace—his singular devotion to the unity and security of the American people and the nation’s allies.” -- Wall Street Journal</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Ike Led: The Principles Behind Eisenhower&amp;#039;s Biggest Decisions
Author: Susan Eisenhower
Narrator: Susan Eisenhower, Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The work is clear-eyed but naturally imbued with a granddaughter&amp;#039;s affection. Narrator Bernadette Dunne&amp;#039;s amiable manner is a good match for the author&amp;#039;s tone, objective but tinged with warmth...Dunne manages to go beyond the plain sense of the text to give us the author as an intelligent, sensible, well-spoken person who is examining an important life in a way that informs, pleases, and serves as a lesson for the present day.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine    This program includes an audiobook exclusive introduction written and read by Susan Eisenhower and a newly remastered version of President Eisenhower&amp;#039;s 1961 Farewell Address. How Dwight D. Eisenhower led America through a transformational time—by a DC policy strategist, security expert and his granddaughter.     Few people have made decisions as momentous as Eisenhower, nor has one person had to make such a varied range of them. From D-Day to Little Rock, from the Korean War to Cold War crises, from the Red Scare to the Missile Gap controversies, he was able to give our country eight years of peace and prosperity by relying on a core set of principles. These were informed by his heritage and upbringing, his strong character and his personal discipline, but he also avoided making himself the center of things. He tried to be the calmest man in the room, not the loudest. So instead of seeking to fulfill his personal desires and political needs, he pursued a course he called the &amp;#039;Middle Way&amp;#039; that tried to make winners on both sides of a situation. In addition, Ike maintained a big picture view on any situation; he was a strategic, not an operational leader. He also ensured that he had all the information he needed to make a decision. His talent for envisioning a whole, especially in the context of the long game, and his ability to see causes and various consequences, explains his success as Allied Commander President. Then, after making a decision, he made himself accountable for it, prizing responsibility most of all his principles. Susan Eisenhower&amp;#039;s How Ike Led shows us not just what a great American did, but why—and what we can learn from him today. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books &amp;#039;[Susan Eisenhower] lays bare the essence of her grandfather’s leadership in war and peace—his singular devotion to the unity and security of the American people and the nation’s allies.” -- Wall Street Journal</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Demagogue&amp;#039;s Playbook: The Battle for American Democracy from the Founders to Trump by Eric A. Posner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Demagogue&amp;#039;s Playbook: The Battle for American Democracy from the Founders to Trump
Author: Eric A. Posner
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Narrator Peter Berkrot&amp;#039;s vocal tone has a flinty mid-20th century quality that works well with this historical review of how demagogues in the U.S. have repeatedly exploited populism since the founding of the nation. Serious but never overwrought, he has a lovely way with phrasing that enhances the richness of these sentences while deftly moderating the undercurrent of alarm in the writing.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award winner     What Happens to Democracy When a Demagogue Comes to Power? &amp;#039;It is hard to imagine understanding the Trump presidency and its significance without reading this book.” — Bob Bauer, Former Chief Counsel to President Barack Obama   What—and who—is a demagogue? How did America’s Founders envision the presidency? What should a constitutional democracy look like—and how can it be fixed when it appears to be broken? Something is definitely wrong with Donald Trump’s presidency, but what exactly? The extraordinary negative reaction to Trump’s election—by conservative intellectuals, liberals, Democrats, and global leaders alike—goes beyond ordinary partisan and policy disagreements. It reflects genuine fear about the vitality of our constitutional system. The Founders, reaching back to classical precedents, feared that their experiment in mass self-government could produce a demagogue: a charismatic ruler who would gain and hold on to power by manipulating the public rather than by advancing the public good. President Trump, who has played to the mob and attacked institutions from the judiciary to the press, appears to embody these ideas. How can we move past his rhetoric and maintain faith in our great nation?   In The Demagogue’s Playbook, acclaimed legal scholar Eric A. Posner offers a blueprint for how America can prevent the rise of another demagogue and protect the features of a democracy that help it thrive—and restore national greatness, for one and all.   A Macmillan Audio production from All Points Books “Cuts through the hyperbole and hysteria that often distorts assessments of our republic, particularly at this time.”  —Alan Taylor, winner of the 2014 Pulitzer Prize for History</description>
      <author>Eric A. Posner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250752956.mp3" length="1403966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250752956.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Demagogue&amp;#039;s Playbook: The Battle for American Democracy from the Founders to Trump
Author: Eric A. Posner
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Narrator Peter Berkrot&amp;#039;s vocal tone has a flinty mid-20th century quality that works well with this historical review of how demagogues in the U.S. have repeatedly exploited populism since the founding of the nation. Serious but never overwrought, he has a lovely way with phrasing that enhances the richness of these sentences while deftly moderating the undercurrent of alarm in the writing.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award winner     What Happens to Democracy When a Demagogue Comes to Power? &amp;#039;It is hard to imagine understanding the Trump presidency and its significance without reading this book.” — Bob Bauer, Former Chief Counsel to President Barack Obama   What—and who—is a demagogue? How did America’s Founders envision the presidency? What should a constitutional democracy look like—and how can it be fixed when it appears to be broken? Something is definitely wrong with Donald Trump’s presidency, but what exactly? The extraordinary negative reaction to Trump’s election—by conservative intellectuals, liberals, Democrats, and global leaders alike—goes beyond ordinary partisan and policy disagreements. It reflects genuine fear about the vitality of our constitutional system. The Founders, reaching back to classical precedents, feared that their experiment in mass self-government could produce a demagogue: a charismatic ruler who would gain and hold on to power by manipulating the public rather than by advancing the public good. President Trump, who has played to the mob and attacked institutions from the judiciary to the press, appears to embody these ideas. How can we move past his rhetoric and maintain faith in our great nation?   In The Demagogue’s Playbook, acclaimed legal scholar Eric A. Posner offers a blueprint for how America can prevent the rise of another demagogue and protect the features of a democracy that help it thrive—and restore national greatness, for one and all.   A Macmillan Audio production from All Points Books “Cuts through the hyperbole and hysteria that often distorts assessments of our republic, particularly at this time.”  —Alan Taylor, winner of the 2014 Pulitzer Prize for History</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Demagogue&amp;#039;s Playbook: The Battle for American Democracy from the Founders to Trump
Author: Eric A. Posner
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Narrator Peter Berkrot&amp;#039;s vocal tone has a flinty mid-20th century quality that works well with this historical review of how demagogues in the U.S. have repeatedly exploited populism since the founding of the nation. Serious but never overwrought, he has a lovely way with phrasing that enhances the richness of these sentences while deftly moderating the undercurrent of alarm in the writing.&amp;#039; -- AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award winner     What Happens to Democracy When a Demagogue Comes to Power? &amp;#039;It is hard to imagine understanding the Trump presidency and its significance without reading this book.” — Bob Bauer, Former Chief Counsel to President Barack Obama   What—and who—is a demagogue? How did America’s Founders envision the presidency? What should a constitutional democracy look like—and how can it be fixed when it appears to be broken? Something is definitely wrong with Donald Trump’s presidency, but what exactly? The extraordinary negative reaction to Trump’s election—by conservative intellectuals, liberals, Democrats, and global leaders alike—goes beyond ordinary partisan and policy disagreements. It reflects genuine fear about the vitality of our constitutional system. The Founders, reaching back to classical precedents, feared that their experiment in mass self-government could produce a demagogue: a charismatic ruler who would gain and hold on to power by manipulating the public rather than by advancing the public good. President Trump, who has played to the mob and attacked institutions from the judiciary to the press, appears to embody these ideas. How can we move past his rhetoric and maintain faith in our great nation?   In The Demagogue’s Playbook, acclaimed legal scholar Eric A. Posner offers a blueprint for how America can prevent the rise of another demagogue and protect the features of a democracy that help it thrive—and restore national greatness, for one and all.   A Macmillan Audio production from All Points Books “Cuts through the hyperbole and hysteria that often distorts assessments of our republic, particularly at this time.”  —Alan Taylor, winner of the 2014 Pulitzer Prize for History</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Born in Blood and Fire: A Concise History of Latin America: Fourth Edition by John Charles Chasteen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408654</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Born in Blood and Fire: A Concise History of Latin America: Fourth Edition
Author: John Charles Chasteen
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The most readable, highly regarded, and affordable history of Latin America for our times. Born in Blood and Fire, Fourth Edition has been extensively revised to heighten emphasis on current cultural analyses of Latin American society and facilitate meaningful connections between the Encounter and the present.</description>
      <author>John Charles Chasteen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541433786.mp3" length="8546979" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408654</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541433786.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Born in Blood and Fire: A Concise History of Latin America: Fourth Edition
Author: John Charles Chasteen
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The most readable, highly regarded, and affordable history of Latin America for our times. Born in Blood and Fire, Fourth Edition has been extensively revised to heighten emphasis on current cultural analyses of Latin American society and facilitate meaningful connections between the Encounter and the present.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Born in Blood and Fire: A Concise History of Latin America: Fourth Edition
Author: John Charles Chasteen
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The most readable, highly regarded, and affordable history of Latin America for our times. Born in Blood and Fire, Fourth Edition has been extensively revised to heighten emphasis on current cultural analyses of Latin American society and facilitate meaningful connections between the Encounter and the present.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Year of Dangerous Days: Riots, Refugees, and Cocaine in Miami 1980 by Nicholas Griffin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408628</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year of Dangerous Days: Riots, Refugees, and Cocaine in Miami 1980
Author: Nicholas Griffin
Narrator: Pete Simonelli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of The Wire, the “utterly absorbing” (The New York Times) story of the cinematic transformation of Miami, one of America’s bustling cities—rife with a drug epidemic, a burgeoning refugee crisis, and police brutality—from journalist and award-winning author Nicholas Griffin. Miami, Florida, famed for its blue skies and sandy beaches, is one of the world’s most popular vacation destinations, with nearly twenty-three million tourists visiting annually. But few people have any idea how this unofficial capital of Latin America came to be.   The Year of Dangerous Days is “an engrossing, peek-between-your-fingers history of an American city on the edge” (Kirkus Reviews). With a cast that includes iconic characters such as Jimmy Carter, Fidel Castro, and Janet Reno, this slice of history is brought to life through intertwining personal stories. At the core, there’s Edna Buchanan, a reporter for the Miami Herald who breaks the story on the wrongful murder of a black man and the shocking police cover-up; Captain Marshall Frank, the hardboiled homicide detective tasked with investigating the murder; and Mayor Maurice Ferré, the charismatic politician who watches the case, and the city, fall apart.   On a roller coaster of national politics and international diplomacy, these three figures cross paths as their city explores one of the worst race riots in American history as more than 120,000 Cuban refugees land south of Miami, and as drug cartels flood the city with cocaine and infiltrate all levels of law enforcement. In a battle of wills, Buchanan has to keep up with the 150 percent murder rate increase; Captain Frank has to scrub and rebuild his homicide bureau; and Mayor Ferré must find a way to reconstruct his smoldering city. Against all odds, they persevere, and a stronger, more vibrant, Miami begins to emerge. But the foundation of this new Miami—partially built on corruption and drug money—will have severe ramifications for the rest of the country.   Deeply researched, “well-written” (New York Journal of Books), and covering many timely issues including police brutality, immigration, and the drug crisis, The Year of Dangerous Days is both a clarion call and a dramatic rebirth story of one of America’s most iconic cities.</description>
      <author>Nicholas Griffin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797110653.mp3" length="799782" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408628</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797110653.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year of Dangerous Days: Riots, Refugees, and Cocaine in Miami 1980
Author: Nicholas Griffin
Narrator: Pete Simonelli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of The Wire, the “utterly absorbing” (The New York Times) story of the cinematic transformation of Miami, one of America’s bustling cities—rife with a drug epidemic, a burgeoning refugee crisis, and police brutality—from journalist and award-winning author Nicholas Griffin. Miami, Florida, famed for its blue skies and sandy beaches, is one of the world’s most popular vacation destinations, with nearly twenty-three million tourists visiting annually. But few people have any idea how this unofficial capital of Latin America came to be.   The Year of Dangerous Days is “an engrossing, peek-between-your-fingers history of an American city on the edge” (Kirkus Reviews). With a cast that includes iconic characters such as Jimmy Carter, Fidel Castro, and Janet Reno, this slice of history is brought to life through intertwining personal stories. At the core, there’s Edna Buchanan, a reporter for the Miami Herald who breaks the story on the wrongful murder of a black man and the shocking police cover-up; Captain Marshall Frank, the hardboiled homicide detective tasked with investigating the murder; and Mayor Maurice Ferré, the charismatic politician who watches the case, and the city, fall apart.   On a roller coaster of national politics and international diplomacy, these three figures cross paths as their city explores one of the worst race riots in American history as more than 120,000 Cuban refugees land south of Miami, and as drug cartels flood the city with cocaine and infiltrate all levels of law enforcement. In a battle of wills, Buchanan has to keep up with the 150 percent murder rate increase; Captain Frank has to scrub and rebuild his homicide bureau; and Mayor Ferré must find a way to reconstruct his smoldering city. Against all odds, they persevere, and a stronger, more vibrant, Miami begins to emerge. But the foundation of this new Miami—partially built on corruption and drug money—will have severe ramifications for the rest of the country.   Deeply researched, “well-written” (New York Journal of Books), and covering many timely issues including police brutality, immigration, and the drug crisis, The Year of Dangerous Days is both a clarion call and a dramatic rebirth story of one of America’s most iconic cities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year of Dangerous Days: Riots, Refugees, and Cocaine in Miami 1980
Author: Nicholas Griffin
Narrator: Pete Simonelli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of The Wire, the “utterly absorbing” (The New York Times) story of the cinematic transformation of Miami, one of America’s bustling cities—rife with a drug epidemic, a burgeoning refugee crisis, and police brutality—from journalist and award-winning author Nicholas Griffin. Miami, Florida, famed for its blue skies and sandy beaches, is one of the world’s most popular vacation destinations, with nearly twenty-three million tourists visiting annually. But few people have any idea how this unofficial capital of Latin America came to be.   The Year of Dangerous Days is “an engrossing, peek-between-your-fingers history of an American city on the edge” (Kirkus Reviews). With a cast that includes iconic characters such as Jimmy Carter, Fidel Castro, and Janet Reno, this slice of history is brought to life through intertwining personal stories. At the core, there’s Edna Buchanan, a reporter for the Miami Herald who breaks the story on the wrongful murder of a black man and the shocking police cover-up; Captain Marshall Frank, the hardboiled homicide detective tasked with investigating the murder; and Mayor Maurice Ferré, the charismatic politician who watches the case, and the city, fall apart.   On a roller coaster of national politics and international diplomacy, these three figures cross paths as their city explores one of the worst race riots in American history as more than 120,000 Cuban refugees land south of Miami, and as drug cartels flood the city with cocaine and infiltrate all levels of law enforcement. In a battle of wills, Buchanan has to keep up with the 150 percent murder rate increase; Captain Frank has to scrub and rebuild his homicide bureau; and Mayor Ferré must find a way to reconstruct his smoldering city. Against all odds, they persevere, and a stronger, more vibrant, Miami begins to emerge. But the foundation of this new Miami—partially built on corruption and drug money—will have severe ramifications for the rest of the country.   Deeply researched, “well-written” (New York Journal of Books), and covering many timely issues including police brutality, immigration, and the drug crisis, The Year of Dangerous Days is both a clarion call and a dramatic rebirth story of one of America’s most iconic cities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rosicrucian America: How a Secret Society Influenced the Destiny of a Nation by Steven Sora</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408619</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rosicrucian America: How a Secret Society Influenced the Destiny of a Nation
Author: Steven Sora
Narrator: Nick Mcdougal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An in-depth history of Rosicrucianism, its key members, and their roles in the formation and settling of America  • Explores Sir Francis Bacon and Dr. John Dee’s deep influence on England’s colonization of America as well as the Rosicrucian influence on the Founding Fathers and on cities such as Philadelphia and Williamsburg  • Explains how Bacon was the author of many anonymous Rosicrucian texts and how he envisioned America as the “New Atlantis”  • Reveals the connections of the Order of the Rosy Cross to the Knights of the Golden Circle and to the Georgia Guidestones  Dr. John Dee and his polymath protégé Sir Francis Bacon were the most influential men in the court of Queen Elizabeth I, part of an elite group with invisible control throughout Europe. And, as Steven Sora reveals, not only were they key members of the Rosicrucians, they were the driving force behind England’s colonization of the New World and the eventual establishment of the United States.  From Avalon in Newfoundland to New England to Pennsylvania and Virginia, Sora shows how Bacon and Dee’s Rosicrucian impact is felt throughout North America. He details Bacon’s possible authorship of the anonymous Rosicrucian texts of the early 1600s, his connections with Sir Walter Raleigh’s School of Night, and the origins of Rosicrucianism in Bacon’s Order of the Helmet. He explains how Bacon envisioned America as the New Atlantis, a utopia where liberty and freedom of learning prevailed--a key tenet of the “Invisible College” of the Rosicrucian Order--and how Dee convinced the Queen that England had rightful claims in the New World by drawing on legends of both King Arthur and Welsh Prince Madoc voyaging West to America.  Sora looks at Rosicrucian influences on the Founding Fathers and earliest settlers of America, such as Washington, Franklin, and William Penn of Pennsylvania, on the American Revolution, and on American colonies, such as the Williamsburg colony. He details how Penn invited Rosicrucians to Philadelphia and how the city’s layout follows esoteric principles, including a direct reference to Bacon’s New Atlantis. Moving into the 1800s and beyond, he reveals how a handful of Rosicrucians served as the Inner Sanctum of the Knights of the Golden Circle and how Rosicrucians are behind the Georgia Guidestones, carved granite monoliths with messages in ancient languages.  Providing a thorough and expansive view of Rosicrucianism, its occult origins, and its deep imprint on America, Sora shows how this secret society still continues to exert invisible influence on the modern world.</description>
      <author>Steven Sora</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644111390.mp3" length="881459" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408619</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644111390.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rosicrucian America: How a Secret Society Influenced the Destiny of a Nation
Author: Steven Sora
Narrator: Nick Mcdougal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An in-depth history of Rosicrucianism, its key members, and their roles in the formation and settling of America  • Explores Sir Francis Bacon and Dr. John Dee’s deep influence on England’s colonization of America as well as the Rosicrucian influence on the Founding Fathers and on cities such as Philadelphia and Williamsburg  • Explains how Bacon was the author of many anonymous Rosicrucian texts and how he envisioned America as the “New Atlantis”  • Reveals the connections of the Order of the Rosy Cross to the Knights of the Golden Circle and to the Georgia Guidestones  Dr. John Dee and his polymath protégé Sir Francis Bacon were the most influential men in the court of Queen Elizabeth I, part of an elite group with invisible control throughout Europe. And, as Steven Sora reveals, not only were they key members of the Rosicrucians, they were the driving force behind England’s colonization of the New World and the eventual establishment of the United States.  From Avalon in Newfoundland to New England to Pennsylvania and Virginia, Sora shows how Bacon and Dee’s Rosicrucian impact is felt throughout North America. He details Bacon’s possible authorship of the anonymous Rosicrucian texts of the early 1600s, his connections with Sir Walter Raleigh’s School of Night, and the origins of Rosicrucianism in Bacon’s Order of the Helmet. He explains how Bacon envisioned America as the New Atlantis, a utopia where liberty and freedom of learning prevailed--a key tenet of the “Invisible College” of the Rosicrucian Order--and how Dee convinced the Queen that England had rightful claims in the New World by drawing on legends of both King Arthur and Welsh Prince Madoc voyaging West to America.  Sora looks at Rosicrucian influences on the Founding Fathers and earliest settlers of America, such as Washington, Franklin, and William Penn of Pennsylvania, on the American Revolution, and on American colonies, such as the Williamsburg colony. He details how Penn invited Rosicrucians to Philadelphia and how the city’s layout follows esoteric principles, including a direct reference to Bacon’s New Atlantis. Moving into the 1800s and beyond, he reveals how a handful of Rosicrucians served as the Inner Sanctum of the Knights of the Golden Circle and how Rosicrucians are behind the Georgia Guidestones, carved granite monoliths with messages in ancient languages.  Providing a thorough and expansive view of Rosicrucianism, its occult origins, and its deep imprint on America, Sora shows how this secret society still continues to exert invisible influence on the modern world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rosicrucian America: How a Secret Society Influenced the Destiny of a Nation
Author: Steven Sora
Narrator: Nick Mcdougal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An in-depth history of Rosicrucianism, its key members, and their roles in the formation and settling of America  • Explores Sir Francis Bacon and Dr. John Dee’s deep influence on England’s colonization of America as well as the Rosicrucian influence on the Founding Fathers and on cities such as Philadelphia and Williamsburg  • Explains how Bacon was the author of many anonymous Rosicrucian texts and how he envisioned America as the “New Atlantis”  • Reveals the connections of the Order of the Rosy Cross to the Knights of the Golden Circle and to the Georgia Guidestones  Dr. John Dee and his polymath protégé Sir Francis Bacon were the most influential men in the court of Queen Elizabeth I, part of an elite group with invisible control throughout Europe. And, as Steven Sora reveals, not only were they key members of the Rosicrucians, they were the driving force behind England’s colonization of the New World and the eventual establishment of the United States.  From Avalon in Newfoundland to New England to Pennsylvania and Virginia, Sora shows how Bacon and Dee’s Rosicrucian impact is felt throughout North America. He details Bacon’s possible authorship of the anonymous Rosicrucian texts of the early 1600s, his connections with Sir Walter Raleigh’s School of Night, and the origins of Rosicrucianism in Bacon’s Order of the Helmet. He explains how Bacon envisioned America as the New Atlantis, a utopia where liberty and freedom of learning prevailed--a key tenet of the “Invisible College” of the Rosicrucian Order--and how Dee convinced the Queen that England had rightful claims in the New World by drawing on legends of both King Arthur and Welsh Prince Madoc voyaging West to America.  Sora looks at Rosicrucian influences on the Founding Fathers and earliest settlers of America, such as Washington, Franklin, and William Penn of Pennsylvania, on the American Revolution, and on American colonies, such as the Williamsburg colony. He details how Penn invited Rosicrucians to Philadelphia and how the city’s layout follows esoteric principles, including a direct reference to Bacon’s New Atlantis. Moving into the 1800s and beyond, he reveals how a handful of Rosicrucians served as the Inner Sanctum of the Knights of the Golden Circle and how Rosicrucians are behind the Georgia Guidestones, carved granite monoliths with messages in ancient languages.  Providing a thorough and expansive view of Rosicrucianism, its occult origins, and its deep imprint on America, Sora shows how this secret society still continues to exert invisible influence on the modern world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Making Our Way Home: The Great Migration and the Black American Dream by Blair Imani</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408190</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408190">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408190</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Our Way Home: The Great Migration and the Black American Dream
Author: Blair Imani
Narrator: Patrisse Cullors, Tay Zonday, Blair Imani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful history of the Great Migration and its sweeping impact on Black and American culture, from Reconstruction to the rise of hip hop. Over the course of six decades, an unprecedented wave of Black Americans left the South and spread across the nation in search of a better life--a migration that sparked stunning demographic and cultural changes in twentieth-century America. Through gripping and accessible historical narrative, author and activist Blair Imani examines the largely overlooked impact of The Great Migration and how it affected--and continues to affect--Black identity and America as a whole. Making Our Way Home explores issues like voting rights, domestic terrorism, discrimination, and segregation alongside the flourishing of arts and culture, activism, and civil rights. Imani shows how these influences shaped America&amp;#039;s workforce and wealth distribution by featuring the stories of notable people and events, relevant data, and family histories. The experiences of prominent figures such as James Baldwin, Fannie Lou Hamer, El Hajj Malik El Shabazz (Malcolm X), Ella Baker, and others are woven into the larger historical and cultural narratives of the Great Migration to create a truly singular record of this powerful journey. This audiobook includes a glossary of key historical terms, people, and events.</description>
      <author>Blair Imani</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593286654.mp3" length="2859115" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408190</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593286654.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408190">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408190</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Our Way Home: The Great Migration and the Black American Dream
Author: Blair Imani
Narrator: Patrisse Cullors, Tay Zonday, Blair Imani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful history of the Great Migration and its sweeping impact on Black and American culture, from Reconstruction to the rise of hip hop. Over the course of six decades, an unprecedented wave of Black Americans left the South and spread across the nation in search of a better life--a migration that sparked stunning demographic and cultural changes in twentieth-century America. Through gripping and accessible historical narrative, author and activist Blair Imani examines the largely overlooked impact of The Great Migration and how it affected--and continues to affect--Black identity and America as a whole. Making Our Way Home explores issues like voting rights, domestic terrorism, discrimination, and segregation alongside the flourishing of arts and culture, activism, and civil rights. Imani shows how these influences shaped America&amp;#039;s workforce and wealth distribution by featuring the stories of notable people and events, relevant data, and family histories. The experiences of prominent figures such as James Baldwin, Fannie Lou Hamer, El Hajj Malik El Shabazz (Malcolm X), Ella Baker, and others are woven into the larger historical and cultural narratives of the Great Migration to create a truly singular record of this powerful journey. This audiobook includes a glossary of key historical terms, people, and events.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408190">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408190</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Our Way Home: The Great Migration and the Black American Dream
Author: Blair Imani
Narrator: Patrisse Cullors, Tay Zonday, Blair Imani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful history of the Great Migration and its sweeping impact on Black and American culture, from Reconstruction to the rise of hip hop. Over the course of six decades, an unprecedented wave of Black Americans left the South and spread across the nation in search of a better life--a migration that sparked stunning demographic and cultural changes in twentieth-century America. Through gripping and accessible historical narrative, author and activist Blair Imani examines the largely overlooked impact of The Great Migration and how it affected--and continues to affect--Black identity and America as a whole. Making Our Way Home explores issues like voting rights, domestic terrorism, discrimination, and segregation alongside the flourishing of arts and culture, activism, and civil rights. Imani shows how these influences shaped America&amp;#039;s workforce and wealth distribution by featuring the stories of notable people and events, relevant data, and family histories. The experiences of prominent figures such as James Baldwin, Fannie Lou Hamer, El Hajj Malik El Shabazz (Malcolm X), Ella Baker, and others are woven into the larger historical and cultural narratives of the Great Migration to create a truly singular record of this powerful journey. This audiobook includes a glossary of key historical terms, people, and events.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Baseless: My Search for Secrets in the Ruins of the Freedom of Information Act by Nicholson Baker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408183</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Baseless: My Search for Secrets in the Ruins of the Freedom of Information Act
Author: Nicholson Baker
Narrator: Nicholson Baker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Staggeringly good.” —Counterpunch A major new work, a hybrid of history, journalism, and memoir, about the modern Freedom of Information Act—FOIA—and the horrifying, decades-old government misdeeds that it is unable to demystify, from one of America&amp;#039;s most celebrated writers Eight years ago, while investigating the possibility that the United States had used biological weapons in the Korean War, Nicholson Baker requested a series of Air Force documents from the early 1950s under the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act. Years went by, and he got no response. Rather than wait forever, Baker set out to keep a personal journal of what it feels like to try to write about major historical events in a world of pervasive redactions, witheld records, and glacially slow governmental responses. The result is one of the most original and daring works of nonfiction in recent memory, a singular and mesmerizing narrative that tunnels into the history of some of the darkest and most shameful plans and projects of the CIA, the Air Force, and the presidencies of Harry Truman and Dwight Eisenhower.  In his lucid and unassuming style, Baker assembles what he learns, piece by piece, about Project Baseless, a crash Pentagon program begun in the early fifties that aimed to achieve &amp;#039;an Air Force-wide combat capability in biological and chemical warfare at the earliest possible date.&amp;#039; Along the way, he unearths stories of balloons carrying crop disease, leaflet bombs filled with feathers, suicidal scientists, leaky centrifuges, paranoid political-warfare tacticians, insane experiments on animals and humans, weaponized ticks, ferocious propaganda battles with China, and cover and deception plans meant to trick the Kremlin into ramping up its germ-warfare program. At the same time, Baker tells the stories of the heroic journalists and lawyers who have devoted their energies to wresting documentary evidence from government repositories, and he shares anecdotes from his daily life in Maine feeding his dogs and watching the morning light gather on the horizon. The result is an astonishing and utterly disarming story about waiting, bureaucracy, the horrors of war, and, above all, the cruel secrets that the United States government seems determined to keep forever from its citizens.</description>
      <author>Nicholson Baker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593211090.mp3" length="2776466" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408183</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593211090.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Baseless: My Search for Secrets in the Ruins of the Freedom of Information Act
Author: Nicholson Baker
Narrator: Nicholson Baker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Staggeringly good.” —Counterpunch A major new work, a hybrid of history, journalism, and memoir, about the modern Freedom of Information Act—FOIA—and the horrifying, decades-old government misdeeds that it is unable to demystify, from one of America&amp;#039;s most celebrated writers Eight years ago, while investigating the possibility that the United States had used biological weapons in the Korean War, Nicholson Baker requested a series of Air Force documents from the early 1950s under the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act. Years went by, and he got no response. Rather than wait forever, Baker set out to keep a personal journal of what it feels like to try to write about major historical events in a world of pervasive redactions, witheld records, and glacially slow governmental responses. The result is one of the most original and daring works of nonfiction in recent memory, a singular and mesmerizing narrative that tunnels into the history of some of the darkest and most shameful plans and projects of the CIA, the Air Force, and the presidencies of Harry Truman and Dwight Eisenhower.  In his lucid and unassuming style, Baker assembles what he learns, piece by piece, about Project Baseless, a crash Pentagon program begun in the early fifties that aimed to achieve &amp;#039;an Air Force-wide combat capability in biological and chemical warfare at the earliest possible date.&amp;#039; Along the way, he unearths stories of balloons carrying crop disease, leaflet bombs filled with feathers, suicidal scientists, leaky centrifuges, paranoid political-warfare tacticians, insane experiments on animals and humans, weaponized ticks, ferocious propaganda battles with China, and cover and deception plans meant to trick the Kremlin into ramping up its germ-warfare program. At the same time, Baker tells the stories of the heroic journalists and lawyers who have devoted their energies to wresting documentary evidence from government repositories, and he shares anecdotes from his daily life in Maine feeding his dogs and watching the morning light gather on the horizon. The result is an astonishing and utterly disarming story about waiting, bureaucracy, the horrors of war, and, above all, the cruel secrets that the United States government seems determined to keep forever from its citizens.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Baseless: My Search for Secrets in the Ruins of the Freedom of Information Act
Author: Nicholson Baker
Narrator: Nicholson Baker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Staggeringly good.” —Counterpunch A major new work, a hybrid of history, journalism, and memoir, about the modern Freedom of Information Act—FOIA—and the horrifying, decades-old government misdeeds that it is unable to demystify, from one of America&amp;#039;s most celebrated writers Eight years ago, while investigating the possibility that the United States had used biological weapons in the Korean War, Nicholson Baker requested a series of Air Force documents from the early 1950s under the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act. Years went by, and he got no response. Rather than wait forever, Baker set out to keep a personal journal of what it feels like to try to write about major historical events in a world of pervasive redactions, witheld records, and glacially slow governmental responses. The result is one of the most original and daring works of nonfiction in recent memory, a singular and mesmerizing narrative that tunnels into the history of some of the darkest and most shameful plans and projects of the CIA, the Air Force, and the presidencies of Harry Truman and Dwight Eisenhower.  In his lucid and unassuming style, Baker assembles what he learns, piece by piece, about Project Baseless, a crash Pentagon program begun in the early fifties that aimed to achieve &amp;#039;an Air Force-wide combat capability in biological and chemical warfare at the earliest possible date.&amp;#039; Along the way, he unearths stories of balloons carrying crop disease, leaflet bombs filled with feathers, suicidal scientists, leaky centrifuges, paranoid political-warfare tacticians, insane experiments on animals and humans, weaponized ticks, ferocious propaganda battles with China, and cover and deception plans meant to trick the Kremlin into ramping up its germ-warfare program. At the same time, Baker tells the stories of the heroic journalists and lawyers who have devoted their energies to wresting documentary evidence from government repositories, and he shares anecdotes from his daily life in Maine feeding his dogs and watching the morning light gather on the horizon. The result is an astonishing and utterly disarming story about waiting, bureaucracy, the horrors of war, and, above all, the cruel secrets that the United States government seems determined to keep forever from its citizens.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>For Cause and Comrades: Why Men Fought in the Civil War by James McPherson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407400</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For Cause and Comrades: Why Men Fought in the Civil War
Author: James McPherson
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
General John A. Wickham, commander of the famous 101st Airborne Division in the 1970s and subsequently Army Chief of Staff, once visited Antietam battlefield. Gazing at Bloody Lane where, in 1862, several Union assaults were brutally repulsed before they finally broke through, he marveled, &amp;#039;You couldn&amp;#039;t get American soldiers today to make an attack like that.&amp;#039; Why did those men risk certain death, through countless bloody battles and four long, awful years? Why did the conventional wisdom—that soldiers become increasingly cynical and disillusioned as war progresses—not hold true in the Civil War? It is to this question—why did they fight—that James McPherson now turns his attention. He shows that, contrary to what many scholars believe, the soldiers of the Civil War remained powerfully convinced of the ideals for which they fought throughout the conflict. Motivated by duty and honor, and often by religious faith, these men wrote frequently of their firm belief in the cause for which they fought: the principles of liberty, freedom, justice, and patriotism. McPherson draws on more than 25,000 letters and nearly 250 private diaries from men on both sides. For Cause and Comrades lets these soldiers tell their own stories in their own words to create an account that is both deeply moving and far truer than most books on war.</description>
      <author>James McPherson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515943891.mp3" length="7590342" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407400</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515943891.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For Cause and Comrades: Why Men Fought in the Civil War
Author: James McPherson
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
General John A. Wickham, commander of the famous 101st Airborne Division in the 1970s and subsequently Army Chief of Staff, once visited Antietam battlefield. Gazing at Bloody Lane where, in 1862, several Union assaults were brutally repulsed before they finally broke through, he marveled, &amp;#039;You couldn&amp;#039;t get American soldiers today to make an attack like that.&amp;#039; Why did those men risk certain death, through countless bloody battles and four long, awful years? Why did the conventional wisdom—that soldiers become increasingly cynical and disillusioned as war progresses—not hold true in the Civil War? It is to this question—why did they fight—that James McPherson now turns his attention. He shows that, contrary to what many scholars believe, the soldiers of the Civil War remained powerfully convinced of the ideals for which they fought throughout the conflict. Motivated by duty and honor, and often by religious faith, these men wrote frequently of their firm belief in the cause for which they fought: the principles of liberty, freedom, justice, and patriotism. McPherson draws on more than 25,000 letters and nearly 250 private diaries from men on both sides. For Cause and Comrades lets these soldiers tell their own stories in their own words to create an account that is both deeply moving and far truer than most books on war.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For Cause and Comrades: Why Men Fought in the Civil War
Author: James McPherson
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
General John A. Wickham, commander of the famous 101st Airborne Division in the 1970s and subsequently Army Chief of Staff, once visited Antietam battlefield. Gazing at Bloody Lane where, in 1862, several Union assaults were brutally repulsed before they finally broke through, he marveled, &amp;#039;You couldn&amp;#039;t get American soldiers today to make an attack like that.&amp;#039; Why did those men risk certain death, through countless bloody battles and four long, awful years? Why did the conventional wisdom—that soldiers become increasingly cynical and disillusioned as war progresses—not hold true in the Civil War? It is to this question—why did they fight—that James McPherson now turns his attention. He shows that, contrary to what many scholars believe, the soldiers of the Civil War remained powerfully convinced of the ideals for which they fought throughout the conflict. Motivated by duty and honor, and often by religious faith, these men wrote frequently of their firm belief in the cause for which they fought: the principles of liberty, freedom, justice, and patriotism. McPherson draws on more than 25,000 letters and nearly 250 private diaries from men on both sides. For Cause and Comrades lets these soldiers tell their own stories in their own words to create an account that is both deeply moving and far truer than most books on war.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Woman on the Windowsill: A Tale of Mystery in Several Parts by Sylvia Sellers-Garcia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407243</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Woman on the Windowsill: A Tale of Mystery in Several Parts
Author: Sylvia Sellers-Garcia
Narrator: Kyla García
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the morning of July 1, 1800, a surveyor and mapmaker named Cayetano Díaz opened the window of his study in Guatemala City to find a horrific sight: a pair of severed breasts. Offering a meticulously researched and evocative account of the quest to find the perpetrator and understand the motives behind such a brutal act, this volume pinpoints the sensational crime as a watershed moment in Guatemalan history that radically changed the nature of justice and the established social order.   Sylvia Sellers-García reveals how this bizarre and macabre event spurred an increased attention to crime that resulted in more forceful policing and reflected important policy decisions not only in Guatemala but across Latin America. This fascinating book is both an engaging criminal case study and a broader consideration of the forces shaping Guatemala City at the brink of the modern era.</description>
      <author>Sylvia Sellers-Garcia</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977300324.mp3" length="2669742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407243</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977300324.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Woman on the Windowsill: A Tale of Mystery in Several Parts
Author: Sylvia Sellers-Garcia
Narrator: Kyla García
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the morning of July 1, 1800, a surveyor and mapmaker named Cayetano Díaz opened the window of his study in Guatemala City to find a horrific sight: a pair of severed breasts. Offering a meticulously researched and evocative account of the quest to find the perpetrator and understand the motives behind such a brutal act, this volume pinpoints the sensational crime as a watershed moment in Guatemalan history that radically changed the nature of justice and the established social order.   Sylvia Sellers-García reveals how this bizarre and macabre event spurred an increased attention to crime that resulted in more forceful policing and reflected important policy decisions not only in Guatemala but across Latin America. This fascinating book is both an engaging criminal case study and a broader consideration of the forces shaping Guatemala City at the brink of the modern era.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Woman on the Windowsill: A Tale of Mystery in Several Parts
Author: Sylvia Sellers-Garcia
Narrator: Kyla García
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
On the morning of July 1, 1800, a surveyor and mapmaker named Cayetano Díaz opened the window of his study in Guatemala City to find a horrific sight: a pair of severed breasts. Offering a meticulously researched and evocative account of the quest to find the perpetrator and understand the motives behind such a brutal act, this volume pinpoints the sensational crime as a watershed moment in Guatemalan history that radically changed the nature of justice and the established social order.   Sylvia Sellers-García reveals how this bizarre and macabre event spurred an increased attention to crime that resulted in more forceful policing and reflected important policy decisions not only in Guatemala but across Latin America. This fascinating book is both an engaging criminal case study and a broader consideration of the forces shaping Guatemala City at the brink of the modern era.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nemesis: The True Story of Aristotle Onassis, Jackie O, and the Love Triangle That Brought Down the Kennedys by Peter Evans</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407194</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nemesis: The True Story of Aristotle Onassis, Jackie O, and the Love Triangle That Brought Down the Kennedys
Author: Peter Evans
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Peter Evans&amp;#039;s biography of Aristotle Onassis, Ari, met with great acclaim when it was published in 1986. Not long after the book appeared, however, Onassis&amp;#039;s daughter Christina and his longtime business partner Yannis Georgakis hinted to Evans that he had missed the &amp;#039;real story.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;I must begin,&amp;#039; Georgakis said, &amp;#039;with the premise that, for Onassis, Bobby Kennedy was unfinished business from way back . . .&amp;#039; His words launched Evans into the heart of a story that tightly bound Onassis not to Jackie&amp;#039;s first husband, but to his ambitious younger brother Bobby. A bitter rivalry emerged between Bobby and Ari long before Onassis and Jackie had even met. Nemesis reveals the tangled thread of events that linked two of the world&amp;#039;s most powerful men and uncovers the surprising role played by the woman they both loved. Through extensive interviews with the closest friends, lovers, and relatives of Onassis and the Kennedys, longtime journalist Evans has uncovered the shocking culmination of the Kennedy-Onassis-Kennedy love triangle: Aristotle Onassis was at the heart of the plot to kill Bobby Kennedy. Meticulously tracing Onassis&amp;#039;s connections in the world of terrorism, Nemesis presents compelling evidence that he financed the assassination—including a startling confession that has gone unreported for nearly three decades.</description>
      <author>Peter Evans</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977366801.mp3" length="7955252" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407194</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977366801.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nemesis: The True Story of Aristotle Onassis, Jackie O, and the Love Triangle That Brought Down the Kennedys
Author: Peter Evans
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Peter Evans&amp;#039;s biography of Aristotle Onassis, Ari, met with great acclaim when it was published in 1986. Not long after the book appeared, however, Onassis&amp;#039;s daughter Christina and his longtime business partner Yannis Georgakis hinted to Evans that he had missed the &amp;#039;real story.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;I must begin,&amp;#039; Georgakis said, &amp;#039;with the premise that, for Onassis, Bobby Kennedy was unfinished business from way back . . .&amp;#039; His words launched Evans into the heart of a story that tightly bound Onassis not to Jackie&amp;#039;s first husband, but to his ambitious younger brother Bobby. A bitter rivalry emerged between Bobby and Ari long before Onassis and Jackie had even met. Nemesis reveals the tangled thread of events that linked two of the world&amp;#039;s most powerful men and uncovers the surprising role played by the woman they both loved. Through extensive interviews with the closest friends, lovers, and relatives of Onassis and the Kennedys, longtime journalist Evans has uncovered the shocking culmination of the Kennedy-Onassis-Kennedy love triangle: Aristotle Onassis was at the heart of the plot to kill Bobby Kennedy. Meticulously tracing Onassis&amp;#039;s connections in the world of terrorism, Nemesis presents compelling evidence that he financed the assassination—including a startling confession that has gone unreported for nearly three decades.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nemesis: The True Story of Aristotle Onassis, Jackie O, and the Love Triangle That Brought Down the Kennedys
Author: Peter Evans
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Peter Evans&amp;#039;s biography of Aristotle Onassis, Ari, met with great acclaim when it was published in 1986. Not long after the book appeared, however, Onassis&amp;#039;s daughter Christina and his longtime business partner Yannis Georgakis hinted to Evans that he had missed the &amp;#039;real story.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;I must begin,&amp;#039; Georgakis said, &amp;#039;with the premise that, for Onassis, Bobby Kennedy was unfinished business from way back . . .&amp;#039; His words launched Evans into the heart of a story that tightly bound Onassis not to Jackie&amp;#039;s first husband, but to his ambitious younger brother Bobby. A bitter rivalry emerged between Bobby and Ari long before Onassis and Jackie had even met. Nemesis reveals the tangled thread of events that linked two of the world&amp;#039;s most powerful men and uncovers the surprising role played by the woman they both loved. Through extensive interviews with the closest friends, lovers, and relatives of Onassis and the Kennedys, longtime journalist Evans has uncovered the shocking culmination of the Kennedy-Onassis-Kennedy love triangle: Aristotle Onassis was at the heart of the plot to kill Bobby Kennedy. Meticulously tracing Onassis&amp;#039;s connections in the world of terrorism, Nemesis presents compelling evidence that he financed the assassination—including a startling confession that has gone unreported for nearly three decades.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>White Too Long: The Legacy of White Supremacy in American Christianity by Robert P. Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406951</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Too Long: The Legacy of White Supremacy in American Christianity
Author: Robert P. Jones
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“An indispensible study” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) drawing on history, public opinion surveys, and personal experience that presents a provocative examination of the unholy relationship between American Christianity and white supremacy, and issues an urgent call for white Christians to reckon with this legacy for the sake of themselves and the nation. As the nation grapples with demographic changes and the legacy of racism in America, Christianity’s role as a cornerstone of white supremacy has been largely overlooked. But white Christians—from evangelicals in the South to mainline Protestants in the Midwest and Catholics in the Northeast—have not just been complacent or complicit; rather, as the dominant cultural power, they have constructed and sustained a project of protecting white supremacy and opposing black equality that has framed the entire American story.   With his family’s 1815 Bible in one hand and contemporary public opinion surveys by Public Religion Research Institute (PRRI) in the other, Robert P. Jones delivers “a refreshing blend of historical accounting, soul searching reflection, and analysis” (Publishers Weekly) of the repressed relationship between Christianity and white supremacy. White Too Long is “a marvel” (Booklist, starred review) that demonstrates how deeply racist attitudes have become embedded in the DNA of white Christian identity over time and calls for an honest reckoning with a complicated, painful, and even shameful past. Jones challenges white Christians to acknowledge that public apologies are not enough—accepting responsibility for the past requires work toward repair in the present.   White Too Long is not an appeal to altruism. It is “a powerful and much-needed book” (Eddie S. Glaude Jr, professor at Princeton University and author of Begin Again) drawing on lessons gleaned from case studies of communities beginning to face these challenges. Jones argues that contemporary white Christians must confront these unsettling truths because this is the only way to salvage the integrity of their faith and their own identities. More broadly, it is no exaggeration to say that not just the future of white Christianity, but the outcome of the American experiment is at stake.</description>
      <author>Robert P. Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797109978.mp3" length="823469" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406951</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797109978.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Too Long: The Legacy of White Supremacy in American Christianity
Author: Robert P. Jones
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“An indispensible study” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) drawing on history, public opinion surveys, and personal experience that presents a provocative examination of the unholy relationship between American Christianity and white supremacy, and issues an urgent call for white Christians to reckon with this legacy for the sake of themselves and the nation. As the nation grapples with demographic changes and the legacy of racism in America, Christianity’s role as a cornerstone of white supremacy has been largely overlooked. But white Christians—from evangelicals in the South to mainline Protestants in the Midwest and Catholics in the Northeast—have not just been complacent or complicit; rather, as the dominant cultural power, they have constructed and sustained a project of protecting white supremacy and opposing black equality that has framed the entire American story.   With his family’s 1815 Bible in one hand and contemporary public opinion surveys by Public Religion Research Institute (PRRI) in the other, Robert P. Jones delivers “a refreshing blend of historical accounting, soul searching reflection, and analysis” (Publishers Weekly) of the repressed relationship between Christianity and white supremacy. White Too Long is “a marvel” (Booklist, starred review) that demonstrates how deeply racist attitudes have become embedded in the DNA of white Christian identity over time and calls for an honest reckoning with a complicated, painful, and even shameful past. Jones challenges white Christians to acknowledge that public apologies are not enough—accepting responsibility for the past requires work toward repair in the present.   White Too Long is not an appeal to altruism. It is “a powerful and much-needed book” (Eddie S. Glaude Jr, professor at Princeton University and author of Begin Again) drawing on lessons gleaned from case studies of communities beginning to face these challenges. Jones argues that contemporary white Christians must confront these unsettling truths because this is the only way to salvage the integrity of their faith and their own identities. More broadly, it is no exaggeration to say that not just the future of white Christianity, but the outcome of the American experiment is at stake.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Too Long: The Legacy of White Supremacy in American Christianity
Author: Robert P. Jones
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“An indispensible study” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review) drawing on history, public opinion surveys, and personal experience that presents a provocative examination of the unholy relationship between American Christianity and white supremacy, and issues an urgent call for white Christians to reckon with this legacy for the sake of themselves and the nation. As the nation grapples with demographic changes and the legacy of racism in America, Christianity’s role as a cornerstone of white supremacy has been largely overlooked. But white Christians—from evangelicals in the South to mainline Protestants in the Midwest and Catholics in the Northeast—have not just been complacent or complicit; rather, as the dominant cultural power, they have constructed and sustained a project of protecting white supremacy and opposing black equality that has framed the entire American story.   With his family’s 1815 Bible in one hand and contemporary public opinion surveys by Public Religion Research Institute (PRRI) in the other, Robert P. Jones delivers “a refreshing blend of historical accounting, soul searching reflection, and analysis” (Publishers Weekly) of the repressed relationship between Christianity and white supremacy. White Too Long is “a marvel” (Booklist, starred review) that demonstrates how deeply racist attitudes have become embedded in the DNA of white Christian identity over time and calls for an honest reckoning with a complicated, painful, and even shameful past. Jones challenges white Christians to acknowledge that public apologies are not enough—accepting responsibility for the past requires work toward repair in the present.   White Too Long is not an appeal to altruism. It is “a powerful and much-needed book” (Eddie S. Glaude Jr, professor at Princeton University and author of Begin Again) drawing on lessons gleaned from case studies of communities beginning to face these challenges. Jones argues that contemporary white Christians must confront these unsettling truths because this is the only way to salvage the integrity of their faith and their own identities. More broadly, it is no exaggeration to say that not just the future of white Christianity, but the outcome of the American experiment is at stake.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>14 Miles by Dw Gibson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 14 Miles
Author: Dw Gibson
Narrator: Ramón De Ocampo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An esteemed journalist delivers a compelling on-the-ground account of the construction of President Trump’s border wall in San Diego—and the impact on the lives of local residents. In August of 2019, Donald Trump finished building his border wall—at least a portion of it. In San Diego, the Army Corps of engineers completed two years of construction on a 14-mile steel beamed barrier that extends eighteen-feet high and cost a staggering $147 million. As one border patrol agent told reporters visiting the site, “It was funded and approved and it was built under his administration. It is Trump’s wall.” 14 Miles is a definitive account of all the dramatic construction, showing readers what it feels like to stand on both sides of the border looking up at the imposing and controversial barrier.   After the Department of Homeland Security announced an open call for wall prototypes in 2017, DW Gibson, an award-winning journalist and Southern California native, began visiting the construction site and watching as the prototype samples were erected. Gibson spent those two years closely observing the work and interviewing local residents to understand how it was impacting them. These include April McKee, a border patrol agent leading a recruiting program that trains teenagers to work as agents; Jeff Schwilk, a retired Marine who organizes pro-wall rallies as head of the group San Diegans for Secure Borders; Roque De La Fuente, an eccentric millionaire developer who uses the construction as a promotional opportunity; and Civile Ephedouard, a Haitian refugee who spent two years migrating through Central America to the United States and anxiously awaits the results of his asylum case.   Fascinating, propulsive, and incredibly timely, 14 Miles is an important work that explains not only how the wall has reshaped our landscape and countless lives but also how its shadow looms over our very identity as a nation.</description>
      <author>Dw Gibson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797110295.mp3" length="868479" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797110295.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 14 Miles
Author: Dw Gibson
Narrator: Ramón De Ocampo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An esteemed journalist delivers a compelling on-the-ground account of the construction of President Trump’s border wall in San Diego—and the impact on the lives of local residents. In August of 2019, Donald Trump finished building his border wall—at least a portion of it. In San Diego, the Army Corps of engineers completed two years of construction on a 14-mile steel beamed barrier that extends eighteen-feet high and cost a staggering $147 million. As one border patrol agent told reporters visiting the site, “It was funded and approved and it was built under his administration. It is Trump’s wall.” 14 Miles is a definitive account of all the dramatic construction, showing readers what it feels like to stand on both sides of the border looking up at the imposing and controversial barrier.   After the Department of Homeland Security announced an open call for wall prototypes in 2017, DW Gibson, an award-winning journalist and Southern California native, began visiting the construction site and watching as the prototype samples were erected. Gibson spent those two years closely observing the work and interviewing local residents to understand how it was impacting them. These include April McKee, a border patrol agent leading a recruiting program that trains teenagers to work as agents; Jeff Schwilk, a retired Marine who organizes pro-wall rallies as head of the group San Diegans for Secure Borders; Roque De La Fuente, an eccentric millionaire developer who uses the construction as a promotional opportunity; and Civile Ephedouard, a Haitian refugee who spent two years migrating through Central America to the United States and anxiously awaits the results of his asylum case.   Fascinating, propulsive, and incredibly timely, 14 Miles is an important work that explains not only how the wall has reshaped our landscape and countless lives but also how its shadow looms over our very identity as a nation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 14 Miles
Author: Dw Gibson
Narrator: Ramón De Ocampo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An esteemed journalist delivers a compelling on-the-ground account of the construction of President Trump’s border wall in San Diego—and the impact on the lives of local residents. In August of 2019, Donald Trump finished building his border wall—at least a portion of it. In San Diego, the Army Corps of engineers completed two years of construction on a 14-mile steel beamed barrier that extends eighteen-feet high and cost a staggering $147 million. As one border patrol agent told reporters visiting the site, “It was funded and approved and it was built under his administration. It is Trump’s wall.” 14 Miles is a definitive account of all the dramatic construction, showing readers what it feels like to stand on both sides of the border looking up at the imposing and controversial barrier.   After the Department of Homeland Security announced an open call for wall prototypes in 2017, DW Gibson, an award-winning journalist and Southern California native, began visiting the construction site and watching as the prototype samples were erected. Gibson spent those two years closely observing the work and interviewing local residents to understand how it was impacting them. These include April McKee, a border patrol agent leading a recruiting program that trains teenagers to work as agents; Jeff Schwilk, a retired Marine who organizes pro-wall rallies as head of the group San Diegans for Secure Borders; Roque De La Fuente, an eccentric millionaire developer who uses the construction as a promotional opportunity; and Civile Ephedouard, a Haitian refugee who spent two years migrating through Central America to the United States and anxiously awaits the results of his asylum case.   Fascinating, propulsive, and incredibly timely, 14 Miles is an important work that explains not only how the wall has reshaped our landscape and countless lives but also how its shadow looms over our very identity as a nation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Eighty-Dollar Champion: Snowman, The Horse That Inspired a Nation by Elizabeth Letts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406496</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eighty-Dollar Champion: Snowman, The Horse That Inspired a Nation
Author: Elizabeth Letts
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER November 1958: the National Horse Show at Madison Square Garden in New York City. Into the rarefied atmosphere of wealth and tradition comes the most unlikely of horses—a drab white former plow horse named Snowman—and his rider, Harry de Leyer. They were the longest of all longshots—and their win was the stuff of legend.   Harry de Leyer first saw the horse he would name Snowman on a bleak winter afternoon between the slats of a rickety truck bound for the slaughterhouse. He recognized the spark in the eye of the beaten-up horse and bought him for eighty dollars. On Harry’s modest farm on Long Island, the horse thrived. But the recent Dutch immigrant and his growing family needed money, and Harry was always on the lookout for the perfect thoroughbred to train for the show-jumping circuit—so he reluctantly sold Snowman to a farm a few miles down the road.   But Snowman had other ideas about what Harry needed. When he turned up back at Harry’s barn, dragging an old tire and a broken fence board, Harry knew that he had misjudged the horse. And so he set about teaching this shaggy, easygoing horse how to fly. One show at a time, against extraordinary odds and some of the most expensive thoroughbreds alive, the pair climbed to the very top of the sport of show jumping.   Here is the dramatic and inspiring rise to stardom of an unlikely duo, based on the insight and recollections of “the Flying Dutchman” himself. Their story captured the heart of Cold War–era America—a story of unstoppable hope, inconceivable dreams, and the chance to have it all. Elizabeth Letts’s message is simple: Never give up, even when the obstacles seem sky-high. There is something extraordinary in all of us.</description>
      <author>Elizabeth Letts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593286449.mp3" length="2798470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406496</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593286449.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eighty-Dollar Champion: Snowman, The Horse That Inspired a Nation
Author: Elizabeth Letts
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER November 1958: the National Horse Show at Madison Square Garden in New York City. Into the rarefied atmosphere of wealth and tradition comes the most unlikely of horses—a drab white former plow horse named Snowman—and his rider, Harry de Leyer. They were the longest of all longshots—and their win was the stuff of legend.   Harry de Leyer first saw the horse he would name Snowman on a bleak winter afternoon between the slats of a rickety truck bound for the slaughterhouse. He recognized the spark in the eye of the beaten-up horse and bought him for eighty dollars. On Harry’s modest farm on Long Island, the horse thrived. But the recent Dutch immigrant and his growing family needed money, and Harry was always on the lookout for the perfect thoroughbred to train for the show-jumping circuit—so he reluctantly sold Snowman to a farm a few miles down the road.   But Snowman had other ideas about what Harry needed. When he turned up back at Harry’s barn, dragging an old tire and a broken fence board, Harry knew that he had misjudged the horse. And so he set about teaching this shaggy, easygoing horse how to fly. One show at a time, against extraordinary odds and some of the most expensive thoroughbreds alive, the pair climbed to the very top of the sport of show jumping.   Here is the dramatic and inspiring rise to stardom of an unlikely duo, based on the insight and recollections of “the Flying Dutchman” himself. Their story captured the heart of Cold War–era America—a story of unstoppable hope, inconceivable dreams, and the chance to have it all. Elizabeth Letts’s message is simple: Never give up, even when the obstacles seem sky-high. There is something extraordinary in all of us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eighty-Dollar Champion: Snowman, The Horse That Inspired a Nation
Author: Elizabeth Letts
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER November 1958: the National Horse Show at Madison Square Garden in New York City. Into the rarefied atmosphere of wealth and tradition comes the most unlikely of horses—a drab white former plow horse named Snowman—and his rider, Harry de Leyer. They were the longest of all longshots—and their win was the stuff of legend.   Harry de Leyer first saw the horse he would name Snowman on a bleak winter afternoon between the slats of a rickety truck bound for the slaughterhouse. He recognized the spark in the eye of the beaten-up horse and bought him for eighty dollars. On Harry’s modest farm on Long Island, the horse thrived. But the recent Dutch immigrant and his growing family needed money, and Harry was always on the lookout for the perfect thoroughbred to train for the show-jumping circuit—so he reluctantly sold Snowman to a farm a few miles down the road.   But Snowman had other ideas about what Harry needed. When he turned up back at Harry’s barn, dragging an old tire and a broken fence board, Harry knew that he had misjudged the horse. And so he set about teaching this shaggy, easygoing horse how to fly. One show at a time, against extraordinary odds and some of the most expensive thoroughbreds alive, the pair climbed to the very top of the sport of show jumping.   Here is the dramatic and inspiring rise to stardom of an unlikely duo, based on the insight and recollections of “the Flying Dutchman” himself. Their story captured the heart of Cold War–era America—a story of unstoppable hope, inconceivable dreams, and the chance to have it all. Elizabeth Letts’s message is simple: Never give up, even when the obstacles seem sky-high. There is something extraordinary in all of us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Countdown 1945: The Extraordinary Story of the Atomic Bomb and the 116 Days That Changed the World by Chris Wallace</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406405</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Countdown 1945: The Extraordinary Story of the Atomic Bomb and the 116 Days That Changed the World
Author: Chris Wallace
Narrator: Chris Wallace
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 104 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.06 of Total 16
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 national bestselling “riveting” (The New York Times), “propulsive” (Time) behind-the-scenes account “that reads like a tense thriller” (The Washington Post) of the 116 days leading up to the American attack on Hiroshima, by Chris Wallace, veteran journalist and CNN anchor and Max host. April 12, 1945: After years of bloody conflict in Europe and the Pacific, America is stunned by news of President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s death. In an instant, Vice President Harry Truman, who has been kept out of war planning and knows nothing of the top-secret Manhattan Project to develop the world’s first atomic bomb, must assume command of a nation at war on multiple continents—and confront one of the most consequential decisions in history. Countdown 1945 tells the gripping true story of the turbulent days, weeks, and months to follow, leading up to August 6, 1945, when Truman gives the order to drop the bomb on Hiroshima.    In Countdown 1945, Chris Wallace, the veteran journalist and CNN anchor and Max host, takes readers inside the minds of the iconic and elusive figures who join the quest for the bomb, each for different reasons: the legendary Albert Einstein, who eventually calls his vocal support for the atomic bomb “the one great mistake in my life”; lead researcher J. Robert “Oppie” Oppenheimer and the Soviet spies who secretly infiltrate his team; the fiercely competitive pilots of the plane selected to drop the bomb; and many more.    Perhaps most of all, Countdown 1945 is the story of an untested new president confronting a decision that he knows will change the world forever. But more than a book about the atomic bomb, Countdown 1945 is also an unforgettable account of the lives of ordinary American and Japanese civilians in wartime—from “Calutron Girls” like Ruth Sisson in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, to ten-year-old Hiroshima resident Hideko Tamura, who survives the blast at ground zero but loses her mother and later immigrates to the United States, where she lives to this day—as well as American soldiers fighting in the Pacific, waiting in fear for the order to launch a possible invasion of Japan. Told with vigor, intelligence, and humanity, Countdown 1945 is the definitive account of one of the most significant moments in history.</description>
      <author>Chris Wallace</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797105451.mp3" length="880055" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406405</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797105451.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Countdown 1945: The Extraordinary Story of the Atomic Bomb and the 116 Days That Changed the World
Author: Chris Wallace
Narrator: Chris Wallace
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 104 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.06 of Total 16
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 national bestselling “riveting” (The New York Times), “propulsive” (Time) behind-the-scenes account “that reads like a tense thriller” (The Washington Post) of the 116 days leading up to the American attack on Hiroshima, by Chris Wallace, veteran journalist and CNN anchor and Max host. April 12, 1945: After years of bloody conflict in Europe and the Pacific, America is stunned by news of President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s death. In an instant, Vice President Harry Truman, who has been kept out of war planning and knows nothing of the top-secret Manhattan Project to develop the world’s first atomic bomb, must assume command of a nation at war on multiple continents—and confront one of the most consequential decisions in history. Countdown 1945 tells the gripping true story of the turbulent days, weeks, and months to follow, leading up to August 6, 1945, when Truman gives the order to drop the bomb on Hiroshima.    In Countdown 1945, Chris Wallace, the veteran journalist and CNN anchor and Max host, takes readers inside the minds of the iconic and elusive figures who join the quest for the bomb, each for different reasons: the legendary Albert Einstein, who eventually calls his vocal support for the atomic bomb “the one great mistake in my life”; lead researcher J. Robert “Oppie” Oppenheimer and the Soviet spies who secretly infiltrate his team; the fiercely competitive pilots of the plane selected to drop the bomb; and many more.    Perhaps most of all, Countdown 1945 is the story of an untested new president confronting a decision that he knows will change the world forever. But more than a book about the atomic bomb, Countdown 1945 is also an unforgettable account of the lives of ordinary American and Japanese civilians in wartime—from “Calutron Girls” like Ruth Sisson in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, to ten-year-old Hiroshima resident Hideko Tamura, who survives the blast at ground zero but loses her mother and later immigrates to the United States, where she lives to this day—as well as American soldiers fighting in the Pacific, waiting in fear for the order to launch a possible invasion of Japan. Told with vigor, intelligence, and humanity, Countdown 1945 is the definitive account of one of the most significant moments in history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Countdown 1945: The Extraordinary Story of the Atomic Bomb and the 116 Days That Changed the World
Author: Chris Wallace
Narrator: Chris Wallace
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 104 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.06 of Total 16
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 national bestselling “riveting” (The New York Times), “propulsive” (Time) behind-the-scenes account “that reads like a tense thriller” (The Washington Post) of the 116 days leading up to the American attack on Hiroshima, by Chris Wallace, veteran journalist and CNN anchor and Max host. April 12, 1945: After years of bloody conflict in Europe and the Pacific, America is stunned by news of President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s death. In an instant, Vice President Harry Truman, who has been kept out of war planning and knows nothing of the top-secret Manhattan Project to develop the world’s first atomic bomb, must assume command of a nation at war on multiple continents—and confront one of the most consequential decisions in history. Countdown 1945 tells the gripping true story of the turbulent days, weeks, and months to follow, leading up to August 6, 1945, when Truman gives the order to drop the bomb on Hiroshima.    In Countdown 1945, Chris Wallace, the veteran journalist and CNN anchor and Max host, takes readers inside the minds of the iconic and elusive figures who join the quest for the bomb, each for different reasons: the legendary Albert Einstein, who eventually calls his vocal support for the atomic bomb “the one great mistake in my life”; lead researcher J. Robert “Oppie” Oppenheimer and the Soviet spies who secretly infiltrate his team; the fiercely competitive pilots of the plane selected to drop the bomb; and many more.    Perhaps most of all, Countdown 1945 is the story of an untested new president confronting a decision that he knows will change the world forever. But more than a book about the atomic bomb, Countdown 1945 is also an unforgettable account of the lives of ordinary American and Japanese civilians in wartime—from “Calutron Girls” like Ruth Sisson in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, to ten-year-old Hiroshima resident Hideko Tamura, who survives the blast at ground zero but loses her mother and later immigrates to the United States, where she lives to this day—as well as American soldiers fighting in the Pacific, waiting in fear for the order to launch a possible invasion of Japan. Told with vigor, intelligence, and humanity, Countdown 1945 is the definitive account of one of the most significant moments in history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sunny Days: The Children&amp;#039;s Television Revolution That Changed America by David Kamp</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406396</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406396">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406396</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sunny Days: The Children&amp;#039;s Television Revolution That Changed America
Author: David Kamp
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the “Best Books” of the year from The Smithsonian, The Washington Independent Review, and more!   From bestselling writer David Kamp, the “fun, fascinating, and surprisingly touching,” (People) behind-the-scenes story of the cultural heroes who created the beloved children’s TV programs Sesame Street, The Electric Company, Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood, Free to Be…You and Me, and Schoolhouse Rock!—which transformed American childhood for the better, teaching kids about diversity, the ABCs, and feminism through a fun, funky 1970s lens.   With a foreword by Questlove. In 1970, on a soundstage on Manhattan’s Upper West Side, a group of men, women, and Muppets of various ages and colors worked doggedly to finish the first season of a children’s TV program that was not yet assured a second season: Sesame Street. They were conducting an experiment to see if television could be used to better prepare disadvantaged preschoolers for kindergarten. What they didn’t know then was that they were starting a cultural revolution that would affect all American kids.   In Sunny Days, bestselling author David Kamp captures the unique political and social moment that gave us not only Sesame Street, but also Fred Rogers’s gentle yet brave Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood; Marlo Thomas’s unabashed gender politics primer Free to Be…You and Me; Schoolhouse Rock!, an infectious series of educational shorts dreamed up by Madison Ave admen; and more, including The Electric Company and ZOOM. It was a unique time when an uncommon number of media professionals and thought leaders leveraged their influence to help children learn—and, just as notably, a time of unprecedented buy-in from American parents.   “Sunny Days is full of such nostalgic jolts…it makes the era a pleasure to revisit” (The Wall Street Journal) and captures a wondrous period in the US when a determined few proved that, with persistence and effort, they could change the lives of millions. It is “a lively and bewitching recounting of a particularly ripe period in television and cultural history” (The New York Times Book Review) and, as the Los Angeles Times notes, “a sublime book about a variety of creative people coming together not in the pursuit of fame or money, but to enrich the lives of children.”</description>
      <author>David Kamp</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797109572.mp3" length="890111" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406396</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797109572.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406396">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406396</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sunny Days: The Children&amp;#039;s Television Revolution That Changed America
Author: David Kamp
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the “Best Books” of the year from The Smithsonian, The Washington Independent Review, and more!   From bestselling writer David Kamp, the “fun, fascinating, and surprisingly touching,” (People) behind-the-scenes story of the cultural heroes who created the beloved children’s TV programs Sesame Street, The Electric Company, Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood, Free to Be…You and Me, and Schoolhouse Rock!—which transformed American childhood for the better, teaching kids about diversity, the ABCs, and feminism through a fun, funky 1970s lens.   With a foreword by Questlove. In 1970, on a soundstage on Manhattan’s Upper West Side, a group of men, women, and Muppets of various ages and colors worked doggedly to finish the first season of a children’s TV program that was not yet assured a second season: Sesame Street. They were conducting an experiment to see if television could be used to better prepare disadvantaged preschoolers for kindergarten. What they didn’t know then was that they were starting a cultural revolution that would affect all American kids.   In Sunny Days, bestselling author David Kamp captures the unique political and social moment that gave us not only Sesame Street, but also Fred Rogers’s gentle yet brave Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood; Marlo Thomas’s unabashed gender politics primer Free to Be…You and Me; Schoolhouse Rock!, an infectious series of educational shorts dreamed up by Madison Ave admen; and more, including The Electric Company and ZOOM. It was a unique time when an uncommon number of media professionals and thought leaders leveraged their influence to help children learn—and, just as notably, a time of unprecedented buy-in from American parents.   “Sunny Days is full of such nostalgic jolts…it makes the era a pleasure to revisit” (The Wall Street Journal) and captures a wondrous period in the US when a determined few proved that, with persistence and effort, they could change the lives of millions. It is “a lively and bewitching recounting of a particularly ripe period in television and cultural history” (The New York Times Book Review) and, as the Los Angeles Times notes, “a sublime book about a variety of creative people coming together not in the pursuit of fame or money, but to enrich the lives of children.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406396">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406396</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sunny Days: The Children&amp;#039;s Television Revolution That Changed America
Author: David Kamp
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the “Best Books” of the year from The Smithsonian, The Washington Independent Review, and more!   From bestselling writer David Kamp, the “fun, fascinating, and surprisingly touching,” (People) behind-the-scenes story of the cultural heroes who created the beloved children’s TV programs Sesame Street, The Electric Company, Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood, Free to Be…You and Me, and Schoolhouse Rock!—which transformed American childhood for the better, teaching kids about diversity, the ABCs, and feminism through a fun, funky 1970s lens.   With a foreword by Questlove. In 1970, on a soundstage on Manhattan’s Upper West Side, a group of men, women, and Muppets of various ages and colors worked doggedly to finish the first season of a children’s TV program that was not yet assured a second season: Sesame Street. They were conducting an experiment to see if television could be used to better prepare disadvantaged preschoolers for kindergarten. What they didn’t know then was that they were starting a cultural revolution that would affect all American kids.   In Sunny Days, bestselling author David Kamp captures the unique political and social moment that gave us not only Sesame Street, but also Fred Rogers’s gentle yet brave Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood; Marlo Thomas’s unabashed gender politics primer Free to Be…You and Me; Schoolhouse Rock!, an infectious series of educational shorts dreamed up by Madison Ave admen; and more, including The Electric Company and ZOOM. It was a unique time when an uncommon number of media professionals and thought leaders leveraged their influence to help children learn—and, just as notably, a time of unprecedented buy-in from American parents.   “Sunny Days is full of such nostalgic jolts…it makes the era a pleasure to revisit” (The Wall Street Journal) and captures a wondrous period in the US when a determined few proved that, with persistence and effort, they could change the lives of millions. It is “a lively and bewitching recounting of a particularly ripe period in television and cultural history” (The New York Times Book Review) and, as the Los Angeles Times notes, “a sublime book about a variety of creative people coming together not in the pursuit of fame or money, but to enrich the lives of children.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Will of the People: The Revolutionary Birth of America by T. H. Breen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406338</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406338">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406338</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Will of the People: The Revolutionary Birth of America
Author: T. H. Breen
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Over eight years of war, ordinary Americans accomplished something extraordinary. Far from the actions of the Continental Congress and the Continental Army, they took responsibility for the course of the revolution. They policed their neighbors, sent troops and weapons to distant strangers committed to the same cause, and identified friends and traitors. By taking up the reins of power but also setting its limits, they ensured America&amp;#039;s success. Without their participation there would have been no victory over Great Britain, no independence. The colonial rebellion would have ended like so many others—in failure. The driving force behind the creation of a country based on the will of the people, T. H. Breen shows, was in fact the people itself. In villages, towns, and cities from Georgia to New Hampshire, Americans managed local affairs, negotiated shared sacrifice, and participated in a political system in which each believed they were as good as any other. Presenting hundreds of stories, Breen captures the powerful sense of equality and responsibility resulting from this process of self-determination. With striking originality, Breen restores these missing Americans to our founding and shows why doing so is essential for understanding why our revolution ended differently from others that have shaped the modern world.</description>
      <author>T. H. Breen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541415706.mp3" length="2453121" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406338</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541415706.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406338">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406338</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Will of the People: The Revolutionary Birth of America
Author: T. H. Breen
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Over eight years of war, ordinary Americans accomplished something extraordinary. Far from the actions of the Continental Congress and the Continental Army, they took responsibility for the course of the revolution. They policed their neighbors, sent troops and weapons to distant strangers committed to the same cause, and identified friends and traitors. By taking up the reins of power but also setting its limits, they ensured America&amp;#039;s success. Without their participation there would have been no victory over Great Britain, no independence. The colonial rebellion would have ended like so many others—in failure. The driving force behind the creation of a country based on the will of the people, T. H. Breen shows, was in fact the people itself. In villages, towns, and cities from Georgia to New Hampshire, Americans managed local affairs, negotiated shared sacrifice, and participated in a political system in which each believed they were as good as any other. Presenting hundreds of stories, Breen captures the powerful sense of equality and responsibility resulting from this process of self-determination. With striking originality, Breen restores these missing Americans to our founding and shows why doing so is essential for understanding why our revolution ended differently from others that have shaped the modern world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406338">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406338</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Will of the People: The Revolutionary Birth of America
Author: T. H. Breen
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Over eight years of war, ordinary Americans accomplished something extraordinary. Far from the actions of the Continental Congress and the Continental Army, they took responsibility for the course of the revolution. They policed their neighbors, sent troops and weapons to distant strangers committed to the same cause, and identified friends and traitors. By taking up the reins of power but also setting its limits, they ensured America&amp;#039;s success. Without their participation there would have been no victory over Great Britain, no independence. The colonial rebellion would have ended like so many others—in failure. The driving force behind the creation of a country based on the will of the people, T. H. Breen shows, was in fact the people itself. In villages, towns, and cities from Georgia to New Hampshire, Americans managed local affairs, negotiated shared sacrifice, and participated in a political system in which each believed they were as good as any other. Presenting hundreds of stories, Breen captures the powerful sense of equality and responsibility resulting from this process of self-determination. With striking originality, Breen restores these missing Americans to our founding and shows why doing so is essential for understanding why our revolution ended differently from others that have shaped the modern world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disposable City: Miami&amp;#039;s Future on the Shores of Climate Catastrophe by Mario Alejandro Ariza</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disposable City: Miami&amp;#039;s Future on the Shores of Climate Catastrophe
Author: Mario Alejandro Ariza
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply reported personal investigation by a Miami journalist examines the present and future effects of climate change in the Magic City -- a watery harbinger for coastal cities worldwide. Miami, Florida, is likely to be entirely underwater by the end of this century. Residents are already starting to see the effects of sea level rise today. From sunny day flooding caused by higher tides to a sewer system on the brink of total collapse, the city undeniably lives in a climate changed world. In Disposable City, Miami resident Mario Alejandro Ariza shows us not only what climate change looks like on the ground today, but also what Miami will look like 100 years from now, and how that future has been shaped by the city&amp;#039;s racist past and present. As politicians continue to kick the can down the road and Miami becomes increasingly unlivable, real estate vultures and wealthy residents will be able to get out or move to higher ground, but the most vulnerable communities, disproportionately composed of people of color, will face flood damage, rising housing costs, dangerously higher temperatures, and stronger hurricanes that they can&amp;#039;t afford to escape. Miami may be on the front lines of climate change, but the battle it&amp;#039;s fighting today is coming for the rest of the U.S. -- and the rest of the world -- far sooner than we could have imagined even a decade ago. Disposable City is a thoughtful portrait of both a vibrant city with a unique culture and the social, economic, and psychic costs of climate change that call us to act before it&amp;#039;s too late.</description>
      <author>Mario Alejandro Ariza</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549101786.mp3" length="883440" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549101786.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disposable City: Miami&amp;#039;s Future on the Shores of Climate Catastrophe
Author: Mario Alejandro Ariza
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply reported personal investigation by a Miami journalist examines the present and future effects of climate change in the Magic City -- a watery harbinger for coastal cities worldwide. Miami, Florida, is likely to be entirely underwater by the end of this century. Residents are already starting to see the effects of sea level rise today. From sunny day flooding caused by higher tides to a sewer system on the brink of total collapse, the city undeniably lives in a climate changed world. In Disposable City, Miami resident Mario Alejandro Ariza shows us not only what climate change looks like on the ground today, but also what Miami will look like 100 years from now, and how that future has been shaped by the city&amp;#039;s racist past and present. As politicians continue to kick the can down the road and Miami becomes increasingly unlivable, real estate vultures and wealthy residents will be able to get out or move to higher ground, but the most vulnerable communities, disproportionately composed of people of color, will face flood damage, rising housing costs, dangerously higher temperatures, and stronger hurricanes that they can&amp;#039;t afford to escape. Miami may be on the front lines of climate change, but the battle it&amp;#039;s fighting today is coming for the rest of the U.S. -- and the rest of the world -- far sooner than we could have imagined even a decade ago. Disposable City is a thoughtful portrait of both a vibrant city with a unique culture and the social, economic, and psychic costs of climate change that call us to act before it&amp;#039;s too late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disposable City: Miami&amp;#039;s Future on the Shores of Climate Catastrophe
Author: Mario Alejandro Ariza
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A deeply reported personal investigation by a Miami journalist examines the present and future effects of climate change in the Magic City -- a watery harbinger for coastal cities worldwide. Miami, Florida, is likely to be entirely underwater by the end of this century. Residents are already starting to see the effects of sea level rise today. From sunny day flooding caused by higher tides to a sewer system on the brink of total collapse, the city undeniably lives in a climate changed world. In Disposable City, Miami resident Mario Alejandro Ariza shows us not only what climate change looks like on the ground today, but also what Miami will look like 100 years from now, and how that future has been shaped by the city&amp;#039;s racist past and present. As politicians continue to kick the can down the road and Miami becomes increasingly unlivable, real estate vultures and wealthy residents will be able to get out or move to higher ground, but the most vulnerable communities, disproportionately composed of people of color, will face flood damage, rising housing costs, dangerously higher temperatures, and stronger hurricanes that they can&amp;#039;t afford to escape. Miami may be on the front lines of climate change, but the battle it&amp;#039;s fighting today is coming for the rest of the U.S. -- and the rest of the world -- far sooner than we could have imagined even a decade ago. Disposable City is a thoughtful portrait of both a vibrant city with a unique culture and the social, economic, and psychic costs of climate change that call us to act before it&amp;#039;s too late.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lying in State: Why Presidents Lie -- And Why Trump Is Worse by Eric Alterman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lying in State: Why Presidents Lie -- And Why Trump Is Worse
Author: Eric Alterman
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This definitive history of presidential lying reveals how our standards for truthfulness have eroded -- and why Trump&amp;#039;s lies are especially dangerous. If there&amp;#039;s one thing we know about Donald Trump, it&amp;#039;s that he lies. But he&amp;#039;s by no means the first president to do so. In Lying in State, Eric Alterman asks how we ended up with such a pathologically dishonest commander in chief, showing that, from early on, the United States has persistently expanded its power and hegemony on the basis of presidential lies. He also reveals the cumulative effect of this deception-each lie a president tells makes it more acceptable for subsequent presidents to lie-and the media&amp;#039;s complicity in spreading misinformation. Donald Trump, then, represents not an aberration but the culmination of an age-old trend.  Full of vivid historical examples and trenchant analysis, Lying in State is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how we arrived in this age of alternative facts.</description>
      <author>Eric Alterman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549101816.mp3" length="876790" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549101816.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lying in State: Why Presidents Lie -- And Why Trump Is Worse
Author: Eric Alterman
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This definitive history of presidential lying reveals how our standards for truthfulness have eroded -- and why Trump&amp;#039;s lies are especially dangerous. If there&amp;#039;s one thing we know about Donald Trump, it&amp;#039;s that he lies. But he&amp;#039;s by no means the first president to do so. In Lying in State, Eric Alterman asks how we ended up with such a pathologically dishonest commander in chief, showing that, from early on, the United States has persistently expanded its power and hegemony on the basis of presidential lies. He also reveals the cumulative effect of this deception-each lie a president tells makes it more acceptable for subsequent presidents to lie-and the media&amp;#039;s complicity in spreading misinformation. Donald Trump, then, represents not an aberration but the culmination of an age-old trend.  Full of vivid historical examples and trenchant analysis, Lying in State is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how we arrived in this age of alternative facts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lying in State: Why Presidents Lie -- And Why Trump Is Worse
Author: Eric Alterman
Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This definitive history of presidential lying reveals how our standards for truthfulness have eroded -- and why Trump&amp;#039;s lies are especially dangerous. If there&amp;#039;s one thing we know about Donald Trump, it&amp;#039;s that he lies. But he&amp;#039;s by no means the first president to do so. In Lying in State, Eric Alterman asks how we ended up with such a pathologically dishonest commander in chief, showing that, from early on, the United States has persistently expanded its power and hegemony on the basis of presidential lies. He also reveals the cumulative effect of this deception-each lie a president tells makes it more acceptable for subsequent presidents to lie-and the media&amp;#039;s complicity in spreading misinformation. Donald Trump, then, represents not an aberration but the culmination of an age-old trend.  Full of vivid historical examples and trenchant analysis, Lying in State is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how we arrived in this age of alternative facts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Jakarta Method: Washington&amp;#039;s Anticommunist Crusade and the Mass Murder Program that Shaped Our World by Vincent Bevins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405379</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Jakarta Method: Washington&amp;#039;s Anticommunist Crusade and the Mass Murder Program that Shaped Our World
Author: Vincent Bevins
Narrator: Tim Paige
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR, THE FINANCIAL TIMES, AND GQ “A radical new history of the United States abroad” (Wall Street Journal) which uncovers U.S. complicity in the mass-killings of left-wing activists in Indonesia, Latin America and around the world  In 1965, the U.S. government helped the Indonesian military kill approximately one million innocent civilians. This was one of the most important turning points of the twentieth century, eliminating the largest communist party outside China and the Soviet Union and inspiring copycat terror programs in faraway countries like Brazil and Chile. But these events remain widely overlooked, precisely because the CIA&amp;#039;s secret interventions were so successful.  In this bold and comprehensive new history, Vincent Bevins builds on his incisive reporting for the Washington Post, using recently declassified documents, archival research and eye-witness testimony collected across twelve countries to reveal a shocking legacy that spans the globe. For decades, it&amp;#039;s been believed that parts of the developing world passed peacefully into the U.S.-led capitalist system. The Jakarta Method demonstrates that the brutal extermination of unarmed leftists was a fundamental part of Washington&amp;#039;s final triumph in the Cold War.</description>
      <author>Vincent Bevins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549101694.mp3" length="894032" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405379</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549101694.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Jakarta Method: Washington&amp;#039;s Anticommunist Crusade and the Mass Murder Program that Shaped Our World
Author: Vincent Bevins
Narrator: Tim Paige
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR, THE FINANCIAL TIMES, AND GQ “A radical new history of the United States abroad” (Wall Street Journal) which uncovers U.S. complicity in the mass-killings of left-wing activists in Indonesia, Latin America and around the world  In 1965, the U.S. government helped the Indonesian military kill approximately one million innocent civilians. This was one of the most important turning points of the twentieth century, eliminating the largest communist party outside China and the Soviet Union and inspiring copycat terror programs in faraway countries like Brazil and Chile. But these events remain widely overlooked, precisely because the CIA&amp;#039;s secret interventions were so successful.  In this bold and comprehensive new history, Vincent Bevins builds on his incisive reporting for the Washington Post, using recently declassified documents, archival research and eye-witness testimony collected across twelve countries to reveal a shocking legacy that spans the globe. For decades, it&amp;#039;s been believed that parts of the developing world passed peacefully into the U.S.-led capitalist system. The Jakarta Method demonstrates that the brutal extermination of unarmed leftists was a fundamental part of Washington&amp;#039;s final triumph in the Cold War.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405379">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405379</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Jakarta Method: Washington&amp;#039;s Anticommunist Crusade and the Mass Murder Program that Shaped Our World
Author: Vincent Bevins
Narrator: Tim Paige
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 22 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR, THE FINANCIAL TIMES, AND GQ “A radical new history of the United States abroad” (Wall Street Journal) which uncovers U.S. complicity in the mass-killings of left-wing activists in Indonesia, Latin America and around the world  In 1965, the U.S. government helped the Indonesian military kill approximately one million innocent civilians. This was one of the most important turning points of the twentieth century, eliminating the largest communist party outside China and the Soviet Union and inspiring copycat terror programs in faraway countries like Brazil and Chile. But these events remain widely overlooked, precisely because the CIA&amp;#039;s secret interventions were so successful.  In this bold and comprehensive new history, Vincent Bevins builds on his incisive reporting for the Washington Post, using recently declassified documents, archival research and eye-witness testimony collected across twelve countries to reveal a shocking legacy that spans the globe. For decades, it&amp;#039;s been believed that parts of the developing world passed peacefully into the U.S.-led capitalist system. The Jakarta Method demonstrates that the brutal extermination of unarmed leftists was a fundamental part of Washington&amp;#039;s final triumph in the Cold War.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Most Wicked Conspiracy: The Last Great Swindle of the Gilded Age by Paul Starobin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405380</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Wicked Conspiracy: The Last Great Swindle of the Gilded Age
Author: Paul Starobin
Narrator: Neil Hellegers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A tale of Gilded Age corruption and greed from the frontier of Alaska to America&amp;#039;s capital. In the feverish, money-making age of railroad barons, political machines, and gold rushes, corruption was the rule, not the exception. Yet the Republican mogul &amp;#039;Big Alex&amp;#039; McKenzie defied even the era&amp;#039;s standard for avarice. Charismatic and shameless, he arrived in the new Alaskan territory intent on controlling gold mines and draining them of their ore. Miners who had rushed to the frozen tundra to strike gold were appalled at his unabashed deviousness. A Most Wicked Conspiracy recounts McKenzie&amp;#039;s plot to rob the gold fields. It&amp;#039;s a story of how America&amp;#039;s political and economic life was in the grip of domineering, self-dealing, seemingly-untouchable party bosses in cahoots with robber barons, Senators and even Presidents. Yet it is also the tale of a righteous resistance of working-class miners, muckraking journalists, and courageous judges who fought to expose a conspiracy and reassert the rule of law. Through a bold set of characters and a captivating narrative, Paul Starobin examines power and rampant corruption during a pivotal time in America, drawing undoubted parallels with present-day politics and society.</description>
      <author>Paul Starobin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549101700.mp3" length="907937" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405380</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549101700.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Wicked Conspiracy: The Last Great Swindle of the Gilded Age
Author: Paul Starobin
Narrator: Neil Hellegers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A tale of Gilded Age corruption and greed from the frontier of Alaska to America&amp;#039;s capital. In the feverish, money-making age of railroad barons, political machines, and gold rushes, corruption was the rule, not the exception. Yet the Republican mogul &amp;#039;Big Alex&amp;#039; McKenzie defied even the era&amp;#039;s standard for avarice. Charismatic and shameless, he arrived in the new Alaskan territory intent on controlling gold mines and draining them of their ore. Miners who had rushed to the frozen tundra to strike gold were appalled at his unabashed deviousness. A Most Wicked Conspiracy recounts McKenzie&amp;#039;s plot to rob the gold fields. It&amp;#039;s a story of how America&amp;#039;s political and economic life was in the grip of domineering, self-dealing, seemingly-untouchable party bosses in cahoots with robber barons, Senators and even Presidents. Yet it is also the tale of a righteous resistance of working-class miners, muckraking journalists, and courageous judges who fought to expose a conspiracy and reassert the rule of law. Through a bold set of characters and a captivating narrative, Paul Starobin examines power and rampant corruption during a pivotal time in America, drawing undoubted parallels with present-day politics and society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Wicked Conspiracy: The Last Great Swindle of the Gilded Age
Author: Paul Starobin
Narrator: Neil Hellegers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A tale of Gilded Age corruption and greed from the frontier of Alaska to America&amp;#039;s capital. In the feverish, money-making age of railroad barons, political machines, and gold rushes, corruption was the rule, not the exception. Yet the Republican mogul &amp;#039;Big Alex&amp;#039; McKenzie defied even the era&amp;#039;s standard for avarice. Charismatic and shameless, he arrived in the new Alaskan territory intent on controlling gold mines and draining them of their ore. Miners who had rushed to the frozen tundra to strike gold were appalled at his unabashed deviousness. A Most Wicked Conspiracy recounts McKenzie&amp;#039;s plot to rob the gold fields. It&amp;#039;s a story of how America&amp;#039;s political and economic life was in the grip of domineering, self-dealing, seemingly-untouchable party bosses in cahoots with robber barons, Senators and even Presidents. Yet it is also the tale of a righteous resistance of working-class miners, muckraking journalists, and courageous judges who fought to expose a conspiracy and reassert the rule of law. Through a bold set of characters and a captivating narrative, Paul Starobin examines power and rampant corruption during a pivotal time in America, drawing undoubted parallels with present-day politics and society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Man of Tomorrow: The Relentless Life of Jerry Brown by Jim Newton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405370</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Man of Tomorrow: The Relentless Life of Jerry Brown
Author: Jim Newton
Narrator: Jim Newton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Visionary. Iconoclast. Political Survivor. &amp;#039;A powerful and entertaining look&amp;#039; (Governor Gavin Newsom) at the extraordinary life and political career of Governor Jerry Brown. Jerry Brown is no ordinary politician. Like his state, he is eclectic, brilliant, unpredictable and sometimes weird. And, as with so much that California invents and exports, Brown&amp;#039;s life story reveals a great deal about this country.   With the exclusive cooperation of Governor Brown himself, Jim Newton has written the definitive account of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s life. The son of Pat Brown, who served as governor of California through the 1960s, Jerry would extend and also radically alter the legacy of his father through his own service in the governor&amp;#039;s mansion. As governor, first in the 1970s and then again, 28 years later in his remarkable return to power, Jerry Brown would propound an alternative menu of American values: the restoration of the California economy while balancing the state budget, leadership in the international campaign to combat climate change and the aggressive defense of California&amp;#039;s immigrants, no matter by which route they arrived. It was a blend of compassion, far-sightedness and pragmatism that the nation would be wise to consider.  The story of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s life is in many ways the story of California and how it became the largest economy in the United States. Man of Tomorrow traces the blueprint of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s off beat risk-taking: equal parts fiscal conservatism and social progressivism. Jim Newton also reveals another side of Jerry Brown, the once-promising presidential candidate whose defeat on the national stage did nothing to diminish the scale of his political, intellectual and spiritual ambitions.   To the same degree that California represents the future of America, Jim Newton&amp;#039;s account of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s life offers a new way of understanding how politics works today and how it could work in the future.</description>
      <author>Jim Newton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478964186.mp3" length="899584" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405370</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478964186.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Man of Tomorrow: The Relentless Life of Jerry Brown
Author: Jim Newton
Narrator: Jim Newton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Visionary. Iconoclast. Political Survivor. &amp;#039;A powerful and entertaining look&amp;#039; (Governor Gavin Newsom) at the extraordinary life and political career of Governor Jerry Brown. Jerry Brown is no ordinary politician. Like his state, he is eclectic, brilliant, unpredictable and sometimes weird. And, as with so much that California invents and exports, Brown&amp;#039;s life story reveals a great deal about this country.   With the exclusive cooperation of Governor Brown himself, Jim Newton has written the definitive account of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s life. The son of Pat Brown, who served as governor of California through the 1960s, Jerry would extend and also radically alter the legacy of his father through his own service in the governor&amp;#039;s mansion. As governor, first in the 1970s and then again, 28 years later in his remarkable return to power, Jerry Brown would propound an alternative menu of American values: the restoration of the California economy while balancing the state budget, leadership in the international campaign to combat climate change and the aggressive defense of California&amp;#039;s immigrants, no matter by which route they arrived. It was a blend of compassion, far-sightedness and pragmatism that the nation would be wise to consider.  The story of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s life is in many ways the story of California and how it became the largest economy in the United States. Man of Tomorrow traces the blueprint of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s off beat risk-taking: equal parts fiscal conservatism and social progressivism. Jim Newton also reveals another side of Jerry Brown, the once-promising presidential candidate whose defeat on the national stage did nothing to diminish the scale of his political, intellectual and spiritual ambitions.   To the same degree that California represents the future of America, Jim Newton&amp;#039;s account of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s life offers a new way of understanding how politics works today and how it could work in the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Man of Tomorrow: The Relentless Life of Jerry Brown
Author: Jim Newton
Narrator: Jim Newton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Visionary. Iconoclast. Political Survivor. &amp;#039;A powerful and entertaining look&amp;#039; (Governor Gavin Newsom) at the extraordinary life and political career of Governor Jerry Brown. Jerry Brown is no ordinary politician. Like his state, he is eclectic, brilliant, unpredictable and sometimes weird. And, as with so much that California invents and exports, Brown&amp;#039;s life story reveals a great deal about this country.   With the exclusive cooperation of Governor Brown himself, Jim Newton has written the definitive account of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s life. The son of Pat Brown, who served as governor of California through the 1960s, Jerry would extend and also radically alter the legacy of his father through his own service in the governor&amp;#039;s mansion. As governor, first in the 1970s and then again, 28 years later in his remarkable return to power, Jerry Brown would propound an alternative menu of American values: the restoration of the California economy while balancing the state budget, leadership in the international campaign to combat climate change and the aggressive defense of California&amp;#039;s immigrants, no matter by which route they arrived. It was a blend of compassion, far-sightedness and pragmatism that the nation would be wise to consider.  The story of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s life is in many ways the story of California and how it became the largest economy in the United States. Man of Tomorrow traces the blueprint of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s off beat risk-taking: equal parts fiscal conservatism and social progressivism. Jim Newton also reveals another side of Jerry Brown, the once-promising presidential candidate whose defeat on the national stage did nothing to diminish the scale of his political, intellectual and spiritual ambitions.   To the same degree that California represents the future of America, Jim Newton&amp;#039;s account of Jerry Brown&amp;#039;s life offers a new way of understanding how politics works today and how it could work in the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Break It Up: Secession, Division, and the Secret History of America&amp;#039;s Imperfect Union by Richard Kreitner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405371</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Break It Up: Secession, Division, and the Secret History of America&amp;#039;s Imperfect Union
Author: Richard Kreitner
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From journalist and historian Richard Kreitner, a &amp;#039;powerful revisionist account&amp;#039;of the most persistent idea in American history: these supposedly United States should be broken up (Eric Foner). The novel and fiery thesis of Break It Up is simple: the United States has never lived up to its name -- and never will. The disunionist impulse may have found its greatest expression in the Civil War, but as Break It Up shows, the seduction of secession wasn&amp;#039;t limited to the South or the nineteenth century. With a scholar&amp;#039;s command and a journalist&amp;#039;s curiosity, Kreitner takes readers on a revolutionary journey through American history, revealing the power and persistence of disunion movements in every era and region. Each New England town after Plymouth was a secession from another; the thirteen colonies viewed their Union as a means to the end of securing independence, not an end in itself; George Washington feared separatism west of the Alleghenies; Aaron Burr schemed to set up a new empire; John Quincy Adams brought a Massachusetts town&amp;#039;s petition for dissolving the United States to the floor of Congress; and abolitionist William Lloyd Garrison denounced the Constitution as a pro-slavery pact with the devil.  From the &amp;#039;cold civil war&amp;#039; that pits partisans against one another to the modern secession movements in California and Texas, the divisions that threaten to tear America apart today have centuries-old roots in the earliest days of our Republic. Richly researched and persuasively argued, Break It Up will help readers make fresh sense of our fractured age.</description>
      <author>Richard Kreitner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478992189.mp3" length="809608" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405371</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478992189.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Break It Up: Secession, Division, and the Secret History of America&amp;#039;s Imperfect Union
Author: Richard Kreitner
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From journalist and historian Richard Kreitner, a &amp;#039;powerful revisionist account&amp;#039;of the most persistent idea in American history: these supposedly United States should be broken up (Eric Foner). The novel and fiery thesis of Break It Up is simple: the United States has never lived up to its name -- and never will. The disunionist impulse may have found its greatest expression in the Civil War, but as Break It Up shows, the seduction of secession wasn&amp;#039;t limited to the South or the nineteenth century. With a scholar&amp;#039;s command and a journalist&amp;#039;s curiosity, Kreitner takes readers on a revolutionary journey through American history, revealing the power and persistence of disunion movements in every era and region. Each New England town after Plymouth was a secession from another; the thirteen colonies viewed their Union as a means to the end of securing independence, not an end in itself; George Washington feared separatism west of the Alleghenies; Aaron Burr schemed to set up a new empire; John Quincy Adams brought a Massachusetts town&amp;#039;s petition for dissolving the United States to the floor of Congress; and abolitionist William Lloyd Garrison denounced the Constitution as a pro-slavery pact with the devil.  From the &amp;#039;cold civil war&amp;#039; that pits partisans against one another to the modern secession movements in California and Texas, the divisions that threaten to tear America apart today have centuries-old roots in the earliest days of our Republic. Richly researched and persuasively argued, Break It Up will help readers make fresh sense of our fractured age.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Break It Up: Secession, Division, and the Secret History of America&amp;#039;s Imperfect Union
Author: Richard Kreitner
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From journalist and historian Richard Kreitner, a &amp;#039;powerful revisionist account&amp;#039;of the most persistent idea in American history: these supposedly United States should be broken up (Eric Foner). The novel and fiery thesis of Break It Up is simple: the United States has never lived up to its name -- and never will. The disunionist impulse may have found its greatest expression in the Civil War, but as Break It Up shows, the seduction of secession wasn&amp;#039;t limited to the South or the nineteenth century. With a scholar&amp;#039;s command and a journalist&amp;#039;s curiosity, Kreitner takes readers on a revolutionary journey through American history, revealing the power and persistence of disunion movements in every era and region. Each New England town after Plymouth was a secession from another; the thirteen colonies viewed their Union as a means to the end of securing independence, not an end in itself; George Washington feared separatism west of the Alleghenies; Aaron Burr schemed to set up a new empire; John Quincy Adams brought a Massachusetts town&amp;#039;s petition for dissolving the United States to the floor of Congress; and abolitionist William Lloyd Garrison denounced the Constitution as a pro-slavery pact with the devil.  From the &amp;#039;cold civil war&amp;#039; that pits partisans against one another to the modern secession movements in California and Texas, the divisions that threaten to tear America apart today have centuries-old roots in the earliest days of our Republic. Richly researched and persuasively argued, Break It Up will help readers make fresh sense of our fractured age.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The King of Confidence: A Tale of Utopian Dreamers, Frontier Schemers, True Believers, False Prophets, and the Murder of an American Monarch by Miles Harvey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The King of Confidence: A Tale of Utopian Dreamers, Frontier Schemers, True Believers, False Prophets, and the Murder of an American Monarch
Author: Miles Harvey
Narrator: Rengin Altay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The &amp;quot;unputdownable&amp;quot; (Dave Eggers, National Book award finalist) story of the most infamous American con man you&amp;#039;ve never heard of: James Strang, self-proclaimed divine king of earth, heaven, and an island in Lake Michigan, &amp;quot;perfect for fans of The Devil in the White City&amp;quot; (Kirkus) A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice Longlisted for the 2021 Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence in Nonfiction A CrimeReads Best True Crime Book of the Year &amp;quot;A masterpiece.&amp;quot; —Nathaniel Philbrick  In the summer of 1843, James Strang, a charismatic young lawyer and avowed atheist, vanished from a rural town in New York. Months later he reappeared on the Midwestern frontier and converted to a burgeoning religious movement known as Mormonism. In the wake of the murder of the sect&amp;#039;s leader, Joseph Smith, Strang unveiled a letter purportedly from the prophet naming him successor, and persuaded hundreds of fellow converts to follow him to an island in Lake Michigan, where he declared himself a divine king. From this stronghold he controlled a fourth of the state of Michigan, establishing a pirate colony where he practiced plural marriage and perpetrated thefts, corruption, and frauds of all kinds. Eventually, having run afoul of powerful enemies, including the American president, Strang was assassinated, an event that was frontpage news across the country. The King of Confidence tells this fascinating but largely forgotten story. Centering his narrative on this charlatan&amp;#039;s turbulent twelve years in power, Miles Harvey gets to the root of a timeless American original: the Confidence Man. Full of adventure, bad behavior, and insight into a crucial period of antebellum history, The King of Confidence brings us a compulsively readable account of one of the country&amp;#039;s boldest con men and the boisterous era that allowed him to thrive.</description>
      <author>Miles Harvey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478914402.mp3" length="844909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478914402.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The King of Confidence: A Tale of Utopian Dreamers, Frontier Schemers, True Believers, False Prophets, and the Murder of an American Monarch
Author: Miles Harvey
Narrator: Rengin Altay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The &amp;quot;unputdownable&amp;quot; (Dave Eggers, National Book award finalist) story of the most infamous American con man you&amp;#039;ve never heard of: James Strang, self-proclaimed divine king of earth, heaven, and an island in Lake Michigan, &amp;quot;perfect for fans of The Devil in the White City&amp;quot; (Kirkus) A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice Longlisted for the 2021 Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence in Nonfiction A CrimeReads Best True Crime Book of the Year &amp;quot;A masterpiece.&amp;quot; —Nathaniel Philbrick  In the summer of 1843, James Strang, a charismatic young lawyer and avowed atheist, vanished from a rural town in New York. Months later he reappeared on the Midwestern frontier and converted to a burgeoning religious movement known as Mormonism. In the wake of the murder of the sect&amp;#039;s leader, Joseph Smith, Strang unveiled a letter purportedly from the prophet naming him successor, and persuaded hundreds of fellow converts to follow him to an island in Lake Michigan, where he declared himself a divine king. From this stronghold he controlled a fourth of the state of Michigan, establishing a pirate colony where he practiced plural marriage and perpetrated thefts, corruption, and frauds of all kinds. Eventually, having run afoul of powerful enemies, including the American president, Strang was assassinated, an event that was frontpage news across the country. The King of Confidence tells this fascinating but largely forgotten story. Centering his narrative on this charlatan&amp;#039;s turbulent twelve years in power, Miles Harvey gets to the root of a timeless American original: the Confidence Man. Full of adventure, bad behavior, and insight into a crucial period of antebellum history, The King of Confidence brings us a compulsively readable account of one of the country&amp;#039;s boldest con men and the boisterous era that allowed him to thrive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The King of Confidence: A Tale of Utopian Dreamers, Frontier Schemers, True Believers, False Prophets, and the Murder of an American Monarch
Author: Miles Harvey
Narrator: Rengin Altay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The &amp;quot;unputdownable&amp;quot; (Dave Eggers, National Book award finalist) story of the most infamous American con man you&amp;#039;ve never heard of: James Strang, self-proclaimed divine king of earth, heaven, and an island in Lake Michigan, &amp;quot;perfect for fans of The Devil in the White City&amp;quot; (Kirkus) A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice Longlisted for the 2021 Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence in Nonfiction A CrimeReads Best True Crime Book of the Year &amp;quot;A masterpiece.&amp;quot; —Nathaniel Philbrick  In the summer of 1843, James Strang, a charismatic young lawyer and avowed atheist, vanished from a rural town in New York. Months later he reappeared on the Midwestern frontier and converted to a burgeoning religious movement known as Mormonism. In the wake of the murder of the sect&amp;#039;s leader, Joseph Smith, Strang unveiled a letter purportedly from the prophet naming him successor, and persuaded hundreds of fellow converts to follow him to an island in Lake Michigan, where he declared himself a divine king. From this stronghold he controlled a fourth of the state of Michigan, establishing a pirate colony where he practiced plural marriage and perpetrated thefts, corruption, and frauds of all kinds. Eventually, having run afoul of powerful enemies, including the American president, Strang was assassinated, an event that was frontpage news across the country. The King of Confidence tells this fascinating but largely forgotten story. Centering his narrative on this charlatan&amp;#039;s turbulent twelve years in power, Miles Harvey gets to the root of a timeless American original: the Confidence Man. Full of adventure, bad behavior, and insight into a crucial period of antebellum history, The King of Confidence brings us a compulsively readable account of one of the country&amp;#039;s boldest con men and the boisterous era that allowed him to thrive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sword and the Shield: The Revolutionary Lives of Malcolm X and Martin Luther King Jr. by Peniel E. Joseph</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405360</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sword and the Shield: The Revolutionary Lives of Malcolm X and Martin Luther King Jr.
Author: Peniel E. Joseph
Narrator: Zeno Robinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This &amp;quot;landmark&amp;quot; (Ibram X. Kendi, New York Times–bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist) dual biography of Malcolm X and Martin Luther King upends longstanding preconceptions to transform our understanding of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s most iconic African American leaders    To most Americans, Malcolm X and Martin Luther King Jr. represent contrasting ideals: self-defense vs. nonviolence, black power vs. civil rights, the sword vs. the shield. The struggle for black freedom is wrought with the same contrasts. While nonviolent direct action is remembered as an unassailable part of American democracy, the movement&amp;#039;s militancy is either vilified or erased outright.  In The Sword and the Shield, Peniel E. Joseph upends these misconceptions and reveals a nuanced portrait of two men who, despite markedly different backgrounds, inspired and pushed each other throughout their adult lives. This is a strikingly revisionist biography, not only of Malcolm and Martin, but also of the movement and era they came to define.</description>
      <author>Peniel E. Joseph</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549156434.mp3" length="921529" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405360</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549156434.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sword and the Shield: The Revolutionary Lives of Malcolm X and Martin Luther King Jr.
Author: Peniel E. Joseph
Narrator: Zeno Robinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This &amp;quot;landmark&amp;quot; (Ibram X. Kendi, New York Times–bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist) dual biography of Malcolm X and Martin Luther King upends longstanding preconceptions to transform our understanding of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s most iconic African American leaders    To most Americans, Malcolm X and Martin Luther King Jr. represent contrasting ideals: self-defense vs. nonviolence, black power vs. civil rights, the sword vs. the shield. The struggle for black freedom is wrought with the same contrasts. While nonviolent direct action is remembered as an unassailable part of American democracy, the movement&amp;#039;s militancy is either vilified or erased outright.  In The Sword and the Shield, Peniel E. Joseph upends these misconceptions and reveals a nuanced portrait of two men who, despite markedly different backgrounds, inspired and pushed each other throughout their adult lives. This is a strikingly revisionist biography, not only of Malcolm and Martin, but also of the movement and era they came to define.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sword and the Shield: The Revolutionary Lives of Malcolm X and Martin Luther King Jr.
Author: Peniel E. Joseph
Narrator: Zeno Robinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This &amp;quot;landmark&amp;quot; (Ibram X. Kendi, New York Times–bestselling author of How to Be an Antiracist) dual biography of Malcolm X and Martin Luther King upends longstanding preconceptions to transform our understanding of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s most iconic African American leaders    To most Americans, Malcolm X and Martin Luther King Jr. represent contrasting ideals: self-defense vs. nonviolence, black power vs. civil rights, the sword vs. the shield. The struggle for black freedom is wrought with the same contrasts. While nonviolent direct action is remembered as an unassailable part of American democracy, the movement&amp;#039;s militancy is either vilified or erased outright.  In The Sword and the Shield, Peniel E. Joseph upends these misconceptions and reveals a nuanced portrait of two men who, despite markedly different backgrounds, inspired and pushed each other throughout their adult lives. This is a strikingly revisionist biography, not only of Malcolm and Martin, but also of the movement and era they came to define.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Broken Heart of America: St. Louis and the Violent History of the United States by Walter Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405361</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Broken Heart of America: St. Louis and the Violent History of the United States
Author: Walter Johnson
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A searing portrait of the racial dynamics that lie inescapably at the heart of our nation, told through the turbulent history of the city of St. Louis. From Lewis and Clark&amp;#039;s 1804 expedition to the 2014 uprising in Ferguson, American history has been made in St. Louis. And as Walter Johnson shows in this searing book, the city exemplifies how imperialism, racism, and capitalism have persistently entwined to corrupt the nation&amp;#039;s past. St. Louis was a staging post for Indian removal and imperial expansion, and its wealth grew on the backs of its poor black residents, from slavery through redlining and urban renewal. But it was once also America&amp;#039;s most radical city, home to anti-capitalist immigrants, the Civil War&amp;#039;s first general emancipation, and the nation&amp;#039;s first general strike—a legacy of resistance that endures. A blistering history of a city&amp;#039;s rise and decline, The Broken Heart of America will forever change how we think about the United States.</description>
      <author>Walter Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549156441.mp3" length="910863" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405361</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549156441.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Broken Heart of America: St. Louis and the Violent History of the United States
Author: Walter Johnson
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A searing portrait of the racial dynamics that lie inescapably at the heart of our nation, told through the turbulent history of the city of St. Louis. From Lewis and Clark&amp;#039;s 1804 expedition to the 2014 uprising in Ferguson, American history has been made in St. Louis. And as Walter Johnson shows in this searing book, the city exemplifies how imperialism, racism, and capitalism have persistently entwined to corrupt the nation&amp;#039;s past. St. Louis was a staging post for Indian removal and imperial expansion, and its wealth grew on the backs of its poor black residents, from slavery through redlining and urban renewal. But it was once also America&amp;#039;s most radical city, home to anti-capitalist immigrants, the Civil War&amp;#039;s first general emancipation, and the nation&amp;#039;s first general strike—a legacy of resistance that endures. A blistering history of a city&amp;#039;s rise and decline, The Broken Heart of America will forever change how we think about the United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Broken Heart of America: St. Louis and the Violent History of the United States
Author: Walter Johnson
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A searing portrait of the racial dynamics that lie inescapably at the heart of our nation, told through the turbulent history of the city of St. Louis. From Lewis and Clark&amp;#039;s 1804 expedition to the 2014 uprising in Ferguson, American history has been made in St. Louis. And as Walter Johnson shows in this searing book, the city exemplifies how imperialism, racism, and capitalism have persistently entwined to corrupt the nation&amp;#039;s past. St. Louis was a staging post for Indian removal and imperial expansion, and its wealth grew on the backs of its poor black residents, from slavery through redlining and urban renewal. But it was once also America&amp;#039;s most radical city, home to anti-capitalist immigrants, the Civil War&amp;#039;s first general emancipation, and the nation&amp;#039;s first general strike—a legacy of resistance that endures. A blistering history of a city&amp;#039;s rise and decline, The Broken Heart of America will forever change how we think about the United States.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Victory Machine: The Making and Unmaking of the Warriors Dynasty by Ethan Sherwood Strauss</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405331</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Victory Machine: The Making and Unmaking of the Warriors Dynasty
Author: Ethan Sherwood Strauss
Narrator: Ethan Sherwood Strauss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How money, guts, and greed built the Warriors dynasty -- and then took it apart The Golden State Warriors dominated the NBA for the better part of a decade. Since the arrival of owner Joe Lacob, they won more championships and sold more merchandise than any other franchise in the sport. And in 2019, they opened the doors on a lavish new stadium. Yet all this success contained some of the seeds of decline. Ethan Sherwood Strauss&amp;#039;s clear-eyed exposé reveals the team&amp;#039;s culture, its financial ambitions and struggles, and the price that its players and managers have paid for all their winning. From Lacob&amp;#039;s unlikely acquisition of the team to Kevin Durant&amp;#039;s controversial departure, Strauss shows how the smallest moments can define success or failure for years. And, looking ahead, Strauss ponders whether this organization can rebuild after its abrupt fall from the top, and how a relentless business wears down its players and executives. The Victory Machine is a defining book on the modern NBA: it not only rewrites the story of the Warriors, but shows how the Darwinian business of pro basketball really works.</description>
      <author>Ethan Sherwood Strauss</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549118449.mp3" length="871645" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405331</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549118449.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Victory Machine: The Making and Unmaking of the Warriors Dynasty
Author: Ethan Sherwood Strauss
Narrator: Ethan Sherwood Strauss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How money, guts, and greed built the Warriors dynasty -- and then took it apart The Golden State Warriors dominated the NBA for the better part of a decade. Since the arrival of owner Joe Lacob, they won more championships and sold more merchandise than any other franchise in the sport. And in 2019, they opened the doors on a lavish new stadium. Yet all this success contained some of the seeds of decline. Ethan Sherwood Strauss&amp;#039;s clear-eyed exposé reveals the team&amp;#039;s culture, its financial ambitions and struggles, and the price that its players and managers have paid for all their winning. From Lacob&amp;#039;s unlikely acquisition of the team to Kevin Durant&amp;#039;s controversial departure, Strauss shows how the smallest moments can define success or failure for years. And, looking ahead, Strauss ponders whether this organization can rebuild after its abrupt fall from the top, and how a relentless business wears down its players and executives. The Victory Machine is a defining book on the modern NBA: it not only rewrites the story of the Warriors, but shows how the Darwinian business of pro basketball really works.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Victory Machine: The Making and Unmaking of the Warriors Dynasty
Author: Ethan Sherwood Strauss
Narrator: Ethan Sherwood Strauss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
How money, guts, and greed built the Warriors dynasty -- and then took it apart The Golden State Warriors dominated the NBA for the better part of a decade. Since the arrival of owner Joe Lacob, they won more championships and sold more merchandise than any other franchise in the sport. And in 2019, they opened the doors on a lavish new stadium. Yet all this success contained some of the seeds of decline. Ethan Sherwood Strauss&amp;#039;s clear-eyed exposé reveals the team&amp;#039;s culture, its financial ambitions and struggles, and the price that its players and managers have paid for all their winning. From Lacob&amp;#039;s unlikely acquisition of the team to Kevin Durant&amp;#039;s controversial departure, Strauss shows how the smallest moments can define success or failure for years. And, looking ahead, Strauss ponders whether this organization can rebuild after its abrupt fall from the top, and how a relentless business wears down its players and executives. The Victory Machine is a defining book on the modern NBA: it not only rewrites the story of the Warriors, but shows how the Darwinian business of pro basketball really works.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cry Havoc: Charlottesville and American Democracy Under Siege by Michael Signer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405298</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cry Havoc: Charlottesville and American Democracy Under Siege
Author: Michael Signer
Narrator: Corey Carthew, Michael Signer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The former mayor of Charlottesville delivers a vivid, first-person chronicle of the terror and mayhem of the August 2017 &amp;#039;Unite the Right&amp;#039; event, and shows how issues of extremism are affecting not just one city but the nation itself. The deadly invasion of Charlottesville, Virginia, by white nationalist militias in August 2017 is a microcosm of the challenges facing American democracy today. In his first-person account of one of recent American history&amp;#039;s most polarizing events, Michael Signer, then Charlottesville&amp;#039;s mayor, both tells the story of what really happened and draws out its larger significance. Signer&amp;#039;s gripping, strikingly candid &amp;#039;you are there&amp;#039; narrative sets the events on the ground-the lead-up to August&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Unite the Right&amp;#039; rally, the days of the weekend itself, the aftermath-in the larger context of a country struggling to find its way in a disruptive new era. He confronts some of the most challenging questions of our moment, namely how can we: - Reconcile free speech with the need for public order?  - Maintain the values of pragmatism, compromise, even simple civility, in a time of intensification of extremes on the right and the left? - Address systemic racism through our public spaces and memorials? - Provide accountability after a crisis? While Signer shows how easily our communities can be taken hostage by forces intent on destroying democratic norms and institutions, he concludes with a stirring call for optimism, revealing how the tragic events of Charlottesville are also bolstering American democracy from within.</description>
      <author>Michael Signer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549184369.mp3" length="813103" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405298</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549184369.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cry Havoc: Charlottesville and American Democracy Under Siege
Author: Michael Signer
Narrator: Corey Carthew, Michael Signer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The former mayor of Charlottesville delivers a vivid, first-person chronicle of the terror and mayhem of the August 2017 &amp;#039;Unite the Right&amp;#039; event, and shows how issues of extremism are affecting not just one city but the nation itself. The deadly invasion of Charlottesville, Virginia, by white nationalist militias in August 2017 is a microcosm of the challenges facing American democracy today. In his first-person account of one of recent American history&amp;#039;s most polarizing events, Michael Signer, then Charlottesville&amp;#039;s mayor, both tells the story of what really happened and draws out its larger significance. Signer&amp;#039;s gripping, strikingly candid &amp;#039;you are there&amp;#039; narrative sets the events on the ground-the lead-up to August&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Unite the Right&amp;#039; rally, the days of the weekend itself, the aftermath-in the larger context of a country struggling to find its way in a disruptive new era. He confronts some of the most challenging questions of our moment, namely how can we: - Reconcile free speech with the need for public order?  - Maintain the values of pragmatism, compromise, even simple civility, in a time of intensification of extremes on the right and the left? - Address systemic racism through our public spaces and memorials? - Provide accountability after a crisis? While Signer shows how easily our communities can be taken hostage by forces intent on destroying democratic norms and institutions, he concludes with a stirring call for optimism, revealing how the tragic events of Charlottesville are also bolstering American democracy from within.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405298">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405298</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cry Havoc: Charlottesville and American Democracy Under Siege
Author: Michael Signer
Narrator: Corey Carthew, Michael Signer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The former mayor of Charlottesville delivers a vivid, first-person chronicle of the terror and mayhem of the August 2017 &amp;#039;Unite the Right&amp;#039; event, and shows how issues of extremism are affecting not just one city but the nation itself. The deadly invasion of Charlottesville, Virginia, by white nationalist militias in August 2017 is a microcosm of the challenges facing American democracy today. In his first-person account of one of recent American history&amp;#039;s most polarizing events, Michael Signer, then Charlottesville&amp;#039;s mayor, both tells the story of what really happened and draws out its larger significance. Signer&amp;#039;s gripping, strikingly candid &amp;#039;you are there&amp;#039; narrative sets the events on the ground-the lead-up to August&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Unite the Right&amp;#039; rally, the days of the weekend itself, the aftermath-in the larger context of a country struggling to find its way in a disruptive new era. He confronts some of the most challenging questions of our moment, namely how can we: - Reconcile free speech with the need for public order?  - Maintain the values of pragmatism, compromise, even simple civility, in a time of intensification of extremes on the right and the left? - Address systemic racism through our public spaces and memorials? - Provide accountability after a crisis? While Signer shows how easily our communities can be taken hostage by forces intent on destroying democratic norms and institutions, he concludes with a stirring call for optimism, revealing how the tragic events of Charlottesville are also bolstering American democracy from within.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stealing Home: Los Angeles, the Dodgers, and the Lives Caught in Between by Eric Nusbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405299</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405299">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405299</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stealing Home: Los Angeles, the Dodgers, and the Lives Caught in Between
Author: Eric Nusbaum
Narrator: David Owen Nelson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A story about baseball, family, the American Dream, and the fight to turn Los Angeles into a big league city. Dodger Stadium is an American icon. But the story of how it came to be goes far beyond baseball. The hills that cradle the stadium were once home to three vibrant Mexican American communities. In the early 1950s, those communities were condemned to make way for a utopian public housing project. Then, in a remarkable turn, public housing in the city was defeated amidst a Red Scare conspiracy. Instead of getting their homes back, the remaining residents saw the city sell their land to Walter O&amp;#039;Malley, the owner of the Brooklyn Dodgers. Now LA would be getting a different sort of utopian fantasy -- a glittering, ultra-modern stadium. But before Dodger Stadium could be built, the city would have to face down the neighborhood&amp;#039;s families -- including one, the Aréchigas, who refused to yield their home. The ensuing confrontation captivated the nation - and the divisive outcome still echoes through Los Angeles today.</description>
      <author>Eric Nusbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549184376.mp3" length="917302" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405299</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549184376.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405299">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405299</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stealing Home: Los Angeles, the Dodgers, and the Lives Caught in Between
Author: Eric Nusbaum
Narrator: David Owen Nelson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A story about baseball, family, the American Dream, and the fight to turn Los Angeles into a big league city. Dodger Stadium is an American icon. But the story of how it came to be goes far beyond baseball. The hills that cradle the stadium were once home to three vibrant Mexican American communities. In the early 1950s, those communities were condemned to make way for a utopian public housing project. Then, in a remarkable turn, public housing in the city was defeated amidst a Red Scare conspiracy. Instead of getting their homes back, the remaining residents saw the city sell their land to Walter O&amp;#039;Malley, the owner of the Brooklyn Dodgers. Now LA would be getting a different sort of utopian fantasy -- a glittering, ultra-modern stadium. But before Dodger Stadium could be built, the city would have to face down the neighborhood&amp;#039;s families -- including one, the Aréchigas, who refused to yield their home. The ensuing confrontation captivated the nation - and the divisive outcome still echoes through Los Angeles today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405299">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405299</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stealing Home: Los Angeles, the Dodgers, and the Lives Caught in Between
Author: Eric Nusbaum
Narrator: David Owen Nelson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A story about baseball, family, the American Dream, and the fight to turn Los Angeles into a big league city. Dodger Stadium is an American icon. But the story of how it came to be goes far beyond baseball. The hills that cradle the stadium were once home to three vibrant Mexican American communities. In the early 1950s, those communities were condemned to make way for a utopian public housing project. Then, in a remarkable turn, public housing in the city was defeated amidst a Red Scare conspiracy. Instead of getting their homes back, the remaining residents saw the city sell their land to Walter O&amp;#039;Malley, the owner of the Brooklyn Dodgers. Now LA would be getting a different sort of utopian fantasy -- a glittering, ultra-modern stadium. But before Dodger Stadium could be built, the city would have to face down the neighborhood&amp;#039;s families -- including one, the Aréchigas, who refused to yield their home. The ensuing confrontation captivated the nation - and the divisive outcome still echoes through Los Angeles today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>War Fever: Boston, Baseball, and America in the Shadow of the Great War by Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405294</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War Fever: Boston, Baseball, and America in the Shadow of the Great War
Author: Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts
Narrator: Craig A. Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A &amp;quot;marvelous&amp;quot; (Sports Illustrated) portrait of the three men whose lives were forever changed by WWI-era Boston and the Spanish flu: baseball star Babe Ruth, symphony conductor Karl Muck, and Harvard law student Charles Whittlesey. In the fall of 1918, a fever gripped Boston. The streets emptied as paranoia about the deadly Spanish flu spread. Newspapermen and vigilante investigators aggressively sought to discredit anyone who looked or sounded German. And as the war raged on, the enemy seemed to be lurking everywhere: prowling in submarines off the coast of Cape Cod, arriving on passenger ships in the harbor, or disguised as the radicals lecturing workers about the injustice of a sixty-hour workweek. War Fever explores this delirious moment in American history through the stories of three men: Karl Muck, the German conductor of the Boston Symphony Orchestra, accused of being an enemy spy; Charles Whittlesey, a Harvard law graduate who became an unlikely hero in Europe; and the most famous baseball player of all time, Babe Ruth, poised to revolutionize the game he loved. Together, they offer a gripping narrative of America at war and American culture in upheaval.</description>
      <author>Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549184314.mp3" length="911557" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405294</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549184314.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War Fever: Boston, Baseball, and America in the Shadow of the Great War
Author: Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts
Narrator: Craig A. Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A &amp;quot;marvelous&amp;quot; (Sports Illustrated) portrait of the three men whose lives were forever changed by WWI-era Boston and the Spanish flu: baseball star Babe Ruth, symphony conductor Karl Muck, and Harvard law student Charles Whittlesey. In the fall of 1918, a fever gripped Boston. The streets emptied as paranoia about the deadly Spanish flu spread. Newspapermen and vigilante investigators aggressively sought to discredit anyone who looked or sounded German. And as the war raged on, the enemy seemed to be lurking everywhere: prowling in submarines off the coast of Cape Cod, arriving on passenger ships in the harbor, or disguised as the radicals lecturing workers about the injustice of a sixty-hour workweek. War Fever explores this delirious moment in American history through the stories of three men: Karl Muck, the German conductor of the Boston Symphony Orchestra, accused of being an enemy spy; Charles Whittlesey, a Harvard law graduate who became an unlikely hero in Europe; and the most famous baseball player of all time, Babe Ruth, poised to revolutionize the game he loved. Together, they offer a gripping narrative of America at war and American culture in upheaval.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War Fever: Boston, Baseball, and America in the Shadow of the Great War
Author: Johnny Smith, Randy Roberts
Narrator: Craig A. Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A &amp;quot;marvelous&amp;quot; (Sports Illustrated) portrait of the three men whose lives were forever changed by WWI-era Boston and the Spanish flu: baseball star Babe Ruth, symphony conductor Karl Muck, and Harvard law student Charles Whittlesey. In the fall of 1918, a fever gripped Boston. The streets emptied as paranoia about the deadly Spanish flu spread. Newspapermen and vigilante investigators aggressively sought to discredit anyone who looked or sounded German. And as the war raged on, the enemy seemed to be lurking everywhere: prowling in submarines off the coast of Cape Cod, arriving on passenger ships in the harbor, or disguised as the radicals lecturing workers about the injustice of a sixty-hour workweek. War Fever explores this delirious moment in American history through the stories of three men: Karl Muck, the German conductor of the Boston Symphony Orchestra, accused of being an enemy spy; Charles Whittlesey, a Harvard law graduate who became an unlikely hero in Europe; and the most famous baseball player of all time, Babe Ruth, poised to revolutionize the game he loved. Together, they offer a gripping narrative of America at war and American culture in upheaval.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sutherland Springs: God, Guns, and Hope in a Texas Town by Joe Holley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405286</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sutherland Springs: God, Guns, and Hope in a Texas Town
Author: Joe Holley
Narrator: Joe Holley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One part Columbine, one part God Save Texas, Joe Holley&amp;#039;s riveting, compassionate book examines the 2017 mass shooting at a church in a small Texas town, revealing the struggles and triumphs of these fellow Texans long after the satellite news trucks have gone.   Sutherland Springs was the last place anyone would have expected to be victimized by our modern-day scourge of mass shootings. Founded in the 1850s along historic Cibolo Creek, the tiny community, named for the designated physician during the siege of the Alamo, was once a vibrant destination for wealthy tourists looking to soak up the &amp;#039;cures&amp;#039; of its namesake mineral springs. By November 5, 2017, however, the day a former Air Force enlistee opened fire in the town&amp;#039;s First Baptist Church, Sutherland Springs was a shadow of its former self. Twenty-six people died that Sunday morning, in the worst mass shooting in a place of worship in American history.  Holley, who roams the Lone Star State as the &amp;#039;Native Texan&amp;#039; columnist for the Houston Chronicle and earned a Pulitzer- Prize nomination for his editorials about guns, spent more than a year embedded in the community. Long after most journalists had left, he stayed with his fellow Texans, getting to know a close-knit group of people - victims, heroes, and survivors. Holley shows how they work to come to terms with their loss and to rebuild shattered lives, marked by their deep faith in God and in guns. He also uses Sutherland Springs&amp;#039; unique history and its decades-long decline as a prism for understanding how an act of unspeakable violence reflects the complicated realities of Texas and America in the twenty-first century.</description>
      <author>Joe Holley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549184215.mp3" length="805254" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405286</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549184215.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sutherland Springs: God, Guns, and Hope in a Texas Town
Author: Joe Holley
Narrator: Joe Holley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One part Columbine, one part God Save Texas, Joe Holley&amp;#039;s riveting, compassionate book examines the 2017 mass shooting at a church in a small Texas town, revealing the struggles and triumphs of these fellow Texans long after the satellite news trucks have gone.   Sutherland Springs was the last place anyone would have expected to be victimized by our modern-day scourge of mass shootings. Founded in the 1850s along historic Cibolo Creek, the tiny community, named for the designated physician during the siege of the Alamo, was once a vibrant destination for wealthy tourists looking to soak up the &amp;#039;cures&amp;#039; of its namesake mineral springs. By November 5, 2017, however, the day a former Air Force enlistee opened fire in the town&amp;#039;s First Baptist Church, Sutherland Springs was a shadow of its former self. Twenty-six people died that Sunday morning, in the worst mass shooting in a place of worship in American history.  Holley, who roams the Lone Star State as the &amp;#039;Native Texan&amp;#039; columnist for the Houston Chronicle and earned a Pulitzer- Prize nomination for his editorials about guns, spent more than a year embedded in the community. Long after most journalists had left, he stayed with his fellow Texans, getting to know a close-knit group of people - victims, heroes, and survivors. Holley shows how they work to come to terms with their loss and to rebuild shattered lives, marked by their deep faith in God and in guns. He also uses Sutherland Springs&amp;#039; unique history and its decades-long decline as a prism for understanding how an act of unspeakable violence reflects the complicated realities of Texas and America in the twenty-first century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405286">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405286</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sutherland Springs: God, Guns, and Hope in a Texas Town
Author: Joe Holley
Narrator: Joe Holley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One part Columbine, one part God Save Texas, Joe Holley&amp;#039;s riveting, compassionate book examines the 2017 mass shooting at a church in a small Texas town, revealing the struggles and triumphs of these fellow Texans long after the satellite news trucks have gone.   Sutherland Springs was the last place anyone would have expected to be victimized by our modern-day scourge of mass shootings. Founded in the 1850s along historic Cibolo Creek, the tiny community, named for the designated physician during the siege of the Alamo, was once a vibrant destination for wealthy tourists looking to soak up the &amp;#039;cures&amp;#039; of its namesake mineral springs. By November 5, 2017, however, the day a former Air Force enlistee opened fire in the town&amp;#039;s First Baptist Church, Sutherland Springs was a shadow of its former self. Twenty-six people died that Sunday morning, in the worst mass shooting in a place of worship in American history.  Holley, who roams the Lone Star State as the &amp;#039;Native Texan&amp;#039; columnist for the Houston Chronicle and earned a Pulitzer- Prize nomination for his editorials about guns, spent more than a year embedded in the community. Long after most journalists had left, he stayed with his fellow Texans, getting to know a close-knit group of people - victims, heroes, and survivors. Holley shows how they work to come to terms with their loss and to rebuild shattered lives, marked by their deep faith in God and in guns. He also uses Sutherland Springs&amp;#039; unique history and its decades-long decline as a prism for understanding how an act of unspeakable violence reflects the complicated realities of Texas and America in the twenty-first century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hell Week and Beyond: The Making of a Navy SEAL by Scott McEwen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405133</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hell Week and Beyond: The Making of a Navy SEAL
Author: Scott McEwen
Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Follow America&amp;#039;s elite warriors through the military&amp;#039;s most grueling training and learn how they survive real special operations. ​ Of the 18 months required to become a Navy SEAL, one week will cause over half of the trainees to quit (&amp;quot;ring the bell&amp;quot;). Only the toughest make it through. In Hell Week and Beyond, Scott McEwen takes the readers to the sands of Coronado Beach in San Diego, where Navy SEALs are put through the most grueling training known to mankind. Grit, commitment, heart, and soul are needed to become a SEAL, because these are the elite forces who go into the toughest battles for America. Many of the most well-known SEAL warriors have been interviewed for this book, providing the stories of what got them through and the humor of those that made it. (Those that make it almost always have one thing in common: humor. Find out why!) Part Top Gun, part Bull Durham, this book delivers that goods for those in the know, as well as general readers who admire the elite forces for all they do.</description>
      <author>Scott McEwen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 May 2021 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549179006.mp3" length="887610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405133</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549179006.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hell Week and Beyond: The Making of a Navy SEAL
Author: Scott McEwen
Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Follow America&amp;#039;s elite warriors through the military&amp;#039;s most grueling training and learn how they survive real special operations. ​ Of the 18 months required to become a Navy SEAL, one week will cause over half of the trainees to quit (&amp;quot;ring the bell&amp;quot;). Only the toughest make it through. In Hell Week and Beyond, Scott McEwen takes the readers to the sands of Coronado Beach in San Diego, where Navy SEALs are put through the most grueling training known to mankind. Grit, commitment, heart, and soul are needed to become a SEAL, because these are the elite forces who go into the toughest battles for America. Many of the most well-known SEAL warriors have been interviewed for this book, providing the stories of what got them through and the humor of those that made it. (Those that make it almost always have one thing in common: humor. Find out why!) Part Top Gun, part Bull Durham, this book delivers that goods for those in the know, as well as general readers who admire the elite forces for all they do.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hell Week and Beyond: The Making of a Navy SEAL
Author: Scott McEwen
Narrator: Kiff Vandenheuvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Follow America&amp;#039;s elite warriors through the military&amp;#039;s most grueling training and learn how they survive real special operations. ​ Of the 18 months required to become a Navy SEAL, one week will cause over half of the trainees to quit (&amp;quot;ring the bell&amp;quot;). Only the toughest make it through. In Hell Week and Beyond, Scott McEwen takes the readers to the sands of Coronado Beach in San Diego, where Navy SEALs are put through the most grueling training known to mankind. Grit, commitment, heart, and soul are needed to become a SEAL, because these are the elite forces who go into the toughest battles for America. Many of the most well-known SEAL warriors have been interviewed for this book, providing the stories of what got them through and the humor of those that made it. (Those that make it almost always have one thing in common: humor. Find out why!) Part Top Gun, part Bull Durham, this book delivers that goods for those in the know, as well as general readers who admire the elite forces for all they do.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deep Delta Justice: A Black Teen, His Lawyer, and Their Groundbreaking Battle for Civil Rights in the South by Matthew Van Meter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405128</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deep Delta Justice: A Black Teen, His Lawyer, and Their Groundbreaking Battle for Civil Rights in the South
Author: Matthew Van Meter
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for 2021 Audie Award in History/Biography The book that inspired the documentary A Crime on the Bayou 2021 Chautauqua Prize Finalist The &amp;quot;arresting, astonishing history&amp;quot; of one lawyer and his defendant who together achieved a &amp;quot;civil rights milestone&amp;quot; (Justin Driver). In 1966 in a small town in Louisiana, a 19-year-old black man named Gary Duncan pulled his car off the road to stop a fight. Duncan was arrested a few minutes later for the crime of putting his hand on the arm of a white child. Rather than accepting his fate, Duncan found Richard Sobol, a brilliant, 29-year-old lawyer from New York who was the only white attorney at &amp;quot;the most radical law firm&amp;quot; in New Orleans. Against them stood one of the most powerful white supremacists in the South, a man called simply &amp;quot;The Judge.&amp;quot; In this powerful work of character-driven history, journalist Matthew Van Meter vividly brings alive how a seemingly minor incident brought massive, systemic change to the criminal justice system. Using first-person interviews, in-depth research and a deep knowledge of the law, Van Meter shows how Gary Duncan&amp;#039;s insistence on seeking justice empowered generations of defendants-disproportionately poor and black-to demand fair trials. Duncan v. Louisiana changed American law, but first it changed the lives of those who litigated it.</description>
      <author>Matthew Van Meter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478947318.mp3" length="884510" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405128</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478947318.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deep Delta Justice: A Black Teen, His Lawyer, and Their Groundbreaking Battle for Civil Rights in the South
Author: Matthew Van Meter
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for 2021 Audie Award in History/Biography The book that inspired the documentary A Crime on the Bayou 2021 Chautauqua Prize Finalist The &amp;quot;arresting, astonishing history&amp;quot; of one lawyer and his defendant who together achieved a &amp;quot;civil rights milestone&amp;quot; (Justin Driver). In 1966 in a small town in Louisiana, a 19-year-old black man named Gary Duncan pulled his car off the road to stop a fight. Duncan was arrested a few minutes later for the crime of putting his hand on the arm of a white child. Rather than accepting his fate, Duncan found Richard Sobol, a brilliant, 29-year-old lawyer from New York who was the only white attorney at &amp;quot;the most radical law firm&amp;quot; in New Orleans. Against them stood one of the most powerful white supremacists in the South, a man called simply &amp;quot;The Judge.&amp;quot; In this powerful work of character-driven history, journalist Matthew Van Meter vividly brings alive how a seemingly minor incident brought massive, systemic change to the criminal justice system. Using first-person interviews, in-depth research and a deep knowledge of the law, Van Meter shows how Gary Duncan&amp;#039;s insistence on seeking justice empowered generations of defendants-disproportionately poor and black-to demand fair trials. Duncan v. Louisiana changed American law, but first it changed the lives of those who litigated it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deep Delta Justice: A Black Teen, His Lawyer, and Their Groundbreaking Battle for Civil Rights in the South
Author: Matthew Van Meter
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for 2021 Audie Award in History/Biography The book that inspired the documentary A Crime on the Bayou 2021 Chautauqua Prize Finalist The &amp;quot;arresting, astonishing history&amp;quot; of one lawyer and his defendant who together achieved a &amp;quot;civil rights milestone&amp;quot; (Justin Driver). In 1966 in a small town in Louisiana, a 19-year-old black man named Gary Duncan pulled his car off the road to stop a fight. Duncan was arrested a few minutes later for the crime of putting his hand on the arm of a white child. Rather than accepting his fate, Duncan found Richard Sobol, a brilliant, 29-year-old lawyer from New York who was the only white attorney at &amp;quot;the most radical law firm&amp;quot; in New Orleans. Against them stood one of the most powerful white supremacists in the South, a man called simply &amp;quot;The Judge.&amp;quot; In this powerful work of character-driven history, journalist Matthew Van Meter vividly brings alive how a seemingly minor incident brought massive, systemic change to the criminal justice system. Using first-person interviews, in-depth research and a deep knowledge of the law, Van Meter shows how Gary Duncan&amp;#039;s insistence on seeking justice empowered generations of defendants-disproportionately poor and black-to demand fair trials. Duncan v. Louisiana changed American law, but first it changed the lives of those who litigated it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>&amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039;: Eleven Fateful Days after Gettysburg: July 4 - 14, 1863 by Richard R. Schaus, Thomas J. Ryan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: &amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039;: Eleven Fateful Days after Gettysburg: July 4 - 14, 1863
Author: Richard R. Schaus, Thomas J. Ryan
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039;: Eleven Fateful Days after Gettysburg: July 4 to July 14, 1863 focuses on the immediate aftermath of the battle of Gettysburg and addresses how Maj. Gen. George G. Meade organized and motivated his Army of the Potomac in response to President Abraham Lincoln&amp;#039;s mandate to bring about the &amp;#039;literal or substantial destruction&amp;#039; of Gen. Robert E. Lee&amp;#039;s retreating Army of Northern Virginia. The eleven-day period after Gettysburg was a battle of wits to determine which commander better understood the information he received, and directed the movements of his army accordingly. Prepare for some surprising revelations. Woven into this account is the fate of thousands of Union prisoners who envisioned rescue to avoid incarceration in wretched Confederate prisons, and a characterization of how the Union and Confederate media portrayed the ongoing conflict for consumption on the home front. &amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039; is a sequel to Thomas Ryan&amp;#039;s Spies, Scouts, and Secrets in the Gettysburg Campaign, the recipient of the Bachelder-Coddington Literary Award and Gettysburg Civil War Round Table Distinguished Book Award.</description>
      <author>Richard R. Schaus, Thomas J. Ryan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977364845.mp3" length="7921090" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977364845.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: &amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039;: Eleven Fateful Days after Gettysburg: July 4 - 14, 1863
Author: Richard R. Schaus, Thomas J. Ryan
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039;: Eleven Fateful Days after Gettysburg: July 4 to July 14, 1863 focuses on the immediate aftermath of the battle of Gettysburg and addresses how Maj. Gen. George G. Meade organized and motivated his Army of the Potomac in response to President Abraham Lincoln&amp;#039;s mandate to bring about the &amp;#039;literal or substantial destruction&amp;#039; of Gen. Robert E. Lee&amp;#039;s retreating Army of Northern Virginia. The eleven-day period after Gettysburg was a battle of wits to determine which commander better understood the information he received, and directed the movements of his army accordingly. Prepare for some surprising revelations. Woven into this account is the fate of thousands of Union prisoners who envisioned rescue to avoid incarceration in wretched Confederate prisons, and a characterization of how the Union and Confederate media portrayed the ongoing conflict for consumption on the home front. &amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039; is a sequel to Thomas Ryan&amp;#039;s Spies, Scouts, and Secrets in the Gettysburg Campaign, the recipient of the Bachelder-Coddington Literary Award and Gettysburg Civil War Round Table Distinguished Book Award.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: &amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039;: Eleven Fateful Days after Gettysburg: July 4 - 14, 1863
Author: Richard R. Schaus, Thomas J. Ryan
Narrator: David Stifel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039;: Eleven Fateful Days after Gettysburg: July 4 to July 14, 1863 focuses on the immediate aftermath of the battle of Gettysburg and addresses how Maj. Gen. George G. Meade organized and motivated his Army of the Potomac in response to President Abraham Lincoln&amp;#039;s mandate to bring about the &amp;#039;literal or substantial destruction&amp;#039; of Gen. Robert E. Lee&amp;#039;s retreating Army of Northern Virginia. The eleven-day period after Gettysburg was a battle of wits to determine which commander better understood the information he received, and directed the movements of his army accordingly. Prepare for some surprising revelations. Woven into this account is the fate of thousands of Union prisoners who envisioned rescue to avoid incarceration in wretched Confederate prisons, and a characterization of how the Union and Confederate media portrayed the ongoing conflict for consumption on the home front. &amp;#039;Lee is Trapped, and Must be Taken&amp;#039; is a sequel to Thomas Ryan&amp;#039;s Spies, Scouts, and Secrets in the Gettysburg Campaign, the recipient of the Bachelder-Coddington Literary Award and Gettysburg Civil War Round Table Distinguished Book Award.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last Day Of JFK by BBC Audio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404637</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404637">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404637</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Day Of JFK
Author: BBC Audio
Narrator: Alistair Cooke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2013
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Two BBC Radio programmes exploring President John F. Kennedy&amp;#039;s shocking assassination on 22 November 1963. In Something Is Terribly Wrong, first broadcast in 2003, Alan Thompson charts the confusion and disbelief after the assassination. He returns to key sites in Dallas, and talks to eyewitnesses including Nellie Connally (ex-First Lady of Texas), Jim Leavelle (ex-Dallas detective), Jim Ewell (ex Dallas Morning News correspondent), Aubry Rike (ambulance driver/witness), and Ken Dowe, from Dallas radio station KLIF. Using rare, vivid archive material, he relives the events as they unfolded over three days that shocked the world. In Letter from America, first broadcast two days after the President&amp;#039;s assassination, renowned broadcaster Alistair Cooke uses his weekly radio missive to reflect upon the legacy of John F. Kennedy, and to observe that the American nation feels it has been robbed of a brother.</description>
      <author>BBC Audio</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Sep 2013 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781471341380.mp3" length="1462421" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404637</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781471341380.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404637">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404637</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Day Of JFK
Author: BBC Audio
Narrator: Alistair Cooke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2013
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Two BBC Radio programmes exploring President John F. Kennedy&amp;#039;s shocking assassination on 22 November 1963. In Something Is Terribly Wrong, first broadcast in 2003, Alan Thompson charts the confusion and disbelief after the assassination. He returns to key sites in Dallas, and talks to eyewitnesses including Nellie Connally (ex-First Lady of Texas), Jim Leavelle (ex-Dallas detective), Jim Ewell (ex Dallas Morning News correspondent), Aubry Rike (ambulance driver/witness), and Ken Dowe, from Dallas radio station KLIF. Using rare, vivid archive material, he relives the events as they unfolded over three days that shocked the world. In Letter from America, first broadcast two days after the President&amp;#039;s assassination, renowned broadcaster Alistair Cooke uses his weekly radio missive to reflect upon the legacy of John F. Kennedy, and to observe that the American nation feels it has been robbed of a brother.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404637">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404637</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Day Of JFK
Author: BBC Audio
Narrator: Alistair Cooke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 10 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2013
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Two BBC Radio programmes exploring President John F. Kennedy&amp;#039;s shocking assassination on 22 November 1963. In Something Is Terribly Wrong, first broadcast in 2003, Alan Thompson charts the confusion and disbelief after the assassination. He returns to key sites in Dallas, and talks to eyewitnesses including Nellie Connally (ex-First Lady of Texas), Jim Leavelle (ex-Dallas detective), Jim Ewell (ex Dallas Morning News correspondent), Aubry Rike (ambulance driver/witness), and Ken Dowe, from Dallas radio station KLIF. Using rare, vivid archive material, he relives the events as they unfolded over three days that shocked the world. In Letter from America, first broadcast two days after the President&amp;#039;s assassination, renowned broadcaster Alistair Cooke uses his weekly radio missive to reflect upon the legacy of John F. Kennedy, and to observe that the American nation feels it has been robbed of a brother.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Someone Is Out to Get Us: A Not So Brief History of Cold War Paranoia and Madness by Brian Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404424</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Someone Is Out to Get Us: A Not So Brief History of Cold War Paranoia and Madness
Author: Brian Brown
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From UFOs to Dr. Strangelove, LSD experiments to Richard Nixon, author Brian Brown investigates the paranoid, panicked history of the Cold War. In Someone Is Out to Get Us, Brian T. Brown explores the delusions, absurdities, and best-kept secrets of the Cold War, during which the United States fought an enemy of its own making for over forty years -- and nearly scared itself to death in the process. The nation chose to fear a chimera, a rotting communist empire that couldn&amp;#039;t even feed itself, only for it to be revealed that what lay behind the Iron Curtain was only a sad Potemkin village. In fact, one of the greatest threats to our national security may have been our closest ally. The most effective spy cell the Soviets ever had was made up of aristocratic Englishmen schooled at Cambridge. Establishing a communist peril but lacking proof, J. Edgar Hoover became our Big Brother, and Joseph McCarthy went hunting for witches. Richard Nixon stepped into the spotlight as an opportunistic, ruthless Cold Warrior; his criminal cover-up during a dark presidency was exposed by a Deep Throat in a parking garage. Someone Is Out to Get Us is the true and complete account of a long-misunderstood period of history during which lies, conspiracies, and paranoia led Americans into a state of madness and misunderstanding, too distracted by fictions to realize that the real enemy was looking back at them in the mirror the whole time.</description>
      <author>Brian Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549194849.mp3" length="842816" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404424</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549194849.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Someone Is Out to Get Us: A Not So Brief History of Cold War Paranoia and Madness
Author: Brian Brown
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From UFOs to Dr. Strangelove, LSD experiments to Richard Nixon, author Brian Brown investigates the paranoid, panicked history of the Cold War. In Someone Is Out to Get Us, Brian T. Brown explores the delusions, absurdities, and best-kept secrets of the Cold War, during which the United States fought an enemy of its own making for over forty years -- and nearly scared itself to death in the process. The nation chose to fear a chimera, a rotting communist empire that couldn&amp;#039;t even feed itself, only for it to be revealed that what lay behind the Iron Curtain was only a sad Potemkin village. In fact, one of the greatest threats to our national security may have been our closest ally. The most effective spy cell the Soviets ever had was made up of aristocratic Englishmen schooled at Cambridge. Establishing a communist peril but lacking proof, J. Edgar Hoover became our Big Brother, and Joseph McCarthy went hunting for witches. Richard Nixon stepped into the spotlight as an opportunistic, ruthless Cold Warrior; his criminal cover-up during a dark presidency was exposed by a Deep Throat in a parking garage. Someone Is Out to Get Us is the true and complete account of a long-misunderstood period of history during which lies, conspiracies, and paranoia led Americans into a state of madness and misunderstanding, too distracted by fictions to realize that the real enemy was looking back at them in the mirror the whole time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Someone Is Out to Get Us: A Not So Brief History of Cold War Paranoia and Madness
Author: Brian Brown
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From UFOs to Dr. Strangelove, LSD experiments to Richard Nixon, author Brian Brown investigates the paranoid, panicked history of the Cold War. In Someone Is Out to Get Us, Brian T. Brown explores the delusions, absurdities, and best-kept secrets of the Cold War, during which the United States fought an enemy of its own making for over forty years -- and nearly scared itself to death in the process. The nation chose to fear a chimera, a rotting communist empire that couldn&amp;#039;t even feed itself, only for it to be revealed that what lay behind the Iron Curtain was only a sad Potemkin village. In fact, one of the greatest threats to our national security may have been our closest ally. The most effective spy cell the Soviets ever had was made up of aristocratic Englishmen schooled at Cambridge. Establishing a communist peril but lacking proof, J. Edgar Hoover became our Big Brother, and Joseph McCarthy went hunting for witches. Richard Nixon stepped into the spotlight as an opportunistic, ruthless Cold Warrior; his criminal cover-up during a dark presidency was exposed by a Deep Throat in a parking garage. Someone Is Out to Get Us is the true and complete account of a long-misunderstood period of history during which lies, conspiracies, and paranoia led Americans into a state of madness and misunderstanding, too distracted by fictions to realize that the real enemy was looking back at them in the mirror the whole time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Life and Adventures of Nat Love by Nat Love</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404143</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Life and Adventures of Nat Love
Author: Nat Love
Narrator: Chris Matthews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Thousands of black cowpunchers drove cattle up the Chisholm Trail after the Civil War, but only Nat Love wrote about his experiences. Born to slaves in Davidson County, Tennessee, the newly freed Love struck out for Kansas after the war. He was fifteen and already endowed with a reckless and romantic readiness. In wide-open Dodge City he joined up with an outfit from the Texas Panhandle to begin a career riding the range and fighting Indians, outlaws, and the elements. Years later he would say, &amp;quot;I had an unusually adventurous life.&amp;quot;   That was rare understatement. More characteristic was Love&amp;#039;s claim: &amp;quot;I carry the marks of fourteen bullet wounds on different parts of my body, most any one of which would be sufficient to kill an ordinary man, but I am not even crippled.&amp;quot; In 1876 a virtuoso rodeo performance in Deadwood, Dakota Territory, won him the moniker of Deadwood Dic-k. He became known as DD all over the West, entering into dime novels as a mysteriously dark and heroic presence. This vivid autobiography includes encounters with Bat Masterson and Billy the Kid, a soon-after view of the Custer battlefield, and a successful courtship. Love left the range in 1890, the year of the official closing of the frontier. Then, as a Pullman train conductor he traveled his old trails, and those good times bring his story to a satisfying end.</description>
      <author>Nat Love</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982783327.mp3" length="1357741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404143</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982783327.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Life and Adventures of Nat Love
Author: Nat Love
Narrator: Chris Matthews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Thousands of black cowpunchers drove cattle up the Chisholm Trail after the Civil War, but only Nat Love wrote about his experiences. Born to slaves in Davidson County, Tennessee, the newly freed Love struck out for Kansas after the war. He was fifteen and already endowed with a reckless and romantic readiness. In wide-open Dodge City he joined up with an outfit from the Texas Panhandle to begin a career riding the range and fighting Indians, outlaws, and the elements. Years later he would say, &amp;quot;I had an unusually adventurous life.&amp;quot;   That was rare understatement. More characteristic was Love&amp;#039;s claim: &amp;quot;I carry the marks of fourteen bullet wounds on different parts of my body, most any one of which would be sufficient to kill an ordinary man, but I am not even crippled.&amp;quot; In 1876 a virtuoso rodeo performance in Deadwood, Dakota Territory, won him the moniker of Deadwood Dic-k. He became known as DD all over the West, entering into dime novels as a mysteriously dark and heroic presence. This vivid autobiography includes encounters with Bat Masterson and Billy the Kid, a soon-after view of the Custer battlefield, and a successful courtship. Love left the range in 1890, the year of the official closing of the frontier. Then, as a Pullman train conductor he traveled his old trails, and those good times bring his story to a satisfying end.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Life and Adventures of Nat Love
Author: Nat Love
Narrator: Chris Matthews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Thousands of black cowpunchers drove cattle up the Chisholm Trail after the Civil War, but only Nat Love wrote about his experiences. Born to slaves in Davidson County, Tennessee, the newly freed Love struck out for Kansas after the war. He was fifteen and already endowed with a reckless and romantic readiness. In wide-open Dodge City he joined up with an outfit from the Texas Panhandle to begin a career riding the range and fighting Indians, outlaws, and the elements. Years later he would say, &amp;quot;I had an unusually adventurous life.&amp;quot;   That was rare understatement. More characteristic was Love&amp;#039;s claim: &amp;quot;I carry the marks of fourteen bullet wounds on different parts of my body, most any one of which would be sufficient to kill an ordinary man, but I am not even crippled.&amp;quot; In 1876 a virtuoso rodeo performance in Deadwood, Dakota Territory, won him the moniker of Deadwood Dic-k. He became known as DD all over the West, entering into dime novels as a mysteriously dark and heroic presence. This vivid autobiography includes encounters with Bat Masterson and Billy the Kid, a soon-after view of the Custer battlefield, and a successful courtship. Love left the range in 1890, the year of the official closing of the frontier. Then, as a Pullman train conductor he traveled his old trails, and those good times bring his story to a satisfying end.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American War of Independence: A History by Dk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404064</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404064">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404064</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American War of Independence: A History
Author: Dk
Narrator: William Roberts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An easy-to-listen-to audiobook about the American War of Independence - one of the most important events of Western history - in DK&amp;#039;s inimitable style, narrated by Bill Roberts. The Declaration of Independence is one of the most pivotal documents in Western history, along with the Magna Carta and Emancipation Proclamation. Almost two hundred and fifty years after the founding fathers signed the Declaration and heralded the birth of the United States, the story of how America overthrew the British is as meaningful today as when the ink was still wet on the page. This audiobook explains the story of every major military action with comprehensive timelines for every stage of the Revolutionary War. This account also includes revealing first-person accounts by soldiers and civilians, as well as discussion of the treatment of prisoners and what the wars meant for women, Native Americans and African Americans.  The American War of Independence: A History brings the drama of the Revolutionary War to life with DK&amp;#039;s unique compelling narrative. © 2016 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2019 DK Audio</description>
      <author>Dk</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241448298.mp3" length="1394753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404064</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241448298.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404064">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404064</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American War of Independence: A History
Author: Dk
Narrator: William Roberts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An easy-to-listen-to audiobook about the American War of Independence - one of the most important events of Western history - in DK&amp;#039;s inimitable style, narrated by Bill Roberts. The Declaration of Independence is one of the most pivotal documents in Western history, along with the Magna Carta and Emancipation Proclamation. Almost two hundred and fifty years after the founding fathers signed the Declaration and heralded the birth of the United States, the story of how America overthrew the British is as meaningful today as when the ink was still wet on the page. This audiobook explains the story of every major military action with comprehensive timelines for every stage of the Revolutionary War. This account also includes revealing first-person accounts by soldiers and civilians, as well as discussion of the treatment of prisoners and what the wars meant for women, Native Americans and African Americans.  The American War of Independence: A History brings the drama of the Revolutionary War to life with DK&amp;#039;s unique compelling narrative. © 2016 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2019 DK Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404064">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404064</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American War of Independence: A History
Author: Dk
Narrator: William Roberts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An easy-to-listen-to audiobook about the American War of Independence - one of the most important events of Western history - in DK&amp;#039;s inimitable style, narrated by Bill Roberts. The Declaration of Independence is one of the most pivotal documents in Western history, along with the Magna Carta and Emancipation Proclamation. Almost two hundred and fifty years after the founding fathers signed the Declaration and heralded the birth of the United States, the story of how America overthrew the British is as meaningful today as when the ink was still wet on the page. This audiobook explains the story of every major military action with comprehensive timelines for every stage of the Revolutionary War. This account also includes revealing first-person accounts by soldiers and civilians, as well as discussion of the treatment of prisoners and what the wars meant for women, Native Americans and African Americans.  The American War of Independence: A History brings the drama of the Revolutionary War to life with DK&amp;#039;s unique compelling narrative. © 2016 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2019 DK Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Black Cabinet: The Untold Story of African Americans and Politics During the Age of Roosevelt by Jill Watts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404042</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Cabinet: The Untold Story of African Americans and Politics During the Age of Roosevelt
Author: Jill Watts
Narrator: Bahni Turpin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the early 20th century, most African Americans still lived in the South, disenfranchised, impoverished, terrorized by white violence, and denied the basic rights of citizenship. As the Democrats swept into the White House on a wave of black defectors from the Party of Lincoln, a group of African American intellectuals―legal minds, social scientists, media folk―sought to get the community’s needs on the table. This would become the Black Cabinet, a group of African American racial affairs experts working throughout the New Deal, forming an unofficial advisory council to lobby the President. But with the white Southern vote so important to the fortunes of the Party, the path would be far from smooth. Most prominent in the Black Cabinet were Mary McLeod Bethune, an educator close to Eleanor Roosevelt, and her “boys”: Robert Weaver, a Harvard-educated economist who pioneered enforcement standards for federal anti-discrimination guidelines (and, years later, the first African American Cabinet secretary); Bill Hastie, a lawyer who would become a federal appellate judge; Al Smith, head of the largest black jobs program in the New Deal at the WPA; and Robert Vann, a newspaper publisher whose unstinting reporting on the administration’s shortcomings would keep his erstwhile colleagues honest. Ralph Bunche, Walter White of the NAACP, A. Philip Randolph, and others are part of the story as well. But the Black Cabinet was never officially recognized by FDR, and with the demise of the New Deal, it disappeared from history. Jill Watts’s The Black Cabinet is a dramatic full-scale examination of a forgotten moment that speaks directly to our own.</description>
      <author>Jill Watts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593285824.mp3" length="2821966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404042</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593285824.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Cabinet: The Untold Story of African Americans and Politics During the Age of Roosevelt
Author: Jill Watts
Narrator: Bahni Turpin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the early 20th century, most African Americans still lived in the South, disenfranchised, impoverished, terrorized by white violence, and denied the basic rights of citizenship. As the Democrats swept into the White House on a wave of black defectors from the Party of Lincoln, a group of African American intellectuals―legal minds, social scientists, media folk―sought to get the community’s needs on the table. This would become the Black Cabinet, a group of African American racial affairs experts working throughout the New Deal, forming an unofficial advisory council to lobby the President. But with the white Southern vote so important to the fortunes of the Party, the path would be far from smooth. Most prominent in the Black Cabinet were Mary McLeod Bethune, an educator close to Eleanor Roosevelt, and her “boys”: Robert Weaver, a Harvard-educated economist who pioneered enforcement standards for federal anti-discrimination guidelines (and, years later, the first African American Cabinet secretary); Bill Hastie, a lawyer who would become a federal appellate judge; Al Smith, head of the largest black jobs program in the New Deal at the WPA; and Robert Vann, a newspaper publisher whose unstinting reporting on the administration’s shortcomings would keep his erstwhile colleagues honest. Ralph Bunche, Walter White of the NAACP, A. Philip Randolph, and others are part of the story as well. But the Black Cabinet was never officially recognized by FDR, and with the demise of the New Deal, it disappeared from history. Jill Watts’s The Black Cabinet is a dramatic full-scale examination of a forgotten moment that speaks directly to our own.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404042">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404042</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Cabinet: The Untold Story of African Americans and Politics During the Age of Roosevelt
Author: Jill Watts
Narrator: Bahni Turpin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the early 20th century, most African Americans still lived in the South, disenfranchised, impoverished, terrorized by white violence, and denied the basic rights of citizenship. As the Democrats swept into the White House on a wave of black defectors from the Party of Lincoln, a group of African American intellectuals―legal minds, social scientists, media folk―sought to get the community’s needs on the table. This would become the Black Cabinet, a group of African American racial affairs experts working throughout the New Deal, forming an unofficial advisory council to lobby the President. But with the white Southern vote so important to the fortunes of the Party, the path would be far from smooth. Most prominent in the Black Cabinet were Mary McLeod Bethune, an educator close to Eleanor Roosevelt, and her “boys”: Robert Weaver, a Harvard-educated economist who pioneered enforcement standards for federal anti-discrimination guidelines (and, years later, the first African American Cabinet secretary); Bill Hastie, a lawyer who would become a federal appellate judge; Al Smith, head of the largest black jobs program in the New Deal at the WPA; and Robert Vann, a newspaper publisher whose unstinting reporting on the administration’s shortcomings would keep his erstwhile colleagues honest. Ralph Bunche, Walter White of the NAACP, A. Philip Randolph, and others are part of the story as well. But the Black Cabinet was never officially recognized by FDR, and with the demise of the New Deal, it disappeared from history. Jill Watts’s The Black Cabinet is a dramatic full-scale examination of a forgotten moment that speaks directly to our own.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Oligarchs: The Kushners, the Trumps, and the Marriage of Money and Power by Andrea Bernstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404040</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404040">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404040</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Oligarchs: The Kushners, the Trumps, and the Marriage of Money and Power
Author: Andrea Bernstein
Narrator: Andrea Bernstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Bestseller A multigenerational saga of two families, who rose from immigrant roots to the pinnacle of wealth and power, that tracks the unraveling of American democracy. In American Oligarchs, award-winning investigative journalist Andrea Bernstein tells the story of the Trump and Kushner families like never before. Their journey to the White House is a story of survival and loss, crime and betrayal, that stretches from the Klondike Gold Rush, through Nazi-occupied Poland and across the American Century, to our new gilded age. In building and maintaining their dynastic wealth, these families came to embody the rising nationalism and inequality that has pushed the United States to the brink of oligarchy. Building on her landmark reporting for the acclaimed podcast Trump, Inc. and The New Yorker, Bernstein’s painstaking detective work brings to light new information about the families’ arrival as immigrants to America, their paths to success, and the business and personal lives of the president and his closest family members. Bernstein traces how the two families ruthlessly harnessed New York and New Jersey machine politics to gain valuable tax breaks and grew rich on federal programs that bolstered the middle class. She shows how the Trump Organization, denied credit by American banks, turned to shady international capital. She reveals astonishing new details about Charles Kushner’s attempts to ensnare his brother-in-law with a prostitute and explores how Jared Kushner and his father used a venerable New York newspaper to bolster their business empire. Drawing on more than two hundred interviews and more than one hundred thousand pages of documents, many previously unseen or long forgotten, Bernstein shows how the Trumps and the Kushners repeatedly broke rules and then leveraged secrecy, intimidation, and prosecutorial and judicial power to avoid legal consequences. The result is a compelling narrative that details how the Trump and Kushner dynasties encouraged and profited from a system of corruption, dark money, and influence trading, and that reveals the historical turning points and decisions—on taxation, regulation, white-collar crime, and campaign finance laws—that have brought us to where we are today.</description>
      <author>Andrea Bernstein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984828064.mp3" length="2778865" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404040</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984828064.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404040">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404040</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Oligarchs: The Kushners, the Trumps, and the Marriage of Money and Power
Author: Andrea Bernstein
Narrator: Andrea Bernstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Bestseller A multigenerational saga of two families, who rose from immigrant roots to the pinnacle of wealth and power, that tracks the unraveling of American democracy. In American Oligarchs, award-winning investigative journalist Andrea Bernstein tells the story of the Trump and Kushner families like never before. Their journey to the White House is a story of survival and loss, crime and betrayal, that stretches from the Klondike Gold Rush, through Nazi-occupied Poland and across the American Century, to our new gilded age. In building and maintaining their dynastic wealth, these families came to embody the rising nationalism and inequality that has pushed the United States to the brink of oligarchy. Building on her landmark reporting for the acclaimed podcast Trump, Inc. and The New Yorker, Bernstein’s painstaking detective work brings to light new information about the families’ arrival as immigrants to America, their paths to success, and the business and personal lives of the president and his closest family members. Bernstein traces how the two families ruthlessly harnessed New York and New Jersey machine politics to gain valuable tax breaks and grew rich on federal programs that bolstered the middle class. She shows how the Trump Organization, denied credit by American banks, turned to shady international capital. She reveals astonishing new details about Charles Kushner’s attempts to ensnare his brother-in-law with a prostitute and explores how Jared Kushner and his father used a venerable New York newspaper to bolster their business empire. Drawing on more than two hundred interviews and more than one hundred thousand pages of documents, many previously unseen or long forgotten, Bernstein shows how the Trumps and the Kushners repeatedly broke rules and then leveraged secrecy, intimidation, and prosecutorial and judicial power to avoid legal consequences. The result is a compelling narrative that details how the Trump and Kushner dynasties encouraged and profited from a system of corruption, dark money, and influence trading, and that reveals the historical turning points and decisions—on taxation, regulation, white-collar crime, and campaign finance laws—that have brought us to where we are today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404040">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/404040</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Oligarchs: The Kushners, the Trumps, and the Marriage of Money and Power
Author: Andrea Bernstein
Narrator: Andrea Bernstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Bestseller A multigenerational saga of two families, who rose from immigrant roots to the pinnacle of wealth and power, that tracks the unraveling of American democracy. In American Oligarchs, award-winning investigative journalist Andrea Bernstein tells the story of the Trump and Kushner families like never before. Their journey to the White House is a story of survival and loss, crime and betrayal, that stretches from the Klondike Gold Rush, through Nazi-occupied Poland and across the American Century, to our new gilded age. In building and maintaining their dynastic wealth, these families came to embody the rising nationalism and inequality that has pushed the United States to the brink of oligarchy. Building on her landmark reporting for the acclaimed podcast Trump, Inc. and The New Yorker, Bernstein’s painstaking detective work brings to light new information about the families’ arrival as immigrants to America, their paths to success, and the business and personal lives of the president and his closest family members. Bernstein traces how the two families ruthlessly harnessed New York and New Jersey machine politics to gain valuable tax breaks and grew rich on federal programs that bolstered the middle class. She shows how the Trump Organization, denied credit by American banks, turned to shady international capital. She reveals astonishing new details about Charles Kushner’s attempts to ensnare his brother-in-law with a prostitute and explores how Jared Kushner and his father used a venerable New York newspaper to bolster their business empire. Drawing on more than two hundred interviews and more than one hundred thousand pages of documents, many previously unseen or long forgotten, Bernstein shows how the Trumps and the Kushners repeatedly broke rules and then leveraged secrecy, intimidation, and prosecutorial and judicial power to avoid legal consequences. The result is a compelling narrative that details how the Trump and Kushner dynasties encouraged and profited from a system of corruption, dark money, and influence trading, and that reveals the historical turning points and decisions—on taxation, regulation, white-collar crime, and campaign finance laws—that have brought us to where we are today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Standing at Armageddon: A Grassroots History of the Progressive Era by Nell Irvin Painter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403975</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Standing at Armageddon: A Grassroots History of the Progressive Era
Author: Nell Irvin Painter
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Standing at Armageddon is a comprehensive and lively historical account of America&amp;#039;s shift from a rural and agrarian society to an urban and industrial society.</description>
      <author>Nell Irvin Painter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541440432.mp3" length="7781390" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403975</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541440432.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Standing at Armageddon: A Grassroots History of the Progressive Era
Author: Nell Irvin Painter
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Standing at Armageddon is a comprehensive and lively historical account of America&amp;#039;s shift from a rural and agrarian society to an urban and industrial society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403975">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403975</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Standing at Armageddon: A Grassroots History of the Progressive Era
Author: Nell Irvin Painter
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Standing at Armageddon is a comprehensive and lively historical account of America&amp;#039;s shift from a rural and agrarian society to an urban and industrial society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All This Marvelous Potential: Robert Kennedy&amp;#039;s 1968 Tour of Appalachia by Matthew Algeo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403902</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All This Marvelous Potential: Robert Kennedy&amp;#039;s 1968 Tour of Appalachia
Author: Matthew Algeo
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the winter of 1967–68, Robert F. Kennedy, then a US Senator from New York, ventured deep into the heart of Appalachia. As acting chairman of a Senate subcommittee on poverty, RFK went to eastern Kentucky to gauge the progress of the War on Poverty. He was deeply disillusioned by what he found. Kennedy learned that job training programs were useless, welfare programs proved insufficient, and jobs were scarce and getting scarcer. Before he&amp;#039;d even left the state, Kennedy had determined the War on Poverty was a failure—and he blamed Lyndon Johnson. Robert Kennedy wasn&amp;#039;t merely on a fact-finding mission, however; he was considering challenging Johnson for the Democratic presidential nomination, but he needed support from white voters to win it. His trip to eastern Kentucky was an opportunity to test his antiwar and antipoverty message with hardscrabble whites. Kennedy encountered deep resentment in the mountains, and a special disdain for establishment politicians. A month after his visit, RFK officially announced he was challenging Johnson for the Democratic nomination. Four months after his visit, he was murdered. He was forty-two. All This Marvelous Potential retraces RFK&amp;#039;s tour of eastern Kentucky and provides a new portrait of the politician—a politician of uncommon courage who was unafraid to shine a light on our shortcomings.</description>
      <author>Matthew Algeo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684577743.mp3" length="7827893" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403902</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684577743.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All This Marvelous Potential: Robert Kennedy&amp;#039;s 1968 Tour of Appalachia
Author: Matthew Algeo
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the winter of 1967–68, Robert F. Kennedy, then a US Senator from New York, ventured deep into the heart of Appalachia. As acting chairman of a Senate subcommittee on poverty, RFK went to eastern Kentucky to gauge the progress of the War on Poverty. He was deeply disillusioned by what he found. Kennedy learned that job training programs were useless, welfare programs proved insufficient, and jobs were scarce and getting scarcer. Before he&amp;#039;d even left the state, Kennedy had determined the War on Poverty was a failure—and he blamed Lyndon Johnson. Robert Kennedy wasn&amp;#039;t merely on a fact-finding mission, however; he was considering challenging Johnson for the Democratic presidential nomination, but he needed support from white voters to win it. His trip to eastern Kentucky was an opportunity to test his antiwar and antipoverty message with hardscrabble whites. Kennedy encountered deep resentment in the mountains, and a special disdain for establishment politicians. A month after his visit, RFK officially announced he was challenging Johnson for the Democratic nomination. Four months after his visit, he was murdered. He was forty-two. All This Marvelous Potential retraces RFK&amp;#039;s tour of eastern Kentucky and provides a new portrait of the politician—a politician of uncommon courage who was unafraid to shine a light on our shortcomings.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All This Marvelous Potential: Robert Kennedy&amp;#039;s 1968 Tour of Appalachia
Author: Matthew Algeo
Narrator: David Colacci
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the winter of 1967–68, Robert F. Kennedy, then a US Senator from New York, ventured deep into the heart of Appalachia. As acting chairman of a Senate subcommittee on poverty, RFK went to eastern Kentucky to gauge the progress of the War on Poverty. He was deeply disillusioned by what he found. Kennedy learned that job training programs were useless, welfare programs proved insufficient, and jobs were scarce and getting scarcer. Before he&amp;#039;d even left the state, Kennedy had determined the War on Poverty was a failure—and he blamed Lyndon Johnson. Robert Kennedy wasn&amp;#039;t merely on a fact-finding mission, however; he was considering challenging Johnson for the Democratic presidential nomination, but he needed support from white voters to win it. His trip to eastern Kentucky was an opportunity to test his antiwar and antipoverty message with hardscrabble whites. Kennedy encountered deep resentment in the mountains, and a special disdain for establishment politicians. A month after his visit, RFK officially announced he was challenging Johnson for the Democratic nomination. Four months after his visit, he was murdered. He was forty-two. All This Marvelous Potential retraces RFK&amp;#039;s tour of eastern Kentucky and provides a new portrait of the politician—a politician of uncommon courage who was unafraid to shine a light on our shortcomings.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prophetic City: Houston on the Cusp of a Changing America by Stephen L. Klineberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403847</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prophetic City: Houston on the Cusp of a Changing America
Author: Stephen L. Klineberg
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Sociologist Stephen Klineberg presents “a trailblazing study” (Kirkus Reviews) that shows how the city of Houston has emerged as a microcosm for America’s future—based on a meticulously researched, thirty-eight-year study of its changing economic, demographic, and cultural landscapes. Houston, Texas, long thought of as a traditionally blue-collar black/white Southern city, has transformed into one of the most ethnically and culturally diverse metro areas in the nation, surpassing even New York by some measures.   With a diversifying economy and large numbers of both highly skilled technical jobs in engineering and medicine and low-skilled minimum-wage jobs in construction, restaurant work, and personal services, Houston has become a magnet for the new divergent streams of immigration that are transforming America in the 21st century. And thanks to an annual systematic survey conducted over the past thirty-eight years, the ongoing changes in attitudes, beliefs, and life experiences have been measured and studied, creating a compelling data-driven map of the challenges and opportunities that are facing Houston and the rest of the country.   In Prophetic City, we’ll meet some of the new Americans, including a family who moved to Houston from Mexico in the early 1980s and is still trying to find work that pays more than poverty wages. There’s a young man born to highly educated Indian parents in an affluent Houston suburb who grows up to become a doctor in the world’s largest medical complex, as well as a white man who struggles with being prematurely pushed out of the workforce when his company downsizes.   “Eye-opening and accessible” (Publishers Weekly), this timely and groundbreaking book tracks the progress of an American city like never before. Houston is at the center of the rapid changes that have redefined the nature of American society itself in the new century, and is where, for better or worse, we can see the American future emerging.</description>
      <author>Stephen L. Klineberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797107899.mp3" length="848943" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403847</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797107899.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prophetic City: Houston on the Cusp of a Changing America
Author: Stephen L. Klineberg
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Sociologist Stephen Klineberg presents “a trailblazing study” (Kirkus Reviews) that shows how the city of Houston has emerged as a microcosm for America’s future—based on a meticulously researched, thirty-eight-year study of its changing economic, demographic, and cultural landscapes. Houston, Texas, long thought of as a traditionally blue-collar black/white Southern city, has transformed into one of the most ethnically and culturally diverse metro areas in the nation, surpassing even New York by some measures.   With a diversifying economy and large numbers of both highly skilled technical jobs in engineering and medicine and low-skilled minimum-wage jobs in construction, restaurant work, and personal services, Houston has become a magnet for the new divergent streams of immigration that are transforming America in the 21st century. And thanks to an annual systematic survey conducted over the past thirty-eight years, the ongoing changes in attitudes, beliefs, and life experiences have been measured and studied, creating a compelling data-driven map of the challenges and opportunities that are facing Houston and the rest of the country.   In Prophetic City, we’ll meet some of the new Americans, including a family who moved to Houston from Mexico in the early 1980s and is still trying to find work that pays more than poverty wages. There’s a young man born to highly educated Indian parents in an affluent Houston suburb who grows up to become a doctor in the world’s largest medical complex, as well as a white man who struggles with being prematurely pushed out of the workforce when his company downsizes.   “Eye-opening and accessible” (Publishers Weekly), this timely and groundbreaking book tracks the progress of an American city like never before. Houston is at the center of the rapid changes that have redefined the nature of American society itself in the new century, and is where, for better or worse, we can see the American future emerging.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Prophetic City: Houston on the Cusp of a Changing America
Author: Stephen L. Klineberg
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Sociologist Stephen Klineberg presents “a trailblazing study” (Kirkus Reviews) that shows how the city of Houston has emerged as a microcosm for America’s future—based on a meticulously researched, thirty-eight-year study of its changing economic, demographic, and cultural landscapes. Houston, Texas, long thought of as a traditionally blue-collar black/white Southern city, has transformed into one of the most ethnically and culturally diverse metro areas in the nation, surpassing even New York by some measures.   With a diversifying economy and large numbers of both highly skilled technical jobs in engineering and medicine and low-skilled minimum-wage jobs in construction, restaurant work, and personal services, Houston has become a magnet for the new divergent streams of immigration that are transforming America in the 21st century. And thanks to an annual systematic survey conducted over the past thirty-eight years, the ongoing changes in attitudes, beliefs, and life experiences have been measured and studied, creating a compelling data-driven map of the challenges and opportunities that are facing Houston and the rest of the country.   In Prophetic City, we’ll meet some of the new Americans, including a family who moved to Houston from Mexico in the early 1980s and is still trying to find work that pays more than poverty wages. There’s a young man born to highly educated Indian parents in an affluent Houston suburb who grows up to become a doctor in the world’s largest medical complex, as well as a white man who struggles with being prematurely pushed out of the workforce when his company downsizes.   “Eye-opening and accessible” (Publishers Weekly), this timely and groundbreaking book tracks the progress of an American city like never before. Houston is at the center of the rapid changes that have redefined the nature of American society itself in the new century, and is where, for better or worse, we can see the American future emerging.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Organ Thieves: The Shocking Story of the First Heart Transplant in the Segregated South by Chip Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403843</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Organ Thieves: The Shocking Story of the First Heart Transplant in the Segregated South
Author: Chip Jones
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks meets Get Out in this “startling…powerful” (Kirkus Reviews) investigation of racial inequality at the core of the heart transplant race.  In 1968, Bruce Tucker, a black man, went into Virginia’s top research hospital with a head injury, only to have his heart taken out of his body and put into the chest of a white businessman. Now, in The Organ Thieves, Pulitzer Prize–nominated journalist Chip Jones exposes the horrifying inequality surrounding Tucker’s death and how he was used as a human guinea pig without his family’s permission or knowledge.    The circumstances surrounding his death reflect the long legacy of mistreating African Americans that began more than a century before with cadaver harvesting and worse. It culminated in efforts to win the heart transplant race in the late 1960s. Featuring years of research and fresh reporting, along with a foreword from social justice activist Ben Jealous, “this powerful book weaves together a medical mystery, a legal drama, and a sweeping history, its characters confronting unprecedented issues of life and death under the shadows of centuries of racial injustice” (Edward L. Ayers, author of The Promise of the New South).</description>
      <author>Chip Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797108308.mp3" length="846382" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403843</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797108308.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Organ Thieves: The Shocking Story of the First Heart Transplant in the Segregated South
Author: Chip Jones
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks meets Get Out in this “startling…powerful” (Kirkus Reviews) investigation of racial inequality at the core of the heart transplant race.  In 1968, Bruce Tucker, a black man, went into Virginia’s top research hospital with a head injury, only to have his heart taken out of his body and put into the chest of a white businessman. Now, in The Organ Thieves, Pulitzer Prize–nominated journalist Chip Jones exposes the horrifying inequality surrounding Tucker’s death and how he was used as a human guinea pig without his family’s permission or knowledge.    The circumstances surrounding his death reflect the long legacy of mistreating African Americans that began more than a century before with cadaver harvesting and worse. It culminated in efforts to win the heart transplant race in the late 1960s. Featuring years of research and fresh reporting, along with a foreword from social justice activist Ben Jealous, “this powerful book weaves together a medical mystery, a legal drama, and a sweeping history, its characters confronting unprecedented issues of life and death under the shadows of centuries of racial injustice” (Edward L. Ayers, author of The Promise of the New South).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Organ Thieves: The Shocking Story of the First Heart Transplant in the Segregated South
Author: Chip Jones
Narrator: Jd Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks meets Get Out in this “startling…powerful” (Kirkus Reviews) investigation of racial inequality at the core of the heart transplant race.  In 1968, Bruce Tucker, a black man, went into Virginia’s top research hospital with a head injury, only to have his heart taken out of his body and put into the chest of a white businessman. Now, in The Organ Thieves, Pulitzer Prize–nominated journalist Chip Jones exposes the horrifying inequality surrounding Tucker’s death and how he was used as a human guinea pig without his family’s permission or knowledge.    The circumstances surrounding his death reflect the long legacy of mistreating African Americans that began more than a century before with cadaver harvesting and worse. It culminated in efforts to win the heart transplant race in the late 1960s. Featuring years of research and fresh reporting, along with a foreword from social justice activist Ben Jealous, “this powerful book weaves together a medical mystery, a legal drama, and a sweeping history, its characters confronting unprecedented issues of life and death under the shadows of centuries of racial injustice” (Edward L. Ayers, author of The Promise of the New South).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Revolver: Sam Colt and the Six-Shooter that Changed America by Jim Rasenberger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403837</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolver: Sam Colt and the Six-Shooter that Changed America
Author: Jim Rasenberger
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “gripping,” (Booklist) “clear-eyed, and honest” (The New York Times Book Review) biography of Samuel Colt—the inventor of the legendary Colt revolver (a.k.a. six-shooter)—which changed the US forever, triggering the industrial revolution and the settlement of the American West. Patented in 1836, the Colt pistol with its revolving cylinder was the first practical firearm that could shoot more than one bullet without reloading. For many reasons, Colt’s gun had a profound effect on American history. Its most immediate impact was on the expansionism of the American west, where white emigrants and US soldiers came to depend on it, and where Native Americans came to dread it. The six-shooter became the iconic weapon of gun-slingers, outlaws, and cowboys—some willing to pay $500 out west for a gun that sold for $25 back east.   In making the revolver, Colt also changed American manufacturing—his factory revolutionized industry in the United States. Ultimately, Colt and his gun-making brought together the two most significant forces of change before the Civil War—the industrial revolution in the east, Manifest Destiny in the west.   “Written with a journalist’s sense of color and a historian’s eye for the revealing detail” (The Wall Street Journal), Revolver brings the brazenly ambitious and profoundly innovative industrialist and leader Samuel Colt to vivid life. In the space of his forty-seven years, he seemingly lived five lives: he traveled, womanized, drank prodigiously, smuggled guns to Russia, bribed politicians, and supplied the Union Army with the guns they needed to win the Civil War. Colt lived during an age of promise and progress, but also of slavery, corruption, and unbridled greed, and he not only helped to create this America, he completely embodied it. By the time he died in 1862 in Hartford, Connecticut, he was one of the most famous men in nation, and one of the richest.   “Offering a panoramic view of American culture during Colt’s life” (LA Review of Books) Revolver is a “rollicking and informative account [that] will delight American history buffs” (Publishers Weekly).</description>
      <author>Jim Rasenberger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797108506.mp3" length="878145" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403837</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797108506.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolver: Sam Colt and the Six-Shooter that Changed America
Author: Jim Rasenberger
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “gripping,” (Booklist) “clear-eyed, and honest” (The New York Times Book Review) biography of Samuel Colt—the inventor of the legendary Colt revolver (a.k.a. six-shooter)—which changed the US forever, triggering the industrial revolution and the settlement of the American West. Patented in 1836, the Colt pistol with its revolving cylinder was the first practical firearm that could shoot more than one bullet without reloading. For many reasons, Colt’s gun had a profound effect on American history. Its most immediate impact was on the expansionism of the American west, where white emigrants and US soldiers came to depend on it, and where Native Americans came to dread it. The six-shooter became the iconic weapon of gun-slingers, outlaws, and cowboys—some willing to pay $500 out west for a gun that sold for $25 back east.   In making the revolver, Colt also changed American manufacturing—his factory revolutionized industry in the United States. Ultimately, Colt and his gun-making brought together the two most significant forces of change before the Civil War—the industrial revolution in the east, Manifest Destiny in the west.   “Written with a journalist’s sense of color and a historian’s eye for the revealing detail” (The Wall Street Journal), Revolver brings the brazenly ambitious and profoundly innovative industrialist and leader Samuel Colt to vivid life. In the space of his forty-seven years, he seemingly lived five lives: he traveled, womanized, drank prodigiously, smuggled guns to Russia, bribed politicians, and supplied the Union Army with the guns they needed to win the Civil War. Colt lived during an age of promise and progress, but also of slavery, corruption, and unbridled greed, and he not only helped to create this America, he completely embodied it. By the time he died in 1862 in Hartford, Connecticut, he was one of the most famous men in nation, and one of the richest.   “Offering a panoramic view of American culture during Colt’s life” (LA Review of Books) Revolver is a “rollicking and informative account [that] will delight American history buffs” (Publishers Weekly).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolver: Sam Colt and the Six-Shooter that Changed America
Author: Jim Rasenberger
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 49 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A “gripping,” (Booklist) “clear-eyed, and honest” (The New York Times Book Review) biography of Samuel Colt—the inventor of the legendary Colt revolver (a.k.a. six-shooter)—which changed the US forever, triggering the industrial revolution and the settlement of the American West. Patented in 1836, the Colt pistol with its revolving cylinder was the first practical firearm that could shoot more than one bullet without reloading. For many reasons, Colt’s gun had a profound effect on American history. Its most immediate impact was on the expansionism of the American west, where white emigrants and US soldiers came to depend on it, and where Native Americans came to dread it. The six-shooter became the iconic weapon of gun-slingers, outlaws, and cowboys—some willing to pay $500 out west for a gun that sold for $25 back east.   In making the revolver, Colt also changed American manufacturing—his factory revolutionized industry in the United States. Ultimately, Colt and his gun-making brought together the two most significant forces of change before the Civil War—the industrial revolution in the east, Manifest Destiny in the west.   “Written with a journalist’s sense of color and a historian’s eye for the revealing detail” (The Wall Street Journal), Revolver brings the brazenly ambitious and profoundly innovative industrialist and leader Samuel Colt to vivid life. In the space of his forty-seven years, he seemingly lived five lives: he traveled, womanized, drank prodigiously, smuggled guns to Russia, bribed politicians, and supplied the Union Army with the guns they needed to win the Civil War. Colt lived during an age of promise and progress, but also of slavery, corruption, and unbridled greed, and he not only helped to create this America, he completely embodied it. By the time he died in 1862 in Hartford, Connecticut, he was one of the most famous men in nation, and one of the richest.   “Offering a panoramic view of American culture during Colt’s life” (LA Review of Books) Revolver is a “rollicking and informative account [that] will delight American history buffs” (Publishers Weekly).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Man with the Black Valise: Tracking the Killer of Jessie Keith by John Goddard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403805</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403805">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403805</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man with the Black Valise: Tracking the Killer of Jessie Keith
Author: John Goddard
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One glorious autumn day in 1894, a drifter attacked thirteen-year-old Jessie Keith so violently that people thought Jack the Ripper must be loose in rural Ontario. To solve the crime, the government called in Detective John Wilson Murray, the true-life model for Detective William Murdoch of the popular TV series Murdoch Mysteries. His prime clue was a black valise. The Man with the Black Valise traces the killer’s trajectory through three counties—a route that today connects travelers to poignant reminders of nineteenth-century life. Chief among them stands the statue of the Roman goddess Flora, gesturing as though to cast roses onto Jessie’s grave.</description>
      <author>John Goddard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666556865.mp3" length="804760" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403805</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666556865.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403805">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403805</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man with the Black Valise: Tracking the Killer of Jessie Keith
Author: John Goddard
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One glorious autumn day in 1894, a drifter attacked thirteen-year-old Jessie Keith so violently that people thought Jack the Ripper must be loose in rural Ontario. To solve the crime, the government called in Detective John Wilson Murray, the true-life model for Detective William Murdoch of the popular TV series Murdoch Mysteries. His prime clue was a black valise. The Man with the Black Valise traces the killer’s trajectory through three counties—a route that today connects travelers to poignant reminders of nineteenth-century life. Chief among them stands the statue of the Roman goddess Flora, gesturing as though to cast roses onto Jessie’s grave.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403805">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403805</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man with the Black Valise: Tracking the Killer of Jessie Keith
Author: John Goddard
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One glorious autumn day in 1894, a drifter attacked thirteen-year-old Jessie Keith so violently that people thought Jack the Ripper must be loose in rural Ontario. To solve the crime, the government called in Detective John Wilson Murray, the true-life model for Detective William Murdoch of the popular TV series Murdoch Mysteries. His prime clue was a black valise. The Man with the Black Valise traces the killer’s trajectory through three counties—a route that today connects travelers to poignant reminders of nineteenth-century life. Chief among them stands the statue of the Roman goddess Flora, gesturing as though to cast roses onto Jessie’s grave.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Separated: Inside an American Tragedy by Jacob Soboroff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403790</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Separated: Inside an American Tragedy
Author: Jacob Soboroff
Narrator: Jacob Soboroff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the award-winning NBC News and MSNBC correspondent comes a powerful and deeply reported journey to lay bare the full truth behind the defining moral crisis of the Trump years: the systematic separation of thousands of desperate migrant families at the US-Mexico border In June 2018, Donald Trump’s most notorious decision as president had secretly been in effect for months before most Americans became aware of the astonishing inhumanity being perpetrated by their own government. Jacob Soboroff was among the first journalists to expose this reality after seeing firsthand the living conditions of the children in custody. His influential series of reports ignited public scrutiny that contributed to the president reversing his own policy and earned Soboroff the Cronkite Award for Excellence in Political Broadcast Journalism and, with his colleagues, the 2019 Hillman Prize for Broadcast Journalism. But beyond the headlines, the complete, multilayered story lay untold. How, exactly, had such a humanitarian tragedy—now deemed “torture” by physicians—happened on American soil? Most important, what has been the human experience of those separated children and parents? Soboroff has spent the past two years reporting the many strands of this complex narrative, developing sources from within the Trump administration who share critical details for the first time. He also traces the dramatic odyssey of one separated family from Guatemala, where their lives were threatened by narcos, to seek asylum at the U.S. border, where they were separated—the son ending up in Texas, and the father thousands of miles away, in the Mojave desert of central California. And he joins the heroes who emerged to challenge the policy, and who worked on the ground to reunite parents with children. In this essential reckoning, Soboroff weaves together these key voices with his own experience covering this national issue—at the border in Texas, California, and Arizona; with administration officials in Washington, D.C., and inside the disturbing detention facilities. Separated lays out compassionately, yet in the starkest of terms, its human toll, and makes clear what is at stake in the 2020 presidential election.</description>
      <author>Jacob Soboroff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062992222.mp3" length="1396131" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403790</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062992222.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Separated: Inside an American Tragedy
Author: Jacob Soboroff
Narrator: Jacob Soboroff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the award-winning NBC News and MSNBC correspondent comes a powerful and deeply reported journey to lay bare the full truth behind the defining moral crisis of the Trump years: the systematic separation of thousands of desperate migrant families at the US-Mexico border In June 2018, Donald Trump’s most notorious decision as president had secretly been in effect for months before most Americans became aware of the astonishing inhumanity being perpetrated by their own government. Jacob Soboroff was among the first journalists to expose this reality after seeing firsthand the living conditions of the children in custody. His influential series of reports ignited public scrutiny that contributed to the president reversing his own policy and earned Soboroff the Cronkite Award for Excellence in Political Broadcast Journalism and, with his colleagues, the 2019 Hillman Prize for Broadcast Journalism. But beyond the headlines, the complete, multilayered story lay untold. How, exactly, had such a humanitarian tragedy—now deemed “torture” by physicians—happened on American soil? Most important, what has been the human experience of those separated children and parents? Soboroff has spent the past two years reporting the many strands of this complex narrative, developing sources from within the Trump administration who share critical details for the first time. He also traces the dramatic odyssey of one separated family from Guatemala, where their lives were threatened by narcos, to seek asylum at the U.S. border, where they were separated—the son ending up in Texas, and the father thousands of miles away, in the Mojave desert of central California. And he joins the heroes who emerged to challenge the policy, and who worked on the ground to reunite parents with children. In this essential reckoning, Soboroff weaves together these key voices with his own experience covering this national issue—at the border in Texas, California, and Arizona; with administration officials in Washington, D.C., and inside the disturbing detention facilities. Separated lays out compassionately, yet in the starkest of terms, its human toll, and makes clear what is at stake in the 2020 presidential election.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/403790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Separated: Inside an American Tragedy
Author: Jacob Soboroff
Narrator: Jacob Soboroff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the award-winning NBC News and MSNBC correspondent comes a powerful and deeply reported journey to lay bare the full truth behind the defining moral crisis of the Trump years: the systematic separation of thousands of desperate migrant families at the US-Mexico border In June 2018, Donald Trump’s most notorious decision as president had secretly been in effect for months before most Americans became aware of the astonishing inhumanity being perpetrated by their own government. Jacob Soboroff was among the first journalists to expose this reality after seeing firsthand the living conditions of the children in custody. His influential series of reports ignited public scrutiny that contributed to the president reversing his own policy and earned Soboroff the Cronkite Award for Excellence in Political Broadcast Journalism and, with his colleagues, the 2019 Hillman Prize for Broadcast Journalism. But beyond the headlines, the complete, multilayered story lay untold. How, exactly, had such a humanitarian tragedy—now deemed “torture” by physicians—happened on American soil? Most important, what has been the human experience of those separated children and parents? Soboroff has spent the past two years reporting the many strands of this complex narrative, developing sources from within the Trump administration who share critical details for the first time. He also traces the dramatic odyssey of one separated family from Guatemala, where their lives were threatened by narcos, to seek asylum at the U.S. border, where they were separated—the son ending up in Texas, and the father thousands of miles away, in the Mojave desert of central California. And he joins the heroes who emerged to challenge the policy, and who worked on the ground to reunite parents with children. In this essential reckoning, Soboroff weaves together these key voices with his own experience covering this national issue—at the border in Texas, California, and Arizona; with administration officials in Washington, D.C., and inside the disturbing detention facilities. Separated lays out compassionately, yet in the starkest of terms, its human toll, and makes clear what is at stake in the 2020 presidential election.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Surrender, White People!: Our Unconditional Terms for Peace by D. L. Hughley, Doug Moe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400774</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Surrender, White People!: Our Unconditional Terms for Peace
Author: D. L. Hughley, Doug Moe
Narrator: D. L. Hughley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.68 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Surrender, white people! After 400 years of white supremacy in America, a reckoning is here. Time to listen up, look history in the face, and surrender unjust privilege. These are the terms of peace–and they are unconditional. Hope you have a sense of humor, because this is gonna sting. The legendary activist/comedian and author of the “hilarious yet soul-shaking” (Black Enterprise) bestseller How Not to Get Shot returns to address a nation on the edge of civil war. After centuries of oppressing others, white people are in for a surprise: You’re about to be a minority yourself. Yes, the face of America is getting a lot browner—and a reckoning is coming. Black and brown folk are not going to take a back seat anymore. It’s time to lay down your unjust privileges and sue for peace while the getting’s still good. Lucky for America, D.L. Hughley has a plan. On the eve of America becoming a majority-minority nation, Hughley warns, the only way for America to move forward peacefully is if Whites face their history, put aside all their visions of superiority, and open up their institutions so they benefit everyone in this nation.  But we can still have fun with this right?  Surrender, White People! hilariously holds America account for its wrongs and offers his satirical terms for reparations and reconciliation. But it’s not all bad news, white folks. The upside is that if you put D.L.’s plan into effect, you can FINALLY get black people to stop talking about oppression, discrimination, and their place in America. That’s something we can get behind.</description>
      <author>D. L. Hughley, Doug Moe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062953735.mp3" length="1386777" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400774</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062953735.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Surrender, White People!: Our Unconditional Terms for Peace
Author: D. L. Hughley, Doug Moe
Narrator: D. L. Hughley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.68 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Surrender, white people! After 400 years of white supremacy in America, a reckoning is here. Time to listen up, look history in the face, and surrender unjust privilege. These are the terms of peace–and they are unconditional. Hope you have a sense of humor, because this is gonna sting. The legendary activist/comedian and author of the “hilarious yet soul-shaking” (Black Enterprise) bestseller How Not to Get Shot returns to address a nation on the edge of civil war. After centuries of oppressing others, white people are in for a surprise: You’re about to be a minority yourself. Yes, the face of America is getting a lot browner—and a reckoning is coming. Black and brown folk are not going to take a back seat anymore. It’s time to lay down your unjust privileges and sue for peace while the getting’s still good. Lucky for America, D.L. Hughley has a plan. On the eve of America becoming a majority-minority nation, Hughley warns, the only way for America to move forward peacefully is if Whites face their history, put aside all their visions of superiority, and open up their institutions so they benefit everyone in this nation.  But we can still have fun with this right?  Surrender, White People! hilariously holds America account for its wrongs and offers his satirical terms for reparations and reconciliation. But it’s not all bad news, white folks. The upside is that if you put D.L.’s plan into effect, you can FINALLY get black people to stop talking about oppression, discrimination, and their place in America. That’s something we can get behind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Surrender, White People!: Our Unconditional Terms for Peace
Author: D. L. Hughley, Doug Moe
Narrator: D. L. Hughley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.68 of Total 37 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Surrender, white people! After 400 years of white supremacy in America, a reckoning is here. Time to listen up, look history in the face, and surrender unjust privilege. These are the terms of peace–and they are unconditional. Hope you have a sense of humor, because this is gonna sting. The legendary activist/comedian and author of the “hilarious yet soul-shaking” (Black Enterprise) bestseller How Not to Get Shot returns to address a nation on the edge of civil war. After centuries of oppressing others, white people are in for a surprise: You’re about to be a minority yourself. Yes, the face of America is getting a lot browner—and a reckoning is coming. Black and brown folk are not going to take a back seat anymore. It’s time to lay down your unjust privileges and sue for peace while the getting’s still good. Lucky for America, D.L. Hughley has a plan. On the eve of America becoming a majority-minority nation, Hughley warns, the only way for America to move forward peacefully is if Whites face their history, put aside all their visions of superiority, and open up their institutions so they benefit everyone in this nation.  But we can still have fun with this right?  Surrender, White People! hilariously holds America account for its wrongs and offers his satirical terms for reparations and reconciliation. But it’s not all bad news, white folks. The upside is that if you put D.L.’s plan into effect, you can FINALLY get black people to stop talking about oppression, discrimination, and their place in America. That’s something we can get behind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Women Who Made New York by Julie Scelfo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400764</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Women Who Made New York
Author: Julie Scelfo
Narrator: Tracey Leigh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An illuminating, elegant history of New York City, told through the stories of the women who made it the most exciting and influential metropolis in the world  Read any history of New York City and you will read about men. You will read about men who were political leaders and men who were activists and cultural tastemakers. These men have been lauded for generations for creating the most exciting and influential city in the world.  But that&amp;#039;s not the whole story. The Women Who Made New York reveals the untold stories of the phenomenal women who made New York City the cultural epicenter of the world. Many were revolutionaries and activists, like Zora Neale Hurston and Audre Lorde. Others were icons and iconoclasts, like Fran Lebowitz and Grace Jones. There were also women who led quieter private lives but were just as influential, such as Emily Warren Roebling, who completed the construction of the Brooklyn Bridge when her engineer husband became too ill to work.  Paired with striking, contemporary illustrations by artist Hallie Heald, The Women Who Made New York offers a visual sensation -- one that reinvigorates not just New York City&amp;#039;s history but its very identity.</description>
      <author>Julie Scelfo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549155239.mp3" length="890346" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400764</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549155239.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Women Who Made New York
Author: Julie Scelfo
Narrator: Tracey Leigh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An illuminating, elegant history of New York City, told through the stories of the women who made it the most exciting and influential metropolis in the world  Read any history of New York City and you will read about men. You will read about men who were political leaders and men who were activists and cultural tastemakers. These men have been lauded for generations for creating the most exciting and influential city in the world.  But that&amp;#039;s not the whole story. The Women Who Made New York reveals the untold stories of the phenomenal women who made New York City the cultural epicenter of the world. Many were revolutionaries and activists, like Zora Neale Hurston and Audre Lorde. Others were icons and iconoclasts, like Fran Lebowitz and Grace Jones. There were also women who led quieter private lives but were just as influential, such as Emily Warren Roebling, who completed the construction of the Brooklyn Bridge when her engineer husband became too ill to work.  Paired with striking, contemporary illustrations by artist Hallie Heald, The Women Who Made New York offers a visual sensation -- one that reinvigorates not just New York City&amp;#039;s history but its very identity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Women Who Made New York
Author: Julie Scelfo
Narrator: Tracey Leigh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An illuminating, elegant history of New York City, told through the stories of the women who made it the most exciting and influential metropolis in the world  Read any history of New York City and you will read about men. You will read about men who were political leaders and men who were activists and cultural tastemakers. These men have been lauded for generations for creating the most exciting and influential city in the world.  But that&amp;#039;s not the whole story. The Women Who Made New York reveals the untold stories of the phenomenal women who made New York City the cultural epicenter of the world. Many were revolutionaries and activists, like Zora Neale Hurston and Audre Lorde. Others were icons and iconoclasts, like Fran Lebowitz and Grace Jones. There were also women who led quieter private lives but were just as influential, such as Emily Warren Roebling, who completed the construction of the Brooklyn Bridge when her engineer husband became too ill to work.  Paired with striking, contemporary illustrations by artist Hallie Heald, The Women Who Made New York offers a visual sensation -- one that reinvigorates not just New York City&amp;#039;s history but its very identity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Action Park: Fast Times, Wild Rides, and the Untold Story of America&amp;#039;s Most Dangerous Amusement Park by Andy Mulvihill, Jake Rossen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400720</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400720">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400720</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Action Park: Fast Times, Wild Rides, and the Untold Story of America&amp;#039;s Most Dangerous Amusement Park
Author: Andy Mulvihill, Jake Rossen
Narrator: Michael Satow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Citizen Kane does Adventureland.&amp;#039; —The Washington Post The outlandish, hilarious, terrifying, and almost impossible-to-believe story of the legendary, dangerous amusement park where millions were entertained and almost as many bruises were sustained, told through the eyes of the founder&amp;#039;s son. Often called &amp;#039;Accident Park,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Class Action Park,&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Traction Park,&amp;#039; Action Park was an American icon. Entertaining more than a million people a year in the 1980s, the New Jersey-based amusement playland placed no limits on danger or fun, a monument to the anything-goes spirit of the era that left guests in control of their own adventures--sometimes with tragic results. Though it closed its doors in 1996 after nearly twenty years, it has remained a subject of constant fascination ever since, an establishment completely anathema to our modern culture of rules and safety. Action Park is the first-ever unvarnished look at the history of this DIY Disneyland, as seen through the eyes of Andy Mulvihill, the son of the park&amp;#039;s idiosyncratic founder, Gene Mulvihill. From his early days testing precarious rides to working his way up to chief lifeguard of the infamous Wave Pool to later helping run the whole park, Andy&amp;#039;s story is equal parts hilarious and moving, chronicling the life and death of a uniquely American attraction, a wet and wild 1980s adolescence, and a son&amp;#039;s struggle to understand his father&amp;#039;s quixotic quest to become the Walt Disney of New Jersey. Packing in all of the excitement of a day at Action Park, this is destined to be one of the most unforgettable memoirs of the year.</description>
      <author>Andy Mulvihill, Jake Rossen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593214312.mp3" length="2750459" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400720</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593214312.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400720">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400720</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Action Park: Fast Times, Wild Rides, and the Untold Story of America&amp;#039;s Most Dangerous Amusement Park
Author: Andy Mulvihill, Jake Rossen
Narrator: Michael Satow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Citizen Kane does Adventureland.&amp;#039; —The Washington Post The outlandish, hilarious, terrifying, and almost impossible-to-believe story of the legendary, dangerous amusement park where millions were entertained and almost as many bruises were sustained, told through the eyes of the founder&amp;#039;s son. Often called &amp;#039;Accident Park,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Class Action Park,&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Traction Park,&amp;#039; Action Park was an American icon. Entertaining more than a million people a year in the 1980s, the New Jersey-based amusement playland placed no limits on danger or fun, a monument to the anything-goes spirit of the era that left guests in control of their own adventures--sometimes with tragic results. Though it closed its doors in 1996 after nearly twenty years, it has remained a subject of constant fascination ever since, an establishment completely anathema to our modern culture of rules and safety. Action Park is the first-ever unvarnished look at the history of this DIY Disneyland, as seen through the eyes of Andy Mulvihill, the son of the park&amp;#039;s idiosyncratic founder, Gene Mulvihill. From his early days testing precarious rides to working his way up to chief lifeguard of the infamous Wave Pool to later helping run the whole park, Andy&amp;#039;s story is equal parts hilarious and moving, chronicling the life and death of a uniquely American attraction, a wet and wild 1980s adolescence, and a son&amp;#039;s struggle to understand his father&amp;#039;s quixotic quest to become the Walt Disney of New Jersey. Packing in all of the excitement of a day at Action Park, this is destined to be one of the most unforgettable memoirs of the year.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400720">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400720</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Action Park: Fast Times, Wild Rides, and the Untold Story of America&amp;#039;s Most Dangerous Amusement Park
Author: Andy Mulvihill, Jake Rossen
Narrator: Michael Satow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Citizen Kane does Adventureland.&amp;#039; —The Washington Post The outlandish, hilarious, terrifying, and almost impossible-to-believe story of the legendary, dangerous amusement park where millions were entertained and almost as many bruises were sustained, told through the eyes of the founder&amp;#039;s son. Often called &amp;#039;Accident Park,&amp;#039; &amp;#039;Class Action Park,&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Traction Park,&amp;#039; Action Park was an American icon. Entertaining more than a million people a year in the 1980s, the New Jersey-based amusement playland placed no limits on danger or fun, a monument to the anything-goes spirit of the era that left guests in control of their own adventures--sometimes with tragic results. Though it closed its doors in 1996 after nearly twenty years, it has remained a subject of constant fascination ever since, an establishment completely anathema to our modern culture of rules and safety. Action Park is the first-ever unvarnished look at the history of this DIY Disneyland, as seen through the eyes of Andy Mulvihill, the son of the park&amp;#039;s idiosyncratic founder, Gene Mulvihill. From his early days testing precarious rides to working his way up to chief lifeguard of the infamous Wave Pool to later helping run the whole park, Andy&amp;#039;s story is equal parts hilarious and moving, chronicling the life and death of a uniquely American attraction, a wet and wild 1980s adolescence, and a son&amp;#039;s struggle to understand his father&amp;#039;s quixotic quest to become the Walt Disney of New Jersey. Packing in all of the excitement of a day at Action Park, this is destined to be one of the most unforgettable memoirs of the year.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Oklahoma&amp;#039;s Atticus: An Innocent Man and the Lawyer Who Fought for Him by Hunter Howe Cates</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400667</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oklahoma&amp;#039;s Atticus: An Innocent Man and the Lawyer Who Fought for Him
Author: Hunter Howe Cates
Narrator: Hunter Howe Cates, Pat Grimes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Tulsa, Oklahoma, 1953: An impoverished Cherokee named Buster Youngwolfe confesses to brutally raping and murdering his eleven-year-old female relative. When Youngwolfe recants his confession, saying he was forced to confess by the authorities, his city condemns him, except for one man—public defender and Creek Indian Elliott Howe. Recognizing in Youngwolfe the life that could have been his if not for a few lucky breaks, Howe risks his career to defend Youngwolfe against the powerful county attorney’s office. Forgotten today, the sensational story of the murder, investigation, and trial made headlines nationwide. Oklahoma’s Atticus is a tale of two cities: oil-rich downtown Tulsa and the dirt-poor slums of north Tulsa, of two newspapers—each taking different sides in the trial—and of two men who were both born poor Native Americans but whose lives took drastically different paths. Oklahoma’s Atticus is full of colorful characters, from the seventy-two-year-old mystic who predicted where the body was buried to the Kansas City sergeant who founded one of the most advanced forensics labs and pioneered the use of lie detector evidence and the ambitious assistant attorney who would rise to become the future governor of Oklahoma. At the same time, it&amp;#039;s a story that explores issues that still divide our nation: police brutality and corruption; the effects of poverty, inequality, and racism in criminal justice; the power of the media; and the primacy of the presumption of innocence.</description>
      <author>Hunter Howe Cates</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666556520.mp3" length="844948" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400667</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666556520.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oklahoma&amp;#039;s Atticus: An Innocent Man and the Lawyer Who Fought for Him
Author: Hunter Howe Cates
Narrator: Hunter Howe Cates, Pat Grimes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Tulsa, Oklahoma, 1953: An impoverished Cherokee named Buster Youngwolfe confesses to brutally raping and murdering his eleven-year-old female relative. When Youngwolfe recants his confession, saying he was forced to confess by the authorities, his city condemns him, except for one man—public defender and Creek Indian Elliott Howe. Recognizing in Youngwolfe the life that could have been his if not for a few lucky breaks, Howe risks his career to defend Youngwolfe against the powerful county attorney’s office. Forgotten today, the sensational story of the murder, investigation, and trial made headlines nationwide. Oklahoma’s Atticus is a tale of two cities: oil-rich downtown Tulsa and the dirt-poor slums of north Tulsa, of two newspapers—each taking different sides in the trial—and of two men who were both born poor Native Americans but whose lives took drastically different paths. Oklahoma’s Atticus is full of colorful characters, from the seventy-two-year-old mystic who predicted where the body was buried to the Kansas City sergeant who founded one of the most advanced forensics labs and pioneered the use of lie detector evidence and the ambitious assistant attorney who would rise to become the future governor of Oklahoma. At the same time, it&amp;#039;s a story that explores issues that still divide our nation: police brutality and corruption; the effects of poverty, inequality, and racism in criminal justice; the power of the media; and the primacy of the presumption of innocence.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/400667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oklahoma&amp;#039;s Atticus: An Innocent Man and the Lawyer Who Fought for Him
Author: Hunter Howe Cates
Narrator: Hunter Howe Cates, Pat Grimes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Tulsa, Oklahoma, 1953: An impoverished Cherokee named Buster Youngwolfe confesses to brutally raping and murdering his eleven-year-old female relative. When Youngwolfe recants his confession, saying he was forced to confess by the authorities, his city condemns him, except for one man—public defender and Creek Indian Elliott Howe. Recognizing in Youngwolfe the life that could have been his if not for a few lucky breaks, Howe risks his career to defend Youngwolfe against the powerful county attorney’s office. Forgotten today, the sensational story of the murder, investigation, and trial made headlines nationwide. Oklahoma’s Atticus is a tale of two cities: oil-rich downtown Tulsa and the dirt-poor slums of north Tulsa, of two newspapers—each taking different sides in the trial—and of two men who were both born poor Native Americans but whose lives took drastically different paths. Oklahoma’s Atticus is full of colorful characters, from the seventy-two-year-old mystic who predicted where the body was buried to the Kansas City sergeant who founded one of the most advanced forensics labs and pioneered the use of lie detector evidence and the ambitious assistant attorney who would rise to become the future governor of Oklahoma. At the same time, it&amp;#039;s a story that explores issues that still divide our nation: police brutality and corruption; the effects of poverty, inequality, and racism in criminal justice; the power of the media; and the primacy of the presumption of innocence.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Home Now: How 6000 Refugees Transformed an American Town by Cynthia Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399544</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Home Now: How 6000 Refugees Transformed an American Town
Author: Cynthia Anderson
Narrator: Jeanette Illidge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A moving chronicle of who belongs in America. Like so many American factory towns, Lewiston, Maine, thrived until its mill jobs disappeared and the young began leaving. But then the story unexpectedly veered: over the course of fifteen years, the city became home to thousands of African immigrants and, along the way, turned into one of the most Muslim towns in the US. Now about 6,000 of Lewiston&amp;#039;s 36,000 inhabitants are refugees and asylum seekers, many of them Somali. Cynthia Anderson tells the story of this fractious yet resilient city near where she grew up, offering the unfolding drama of a community&amp;#039;s reinvention--and humanizing some of the defining political issues in America today.  In Lewiston, progress is real but precarious. Anderson takes the reader deep into the lives of both immigrants and lifelong Mainers: a single Muslim mom, an anti-Islamist activist, a Congolese asylum seeker, a Somali community leader. Their lives unfold in these pages as anti-immigrant sentiment rises across the US and national realities collide with those in Lewiston. Home Now gives a poignant account of America&amp;#039;s evolving relationship with religion and race, and makes a sensitive yet powerful case for embracing change.</description>
      <author>Cynthia Anderson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549152573.mp3" length="873236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399544</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549152573.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Home Now: How 6000 Refugees Transformed an American Town
Author: Cynthia Anderson
Narrator: Jeanette Illidge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A moving chronicle of who belongs in America. Like so many American factory towns, Lewiston, Maine, thrived until its mill jobs disappeared and the young began leaving. But then the story unexpectedly veered: over the course of fifteen years, the city became home to thousands of African immigrants and, along the way, turned into one of the most Muslim towns in the US. Now about 6,000 of Lewiston&amp;#039;s 36,000 inhabitants are refugees and asylum seekers, many of them Somali. Cynthia Anderson tells the story of this fractious yet resilient city near where she grew up, offering the unfolding drama of a community&amp;#039;s reinvention--and humanizing some of the defining political issues in America today.  In Lewiston, progress is real but precarious. Anderson takes the reader deep into the lives of both immigrants and lifelong Mainers: a single Muslim mom, an anti-Islamist activist, a Congolese asylum seeker, a Somali community leader. Their lives unfold in these pages as anti-immigrant sentiment rises across the US and national realities collide with those in Lewiston. Home Now gives a poignant account of America&amp;#039;s evolving relationship with religion and race, and makes a sensitive yet powerful case for embracing change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/399544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Home Now: How 6000 Refugees Transformed an American Town
Author: Cynthia Anderson
Narrator: Jeanette Illidge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A moving chronicle of who belongs in America. Like so many American factory towns, Lewiston, Maine, thrived until its mill jobs disappeared and the young began leaving. But then the story unexpectedly veered: over the course of fifteen years, the city became home to thousands of African immigrants and, along the way, turned into one of the most Muslim towns in the US. Now about 6,000 of Lewiston&amp;#039;s 36,000 inhabitants are refugees and asylum seekers, many of them Somali. Cynthia Anderson tells the story of this fractious yet resilient city near where she grew up, offering the unfolding drama of a community&amp;#039;s reinvention--and humanizing some of the defining political issues in America today.  In Lewiston, progress is real but precarious. Anderson takes the reader deep into the lives of both immigrants and lifelong Mainers: a single Muslim mom, an anti-Islamist activist, a Congolese asylum seeker, a Somali community leader. Their lives unfold in these pages as anti-immigrant sentiment rises across the US and national realities collide with those in Lewiston. Home Now gives a poignant account of America&amp;#039;s evolving relationship with religion and race, and makes a sensitive yet powerful case for embracing change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s Education by Alan Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398957</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s Education
Author: Alan Taylor
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize–winning historian comes a brilliant, absorbing study of Thomas Jefferson’s campaign to save Virginia through education.By turns entertaining and tragic, this beautifully written history reveals the origins of a great university in the dilemmas of Virginia slavery. It offers an incisive portrait of Thomas Jefferson set against a social fabric of planters in decline, enslaved black families torn apart by sales, and a hair-trigger code of male honor. A man of “deft evasions” who was both courtly and withdrawn, Jefferson sought control of his family and state from his lofty perch at Monticello. Never quite the egalitarian we wish him to be, he advocated emancipation but shrank from implementing it, entrusting that reform to the next generation. Devoted to the education of his granddaughters, he nevertheless accepted their subordination in a masculine culture. During the revolution, he proposed to educate all white children in Virginia, but later in life he narrowed his goal to building an elite university.In 1819 Jefferson’s intensive drive for state support of a new university succeeded. His intention was a university to educate the sons of Virginia’s wealthy planters, lawyers, and merchants, who might then democratize the state and in time rid it of slavery. But the university’s students, having absorbed the traditional vices of the Virginia gentry, preferred to practice and defend them. Opening in 1825, the university nearly collapsed as unruly students abused one another, the enslaved servants, and the faculty. Jefferson’s hopes of developing an enlightened leadership for the state were disappointed, and Virginia hardened its commitment to slavery in the coming years. The university was born with the flaws of a slave society. Instead, it was Jefferson’s beloved granddaughters who carried forward his faith in education by becoming dedicated teachers of a new generation of women.</description>
      <author>Alan Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980047902.mp3" length="1352840" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398957</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980047902.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s Education
Author: Alan Taylor
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize–winning historian comes a brilliant, absorbing study of Thomas Jefferson’s campaign to save Virginia through education.By turns entertaining and tragic, this beautifully written history reveals the origins of a great university in the dilemmas of Virginia slavery. It offers an incisive portrait of Thomas Jefferson set against a social fabric of planters in decline, enslaved black families torn apart by sales, and a hair-trigger code of male honor. A man of “deft evasions” who was both courtly and withdrawn, Jefferson sought control of his family and state from his lofty perch at Monticello. Never quite the egalitarian we wish him to be, he advocated emancipation but shrank from implementing it, entrusting that reform to the next generation. Devoted to the education of his granddaughters, he nevertheless accepted their subordination in a masculine culture. During the revolution, he proposed to educate all white children in Virginia, but later in life he narrowed his goal to building an elite university.In 1819 Jefferson’s intensive drive for state support of a new university succeeded. His intention was a university to educate the sons of Virginia’s wealthy planters, lawyers, and merchants, who might then democratize the state and in time rid it of slavery. But the university’s students, having absorbed the traditional vices of the Virginia gentry, preferred to practice and defend them. Opening in 1825, the university nearly collapsed as unruly students abused one another, the enslaved servants, and the faculty. Jefferson’s hopes of developing an enlightened leadership for the state were disappointed, and Virginia hardened its commitment to slavery in the coming years. The university was born with the flaws of a slave society. Instead, it was Jefferson’s beloved granddaughters who carried forward his faith in education by becoming dedicated teachers of a new generation of women.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Jefferson&amp;#039;s Education
Author: Alan Taylor
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize–winning historian comes a brilliant, absorbing study of Thomas Jefferson’s campaign to save Virginia through education.By turns entertaining and tragic, this beautifully written history reveals the origins of a great university in the dilemmas of Virginia slavery. It offers an incisive portrait of Thomas Jefferson set against a social fabric of planters in decline, enslaved black families torn apart by sales, and a hair-trigger code of male honor. A man of “deft evasions” who was both courtly and withdrawn, Jefferson sought control of his family and state from his lofty perch at Monticello. Never quite the egalitarian we wish him to be, he advocated emancipation but shrank from implementing it, entrusting that reform to the next generation. Devoted to the education of his granddaughters, he nevertheless accepted their subordination in a masculine culture. During the revolution, he proposed to educate all white children in Virginia, but later in life he narrowed his goal to building an elite university.In 1819 Jefferson’s intensive drive for state support of a new university succeeded. His intention was a university to educate the sons of Virginia’s wealthy planters, lawyers, and merchants, who might then democratize the state and in time rid it of slavery. But the university’s students, having absorbed the traditional vices of the Virginia gentry, preferred to practice and defend them. Opening in 1825, the university nearly collapsed as unruly students abused one another, the enslaved servants, and the faculty. Jefferson’s hopes of developing an enlightened leadership for the state were disappointed, and Virginia hardened its commitment to slavery in the coming years. The university was born with the flaws of a slave society. Instead, it was Jefferson’s beloved granddaughters who carried forward his faith in education by becoming dedicated teachers of a new generation of women.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Reagan Sent In the Marines: The Invasion of Lebanon by Patrick J. Sloyan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398946</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398946">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398946</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Reagan Sent In the Marines: The Invasion of Lebanon
Author: Patrick J. Sloyan
Narrator: Richard Poe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist who reported on the events as the happened, an action-packed account of Reagan&amp;#039;s failures in the 1983 Marines barracks bombing in Beirut. On October 23, 1983, a truck bomb destroyed the U.S. Marines barracks in Beirut. 241 Americans were killed in the worst terrorist attack our nation would suffer until 9/11. We&amp;#039;re still feeling the repercussions today. When Reagan Sent In the Marines tells why the Marines were there, how their mission became confused and compromised, and how President Ronald Reagan used another misguided military venture to distract America from the attack and his many mistakes leading up to it. Pulitzer Prize-winning author Patrick J. Sloyan uses his own contemporaneous reporting, his close relationships with the Marines in Beirut, recently declassified documents, and interviews with key players, including Reagan&amp;#039;s top advisers, to shine a new light on the Israeli invasion of Lebanon and Reagan&amp;#039;s doomed ceasefire in Beirut. Sloyan draws on interviews with key players to explore the actions of Kissinger and Haig, while revealing the courage of Marine Colonel Timothy Geraghty, who foresaw the disaster in Beirut, but whom Reagan would later blame for it. More than thirty-five years later, America continues to wrestle with Lebanon, the Marines with the legacy of the Beirut bombing, and all of us with the threat of Mideast terror that the attack furthered. When Reagan Sent In The Marines is a about a historical moment, but one that remains all too present today.</description>
      <author>Patrick J. Sloyan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980042839.mp3" length="1363502" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398946</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980042839.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398946">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398946</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Reagan Sent In the Marines: The Invasion of Lebanon
Author: Patrick J. Sloyan
Narrator: Richard Poe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist who reported on the events as the happened, an action-packed account of Reagan&amp;#039;s failures in the 1983 Marines barracks bombing in Beirut. On October 23, 1983, a truck bomb destroyed the U.S. Marines barracks in Beirut. 241 Americans were killed in the worst terrorist attack our nation would suffer until 9/11. We&amp;#039;re still feeling the repercussions today. When Reagan Sent In the Marines tells why the Marines were there, how their mission became confused and compromised, and how President Ronald Reagan used another misguided military venture to distract America from the attack and his many mistakes leading up to it. Pulitzer Prize-winning author Patrick J. Sloyan uses his own contemporaneous reporting, his close relationships with the Marines in Beirut, recently declassified documents, and interviews with key players, including Reagan&amp;#039;s top advisers, to shine a new light on the Israeli invasion of Lebanon and Reagan&amp;#039;s doomed ceasefire in Beirut. Sloyan draws on interviews with key players to explore the actions of Kissinger and Haig, while revealing the courage of Marine Colonel Timothy Geraghty, who foresaw the disaster in Beirut, but whom Reagan would later blame for it. More than thirty-five years later, America continues to wrestle with Lebanon, the Marines with the legacy of the Beirut bombing, and all of us with the threat of Mideast terror that the attack furthered. When Reagan Sent In The Marines is a about a historical moment, but one that remains all too present today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398946">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398946</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Reagan Sent In the Marines: The Invasion of Lebanon
Author: Patrick J. Sloyan
Narrator: Richard Poe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist who reported on the events as the happened, an action-packed account of Reagan&amp;#039;s failures in the 1983 Marines barracks bombing in Beirut. On October 23, 1983, a truck bomb destroyed the U.S. Marines barracks in Beirut. 241 Americans were killed in the worst terrorist attack our nation would suffer until 9/11. We&amp;#039;re still feeling the repercussions today. When Reagan Sent In the Marines tells why the Marines were there, how their mission became confused and compromised, and how President Ronald Reagan used another misguided military venture to distract America from the attack and his many mistakes leading up to it. Pulitzer Prize-winning author Patrick J. Sloyan uses his own contemporaneous reporting, his close relationships with the Marines in Beirut, recently declassified documents, and interviews with key players, including Reagan&amp;#039;s top advisers, to shine a new light on the Israeli invasion of Lebanon and Reagan&amp;#039;s doomed ceasefire in Beirut. Sloyan draws on interviews with key players to explore the actions of Kissinger and Haig, while revealing the courage of Marine Colonel Timothy Geraghty, who foresaw the disaster in Beirut, but whom Reagan would later blame for it. More than thirty-five years later, America continues to wrestle with Lebanon, the Marines with the legacy of the Beirut bombing, and all of us with the threat of Mideast terror that the attack furthered. When Reagan Sent In The Marines is a about a historical moment, but one that remains all too present today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Deep: The FBI, CIA, and the Truth about America&amp;#039;s Deep State by David Rohde</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398925</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Deep: The FBI, CIA, and the Truth about America&amp;#039;s Deep State
Author: David Rohde
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.32 of Total 38 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.56 of Total 9
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist’s investigation of the “deep state.”Three-quarters of Americans believe that a group of unelected government and military officials secretly manipulate or directnational policy in the United States. President Trump blames the “deep state” for his impeachment. But what is the American “deepstate” and does it really exist?To conservatives, the “deep state” is an ever-growing government bureaucracy, an “administrative state” that they think relentlesslyencroaches on the individual rights of Americans. Liberals fear the “military-industrial complex”—a cabal of generals and defensecontractors who they believe routinely push the country into endless wars. Every modern American president from Carter to Trumphas engaged in power struggles with Congress, the CIA, and the FBI. Every CIA and FBI director has suspected White House aides ormembers of Congress of leaking secrets for political gain. Frustrated Americans increasingly distrust the politicians, unelected officials,and journalists who they feel set the country’s political agenda. American democracy faces its biggest crisis of legitimacy in a half century.This sweeping exploration examines the CIA and FBI scandals of the past fifty years—from the Church Committee’s exposureof Cold War abuses, to the Iran-Contra affair, to false intelligence about Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction, to NSA mass surveillancerevealed by Edward Snowden. It then investigates the claims and counterclaims of the Trump era, and the relentless spread of conspiracytheories online and on-air. While Trump says he is the victim of the “deep state,” Rohde argues the president and his allies are creating ade facto “deep state” of their own that operates outside official government channels and smears rivals, both real and perceived.The feverish debate over the “deep state” raises core questions about the future of American democracy. Is it possible for careergovernment officials to be politically neutral? Have the FBI, CIA, and other intelligence agencies grown too powerful? Are politiciansspreading “deep state” conspiracy theories for their own political gain? How vast should the power of a president be? Based on dozens ofinterviews with career CIA operatives and FBI agents, In Deep answers the question of whether the nation’s intelligence agencies and itspoliticians are abusing or protecting the public’s trust.</description>
      <author>David Rohde</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980034155.mp3" length="1349122" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398925</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980034155.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Deep: The FBI, CIA, and the Truth about America&amp;#039;s Deep State
Author: David Rohde
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.32 of Total 38 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.56 of Total 9
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist’s investigation of the “deep state.”Three-quarters of Americans believe that a group of unelected government and military officials secretly manipulate or directnational policy in the United States. President Trump blames the “deep state” for his impeachment. But what is the American “deepstate” and does it really exist?To conservatives, the “deep state” is an ever-growing government bureaucracy, an “administrative state” that they think relentlesslyencroaches on the individual rights of Americans. Liberals fear the “military-industrial complex”—a cabal of generals and defensecontractors who they believe routinely push the country into endless wars. Every modern American president from Carter to Trumphas engaged in power struggles with Congress, the CIA, and the FBI. Every CIA and FBI director has suspected White House aides ormembers of Congress of leaking secrets for political gain. Frustrated Americans increasingly distrust the politicians, unelected officials,and journalists who they feel set the country’s political agenda. American democracy faces its biggest crisis of legitimacy in a half century.This sweeping exploration examines the CIA and FBI scandals of the past fifty years—from the Church Committee’s exposureof Cold War abuses, to the Iran-Contra affair, to false intelligence about Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction, to NSA mass surveillancerevealed by Edward Snowden. It then investigates the claims and counterclaims of the Trump era, and the relentless spread of conspiracytheories online and on-air. While Trump says he is the victim of the “deep state,” Rohde argues the president and his allies are creating ade facto “deep state” of their own that operates outside official government channels and smears rivals, both real and perceived.The feverish debate over the “deep state” raises core questions about the future of American democracy. Is it possible for careergovernment officials to be politically neutral? Have the FBI, CIA, and other intelligence agencies grown too powerful? Are politiciansspreading “deep state” conspiracy theories for their own political gain? How vast should the power of a president be? Based on dozens ofinterviews with career CIA operatives and FBI agents, In Deep answers the question of whether the nation’s intelligence agencies and itspoliticians are abusing or protecting the public’s trust.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Deep: The FBI, CIA, and the Truth about America&amp;#039;s Deep State
Author: David Rohde
Narrator: Graham Winton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.32 of Total 38 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.56 of Total 9
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist’s investigation of the “deep state.”Three-quarters of Americans believe that a group of unelected government and military officials secretly manipulate or directnational policy in the United States. President Trump blames the “deep state” for his impeachment. But what is the American “deepstate” and does it really exist?To conservatives, the “deep state” is an ever-growing government bureaucracy, an “administrative state” that they think relentlesslyencroaches on the individual rights of Americans. Liberals fear the “military-industrial complex”—a cabal of generals and defensecontractors who they believe routinely push the country into endless wars. Every modern American president from Carter to Trumphas engaged in power struggles with Congress, the CIA, and the FBI. Every CIA and FBI director has suspected White House aides ormembers of Congress of leaking secrets for political gain. Frustrated Americans increasingly distrust the politicians, unelected officials,and journalists who they feel set the country’s political agenda. American democracy faces its biggest crisis of legitimacy in a half century.This sweeping exploration examines the CIA and FBI scandals of the past fifty years—from the Church Committee’s exposureof Cold War abuses, to the Iran-Contra affair, to false intelligence about Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction, to NSA mass surveillancerevealed by Edward Snowden. It then investigates the claims and counterclaims of the Trump era, and the relentless spread of conspiracytheories online and on-air. While Trump says he is the victim of the “deep state,” Rohde argues the president and his allies are creating ade facto “deep state” of their own that operates outside official government channels and smears rivals, both real and perceived.The feverish debate over the “deep state” raises core questions about the future of American democracy. Is it possible for careergovernment officials to be politically neutral? Have the FBI, CIA, and other intelligence agencies grown too powerful? Are politiciansspreading “deep state” conspiracy theories for their own political gain? How vast should the power of a president be? Based on dozens ofinterviews with career CIA operatives and FBI agents, In Deep answers the question of whether the nation’s intelligence agencies and itspoliticians are abusing or protecting the public’s trust.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barack and Joe: The Making of an Extraordinary Partnership by Steven Levingston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398890</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barack and Joe: The Making of an Extraordinary Partnership
Author: Steven Levingston
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Washington Post 2019 Notable Selection A vivid and inspiring account of the &amp;#039;bromance&amp;#039; between Barack Obama and Joe Biden. The extraordinary partnership of Barack Obama and Joe Biden is unique in American history. The two men, their characters and styles sharply contrasting, formed a dynamic working relationship that evolved into a profound friendship. Their affinity was not predestined. Obama and Biden began wary of each other: Obama an impatient freshman disdainful of the Senate&amp;#039;s plodding ways; Biden a veteran of the chamber and proud of its traditions.  Gradually they came to respect each other&amp;#039;s values and strengths and rode into the White House together in 2008. Side-by-side through two tension-filled terms, they shared the day-to-day joys and struggles of leading the most powerful nation on earth. They accommodated each other&amp;#039;s quirks: Biden&amp;#039;s famous miscues kept coming, and Obama overlooked them knowing they were insignificant except as media fodder. With his expertise in foreign affairs and legislative matters, Biden took on an unprecedented role as chief adviser to Obama, reshaping the vice presidency. Together Obama and Biden guided Americans through a range of historic moments: a devastating economic crisis, racial confrontations, war in Afghanistan, and the dawn of same-sex marriage nationwide. They supported each other through highs and lows: Obama provided a welcome shoulder during the illness and death of Biden&amp;#039;s son Beau.  As many Americans turn a nostalgic eye toward the Obama presidency, Barack and Joe offers a new look at this administration, its absence of scandal, dedication to truth, and respect for the media. This is the first book to tell the full story of this historic relationship and its substantial impact on the Obama presidency and its legacy.</description>
      <author>Steven Levingston</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549199936.mp3" length="933444" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398890</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549199936.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barack and Joe: The Making of an Extraordinary Partnership
Author: Steven Levingston
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Washington Post 2019 Notable Selection A vivid and inspiring account of the &amp;#039;bromance&amp;#039; between Barack Obama and Joe Biden. The extraordinary partnership of Barack Obama and Joe Biden is unique in American history. The two men, their characters and styles sharply contrasting, formed a dynamic working relationship that evolved into a profound friendship. Their affinity was not predestined. Obama and Biden began wary of each other: Obama an impatient freshman disdainful of the Senate&amp;#039;s plodding ways; Biden a veteran of the chamber and proud of its traditions.  Gradually they came to respect each other&amp;#039;s values and strengths and rode into the White House together in 2008. Side-by-side through two tension-filled terms, they shared the day-to-day joys and struggles of leading the most powerful nation on earth. They accommodated each other&amp;#039;s quirks: Biden&amp;#039;s famous miscues kept coming, and Obama overlooked them knowing they were insignificant except as media fodder. With his expertise in foreign affairs and legislative matters, Biden took on an unprecedented role as chief adviser to Obama, reshaping the vice presidency. Together Obama and Biden guided Americans through a range of historic moments: a devastating economic crisis, racial confrontations, war in Afghanistan, and the dawn of same-sex marriage nationwide. They supported each other through highs and lows: Obama provided a welcome shoulder during the illness and death of Biden&amp;#039;s son Beau.  As many Americans turn a nostalgic eye toward the Obama presidency, Barack and Joe offers a new look at this administration, its absence of scandal, dedication to truth, and respect for the media. This is the first book to tell the full story of this historic relationship and its substantial impact on the Obama presidency and its legacy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barack and Joe: The Making of an Extraordinary Partnership
Author: Steven Levingston
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Washington Post 2019 Notable Selection A vivid and inspiring account of the &amp;#039;bromance&amp;#039; between Barack Obama and Joe Biden. The extraordinary partnership of Barack Obama and Joe Biden is unique in American history. The two men, their characters and styles sharply contrasting, formed a dynamic working relationship that evolved into a profound friendship. Their affinity was not predestined. Obama and Biden began wary of each other: Obama an impatient freshman disdainful of the Senate&amp;#039;s plodding ways; Biden a veteran of the chamber and proud of its traditions.  Gradually they came to respect each other&amp;#039;s values and strengths and rode into the White House together in 2008. Side-by-side through two tension-filled terms, they shared the day-to-day joys and struggles of leading the most powerful nation on earth. They accommodated each other&amp;#039;s quirks: Biden&amp;#039;s famous miscues kept coming, and Obama overlooked them knowing they were insignificant except as media fodder. With his expertise in foreign affairs and legislative matters, Biden took on an unprecedented role as chief adviser to Obama, reshaping the vice presidency. Together Obama and Biden guided Americans through a range of historic moments: a devastating economic crisis, racial confrontations, war in Afghanistan, and the dawn of same-sex marriage nationwide. They supported each other through highs and lows: Obama provided a welcome shoulder during the illness and death of Biden&amp;#039;s son Beau.  As many Americans turn a nostalgic eye toward the Obama presidency, Barack and Joe offers a new look at this administration, its absence of scandal, dedication to truth, and respect for the media. This is the first book to tell the full story of this historic relationship and its substantial impact on the Obama presidency and its legacy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>California Exposures: Envisioning Myth and History by Jesse Amble White, Richard White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398871</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: California Exposures: Envisioning Myth and History
Author: Jesse Amble White, Richard White
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This is the West, sir. When the legend becomes fact, print the legend.&amp;#039; This indelible quote from The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance applies especially well to California, where legend has so thoroughly become fact that it is visible in everyday landscapes. Our foremost historian of the West, Richard White, never content to &amp;#039;print the legend,&amp;#039; collaborates here with his son, a talented photographer, in excavating the layers of legend built into California&amp;#039;s landscapes. Together they expose the bedrock of the past, and the history they uncover is astonishing. Jesse White&amp;#039;s evocative photographs illustrate the sites of Richard&amp;#039;s historical investigations. A quiet riverside park in the Tulare Lake Basin belies scenes of horror from when settlers in the 1850s transformed native homelands into American property. Near the lake bed stands a small marker commemorating the Mussel Slough massacre, the culmination of a violent struggle over land titles between local farmers and the Southern Pacific Railroad in the 1870s. Tulare is today a fertile agricultural county, but its population is poor and unhealthy. The California Dream lives elsewhere. The lake itself disappeared when tributary rivers were rerouted to deliver government-subsidized water to big agriculture and cities. But climate change ensures that it will be back—the only question is when.</description>
      <author>Jesse Amble White, Richard White</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684576500.mp3" length="8220641" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398871</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684576500.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: California Exposures: Envisioning Myth and History
Author: Jesse Amble White, Richard White
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This is the West, sir. When the legend becomes fact, print the legend.&amp;#039; This indelible quote from The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance applies especially well to California, where legend has so thoroughly become fact that it is visible in everyday landscapes. Our foremost historian of the West, Richard White, never content to &amp;#039;print the legend,&amp;#039; collaborates here with his son, a talented photographer, in excavating the layers of legend built into California&amp;#039;s landscapes. Together they expose the bedrock of the past, and the history they uncover is astonishing. Jesse White&amp;#039;s evocative photographs illustrate the sites of Richard&amp;#039;s historical investigations. A quiet riverside park in the Tulare Lake Basin belies scenes of horror from when settlers in the 1850s transformed native homelands into American property. Near the lake bed stands a small marker commemorating the Mussel Slough massacre, the culmination of a violent struggle over land titles between local farmers and the Southern Pacific Railroad in the 1870s. Tulare is today a fertile agricultural county, but its population is poor and unhealthy. The California Dream lives elsewhere. The lake itself disappeared when tributary rivers were rerouted to deliver government-subsidized water to big agriculture and cities. But climate change ensures that it will be back—the only question is when.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: California Exposures: Envisioning Myth and History
Author: Jesse Amble White, Richard White
Narrator: Charles Constant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This is the West, sir. When the legend becomes fact, print the legend.&amp;#039; This indelible quote from The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance applies especially well to California, where legend has so thoroughly become fact that it is visible in everyday landscapes. Our foremost historian of the West, Richard White, never content to &amp;#039;print the legend,&amp;#039; collaborates here with his son, a talented photographer, in excavating the layers of legend built into California&amp;#039;s landscapes. Together they expose the bedrock of the past, and the history they uncover is astonishing. Jesse White&amp;#039;s evocative photographs illustrate the sites of Richard&amp;#039;s historical investigations. A quiet riverside park in the Tulare Lake Basin belies scenes of horror from when settlers in the 1850s transformed native homelands into American property. Near the lake bed stands a small marker commemorating the Mussel Slough massacre, the culmination of a violent struggle over land titles between local farmers and the Southern Pacific Railroad in the 1870s. Tulare is today a fertile agricultural county, but its population is poor and unhealthy. The California Dream lives elsewhere. The lake itself disappeared when tributary rivers were rerouted to deliver government-subsidized water to big agriculture and cities. But climate change ensures that it will be back—the only question is when.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El mito de las tres transformaciones by Juan Miguel Zunzunegui</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398739</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El mito de las tres transformaciones
Author: Juan Miguel Zunzunegui
Narrator: Juan Miguel Zunzunegui
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
«El que controla el pasado controla el futuro, y el que controla el presente es quien controla el pasado.»  George Orwell, 1984  La historia no estudia el pasado, lo construye. Toda historia nacional es una mitología, y las mitologías sirven para estructurar la mente de un pueblo. La historia ha sido un arma, una herramienta política, un discurso psicológico, y eso es así porque siempre se ha escrito desde el poder para legitimarlo.  Hoy se habla de transformaciones en la historia de México:  independencia, reforma y revolución. Todas implicaron guerra, polarización y odio; cada una de ellas generó división y sembró las semillas de los conflictos posteriores. Para transformar a México, hay que tener un cambio colectivo de mentalidad, y con el bien común como premisa indispensable para encontrar la paz.  El mito de las tres transformaciones es un paseo a lo largo de la historia y la psicología de nosotros mismos para lograr una verdadera transformación y construir el mejor México posible.</description>
      <author>Juan Miguel Zunzunegui</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jan 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073177009.mp3" length="1448635" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398739</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073177009.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El mito de las tres transformaciones
Author: Juan Miguel Zunzunegui
Narrator: Juan Miguel Zunzunegui
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
«El que controla el pasado controla el futuro, y el que controla el presente es quien controla el pasado.»  George Orwell, 1984  La historia no estudia el pasado, lo construye. Toda historia nacional es una mitología, y las mitologías sirven para estructurar la mente de un pueblo. La historia ha sido un arma, una herramienta política, un discurso psicológico, y eso es así porque siempre se ha escrito desde el poder para legitimarlo.  Hoy se habla de transformaciones en la historia de México:  independencia, reforma y revolución. Todas implicaron guerra, polarización y odio; cada una de ellas generó división y sembró las semillas de los conflictos posteriores. Para transformar a México, hay que tener un cambio colectivo de mentalidad, y con el bien común como premisa indispensable para encontrar la paz.  El mito de las tres transformaciones es un paseo a lo largo de la historia y la psicología de nosotros mismos para lograr una verdadera transformación y construir el mejor México posible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El mito de las tres transformaciones
Author: Juan Miguel Zunzunegui
Narrator: Juan Miguel Zunzunegui
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 23, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
«El que controla el pasado controla el futuro, y el que controla el presente es quien controla el pasado.»  George Orwell, 1984  La historia no estudia el pasado, lo construye. Toda historia nacional es una mitología, y las mitologías sirven para estructurar la mente de un pueblo. La historia ha sido un arma, una herramienta política, un discurso psicológico, y eso es así porque siempre se ha escrito desde el poder para legitimarlo.  Hoy se habla de transformaciones en la historia de México:  independencia, reforma y revolución. Todas implicaron guerra, polarización y odio; cada una de ellas generó división y sembró las semillas de los conflictos posteriores. Para transformar a México, hay que tener un cambio colectivo de mentalidad, y con el bien común como premisa indispensable para encontrar la paz.  El mito de las tres transformaciones es un paseo a lo largo de la historia y la psicología de nosotros mismos para lograr una verdadera transformación y construir el mejor México posible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fight for History: 75 Years of Forgetting, Remembering, and Remaking Canada&amp;#039;s Second World War by Tim Cook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398383</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight for History: 75 Years of Forgetting, Remembering, and Remaking Canada&amp;#039;s Second World War
Author: Tim Cook
Narrator: J.D. Nicholsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER FINALIST FOR THE OTTAWA BOOK AWARDS  A masterful telling of the way World War Two has been remembered, forgotten, and remade by Canada over seventy-five years.  The Second World War shaped modern Canada. It led to the country&amp;#039;s emergence as a middle power on the world stage; the rise of the welfare state; industrialization, urbanization, and population growth. After the war, Canada increasingly turned toward the United States in matters of trade, security, and popular culture, which then sparked a desire to strengthen Canadian nationalism from the threat of American hegemony.   The Fight for History examines how Canadians framed and reframed the war experience over time. Just as the importance of the battle of Vimy Ridge to Canadians rose, fell, and rose again over a 100-year period, the meaning of Canada&amp;#039;s Second World War followed a similar pattern. But the Second World War&amp;#039;s relevance to Canada led to conflict between veterans and others in society—more so than in the previous war—as well as a more rapid diminishment of its significance.  By the end of the 20th century, Canada&amp;#039;s experiences in the war were largely framed as a series of disasters. Canadians seemed to want to talk only of the defeats at Hong Kong and Dieppe or the racially driven policy of the forced relocation of Japanese-Canadians. In the history books and media, there was little discussion of Canada&amp;#039;s crucial role in the Battle of the Atlantic, the success of its armies in Italy and other parts of Europe, or the massive contribution of war materials made on the home front. No other victorious nation underwent this bizarre reframing of the war, remaking victories into defeats.   The Fight for History is about the efforts to restore a more balanced portrait of Canada&amp;#039;s contribution in the global conflict. This is the story of how Canada has talked about the war in the past, how we tried to bury it, and how it was restored. This is the history of a constellation of changing ideas, with many historical twists and turns, and a series of fascinating actors and events.</description>
      <author>Tim Cook</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780735240162.mp3" length="2789433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398383</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780735240162.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight for History: 75 Years of Forgetting, Remembering, and Remaking Canada&amp;#039;s Second World War
Author: Tim Cook
Narrator: J.D. Nicholsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER FINALIST FOR THE OTTAWA BOOK AWARDS  A masterful telling of the way World War Two has been remembered, forgotten, and remade by Canada over seventy-five years.  The Second World War shaped modern Canada. It led to the country&amp;#039;s emergence as a middle power on the world stage; the rise of the welfare state; industrialization, urbanization, and population growth. After the war, Canada increasingly turned toward the United States in matters of trade, security, and popular culture, which then sparked a desire to strengthen Canadian nationalism from the threat of American hegemony.   The Fight for History examines how Canadians framed and reframed the war experience over time. Just as the importance of the battle of Vimy Ridge to Canadians rose, fell, and rose again over a 100-year period, the meaning of Canada&amp;#039;s Second World War followed a similar pattern. But the Second World War&amp;#039;s relevance to Canada led to conflict between veterans and others in society—more so than in the previous war—as well as a more rapid diminishment of its significance.  By the end of the 20th century, Canada&amp;#039;s experiences in the war were largely framed as a series of disasters. Canadians seemed to want to talk only of the defeats at Hong Kong and Dieppe or the racially driven policy of the forced relocation of Japanese-Canadians. In the history books and media, there was little discussion of Canada&amp;#039;s crucial role in the Battle of the Atlantic, the success of its armies in Italy and other parts of Europe, or the massive contribution of war materials made on the home front. No other victorious nation underwent this bizarre reframing of the war, remaking victories into defeats.   The Fight for History is about the efforts to restore a more balanced portrait of Canada&amp;#039;s contribution in the global conflict. This is the story of how Canada has talked about the war in the past, how we tried to bury it, and how it was restored. This is the history of a constellation of changing ideas, with many historical twists and turns, and a series of fascinating actors and events.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight for History: 75 Years of Forgetting, Remembering, and Remaking Canada&amp;#039;s Second World War
Author: Tim Cook
Narrator: J.D. Nicholsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER FINALIST FOR THE OTTAWA BOOK AWARDS  A masterful telling of the way World War Two has been remembered, forgotten, and remade by Canada over seventy-five years.  The Second World War shaped modern Canada. It led to the country&amp;#039;s emergence as a middle power on the world stage; the rise of the welfare state; industrialization, urbanization, and population growth. After the war, Canada increasingly turned toward the United States in matters of trade, security, and popular culture, which then sparked a desire to strengthen Canadian nationalism from the threat of American hegemony.   The Fight for History examines how Canadians framed and reframed the war experience over time. Just as the importance of the battle of Vimy Ridge to Canadians rose, fell, and rose again over a 100-year period, the meaning of Canada&amp;#039;s Second World War followed a similar pattern. But the Second World War&amp;#039;s relevance to Canada led to conflict between veterans and others in society—more so than in the previous war—as well as a more rapid diminishment of its significance.  By the end of the 20th century, Canada&amp;#039;s experiences in the war were largely framed as a series of disasters. Canadians seemed to want to talk only of the defeats at Hong Kong and Dieppe or the racially driven policy of the forced relocation of Japanese-Canadians. In the history books and media, there was little discussion of Canada&amp;#039;s crucial role in the Battle of the Atlantic, the success of its armies in Italy and other parts of Europe, or the massive contribution of war materials made on the home front. No other victorious nation underwent this bizarre reframing of the war, remaking victories into defeats.   The Fight for History is about the efforts to restore a more balanced portrait of Canada&amp;#039;s contribution in the global conflict. This is the story of how Canada has talked about the war in the past, how we tried to bury it, and how it was restored. This is the history of a constellation of changing ideas, with many historical twists and turns, and a series of fascinating actors and events.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dreams of El Dorado: A History of the American West by H. W. Brands</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398295</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dreams of El Dorado: A History of the American West
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Matt Kugler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Epic in its scale, fearless in its scope&amp;#039; (Hampton Sides), this masterfully told account of the American West from a two-time Pulitzer Prize finalist sets a new standard as it sweeps from the California Gold Rush and beyond. In Dreams of El Dorado, H. W. Brands tells the thrilling, panoramic story of the settling of the American West. He takes us from John Jacob Astor&amp;#039;s fur trading outpost in Oregon to the Texas Revolution, from the California gold rush to the Oklahoma land rush. He shows how the migrants&amp;#039; dreams drove them to feats of courage and perseverance that put their stay-at-home cousins to shame-and how those same dreams also drove them to outrageous acts of violence against indigenous peoples and one another. The West was where riches would reward the miner&amp;#039;s persistence, the cattleman&amp;#039;s courage, the railroad man&amp;#039;s enterprise; but El Dorado was at least as elusive in the West as it ever was in the East. Balanced, authoritative, and masterfully told, Dreams of El Dorado sets a new standard for histories of the American West.</description>
      <author>H. W. Brands</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549115110.mp3" length="884604" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398295</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549115110.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dreams of El Dorado: A History of the American West
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Matt Kugler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Epic in its scale, fearless in its scope&amp;#039; (Hampton Sides), this masterfully told account of the American West from a two-time Pulitzer Prize finalist sets a new standard as it sweeps from the California Gold Rush and beyond. In Dreams of El Dorado, H. W. Brands tells the thrilling, panoramic story of the settling of the American West. He takes us from John Jacob Astor&amp;#039;s fur trading outpost in Oregon to the Texas Revolution, from the California gold rush to the Oklahoma land rush. He shows how the migrants&amp;#039; dreams drove them to feats of courage and perseverance that put their stay-at-home cousins to shame-and how those same dreams also drove them to outrageous acts of violence against indigenous peoples and one another. The West was where riches would reward the miner&amp;#039;s persistence, the cattleman&amp;#039;s courage, the railroad man&amp;#039;s enterprise; but El Dorado was at least as elusive in the West as it ever was in the East. Balanced, authoritative, and masterfully told, Dreams of El Dorado sets a new standard for histories of the American West.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dreams of El Dorado: A History of the American West
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Matt Kugler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Epic in its scale, fearless in its scope&amp;#039; (Hampton Sides), this masterfully told account of the American West from a two-time Pulitzer Prize finalist sets a new standard as it sweeps from the California Gold Rush and beyond. In Dreams of El Dorado, H. W. Brands tells the thrilling, panoramic story of the settling of the American West. He takes us from John Jacob Astor&amp;#039;s fur trading outpost in Oregon to the Texas Revolution, from the California gold rush to the Oklahoma land rush. He shows how the migrants&amp;#039; dreams drove them to feats of courage and perseverance that put their stay-at-home cousins to shame-and how those same dreams also drove them to outrageous acts of violence against indigenous peoples and one another. The West was where riches would reward the miner&amp;#039;s persistence, the cattleman&amp;#039;s courage, the railroad man&amp;#039;s enterprise; but El Dorado was at least as elusive in the West as it ever was in the East. Balanced, authoritative, and masterfully told, Dreams of El Dorado sets a new standard for histories of the American West.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mitch, Please!: How Mitch McConnell Sold Out Kentucky (and America too) by Matt Jones, Chris Tomlin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397489</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mitch, Please!: How Mitch McConnell Sold Out Kentucky (and America too)
Author: Matt Jones, Chris Tomlin
Narrator: Matt Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller about how Mitch McConnell has been bad for Kentucky—and why he needs to be voted out of office from the founder of Kentucky Sports Radio and attorney Matt Jones. They say all politics is local. In 2020, Mitch McConnell will have served five full terms as a US Senator. Thirty years. The Senate Majority leader’s power is as undeniable as it is infuriating, and the people of Kentucky have had enough. Led by Matt Jones, they (and they alone) have the power to oust him from office.   How did Jones, a local boy turned attorney turned sports radio host come to shine the brightest light on McConnell’s ineptitude? Simple—he knows Kentucky inside and out, and has used the state’s love of sports as an entry point for showcasing how McConnell has failed his fellow citizens both economically and socially for three decades.   Entertaining, maddening, yet ultimately inspiring, these stories from Kentuckians in each of its 120 counties illustrate the Senate Majority leader’s stunning shortcomings. “Jones employs a sharp, political scalpel eviscerating McConnell…[and this book is] an effective combination of description and vivisection” (Kirkus Reviews). Jones brings his trademark wit and wisdom throughout the book, while also offering a beautiful portrait of a state with arguably the most untapped potential in our country.   Ultimately, the white-hot hatred for McConnell on the coasts is just white noise. Only the people of Kentucky can remove him from office. Here, Matt Jones demonstrates he has the influence, charisma, and institutional knowledge to lead the charge. He and his fellow Kentuckians have had enough—and they’re ready for a fight.</description>
      <author>Matt Jones, Chris Tomlin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797106755.mp3" length="839012" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397489</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797106755.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mitch, Please!: How Mitch McConnell Sold Out Kentucky (and America too)
Author: Matt Jones, Chris Tomlin
Narrator: Matt Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller about how Mitch McConnell has been bad for Kentucky—and why he needs to be voted out of office from the founder of Kentucky Sports Radio and attorney Matt Jones. They say all politics is local. In 2020, Mitch McConnell will have served five full terms as a US Senator. Thirty years. The Senate Majority leader’s power is as undeniable as it is infuriating, and the people of Kentucky have had enough. Led by Matt Jones, they (and they alone) have the power to oust him from office.   How did Jones, a local boy turned attorney turned sports radio host come to shine the brightest light on McConnell’s ineptitude? Simple—he knows Kentucky inside and out, and has used the state’s love of sports as an entry point for showcasing how McConnell has failed his fellow citizens both economically and socially for three decades.   Entertaining, maddening, yet ultimately inspiring, these stories from Kentuckians in each of its 120 counties illustrate the Senate Majority leader’s stunning shortcomings. “Jones employs a sharp, political scalpel eviscerating McConnell…[and this book is] an effective combination of description and vivisection” (Kirkus Reviews). Jones brings his trademark wit and wisdom throughout the book, while also offering a beautiful portrait of a state with arguably the most untapped potential in our country.   Ultimately, the white-hot hatred for McConnell on the coasts is just white noise. Only the people of Kentucky can remove him from office. Here, Matt Jones demonstrates he has the influence, charisma, and institutional knowledge to lead the charge. He and his fellow Kentuckians have had enough—and they’re ready for a fight.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mitch, Please!: How Mitch McConnell Sold Out Kentucky (and America too)
Author: Matt Jones, Chris Tomlin
Narrator: Matt Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 32 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller about how Mitch McConnell has been bad for Kentucky—and why he needs to be voted out of office from the founder of Kentucky Sports Radio and attorney Matt Jones. They say all politics is local. In 2020, Mitch McConnell will have served five full terms as a US Senator. Thirty years. The Senate Majority leader’s power is as undeniable as it is infuriating, and the people of Kentucky have had enough. Led by Matt Jones, they (and they alone) have the power to oust him from office.   How did Jones, a local boy turned attorney turned sports radio host come to shine the brightest light on McConnell’s ineptitude? Simple—he knows Kentucky inside and out, and has used the state’s love of sports as an entry point for showcasing how McConnell has failed his fellow citizens both economically and socially for three decades.   Entertaining, maddening, yet ultimately inspiring, these stories from Kentuckians in each of its 120 counties illustrate the Senate Majority leader’s stunning shortcomings. “Jones employs a sharp, political scalpel eviscerating McConnell…[and this book is] an effective combination of description and vivisection” (Kirkus Reviews). Jones brings his trademark wit and wisdom throughout the book, while also offering a beautiful portrait of a state with arguably the most untapped potential in our country.   Ultimately, the white-hot hatred for McConnell on the coasts is just white noise. Only the people of Kentucky can remove him from office. Here, Matt Jones demonstrates he has the influence, charisma, and institutional knowledge to lead the charge. He and his fellow Kentuckians have had enough—and they’re ready for a fight.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hispanic Republican: The Shaping of an American Political Identity, from Nixon to Trump by Geraldo Cadava</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397288</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hispanic Republican: The Shaping of an American Political Identity, from Nixon to Trump
Author: Geraldo Cadava
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An illuminating and thought-provoking history of the growth of Hispanic American Republican voters in the past half century and their surprising impact on US politics. In the lead-up to every election cycle, pundits predict that Latino Americans will overwhelmingly vote in favor of the Democratic candidate. And it’s true—Latino voters do tilt Democratic. Hillary Clinton won the Latino vote in a “landslide,” Barack Obama “crushed” Mitt Romney among Latino voters in his reelection, and, four years earlier, the Democratic ticket beat the McCain-Palin ticket by a margin of more than two to one. But those numbers belie a more complicated picture. Because of decades of investment and political courtship, as well as a nuanced and varied cultural identity, the Republican party has had a much longer and stronger bond with Hispanics. How is this possible for a party so associated with draconian immigration and racial policies? In The Hispanic Republican, historian and political commentator Geraldo Cadava illuminates the history of the millions of Hispanic Republicans who, since the 1960s, have had a significant impact on national politics. Intertwining the little understood history of Hispanic Americans with a cultural study of how post–World War II Republican politicians actively courted the Hispanic vote during the Cold War (especially Cuban émigrés) and during periods of major strife in Central America (especially during Iran-Contra), Cadava offers insight into the complicated dynamic between Latino liberalism and conservatism, which, when studied together, shine a crucial light on a rapidly changing demographic that will impact American elections for years to come.</description>
      <author>Geraldo Cadava</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062946379.mp3" length="1459881" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397288</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062946379.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hispanic Republican: The Shaping of an American Political Identity, from Nixon to Trump
Author: Geraldo Cadava
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An illuminating and thought-provoking history of the growth of Hispanic American Republican voters in the past half century and their surprising impact on US politics. In the lead-up to every election cycle, pundits predict that Latino Americans will overwhelmingly vote in favor of the Democratic candidate. And it’s true—Latino voters do tilt Democratic. Hillary Clinton won the Latino vote in a “landslide,” Barack Obama “crushed” Mitt Romney among Latino voters in his reelection, and, four years earlier, the Democratic ticket beat the McCain-Palin ticket by a margin of more than two to one. But those numbers belie a more complicated picture. Because of decades of investment and political courtship, as well as a nuanced and varied cultural identity, the Republican party has had a much longer and stronger bond with Hispanics. How is this possible for a party so associated with draconian immigration and racial policies? In The Hispanic Republican, historian and political commentator Geraldo Cadava illuminates the history of the millions of Hispanic Republicans who, since the 1960s, have had a significant impact on national politics. Intertwining the little understood history of Hispanic Americans with a cultural study of how post–World War II Republican politicians actively courted the Hispanic vote during the Cold War (especially Cuban émigrés) and during periods of major strife in Central America (especially during Iran-Contra), Cadava offers insight into the complicated dynamic between Latino liberalism and conservatism, which, when studied together, shine a crucial light on a rapidly changing demographic that will impact American elections for years to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397288">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397288</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hispanic Republican: The Shaping of an American Political Identity, from Nixon to Trump
Author: Geraldo Cadava
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An illuminating and thought-provoking history of the growth of Hispanic American Republican voters in the past half century and their surprising impact on US politics. In the lead-up to every election cycle, pundits predict that Latino Americans will overwhelmingly vote in favor of the Democratic candidate. And it’s true—Latino voters do tilt Democratic. Hillary Clinton won the Latino vote in a “landslide,” Barack Obama “crushed” Mitt Romney among Latino voters in his reelection, and, four years earlier, the Democratic ticket beat the McCain-Palin ticket by a margin of more than two to one. But those numbers belie a more complicated picture. Because of decades of investment and political courtship, as well as a nuanced and varied cultural identity, the Republican party has had a much longer and stronger bond with Hispanics. How is this possible for a party so associated with draconian immigration and racial policies? In The Hispanic Republican, historian and political commentator Geraldo Cadava illuminates the history of the millions of Hispanic Republicans who, since the 1960s, have had a significant impact on national politics. Intertwining the little understood history of Hispanic Americans with a cultural study of how post–World War II Republican politicians actively courted the Hispanic vote during the Cold War (especially Cuban émigrés) and during periods of major strife in Central America (especially during Iran-Contra), Cadava offers insight into the complicated dynamic between Latino liberalism and conservatism, which, when studied together, shine a crucial light on a rapidly changing demographic that will impact American elections for years to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>He Had It Coming: Four Murderous Women and the Reporter Who Immortalized Their Stories by Marianne Mather, Kori Rumore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397242</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: He Had It Coming: Four Murderous Women and the Reporter Who Immortalized Their Stories
Author: Marianne Mather, Kori Rumore
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
You probably know Roxie and Velma, the good-time gals of the 1926 satirical play Chicago and its wildly successful musical and movie adaptations. You might not know that Roxie, Velma, and the rest of the colorful characters of the play were inspired by real prisoners held in &amp;#039;Murderess Row&amp;#039; in 1920s Chicago—or that the reporter who covered their trials for the Chicago Tribune went on to write the play Chicago.   Now, more than ninety years later, the Chicago Tribune has uncovered photographs and newspaper clippings telling the story of the four women who inspired the timeless characters of Chicago. But these photos tell a different story—and it&amp;#039;s not all about glamour, fashion, and celebrity. They show a young mother in jail hugging her two-year-old daughter. They show an immigrant woman who doesn&amp;#039;t speak the language of her judge, jury, and attorney. And they show women who used their images to sway public opinion—and their juries.    He Had It Coming collects stories from Tribune reporter Maurine Dallas Watkins and new analysis written by Tribune film critic Michael Phillips, theater critic Chris Jones, and columnists Heidi Stevens and Rick Kogan to build a fascinating history of women in crime in Jazz Age Chicago, a history that takes on new meaning in today&amp;#039;s #MeToo moment.</description>
      <author>Marianne Mather, Kori Rumore</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684577453.mp3" length="8243592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397242</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684577453.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: He Had It Coming: Four Murderous Women and the Reporter Who Immortalized Their Stories
Author: Marianne Mather, Kori Rumore
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
You probably know Roxie and Velma, the good-time gals of the 1926 satirical play Chicago and its wildly successful musical and movie adaptations. You might not know that Roxie, Velma, and the rest of the colorful characters of the play were inspired by real prisoners held in &amp;#039;Murderess Row&amp;#039; in 1920s Chicago—or that the reporter who covered their trials for the Chicago Tribune went on to write the play Chicago.   Now, more than ninety years later, the Chicago Tribune has uncovered photographs and newspaper clippings telling the story of the four women who inspired the timeless characters of Chicago. But these photos tell a different story—and it&amp;#039;s not all about glamour, fashion, and celebrity. They show a young mother in jail hugging her two-year-old daughter. They show an immigrant woman who doesn&amp;#039;t speak the language of her judge, jury, and attorney. And they show women who used their images to sway public opinion—and their juries.    He Had It Coming collects stories from Tribune reporter Maurine Dallas Watkins and new analysis written by Tribune film critic Michael Phillips, theater critic Chris Jones, and columnists Heidi Stevens and Rick Kogan to build a fascinating history of women in crime in Jazz Age Chicago, a history that takes on new meaning in today&amp;#039;s #MeToo moment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: He Had It Coming: Four Murderous Women and the Reporter Who Immortalized Their Stories
Author: Marianne Mather, Kori Rumore
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
You probably know Roxie and Velma, the good-time gals of the 1926 satirical play Chicago and its wildly successful musical and movie adaptations. You might not know that Roxie, Velma, and the rest of the colorful characters of the play were inspired by real prisoners held in &amp;#039;Murderess Row&amp;#039; in 1920s Chicago—or that the reporter who covered their trials for the Chicago Tribune went on to write the play Chicago.   Now, more than ninety years later, the Chicago Tribune has uncovered photographs and newspaper clippings telling the story of the four women who inspired the timeless characters of Chicago. But these photos tell a different story—and it&amp;#039;s not all about glamour, fashion, and celebrity. They show a young mother in jail hugging her two-year-old daughter. They show an immigrant woman who doesn&amp;#039;t speak the language of her judge, jury, and attorney. And they show women who used their images to sway public opinion—and their juries.    He Had It Coming collects stories from Tribune reporter Maurine Dallas Watkins and new analysis written by Tribune film critic Michael Phillips, theater critic Chris Jones, and columnists Heidi Stevens and Rick Kogan to build a fascinating history of women in crime in Jazz Age Chicago, a history that takes on new meaning in today&amp;#039;s #MeToo moment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The In-Betweens: The Spiritualists, Mediums, and Legends of Camp Etna by Mira Ptacin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397227</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The In-Betweens: The Spiritualists, Mediums, and Legends of Camp Etna
Author: Mira Ptacin
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A young writer travels to Maine to tell the unusual story of America&amp;#039;s longest-running camp devoted to mysticism and the world beyond. They believed they would live forever. So begins Mira Ptacin&amp;#039;s haunting account of the women of Camp Etna—an otherworldly community in the woods of Maine that has, since 1876, played host to generations of Spiritualists and mediums dedicated to preserving the links between the mortal realm and the afterlife. Beginning her narrative in 1848 with two sisters who claimed they could speak to the dead, Ptacin reveals how Spiritualism first blossomed into a national practice during the Civil War, yet continues—even thrives—to this very day. Immersing herself in this community and its practices—from ghost hunting to releasing trapped spirits to water witching—Ptacin sheds new light on our ongoing struggle with faith, uncertainty, and mortality. Blending memoir, ethnography, and investigative reportage, The In-Betweens offers a vital portrait of Camp Etna and its enduring hold on a modern culture that remains as starved for a deeper sense of connection and otherworldliness as ever.</description>
      <author>Mira Ptacin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684573967.mp3" length="8034448" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397227</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684573967.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The In-Betweens: The Spiritualists, Mediums, and Legends of Camp Etna
Author: Mira Ptacin
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A young writer travels to Maine to tell the unusual story of America&amp;#039;s longest-running camp devoted to mysticism and the world beyond. They believed they would live forever. So begins Mira Ptacin&amp;#039;s haunting account of the women of Camp Etna—an otherworldly community in the woods of Maine that has, since 1876, played host to generations of Spiritualists and mediums dedicated to preserving the links between the mortal realm and the afterlife. Beginning her narrative in 1848 with two sisters who claimed they could speak to the dead, Ptacin reveals how Spiritualism first blossomed into a national practice during the Civil War, yet continues—even thrives—to this very day. Immersing herself in this community and its practices—from ghost hunting to releasing trapped spirits to water witching—Ptacin sheds new light on our ongoing struggle with faith, uncertainty, and mortality. Blending memoir, ethnography, and investigative reportage, The In-Betweens offers a vital portrait of Camp Etna and its enduring hold on a modern culture that remains as starved for a deeper sense of connection and otherworldliness as ever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397227">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/397227</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The In-Betweens: The Spiritualists, Mediums, and Legends of Camp Etna
Author: Mira Ptacin
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A young writer travels to Maine to tell the unusual story of America&amp;#039;s longest-running camp devoted to mysticism and the world beyond. They believed they would live forever. So begins Mira Ptacin&amp;#039;s haunting account of the women of Camp Etna—an otherworldly community in the woods of Maine that has, since 1876, played host to generations of Spiritualists and mediums dedicated to preserving the links between the mortal realm and the afterlife. Beginning her narrative in 1848 with two sisters who claimed they could speak to the dead, Ptacin reveals how Spiritualism first blossomed into a national practice during the Civil War, yet continues—even thrives—to this very day. Immersing herself in this community and its practices—from ghost hunting to releasing trapped spirits to water witching—Ptacin sheds new light on our ongoing struggle with faith, uncertainty, and mortality. Blending memoir, ethnography, and investigative reportage, The In-Betweens offers a vital portrait of Camp Etna and its enduring hold on a modern culture that remains as starved for a deeper sense of connection and otherworldliness as ever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Engagement: America&amp;#039;s Quarter-Century Struggle Over Same-Sex Marriage by Sasha Issenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396856</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396856">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396856</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Engagement: America&amp;#039;s Quarter-Century Struggle Over Same-Sex Marriage
Author: Sasha Issenberg
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 33 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • The riveting story of the conflict over same-sex marriage in the United States—the most significant civil rights breakthrough of the new millennium &amp;#039;Full of intimate details, battling personalities, heated court cases, public persuasion.”  —John Williams, The New York Times On June 26, 2015, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that state bans on gay marriage were unconstitutional, making same-sex unions legal across the United States. But the road to that momentous decision was much longer than many know. In this definitive account, Sasha Issenberg vividly guides us through same-sex marriage’s unexpected path from the unimaginable to the inevitable.  It is a story that begins in Hawaii in 1990, when a rivalry among local activists triggered a sequence of events that forced the state to justify excluding gay couples from marriage. In the White House, one president signed the Defense of Marriage Act, which elevated the matter to a national issue, and his successor tried to write it into the Constitution. Over twenty-five years, the debate played out across the country, from the first legal same-sex weddings in Massachusetts to the epic face-off over California’s Proposition 8 and, finally, to the landmark Supreme Court decisions of United States v. Windsor and Obergefell v. Hodges. From churches to hedge funds, no corner of American life went untouched. This richly detailed narrative follows the coast-to-coast conflict through courtrooms and war rooms, bedrooms and boardrooms, to shed light on every aspect of a political and legal controversy that divided Americans like no other. Following a cast of characters that includes those who sought their own right to wed, those who fought to protect the traditional definition of marriage, and those who changed their minds about it, The Engagement is certain to become a seminal book on the modern culture wars.</description>
      <author>Sasha Issenberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593212769.mp3" length="2857969" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396856</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593212769.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>33:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396856">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396856</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Engagement: America&amp;#039;s Quarter-Century Struggle Over Same-Sex Marriage
Author: Sasha Issenberg
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 33 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • The riveting story of the conflict over same-sex marriage in the United States—the most significant civil rights breakthrough of the new millennium &amp;#039;Full of intimate details, battling personalities, heated court cases, public persuasion.”  —John Williams, The New York Times On June 26, 2015, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that state bans on gay marriage were unconstitutional, making same-sex unions legal across the United States. But the road to that momentous decision was much longer than many know. In this definitive account, Sasha Issenberg vividly guides us through same-sex marriage’s unexpected path from the unimaginable to the inevitable.  It is a story that begins in Hawaii in 1990, when a rivalry among local activists triggered a sequence of events that forced the state to justify excluding gay couples from marriage. In the White House, one president signed the Defense of Marriage Act, which elevated the matter to a national issue, and his successor tried to write it into the Constitution. Over twenty-five years, the debate played out across the country, from the first legal same-sex weddings in Massachusetts to the epic face-off over California’s Proposition 8 and, finally, to the landmark Supreme Court decisions of United States v. Windsor and Obergefell v. Hodges. From churches to hedge funds, no corner of American life went untouched. This richly detailed narrative follows the coast-to-coast conflict through courtrooms and war rooms, bedrooms and boardrooms, to shed light on every aspect of a political and legal controversy that divided Americans like no other. Following a cast of characters that includes those who sought their own right to wed, those who fought to protect the traditional definition of marriage, and those who changed their minds about it, The Engagement is certain to become a seminal book on the modern culture wars.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396856">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396856</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Engagement: America&amp;#039;s Quarter-Century Struggle Over Same-Sex Marriage
Author: Sasha Issenberg
Narrator: Graham Halstead
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 33 hours 47 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • The riveting story of the conflict over same-sex marriage in the United States—the most significant civil rights breakthrough of the new millennium &amp;#039;Full of intimate details, battling personalities, heated court cases, public persuasion.”  —John Williams, The New York Times On June 26, 2015, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that state bans on gay marriage were unconstitutional, making same-sex unions legal across the United States. But the road to that momentous decision was much longer than many know. In this definitive account, Sasha Issenberg vividly guides us through same-sex marriage’s unexpected path from the unimaginable to the inevitable.  It is a story that begins in Hawaii in 1990, when a rivalry among local activists triggered a sequence of events that forced the state to justify excluding gay couples from marriage. In the White House, one president signed the Defense of Marriage Act, which elevated the matter to a national issue, and his successor tried to write it into the Constitution. Over twenty-five years, the debate played out across the country, from the first legal same-sex weddings in Massachusetts to the epic face-off over California’s Proposition 8 and, finally, to the landmark Supreme Court decisions of United States v. Windsor and Obergefell v. Hodges. From churches to hedge funds, no corner of American life went untouched. This richly detailed narrative follows the coast-to-coast conflict through courtrooms and war rooms, bedrooms and boardrooms, to shed light on every aspect of a political and legal controversy that divided Americans like no other. Following a cast of characters that includes those who sought their own right to wed, those who fought to protect the traditional definition of marriage, and those who changed their minds about it, The Engagement is certain to become a seminal book on the modern culture wars.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Witches Are Coming by Lindy West</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396694</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Witches Are Coming
Author: Lindy West
Narrator: Lindy West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this wickedly funny cultural critique, the author of the critically acclaimed memoir and Hulu series Shrill exposes misogyny in the #MeToo era. This is a witch hunt. We&amp;#039;re witches, and we&amp;#039;re hunting you. From the moment powerful men started falling to the #MeToo movement, the lamentations began: this is feminism gone too far, this is injustice, this is a witch hunt. In The Witches Are Coming, firebrand author of the New York Times bestselling memoir and now critically acclaimed Hulu TV series Shrill, Lindy West, turns that refrain on its head. You think this is a witch hunt? Fine. You&amp;#039;ve got one. In a laugh-out-loud, incisive cultural critique, West extolls the world-changing magic of truth, urging readers to reckon with dark lies in the heart of the American mythos, and unpacking the complicated, and sometimes tragic, politics of not being a white man in the twenty-first century. She tracks the misogyny and propaganda hidden (or not so hidden) in the media she and her peers devoured growing up, a buffet of distortions, delusions, prejudice, and outright bullsh*t that has allowed white male mediocrity to maintain a death grip on American culture and politics-and that delivered us to this precarious, disorienting moment in history. West writes, &amp;quot;We were just a hair&amp;#039;s breadth from electing America&amp;#039;s first female president to succeed America&amp;#039;s first black president. We weren&amp;#039;t done, but we were doing it. And then, true to form—like the Balrog&amp;#039;s whip catching Gandalf by his little gray bootie, like the husband in a Lifetime movie hissing, &amp;#039;If I can&amp;#039;t have you, no one can&amp;#039;—white American voters shoved an incompetent, racist con man into the White House.&amp;quot; We cannot understand how we got here‚—how the land of the free became Trump&amp;#039;s America—without examining the chasm between who we are and who we think we are, without fact-checking the stories we tell ourselves about ourselves and each other. The truth can transform us; there is witchcraft in it. Lindy West turns on the light.</description>
      <author>Lindy West</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549141591.mp3" length="866679" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396694</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549141591.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Witches Are Coming
Author: Lindy West
Narrator: Lindy West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this wickedly funny cultural critique, the author of the critically acclaimed memoir and Hulu series Shrill exposes misogyny in the #MeToo era. This is a witch hunt. We&amp;#039;re witches, and we&amp;#039;re hunting you. From the moment powerful men started falling to the #MeToo movement, the lamentations began: this is feminism gone too far, this is injustice, this is a witch hunt. In The Witches Are Coming, firebrand author of the New York Times bestselling memoir and now critically acclaimed Hulu TV series Shrill, Lindy West, turns that refrain on its head. You think this is a witch hunt? Fine. You&amp;#039;ve got one. In a laugh-out-loud, incisive cultural critique, West extolls the world-changing magic of truth, urging readers to reckon with dark lies in the heart of the American mythos, and unpacking the complicated, and sometimes tragic, politics of not being a white man in the twenty-first century. She tracks the misogyny and propaganda hidden (or not so hidden) in the media she and her peers devoured growing up, a buffet of distortions, delusions, prejudice, and outright bullsh*t that has allowed white male mediocrity to maintain a death grip on American culture and politics-and that delivered us to this precarious, disorienting moment in history. West writes, &amp;quot;We were just a hair&amp;#039;s breadth from electing America&amp;#039;s first female president to succeed America&amp;#039;s first black president. We weren&amp;#039;t done, but we were doing it. And then, true to form—like the Balrog&amp;#039;s whip catching Gandalf by his little gray bootie, like the husband in a Lifetime movie hissing, &amp;#039;If I can&amp;#039;t have you, no one can&amp;#039;—white American voters shoved an incompetent, racist con man into the White House.&amp;quot; We cannot understand how we got here‚—how the land of the free became Trump&amp;#039;s America—without examining the chasm between who we are and who we think we are, without fact-checking the stories we tell ourselves about ourselves and each other. The truth can transform us; there is witchcraft in it. Lindy West turns on the light.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Witches Are Coming
Author: Lindy West
Narrator: Lindy West
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this wickedly funny cultural critique, the author of the critically acclaimed memoir and Hulu series Shrill exposes misogyny in the #MeToo era. This is a witch hunt. We&amp;#039;re witches, and we&amp;#039;re hunting you. From the moment powerful men started falling to the #MeToo movement, the lamentations began: this is feminism gone too far, this is injustice, this is a witch hunt. In The Witches Are Coming, firebrand author of the New York Times bestselling memoir and now critically acclaimed Hulu TV series Shrill, Lindy West, turns that refrain on its head. You think this is a witch hunt? Fine. You&amp;#039;ve got one. In a laugh-out-loud, incisive cultural critique, West extolls the world-changing magic of truth, urging readers to reckon with dark lies in the heart of the American mythos, and unpacking the complicated, and sometimes tragic, politics of not being a white man in the twenty-first century. She tracks the misogyny and propaganda hidden (or not so hidden) in the media she and her peers devoured growing up, a buffet of distortions, delusions, prejudice, and outright bullsh*t that has allowed white male mediocrity to maintain a death grip on American culture and politics-and that delivered us to this precarious, disorienting moment in history. West writes, &amp;quot;We were just a hair&amp;#039;s breadth from electing America&amp;#039;s first female president to succeed America&amp;#039;s first black president. We weren&amp;#039;t done, but we were doing it. And then, true to form—like the Balrog&amp;#039;s whip catching Gandalf by his little gray bootie, like the husband in a Lifetime movie hissing, &amp;#039;If I can&amp;#039;t have you, no one can&amp;#039;—white American voters shoved an incompetent, racist con man into the White House.&amp;quot; We cannot understand how we got here‚—how the land of the free became Trump&amp;#039;s America—without examining the chasm between who we are and who we think we are, without fact-checking the stories we tell ourselves about ourselves and each other. The truth can transform us; there is witchcraft in it. Lindy West turns on the light.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Story: Conversations with Master Historians by David M. Rubenstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396683</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Story: Conversations with Master Historians
Author: David M. Rubenstein
Narrator: Carla Hayden, Taylor Branch, Ron Chernow, Cokie Roberts, A. Scott Berg, H.W. Brands, David M. Rubenstein, Doris Kearns Goodwin, Jean Edward Smith, Jay Winik, Bob Woodward, David McCullough, Walter Isaacson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In revealing conversations with our greatest historians, cofounder of The Carlyle Group and patriotic philanthropist David M. Rubenstein takes listeners on a sweeping journey across the grand arc of the American story. These lively dialogues present some of the biggest names in American history exploring the subjects they intimately know and understand. You’ll hear live recordings of:   —David McCullough on John Adams  —Ron Chernow on Alexander Hamilton  —Walter Isaacson on Benjamin Franklin  —Cokie Roberts on Founding Mothers  —Doris Kearns Goodwin on Abraham Lincoln  —A. Scott Berg on Charles Lindbergh  —Jay Winik on Franklin D. Roosevelt and 1944  —Jean Edward Smith on Dwight D. Eisenhower  —Taylor Branch on Martin Luther King  —Bob Woodward on Richard Nixon  —H.W. Brands on Ronald Reagan  —And a special conversation with Chief Justice John Roberts   Through his popular program The David Rubenstein Show, David Rubenstein has established himself as one of today’s most thoughtful interviewers. Now, in The American Story, David shares almost a dozen interviews that capture the brilliance of today’s most esteemed historians, as well as the souls of their subjects. The audiobook presents archival recordings of these interviews and features new introductions by Rubenstein as well as a foreword by Librarian of Congress Carla Hayden, the first woman and the first African American to lead our national library.   Through these captivating exchanges, these bestselling and Pulitzer Prize–winning authors offer fresh insight on pivotal moments from the Founding Era to the late 20th century.</description>
      <author>David M. Rubenstein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797105956.mp3" length="878071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396683</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797105956.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Story: Conversations with Master Historians
Author: David M. Rubenstein
Narrator: Carla Hayden, Taylor Branch, Ron Chernow, Cokie Roberts, A. Scott Berg, H.W. Brands, David M. Rubenstein, Doris Kearns Goodwin, Jean Edward Smith, Jay Winik, Bob Woodward, David McCullough, Walter Isaacson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In revealing conversations with our greatest historians, cofounder of The Carlyle Group and patriotic philanthropist David M. Rubenstein takes listeners on a sweeping journey across the grand arc of the American story. These lively dialogues present some of the biggest names in American history exploring the subjects they intimately know and understand. You’ll hear live recordings of:   —David McCullough on John Adams  —Ron Chernow on Alexander Hamilton  —Walter Isaacson on Benjamin Franklin  —Cokie Roberts on Founding Mothers  —Doris Kearns Goodwin on Abraham Lincoln  —A. Scott Berg on Charles Lindbergh  —Jay Winik on Franklin D. Roosevelt and 1944  —Jean Edward Smith on Dwight D. Eisenhower  —Taylor Branch on Martin Luther King  —Bob Woodward on Richard Nixon  —H.W. Brands on Ronald Reagan  —And a special conversation with Chief Justice John Roberts   Through his popular program The David Rubenstein Show, David Rubenstein has established himself as one of today’s most thoughtful interviewers. Now, in The American Story, David shares almost a dozen interviews that capture the brilliance of today’s most esteemed historians, as well as the souls of their subjects. The audiobook presents archival recordings of these interviews and features new introductions by Rubenstein as well as a foreword by Librarian of Congress Carla Hayden, the first woman and the first African American to lead our national library.   Through these captivating exchanges, these bestselling and Pulitzer Prize–winning authors offer fresh insight on pivotal moments from the Founding Era to the late 20th century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Story: Conversations with Master Historians
Author: David M. Rubenstein
Narrator: Carla Hayden, Taylor Branch, Ron Chernow, Cokie Roberts, A. Scott Berg, H.W. Brands, David M. Rubenstein, Doris Kearns Goodwin, Jean Edward Smith, Jay Winik, Bob Woodward, David McCullough, Walter Isaacson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 26 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In revealing conversations with our greatest historians, cofounder of The Carlyle Group and patriotic philanthropist David M. Rubenstein takes listeners on a sweeping journey across the grand arc of the American story. These lively dialogues present some of the biggest names in American history exploring the subjects they intimately know and understand. You’ll hear live recordings of:   —David McCullough on John Adams  —Ron Chernow on Alexander Hamilton  —Walter Isaacson on Benjamin Franklin  —Cokie Roberts on Founding Mothers  —Doris Kearns Goodwin on Abraham Lincoln  —A. Scott Berg on Charles Lindbergh  —Jay Winik on Franklin D. Roosevelt and 1944  —Jean Edward Smith on Dwight D. Eisenhower  —Taylor Branch on Martin Luther King  —Bob Woodward on Richard Nixon  —H.W. Brands on Ronald Reagan  —And a special conversation with Chief Justice John Roberts   Through his popular program The David Rubenstein Show, David Rubenstein has established himself as one of today’s most thoughtful interviewers. Now, in The American Story, David shares almost a dozen interviews that capture the brilliance of today’s most esteemed historians, as well as the souls of their subjects. The audiobook presents archival recordings of these interviews and features new introductions by Rubenstein as well as a foreword by Librarian of Congress Carla Hayden, the first woman and the first African American to lead our national library.   Through these captivating exchanges, these bestselling and Pulitzer Prize–winning authors offer fresh insight on pivotal moments from the Founding Era to the late 20th century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tonight We Bombed The U.S. Capitol: The Explosive Story of M19, America&amp;#039;s First Female Terrorist Group by William Rosenau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396682</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tonight We Bombed The U.S. Capitol: The Explosive Story of M19, America&amp;#039;s First Female Terrorist Group
Author: William Rosenau
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“A deeply-researched and well-written account of” (Peter Bergen, author of United States of Jihad) M19—the first and only domestic terrorist group founded and led by women—as they waged a violent war against racism, sexism, and imperialism in Ronald Reagan’s America. 1981: Ronald Reagan declared that it is “morning in America” but a small band of well-educated women were planning to combat the status quo at any cost.   Having spent their entire adult lives embroiled in political struggles—Vietnam War protests, Hispanic, Native American, and Black liberation, and more—these women had determined that it was time for a final stand. They might not be able to overthrow the government, but they could certainly disrupt it.    Together, they formed the May 19th Communist Organization, or “M19,” a name derived from the birthday shared by Malcolm X and Ho Chi Minh, two of their revolutionary idols. Together, these six women carried out some of the most shocking operations in the history of domestic terrorism—from prison breakouts and murderous armed robberies to a bombing campaign that wreaked havoc on the nation’s capital, its military installations, and New York City.   For the first time, the full, fascinating, and terrifying story of M19 is explored by Cold War historian and counterterrorism expert William Rosenau in this “gripping account of this hitherto forgotten terrorist campaign” (Bruce Hoffman, author of Inside Terrorism). Three decades may have passed since these women fought what they saw as an essential battle for self-determination and dignity, but we’re still struggling to decipher which side of history their actions fall on and what we should learn from their motivations.</description>
      <author>William Rosenau</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797105987.mp3" length="852299" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396682</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797105987.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tonight We Bombed The U.S. Capitol: The Explosive Story of M19, America&amp;#039;s First Female Terrorist Group
Author: William Rosenau
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“A deeply-researched and well-written account of” (Peter Bergen, author of United States of Jihad) M19—the first and only domestic terrorist group founded and led by women—as they waged a violent war against racism, sexism, and imperialism in Ronald Reagan’s America. 1981: Ronald Reagan declared that it is “morning in America” but a small band of well-educated women were planning to combat the status quo at any cost.   Having spent their entire adult lives embroiled in political struggles—Vietnam War protests, Hispanic, Native American, and Black liberation, and more—these women had determined that it was time for a final stand. They might not be able to overthrow the government, but they could certainly disrupt it.    Together, they formed the May 19th Communist Organization, or “M19,” a name derived from the birthday shared by Malcolm X and Ho Chi Minh, two of their revolutionary idols. Together, these six women carried out some of the most shocking operations in the history of domestic terrorism—from prison breakouts and murderous armed robberies to a bombing campaign that wreaked havoc on the nation’s capital, its military installations, and New York City.   For the first time, the full, fascinating, and terrifying story of M19 is explored by Cold War historian and counterterrorism expert William Rosenau in this “gripping account of this hitherto forgotten terrorist campaign” (Bruce Hoffman, author of Inside Terrorism). Three decades may have passed since these women fought what they saw as an essential battle for self-determination and dignity, but we’re still struggling to decipher which side of history their actions fall on and what we should learn from their motivations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tonight We Bombed The U.S. Capitol: The Explosive Story of M19, America&amp;#039;s First Female Terrorist Group
Author: William Rosenau
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“A deeply-researched and well-written account of” (Peter Bergen, author of United States of Jihad) M19—the first and only domestic terrorist group founded and led by women—as they waged a violent war against racism, sexism, and imperialism in Ronald Reagan’s America. 1981: Ronald Reagan declared that it is “morning in America” but a small band of well-educated women were planning to combat the status quo at any cost.   Having spent their entire adult lives embroiled in political struggles—Vietnam War protests, Hispanic, Native American, and Black liberation, and more—these women had determined that it was time for a final stand. They might not be able to overthrow the government, but they could certainly disrupt it.    Together, they formed the May 19th Communist Organization, or “M19,” a name derived from the birthday shared by Malcolm X and Ho Chi Minh, two of their revolutionary idols. Together, these six women carried out some of the most shocking operations in the history of domestic terrorism—from prison breakouts and murderous armed robberies to a bombing campaign that wreaked havoc on the nation’s capital, its military installations, and New York City.   For the first time, the full, fascinating, and terrifying story of M19 is explored by Cold War historian and counterterrorism expert William Rosenau in this “gripping account of this hitherto forgotten terrorist campaign” (Bruce Hoffman, author of Inside Terrorism). Three decades may have passed since these women fought what they saw as an essential battle for self-determination and dignity, but we’re still struggling to decipher which side of history their actions fall on and what we should learn from their motivations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Revolution for Dummies by Steve Wiegand</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396451</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Revolution for Dummies
Author: Steve Wiegand
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
American Revolution For Dummies capitalizes on the recent resurgence of interest in the Revolutionary War period—one of the most important in the history of the United States. From the founding fathers to the Declaration of Independence, and everything that encapsulates this extraordinary period in American history, American Revolution For Dummies is your one-stop guide to the birth of the United States of America. Understanding the critical issues of this era is essential to the study of subsequent periods in American history . . . and this book makes it more accessible than ever before. ● Covers events leading up to the war, including the Sugar Act, Stamp Act, and the Boston Tea Party ● Provides information on The Declaration of Independence ● Offers insight on major battles, including the Battles of Lexington and Concord, Bunker Hill, and Yorktown ● Reviews key figures, including George Washington, Charles Cornwallis, the Marquis de Lafayette, and Alexander Hamilton</description>
      <author>Steve Wiegand</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515948223.mp3" length="7801920" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396451</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515948223.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Revolution for Dummies
Author: Steve Wiegand
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
American Revolution For Dummies capitalizes on the recent resurgence of interest in the Revolutionary War period—one of the most important in the history of the United States. From the founding fathers to the Declaration of Independence, and everything that encapsulates this extraordinary period in American history, American Revolution For Dummies is your one-stop guide to the birth of the United States of America. Understanding the critical issues of this era is essential to the study of subsequent periods in American history . . . and this book makes it more accessible than ever before. ● Covers events leading up to the war, including the Sugar Act, Stamp Act, and the Boston Tea Party ● Provides information on The Declaration of Independence ● Offers insight on major battles, including the Battles of Lexington and Concord, Bunker Hill, and Yorktown ● Reviews key figures, including George Washington, Charles Cornwallis, the Marquis de Lafayette, and Alexander Hamilton</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Revolution for Dummies
Author: Steve Wiegand
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
American Revolution For Dummies capitalizes on the recent resurgence of interest in the Revolutionary War period—one of the most important in the history of the United States. From the founding fathers to the Declaration of Independence, and everything that encapsulates this extraordinary period in American history, American Revolution For Dummies is your one-stop guide to the birth of the United States of America. Understanding the critical issues of this era is essential to the study of subsequent periods in American history . . . and this book makes it more accessible than ever before. ● Covers events leading up to the war, including the Sugar Act, Stamp Act, and the Boston Tea Party ● Provides information on The Declaration of Independence ● Offers insight on major battles, including the Battles of Lexington and Concord, Bunker Hill, and Yorktown ● Reviews key figures, including George Washington, Charles Cornwallis, the Marquis de Lafayette, and Alexander Hamilton</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unsettling Truths: The Ongoing, Dehumanizing Legacy of the Doctrine of Discovery by Soong-Chan Rah, Mark Charles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396400</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettling Truths: The Ongoing, Dehumanizing Legacy of the Doctrine of Discovery
Author: Soong-Chan Rah, Mark Charles
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
You cannot discover lands already inhabited. Injustice has plagued American society for centuries. And we cannot move toward being a more just nation without understanding the root causes that have shaped our culture and institutions. In this prophetic blend of history, theology, and cultural commentary, Mark Charles and Soong-Chan Rah reveal the far-reaching, damaging effects of the &amp;#039;Doctrine of Discovery.&amp;#039; In the fifteenth century, official church edicts gave Christian explorers the right to claim territories they &amp;#039;discovered.&amp;#039; This was institutionalized as an implicit national framework that justifies American triumphalism, white supremacy, and ongoing injustices. The result is that the dominant culture idealizes a history of discovery, opportunity, expansion, and equality, while minority communities have been traumatized by colonization, slavery, segregation, and dehumanization. Healing begins when deeply entrenched beliefs are unsettled. Charles and Rah aim to recover a common memory and shared understanding of where we have been and where we are going. As other nations have instituted truth and reconciliation commissions, so do the authors call our nation and churches to a truth-telling that will expose past injustices and open the door to conciliation and true community.</description>
      <author>Soong-Chan Rah, Mark Charles</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913758.mp3" length="1387827" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396400</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913758.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettling Truths: The Ongoing, Dehumanizing Legacy of the Doctrine of Discovery
Author: Soong-Chan Rah, Mark Charles
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
You cannot discover lands already inhabited. Injustice has plagued American society for centuries. And we cannot move toward being a more just nation without understanding the root causes that have shaped our culture and institutions. In this prophetic blend of history, theology, and cultural commentary, Mark Charles and Soong-Chan Rah reveal the far-reaching, damaging effects of the &amp;#039;Doctrine of Discovery.&amp;#039; In the fifteenth century, official church edicts gave Christian explorers the right to claim territories they &amp;#039;discovered.&amp;#039; This was institutionalized as an implicit national framework that justifies American triumphalism, white supremacy, and ongoing injustices. The result is that the dominant culture idealizes a history of discovery, opportunity, expansion, and equality, while minority communities have been traumatized by colonization, slavery, segregation, and dehumanization. Healing begins when deeply entrenched beliefs are unsettled. Charles and Rah aim to recover a common memory and shared understanding of where we have been and where we are going. As other nations have instituted truth and reconciliation commissions, so do the authors call our nation and churches to a truth-telling that will expose past injustices and open the door to conciliation and true community.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396400">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/396400</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettling Truths: The Ongoing, Dehumanizing Legacy of the Doctrine of Discovery
Author: Soong-Chan Rah, Mark Charles
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
You cannot discover lands already inhabited. Injustice has plagued American society for centuries. And we cannot move toward being a more just nation without understanding the root causes that have shaped our culture and institutions. In this prophetic blend of history, theology, and cultural commentary, Mark Charles and Soong-Chan Rah reveal the far-reaching, damaging effects of the &amp;#039;Doctrine of Discovery.&amp;#039; In the fifteenth century, official church edicts gave Christian explorers the right to claim territories they &amp;#039;discovered.&amp;#039; This was institutionalized as an implicit national framework that justifies American triumphalism, white supremacy, and ongoing injustices. The result is that the dominant culture idealizes a history of discovery, opportunity, expansion, and equality, while minority communities have been traumatized by colonization, slavery, segregation, and dehumanization. Healing begins when deeply entrenched beliefs are unsettled. Charles and Rah aim to recover a common memory and shared understanding of where we have been and where we are going. As other nations have instituted truth and reconciliation commissions, so do the authors call our nation and churches to a truth-telling that will expose past injustices and open the door to conciliation and true community.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unholy: Why White Evangelicals Worship at the Altar of Donald Trump by Sarah Posner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unholy: Why White Evangelicals Worship at the Altar of Donald Trump
Author: Sarah Posner
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 1 minute
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“In terrifying detail, Unholy illustrates how a vast network of white Christian nationalists plotted the authoritarian takeover of the American democratic system. There is no more timely book than this one.”—Janet Reitman, author of Inside Scientology  Why did so many evangelicals turn out to vote for Donald Trump, a serial philanderer with questionable conservative credentials who seems to defy Christian values with his every utterance? To a reporter like Sarah Posner, who has been covering the religious right for decades, the answer turns out to be far more intuitive than one might think. In this taut inquiry, Posner digs deep into the radical history of the religious right to reveal how issues of race and xenophobia have always been at the movement’s core, and how religion often cloaked anxieties about perceived threats to a white, Christian America. Fueled by an antidemocratic impulse, and united by this narrative of reverse victimization, the religious right and the alt-right support a common agenda–and are actively using the erosion of democratic norms to roll back civil rights advances, stock the judiciary with hard-right judges, defang and deregulate federal agencies, and undermine the credibility of the free press. Increasingly, this formidable bloc is also forging ties with European far right groups, giving momentum to a truly global movement.  Revelatory and engrossing, Unholy offers a deeper understanding of the ideological underpinnings and forces influencing the course of Republican politics. This is a book that must be read by anyone who cares about the future of American democracy.</description>
      <author>Sarah Posner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593154779.mp3" length="2828858" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593154779.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unholy: Why White Evangelicals Worship at the Altar of Donald Trump
Author: Sarah Posner
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 1 minute
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“In terrifying detail, Unholy illustrates how a vast network of white Christian nationalists plotted the authoritarian takeover of the American democratic system. There is no more timely book than this one.”—Janet Reitman, author of Inside Scientology  Why did so many evangelicals turn out to vote for Donald Trump, a serial philanderer with questionable conservative credentials who seems to defy Christian values with his every utterance? To a reporter like Sarah Posner, who has been covering the religious right for decades, the answer turns out to be far more intuitive than one might think. In this taut inquiry, Posner digs deep into the radical history of the religious right to reveal how issues of race and xenophobia have always been at the movement’s core, and how religion often cloaked anxieties about perceived threats to a white, Christian America. Fueled by an antidemocratic impulse, and united by this narrative of reverse victimization, the religious right and the alt-right support a common agenda–and are actively using the erosion of democratic norms to roll back civil rights advances, stock the judiciary with hard-right judges, defang and deregulate federal agencies, and undermine the credibility of the free press. Increasingly, this formidable bloc is also forging ties with European far right groups, giving momentum to a truly global movement.  Revelatory and engrossing, Unholy offers a deeper understanding of the ideological underpinnings and forces influencing the course of Republican politics. This is a book that must be read by anyone who cares about the future of American democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unholy: Why White Evangelicals Worship at the Altar of Donald Trump
Author: Sarah Posner
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 1 minute
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“In terrifying detail, Unholy illustrates how a vast network of white Christian nationalists plotted the authoritarian takeover of the American democratic system. There is no more timely book than this one.”—Janet Reitman, author of Inside Scientology  Why did so many evangelicals turn out to vote for Donald Trump, a serial philanderer with questionable conservative credentials who seems to defy Christian values with his every utterance? To a reporter like Sarah Posner, who has been covering the religious right for decades, the answer turns out to be far more intuitive than one might think. In this taut inquiry, Posner digs deep into the radical history of the religious right to reveal how issues of race and xenophobia have always been at the movement’s core, and how religion often cloaked anxieties about perceived threats to a white, Christian America. Fueled by an antidemocratic impulse, and united by this narrative of reverse victimization, the religious right and the alt-right support a common agenda–and are actively using the erosion of democratic norms to roll back civil rights advances, stock the judiciary with hard-right judges, defang and deregulate federal agencies, and undermine the credibility of the free press. Increasingly, this formidable bloc is also forging ties with European far right groups, giving momentum to a truly global movement.  Revelatory and engrossing, Unholy offers a deeper understanding of the ideological underpinnings and forces influencing the course of Republican politics. This is a book that must be read by anyone who cares about the future of American democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Denver City Justice by J.V.L. Bell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395457</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Denver City Justice
Author: J.V.L. Bell
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
J.v.L. Bell, winner of 2018 Will Rogers Medallion Award, Western Humor, Written Territory of Colorado, 1864. Millie and Dom Drouillard return with more murder, mayhem, and misadventures in J.v.L. Bell&amp;#039;s latest novel, Denver City Justice. The newlyweds are barely settled into wedded bliss when their neighbor the Widow Ferris is found dead with an icicle piercing her cold heart. Suspects abound--Widow Ferris has been blackmailing most of the upstanding citizens of Idaho Springs, including its sheriff. Millie&amp;#039;s new husband Dom soon becomes the main suspect and is hauled off to jail for a taste of Denver City justice. Can Millie arrive in Denver City in time? Joined by an unusual ensemble of proper matrons, her best friend Mary--a free black woman--and an Idaho Springs &amp;#039;fancy girl,&amp;#039; Millie heads to Denver City willing to do anything to keep Dom from swinging from the end of a rope. Denver City Justice is a historical novel, rich in frontier lore, interesting Colorado history, and endearingly quirky characters.</description>
      <author>J.V.L. Bell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982774134.mp3" length="1424284" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395457</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982774134.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Denver City Justice
Author: J.V.L. Bell
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
J.v.L. Bell, winner of 2018 Will Rogers Medallion Award, Western Humor, Written Territory of Colorado, 1864. Millie and Dom Drouillard return with more murder, mayhem, and misadventures in J.v.L. Bell&amp;#039;s latest novel, Denver City Justice. The newlyweds are barely settled into wedded bliss when their neighbor the Widow Ferris is found dead with an icicle piercing her cold heart. Suspects abound--Widow Ferris has been blackmailing most of the upstanding citizens of Idaho Springs, including its sheriff. Millie&amp;#039;s new husband Dom soon becomes the main suspect and is hauled off to jail for a taste of Denver City justice. Can Millie arrive in Denver City in time? Joined by an unusual ensemble of proper matrons, her best friend Mary--a free black woman--and an Idaho Springs &amp;#039;fancy girl,&amp;#039; Millie heads to Denver City willing to do anything to keep Dom from swinging from the end of a rope. Denver City Justice is a historical novel, rich in frontier lore, interesting Colorado history, and endearingly quirky characters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/395457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Denver City Justice
Author: J.V.L. Bell
Narrator: Nancy Wu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
J.v.L. Bell, winner of 2018 Will Rogers Medallion Award, Western Humor, Written Territory of Colorado, 1864. Millie and Dom Drouillard return with more murder, mayhem, and misadventures in J.v.L. Bell&amp;#039;s latest novel, Denver City Justice. The newlyweds are barely settled into wedded bliss when their neighbor the Widow Ferris is found dead with an icicle piercing her cold heart. Suspects abound--Widow Ferris has been blackmailing most of the upstanding citizens of Idaho Springs, including its sheriff. Millie&amp;#039;s new husband Dom soon becomes the main suspect and is hauled off to jail for a taste of Denver City justice. Can Millie arrive in Denver City in time? Joined by an unusual ensemble of proper matrons, her best friend Mary--a free black woman--and an Idaho Springs &amp;#039;fancy girl,&amp;#039; Millie heads to Denver City willing to do anything to keep Dom from swinging from the end of a rope. Denver City Justice is a historical novel, rich in frontier lore, interesting Colorado history, and endearingly quirky characters.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Agents of Influence: A British Campaign, a Canadian Spy, and the Secret Plot to Bring America into World War II by Henry Hemming</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394564</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agents of Influence: A British Campaign, a Canadian Spy, and the Secret Plot to Bring America into World War II
Author: Henry Hemming
Narrator: Henry Hemming
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The astonishing story of the British spies who set out to draw America into World War II As World War II raged into its second year, Britain sought a powerful ally to join its cause-but the American public was sharply divided on the subject. Canadian-born MI6 officer William Stephenson, with his knowledge and influence in North America, was chosen to change their minds by any means necessary. In this extraordinary tale of foreign influence on American shores, Henry Hemming shows how Stephenson came to New York--hiring Canadian staffers to keep his operations secret--and flooded the American market with propaganda supporting Franklin Roosevelt and decrying Nazism. His chief opponent was Charles Lindbergh, an insurgent populist who campaigned under the slogan &amp;#039;America First&amp;#039; and had no interest in the war. This set up a shadow duel between Lindbergh and Stephenson, each trying to turn public opinion his way, with the lives of millions potentially on the line.</description>
      <author>Henry Hemming</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549152559.mp3" length="810732" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394564</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549152559.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agents of Influence: A British Campaign, a Canadian Spy, and the Secret Plot to Bring America into World War II
Author: Henry Hemming
Narrator: Henry Hemming
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The astonishing story of the British spies who set out to draw America into World War II As World War II raged into its second year, Britain sought a powerful ally to join its cause-but the American public was sharply divided on the subject. Canadian-born MI6 officer William Stephenson, with his knowledge and influence in North America, was chosen to change their minds by any means necessary. In this extraordinary tale of foreign influence on American shores, Henry Hemming shows how Stephenson came to New York--hiring Canadian staffers to keep his operations secret--and flooded the American market with propaganda supporting Franklin Roosevelt and decrying Nazism. His chief opponent was Charles Lindbergh, an insurgent populist who campaigned under the slogan &amp;#039;America First&amp;#039; and had no interest in the war. This set up a shadow duel between Lindbergh and Stephenson, each trying to turn public opinion his way, with the lives of millions potentially on the line.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agents of Influence: A British Campaign, a Canadian Spy, and the Secret Plot to Bring America into World War II
Author: Henry Hemming
Narrator: Henry Hemming
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The astonishing story of the British spies who set out to draw America into World War II As World War II raged into its second year, Britain sought a powerful ally to join its cause-but the American public was sharply divided on the subject. Canadian-born MI6 officer William Stephenson, with his knowledge and influence in North America, was chosen to change their minds by any means necessary. In this extraordinary tale of foreign influence on American shores, Henry Hemming shows how Stephenson came to New York--hiring Canadian staffers to keep his operations secret--and flooded the American market with propaganda supporting Franklin Roosevelt and decrying Nazism. His chief opponent was Charles Lindbergh, an insurgent populist who campaigned under the slogan &amp;#039;America First&amp;#039; and had no interest in the war. This set up a shadow duel between Lindbergh and Stephenson, each trying to turn public opinion his way, with the lives of millions potentially on the line.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Eliot Ness and the Mad Butcher: Hunting America&amp;#039;s Deadliest Unidentified Serial Killer at the Dawn of Modern Criminology by A. Brad Schwartz, Max Allan Collins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394081</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eliot Ness and the Mad Butcher: Hunting America&amp;#039;s Deadliest Unidentified Serial Killer at the Dawn of Modern Criminology
Author: A. Brad Schwartz, Max Allan Collins
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the spirit of Devil in the White City comes a true detective tale of the highest standard: the haunting story of Eliot Ness&amp;#039;s forgotten final case–his years-long hunt for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;The Mad Butcher of Kingsbury Run,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; a serial killer who terrorized Cleveland through the Great Depression, and tormented Ness to his dying breath.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;A careening read that’s full of surprises. ... Collins and Schwartz deliver a nimble, taut tale. More importantly, they offer a portrait of a complex crime fighter who believed in science and reason at a time when most officers smacked suspects around with a blackjack, a portrait set against a backdrop of ethnic and class collisions, labor unrest, and political intrigue. Catnip for true-crime buffs.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Kirkus Reviews In 1934, the nation’s most legendary crime-fighter–fresh from taking on the greatest gangster in American history–arrived in Cleveland, a corrupt and dangerous town about to host a world&amp;#039;s fair. It was to be his coronation, as well as the city&amp;#039;s. Instead, terror descended, as headless bodies started turning up. The young detective, already battling the mob and crooked cops, found his drive to transform American policing subverted by a menace largely unknown to law enforcement: a serial murderer. Eliot Ness&amp;#039;s greatest case had begun.  Now, Max Allan Collins and A. Brad Schwartz–the acclaimed writing team behind Scarface and the Untouchable–uncover this lost crime epic, delivering a gripping and unforgettable nonfiction account based on decades of groundbreaking research. Ness had risen to fame in 1931 for leading the “Untouchables,” which helped put Chicago’s Al Capone behind bars. As Cleveland&amp;#039;s public safety director, in charge of the police and fire departments, Ness offered a radical new vision for better law enforcement. Crime-ridden and devastated by the Depression, Cleveland was preparing for a star-turn itself: in 1936, it would host the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Great Lakes Exposition,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; which would be visited by seven million people. Late in the summer of 1934, however, pieces of a woman’s body began washing up on the Lake Erie shore–first her ribs, then part of her backbone, then the lower half of her torso. The body count soon grew to five, then ten, then more, all dismembered in gruesome ways. As Ness zeroed in on a suspect–a doctor tied to a prominent political family?powerful forces thwarted his quest for justice. In this battle between a flawed hero and a twisted monster–by turns horror story, political drama, and detective thriller?Collins and Schwartz find an American tragedy, classic in structure, epic in scope.</description>
      <author>A. Brad Schwartz, Max Allan Collins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062882004.mp3" length="1412655" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394081</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062882004.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eliot Ness and the Mad Butcher: Hunting America&amp;#039;s Deadliest Unidentified Serial Killer at the Dawn of Modern Criminology
Author: A. Brad Schwartz, Max Allan Collins
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the spirit of Devil in the White City comes a true detective tale of the highest standard: the haunting story of Eliot Ness&amp;#039;s forgotten final case–his years-long hunt for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;The Mad Butcher of Kingsbury Run,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; a serial killer who terrorized Cleveland through the Great Depression, and tormented Ness to his dying breath.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;A careening read that’s full of surprises. ... Collins and Schwartz deliver a nimble, taut tale. More importantly, they offer a portrait of a complex crime fighter who believed in science and reason at a time when most officers smacked suspects around with a blackjack, a portrait set against a backdrop of ethnic and class collisions, labor unrest, and political intrigue. Catnip for true-crime buffs.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Kirkus Reviews In 1934, the nation’s most legendary crime-fighter–fresh from taking on the greatest gangster in American history–arrived in Cleveland, a corrupt and dangerous town about to host a world&amp;#039;s fair. It was to be his coronation, as well as the city&amp;#039;s. Instead, terror descended, as headless bodies started turning up. The young detective, already battling the mob and crooked cops, found his drive to transform American policing subverted by a menace largely unknown to law enforcement: a serial murderer. Eliot Ness&amp;#039;s greatest case had begun.  Now, Max Allan Collins and A. Brad Schwartz–the acclaimed writing team behind Scarface and the Untouchable–uncover this lost crime epic, delivering a gripping and unforgettable nonfiction account based on decades of groundbreaking research. Ness had risen to fame in 1931 for leading the “Untouchables,” which helped put Chicago’s Al Capone behind bars. As Cleveland&amp;#039;s public safety director, in charge of the police and fire departments, Ness offered a radical new vision for better law enforcement. Crime-ridden and devastated by the Depression, Cleveland was preparing for a star-turn itself: in 1936, it would host the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Great Lakes Exposition,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; which would be visited by seven million people. Late in the summer of 1934, however, pieces of a woman’s body began washing up on the Lake Erie shore–first her ribs, then part of her backbone, then the lower half of her torso. The body count soon grew to five, then ten, then more, all dismembered in gruesome ways. As Ness zeroed in on a suspect–a doctor tied to a prominent political family?powerful forces thwarted his quest for justice. In this battle between a flawed hero and a twisted monster–by turns horror story, political drama, and detective thriller?Collins and Schwartz find an American tragedy, classic in structure, epic in scope.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/394081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Eliot Ness and the Mad Butcher: Hunting America&amp;#039;s Deadliest Unidentified Serial Killer at the Dawn of Modern Criminology
Author: A. Brad Schwartz, Max Allan Collins
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the spirit of Devil in the White City comes a true detective tale of the highest standard: the haunting story of Eliot Ness&amp;#039;s forgotten final case–his years-long hunt for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;The Mad Butcher of Kingsbury Run,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; a serial killer who terrorized Cleveland through the Great Depression, and tormented Ness to his dying breath.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;A careening read that’s full of surprises. ... Collins and Schwartz deliver a nimble, taut tale. More importantly, they offer a portrait of a complex crime fighter who believed in science and reason at a time when most officers smacked suspects around with a blackjack, a portrait set against a backdrop of ethnic and class collisions, labor unrest, and political intrigue. Catnip for true-crime buffs.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Kirkus Reviews In 1934, the nation’s most legendary crime-fighter–fresh from taking on the greatest gangster in American history–arrived in Cleveland, a corrupt and dangerous town about to host a world&amp;#039;s fair. It was to be his coronation, as well as the city&amp;#039;s. Instead, terror descended, as headless bodies started turning up. The young detective, already battling the mob and crooked cops, found his drive to transform American policing subverted by a menace largely unknown to law enforcement: a serial murderer. Eliot Ness&amp;#039;s greatest case had begun.  Now, Max Allan Collins and A. Brad Schwartz–the acclaimed writing team behind Scarface and the Untouchable–uncover this lost crime epic, delivering a gripping and unforgettable nonfiction account based on decades of groundbreaking research. Ness had risen to fame in 1931 for leading the “Untouchables,” which helped put Chicago’s Al Capone behind bars. As Cleveland&amp;#039;s public safety director, in charge of the police and fire departments, Ness offered a radical new vision for better law enforcement. Crime-ridden and devastated by the Depression, Cleveland was preparing for a star-turn itself: in 1936, it would host the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Great Lakes Exposition,&amp;#039;&amp;#039; which would be visited by seven million people. Late in the summer of 1934, however, pieces of a woman’s body began washing up on the Lake Erie shore–first her ribs, then part of her backbone, then the lower half of her torso. The body count soon grew to five, then ten, then more, all dismembered in gruesome ways. As Ness zeroed in on a suspect–a doctor tied to a prominent political family?powerful forces thwarted his quest for justice. In this battle between a flawed hero and a twisted monster–by turns horror story, political drama, and detective thriller?Collins and Schwartz find an American tragedy, classic in structure, epic in scope.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Man Who Ran Washington: The Life and Times of James A. Baker III by Susan Glasser, Peter Baker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393950</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man Who Ran Washington: The Life and Times of James A. Baker III
Author: Susan Glasser, Peter Baker
Narrator: Michael Quinlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 26 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 28 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From two of America&amp;#039;s most revered political journalists comes the definitive biography of legendary White House chief of staff and secretary of state James A. Baker III: the man who ran Washington when Washington ran the world. For a quarter-century, from the end of Watergate to the aftermath of the Cold War, no Republican won the presidency without his help or ran the White House without his advice. James Addison Baker III was the indispensable man for four presidents because he understood better than anyone how to make Washington work at a time when America was shaping events around the world. The Man Who Ran Washington is a page-turning portrait of a power broker who influenced America&amp;#039;s destiny for generations. A scion of Texas aristocracy who became George H. W. Bush&amp;#039;s best friend on the tennis courts of the Houston Country Club, Baker had never even worked in Washington until a devastating family tragedy struck when he was thirty-nine. Within a few years, he was leading Gerald Ford&amp;#039;s campaign and would go on to manage a total of five presidential races and win a sixth for George W. Bush in a Florida recount. He ran Ronald Reagan&amp;#039;s White House and became the most consequential secretary of state since Henry Kissinger. He negotiated with Democrats at home and Soviets abroad, rewrote the tax code, assembled the coalition that won the Gulf War, brokered the reunification of Germany and helped bring a decades-long nuclear superpower standoff to an end. Ruthlessly partisan during campaign season, Baker governed as the avatar of pragmatism over purity and deal-making over division, a lost art in today&amp;#039;s fractured nation. His story is a case study in the acquisition, exercise, and preservation of power in late twentieth-century America and the story of Washington and the world in the modern era--how it once worked and how it has transformed into an era of gridlock and polarization. This masterly biography by two brilliant observers of the American political scene is destined to become a classic. Jacket photograph: James Addison Baker, III by Michael Arthur Worden Evans, c. 1984. Gelatin silver print. National Portrait Gallery, Smithsonian Institution; gift of the Portrait Project, Inc.</description>
      <author>Susan Glasser, Peter Baker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593169452.mp3" length="2874404" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393950</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593169452.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>26:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man Who Ran Washington: The Life and Times of James A. Baker III
Author: Susan Glasser, Peter Baker
Narrator: Michael Quinlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 26 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 28 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From two of America&amp;#039;s most revered political journalists comes the definitive biography of legendary White House chief of staff and secretary of state James A. Baker III: the man who ran Washington when Washington ran the world. For a quarter-century, from the end of Watergate to the aftermath of the Cold War, no Republican won the presidency without his help or ran the White House without his advice. James Addison Baker III was the indispensable man for four presidents because he understood better than anyone how to make Washington work at a time when America was shaping events around the world. The Man Who Ran Washington is a page-turning portrait of a power broker who influenced America&amp;#039;s destiny for generations. A scion of Texas aristocracy who became George H. W. Bush&amp;#039;s best friend on the tennis courts of the Houston Country Club, Baker had never even worked in Washington until a devastating family tragedy struck when he was thirty-nine. Within a few years, he was leading Gerald Ford&amp;#039;s campaign and would go on to manage a total of five presidential races and win a sixth for George W. Bush in a Florida recount. He ran Ronald Reagan&amp;#039;s White House and became the most consequential secretary of state since Henry Kissinger. He negotiated with Democrats at home and Soviets abroad, rewrote the tax code, assembled the coalition that won the Gulf War, brokered the reunification of Germany and helped bring a decades-long nuclear superpower standoff to an end. Ruthlessly partisan during campaign season, Baker governed as the avatar of pragmatism over purity and deal-making over division, a lost art in today&amp;#039;s fractured nation. His story is a case study in the acquisition, exercise, and preservation of power in late twentieth-century America and the story of Washington and the world in the modern era--how it once worked and how it has transformed into an era of gridlock and polarization. This masterly biography by two brilliant observers of the American political scene is destined to become a classic. Jacket photograph: James Addison Baker, III by Michael Arthur Worden Evans, c. 1984. Gelatin silver print. National Portrait Gallery, Smithsonian Institution; gift of the Portrait Project, Inc.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Man Who Ran Washington: The Life and Times of James A. Baker III
Author: Susan Glasser, Peter Baker
Narrator: Michael Quinlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 26 hours 35 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 28 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From two of America&amp;#039;s most revered political journalists comes the definitive biography of legendary White House chief of staff and secretary of state James A. Baker III: the man who ran Washington when Washington ran the world. For a quarter-century, from the end of Watergate to the aftermath of the Cold War, no Republican won the presidency without his help or ran the White House without his advice. James Addison Baker III was the indispensable man for four presidents because he understood better than anyone how to make Washington work at a time when America was shaping events around the world. The Man Who Ran Washington is a page-turning portrait of a power broker who influenced America&amp;#039;s destiny for generations. A scion of Texas aristocracy who became George H. W. Bush&amp;#039;s best friend on the tennis courts of the Houston Country Club, Baker had never even worked in Washington until a devastating family tragedy struck when he was thirty-nine. Within a few years, he was leading Gerald Ford&amp;#039;s campaign and would go on to manage a total of five presidential races and win a sixth for George W. Bush in a Florida recount. He ran Ronald Reagan&amp;#039;s White House and became the most consequential secretary of state since Henry Kissinger. He negotiated with Democrats at home and Soviets abroad, rewrote the tax code, assembled the coalition that won the Gulf War, brokered the reunification of Germany and helped bring a decades-long nuclear superpower standoff to an end. Ruthlessly partisan during campaign season, Baker governed as the avatar of pragmatism over purity and deal-making over division, a lost art in today&amp;#039;s fractured nation. His story is a case study in the acquisition, exercise, and preservation of power in late twentieth-century America and the story of Washington and the world in the modern era--how it once worked and how it has transformed into an era of gridlock and polarization. This masterly biography by two brilliant observers of the American political scene is destined to become a classic. Jacket photograph: James Addison Baker, III by Michael Arthur Worden Evans, c. 1984. Gelatin silver print. National Portrait Gallery, Smithsonian Institution; gift of the Portrait Project, Inc.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Olympic Pride, American Prejudice: The Untold Story of 18 African Americans Who Defied Jim Crow and Adolf Hitler to Compete in the 1936 Berlin Olympics by Deborah Riley Draper, Travis Thrasher, Blair Underwood</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393870</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Olympic Pride, American Prejudice: The Untold Story of 18 African Americans Who Defied Jim Crow and Adolf Hitler to Compete in the 1936 Berlin Olympics
Author: Deborah Riley Draper, Travis Thrasher, Blair Underwood
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “must-read for anyone concerned with race, sports, and politics in America” (William C. Rhoden, New York Times bestselling author), the inspirational and largely unknown true story of the eighteen African American athletes who competed in the 1936 Berlin Olympic Games, defying the racism of both Nazi Germany and the Jim Crow South. Set against the turbulent backdrop of a segregated United States, sixteen Black men and two Black women are torn between boycotting the Olympic Games in Nazi Germany or participating. If they go, they would represent a country that considered them second-class citizens and would compete amid a strong undercurrent of Aryan superiority that considered them inferior. Yet, if they stayed, would they ever have a chance to prove them wrong on a global stage?    Five athletes, full of discipline and heart, guide you through this harrowing and inspiring journey. There’s a young and feisty Tidye Pickett from Chicago, whose lithe speed makes her the first African American woman to compete in the Olympic Games; a quiet Louise Stokes from Malden, Massachusetts, who breaks records across the Northeast with humble beginnings training on railroad tracks. We find Mack Robinson in Pasadena, California, setting an example for his younger brother, Jackie Robinson; and the unlikely competitor Archie Williams, a lanky book-smart teen in Oakland takes home a gold medal. Then there’s Ralph Metcalfe, born in Atlanta and raised in Chicago, who becomes the wise and fierce big brother of the group.    From burning crosses set on the Robinsons’s lawn to a Pennsylvania small town on fire with praise and parades when the athletes return from Berlin, Olympic Pride, American Prejudice has “done the world a favor by bringing into the sunlight the unknown story of eighteen black Olympians who should never be forgotten. This book is both beautiful and wrenching, and essential to understanding the rich history of African American athletes” (Kevin Merida, editor-in-chief of ESPN’s The Undefeated).</description>
      <author>Deborah Riley Draper, Travis Thrasher, Blair Underwood</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797105529.mp3" length="854020" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393870</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797105529.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Olympic Pride, American Prejudice: The Untold Story of 18 African Americans Who Defied Jim Crow and Adolf Hitler to Compete in the 1936 Berlin Olympics
Author: Deborah Riley Draper, Travis Thrasher, Blair Underwood
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “must-read for anyone concerned with race, sports, and politics in America” (William C. Rhoden, New York Times bestselling author), the inspirational and largely unknown true story of the eighteen African American athletes who competed in the 1936 Berlin Olympic Games, defying the racism of both Nazi Germany and the Jim Crow South. Set against the turbulent backdrop of a segregated United States, sixteen Black men and two Black women are torn between boycotting the Olympic Games in Nazi Germany or participating. If they go, they would represent a country that considered them second-class citizens and would compete amid a strong undercurrent of Aryan superiority that considered them inferior. Yet, if they stayed, would they ever have a chance to prove them wrong on a global stage?    Five athletes, full of discipline and heart, guide you through this harrowing and inspiring journey. There’s a young and feisty Tidye Pickett from Chicago, whose lithe speed makes her the first African American woman to compete in the Olympic Games; a quiet Louise Stokes from Malden, Massachusetts, who breaks records across the Northeast with humble beginnings training on railroad tracks. We find Mack Robinson in Pasadena, California, setting an example for his younger brother, Jackie Robinson; and the unlikely competitor Archie Williams, a lanky book-smart teen in Oakland takes home a gold medal. Then there’s Ralph Metcalfe, born in Atlanta and raised in Chicago, who becomes the wise and fierce big brother of the group.    From burning crosses set on the Robinsons’s lawn to a Pennsylvania small town on fire with praise and parades when the athletes return from Berlin, Olympic Pride, American Prejudice has “done the world a favor by bringing into the sunlight the unknown story of eighteen black Olympians who should never be forgotten. This book is both beautiful and wrenching, and essential to understanding the rich history of African American athletes” (Kevin Merida, editor-in-chief of ESPN’s The Undefeated).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Olympic Pride, American Prejudice: The Untold Story of 18 African Americans Who Defied Jim Crow and Adolf Hitler to Compete in the 1936 Berlin Olympics
Author: Deborah Riley Draper, Travis Thrasher, Blair Underwood
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this “must-read for anyone concerned with race, sports, and politics in America” (William C. Rhoden, New York Times bestselling author), the inspirational and largely unknown true story of the eighteen African American athletes who competed in the 1936 Berlin Olympic Games, defying the racism of both Nazi Germany and the Jim Crow South. Set against the turbulent backdrop of a segregated United States, sixteen Black men and two Black women are torn between boycotting the Olympic Games in Nazi Germany or participating. If they go, they would represent a country that considered them second-class citizens and would compete amid a strong undercurrent of Aryan superiority that considered them inferior. Yet, if they stayed, would they ever have a chance to prove them wrong on a global stage?    Five athletes, full of discipline and heart, guide you through this harrowing and inspiring journey. There’s a young and feisty Tidye Pickett from Chicago, whose lithe speed makes her the first African American woman to compete in the Olympic Games; a quiet Louise Stokes from Malden, Massachusetts, who breaks records across the Northeast with humble beginnings training on railroad tracks. We find Mack Robinson in Pasadena, California, setting an example for his younger brother, Jackie Robinson; and the unlikely competitor Archie Williams, a lanky book-smart teen in Oakland takes home a gold medal. Then there’s Ralph Metcalfe, born in Atlanta and raised in Chicago, who becomes the wise and fierce big brother of the group.    From burning crosses set on the Robinsons’s lawn to a Pennsylvania small town on fire with praise and parades when the athletes return from Berlin, Olympic Pride, American Prejudice has “done the world a favor by bringing into the sunlight the unknown story of eighteen black Olympians who should never be forgotten. This book is both beautiful and wrenching, and essential to understanding the rich history of African American athletes” (Kevin Merida, editor-in-chief of ESPN’s The Undefeated).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Thomas Paine and the Clarion Call for American Independence by Harlow Giles Unger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Paine and the Clarion Call for American Independence
Author: Harlow Giles Unger
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author and Founding Fathers&amp;#039;  biographer Harlow Giles Unger comes the astonishing biography of the man  whose pen set America ablaze, inspiring its revolution, and whose ideas  about reason and religion continue to try men&amp;#039;s souls. Thomas Paine&amp;#039;s words were like no others in history: they leaped off the page, inspiring readers to change their lives, their governments, their kings, and even their gods. In an age when spoken and written words were the only forms of communication, Paine&amp;#039;s aroused men to action like no one else. The most widely read political writer of his generation, he proved to be more than a century ahead of his time, conceiving and demanding unheard-of social reforms that are now integral elements of modern republican societies. Among them were government subsidies for the poor, universal housing and education, pre- and post-natal care for women, and universal social security. An Englishman who emigrated to the American colonies, he formed close friendships with Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, and James Madison, and his ideas helped shape the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights. However, the world turned against Paine in his later years. While his earlier works, Common Sense and Rights of Man, attacked the political and social status quo here on earth, The Age of Reason attacked the status quo of the hereafter. Former friends shunned him, and the man America had hailed as the muse of the American Revolution died alone and forgotten. Packed with action and intrigue, soldiers and spies, politics and perfidy, Unger&amp;#039;s Thomas Paine is a much-needed new look at a defining figure.</description>
      <author>Harlow Giles Unger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549150838.mp3" length="890310" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549150838.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Paine and the Clarion Call for American Independence
Author: Harlow Giles Unger
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author and Founding Fathers&amp;#039;  biographer Harlow Giles Unger comes the astonishing biography of the man  whose pen set America ablaze, inspiring its revolution, and whose ideas  about reason and religion continue to try men&amp;#039;s souls. Thomas Paine&amp;#039;s words were like no others in history: they leaped off the page, inspiring readers to change their lives, their governments, their kings, and even their gods. In an age when spoken and written words were the only forms of communication, Paine&amp;#039;s aroused men to action like no one else. The most widely read political writer of his generation, he proved to be more than a century ahead of his time, conceiving and demanding unheard-of social reforms that are now integral elements of modern republican societies. Among them were government subsidies for the poor, universal housing and education, pre- and post-natal care for women, and universal social security. An Englishman who emigrated to the American colonies, he formed close friendships with Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, and James Madison, and his ideas helped shape the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights. However, the world turned against Paine in his later years. While his earlier works, Common Sense and Rights of Man, attacked the political and social status quo here on earth, The Age of Reason attacked the status quo of the hereafter. Former friends shunned him, and the man America had hailed as the muse of the American Revolution died alone and forgotten. Packed with action and intrigue, soldiers and spies, politics and perfidy, Unger&amp;#039;s Thomas Paine is a much-needed new look at a defining figure.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Thomas Paine and the Clarion Call for American Independence
Author: Harlow Giles Unger
Narrator: Peter Berkrot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From New York Times bestselling author and Founding Fathers&amp;#039;  biographer Harlow Giles Unger comes the astonishing biography of the man  whose pen set America ablaze, inspiring its revolution, and whose ideas  about reason and religion continue to try men&amp;#039;s souls. Thomas Paine&amp;#039;s words were like no others in history: they leaped off the page, inspiring readers to change their lives, their governments, their kings, and even their gods. In an age when spoken and written words were the only forms of communication, Paine&amp;#039;s aroused men to action like no one else. The most widely read political writer of his generation, he proved to be more than a century ahead of his time, conceiving and demanding unheard-of social reforms that are now integral elements of modern republican societies. Among them were government subsidies for the poor, universal housing and education, pre- and post-natal care for women, and universal social security. An Englishman who emigrated to the American colonies, he formed close friendships with Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, and James Madison, and his ideas helped shape the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights. However, the world turned against Paine in his later years. While his earlier works, Common Sense and Rights of Man, attacked the political and social status quo here on earth, The Age of Reason attacked the status quo of the hereafter. Former friends shunned him, and the man America had hailed as the muse of the American Revolution died alone and forgotten. Packed with action and intrigue, soldiers and spies, politics and perfidy, Unger&amp;#039;s Thomas Paine is a much-needed new look at a defining figure.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Stopping Us Now: The Adventures of Older Women in American History by Gail Collins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393644</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393644">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393644</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Stopping Us Now: The Adventures of Older Women in American History
Author: Gail Collins
Narrator: Tanya Eby, Gail Collins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The beloved New York Times columnist &amp;quot;inspires women to embrace aging and look at it with a new sense of hope&amp;quot; in this lively, fascinating, eye-opening look at women and aging in America (Parade Magazine).  &amp;quot;You&amp;#039;re not getting older, you&amp;#039;re getting better,&amp;quot; or so promised the famous 1970&amp;#039;s ad -- for women&amp;#039;s hair dye. Americans have always had a complicated relationship with aging: embrace it, deny it, defer it -- and women have been on the front lines of the battle, willingly or not.  In her lively social history of American women and aging, acclaimed New York Times columnist Gail Collins illustrates the ways in which age is an arbitrary concept that has swung back and forth over the centuries. From Plymouth Rock (when a woman was considered marriageable if &amp;quot;civil and under fifty years of age&amp;quot;), to a few generations later, when they were quietly retired to elderdom once they had passed the optimum age for reproduction, to recent decades when freedom from striving in the workplace and caretaking at home is often celebrated, to the first female nominee for president, American attitudes towards age have been a moving target. Gail Collins gives women reason to expect the best of their golden years.</description>
      <author>Gail Collins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478900764.mp3" length="878464" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393644</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478900764.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393644">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393644</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Stopping Us Now: The Adventures of Older Women in American History
Author: Gail Collins
Narrator: Tanya Eby, Gail Collins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The beloved New York Times columnist &amp;quot;inspires women to embrace aging and look at it with a new sense of hope&amp;quot; in this lively, fascinating, eye-opening look at women and aging in America (Parade Magazine).  &amp;quot;You&amp;#039;re not getting older, you&amp;#039;re getting better,&amp;quot; or so promised the famous 1970&amp;#039;s ad -- for women&amp;#039;s hair dye. Americans have always had a complicated relationship with aging: embrace it, deny it, defer it -- and women have been on the front lines of the battle, willingly or not.  In her lively social history of American women and aging, acclaimed New York Times columnist Gail Collins illustrates the ways in which age is an arbitrary concept that has swung back and forth over the centuries. From Plymouth Rock (when a woman was considered marriageable if &amp;quot;civil and under fifty years of age&amp;quot;), to a few generations later, when they were quietly retired to elderdom once they had passed the optimum age for reproduction, to recent decades when freedom from striving in the workplace and caretaking at home is often celebrated, to the first female nominee for president, American attitudes towards age have been a moving target. Gail Collins gives women reason to expect the best of their golden years.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393644">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393644</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Stopping Us Now: The Adventures of Older Women in American History
Author: Gail Collins
Narrator: Tanya Eby, Gail Collins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The beloved New York Times columnist &amp;quot;inspires women to embrace aging and look at it with a new sense of hope&amp;quot; in this lively, fascinating, eye-opening look at women and aging in America (Parade Magazine).  &amp;quot;You&amp;#039;re not getting older, you&amp;#039;re getting better,&amp;quot; or so promised the famous 1970&amp;#039;s ad -- for women&amp;#039;s hair dye. Americans have always had a complicated relationship with aging: embrace it, deny it, defer it -- and women have been on the front lines of the battle, willingly or not.  In her lively social history of American women and aging, acclaimed New York Times columnist Gail Collins illustrates the ways in which age is an arbitrary concept that has swung back and forth over the centuries. From Plymouth Rock (when a woman was considered marriageable if &amp;quot;civil and under fifty years of age&amp;quot;), to a few generations later, when they were quietly retired to elderdom once they had passed the optimum age for reproduction, to recent decades when freedom from striving in the workplace and caretaking at home is often celebrated, to the first female nominee for president, American attitudes towards age have been a moving target. Gail Collins gives women reason to expect the best of their golden years.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wandering in Strange Lands: A Daughter of the Great Migration Reclaims Her Roots by Morgan Jerkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393491</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393491">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393491</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wandering in Strange Lands: A Daughter of the Great Migration Reclaims Her Roots
Author: Morgan Jerkins
Narrator: Morgan Jerkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of Buzzfeed&amp;#039;s 24 New Books We Couldn’t Put Down “One of the smartest young writers of her generation.”—Book Riot From the acclaimed cultural critic and New York Times bestselling author of This Will Be My Undoing—a writer whom Roxane Gay has hailed as “a force to be reckoned with”—comes this powerful story of her journey to understand her northern and southern roots, the Great Migration, and the displacement of black people across America. Between 1916 and 1970, six million black Americans left their rural homes in the South for jobs in cities in the North, West, and Midwest in a movement known as The Great Migration. But while this event transformed the complexion of America and provided black people with new economic opportunities, it also disconnected them from their roots, their land, and their sense of identity, argues Morgan Jerkins. In this fascinating and deeply personal exploration, she recreates her ancestors’ journeys across America, following the migratory routes they took from Georgia and South Carolina to Louisiana, Oklahoma, and California.  Following in their footsteps, Jerkins seeks to understand not only her own past, but the lineage of an entire group of people who have been displaced, disenfranchised, and disrespected throughout our history. Through interviews and hundreds of pages of transcription, Jerkins braids the loose threads of her family’s oral histories, which she was able to trace back 300 years, with the insights and recollections of black people she met along the way—the tissue of black myths, customs, and blood that connect the bones of American history.  Incisive and illuminating, Wandering in Strange Lands is a timely and enthralling look at America’s past and present, one family’s legacy, and a young black woman’s life, filtered through her sharp and curious eyes.</description>
      <author>Morgan Jerkins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062958914.mp3" length="1414132" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393491</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062958914.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393491">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393491</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wandering in Strange Lands: A Daughter of the Great Migration Reclaims Her Roots
Author: Morgan Jerkins
Narrator: Morgan Jerkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of Buzzfeed&amp;#039;s 24 New Books We Couldn’t Put Down “One of the smartest young writers of her generation.”—Book Riot From the acclaimed cultural critic and New York Times bestselling author of This Will Be My Undoing—a writer whom Roxane Gay has hailed as “a force to be reckoned with”—comes this powerful story of her journey to understand her northern and southern roots, the Great Migration, and the displacement of black people across America. Between 1916 and 1970, six million black Americans left their rural homes in the South for jobs in cities in the North, West, and Midwest in a movement known as The Great Migration. But while this event transformed the complexion of America and provided black people with new economic opportunities, it also disconnected them from their roots, their land, and their sense of identity, argues Morgan Jerkins. In this fascinating and deeply personal exploration, she recreates her ancestors’ journeys across America, following the migratory routes they took from Georgia and South Carolina to Louisiana, Oklahoma, and California.  Following in their footsteps, Jerkins seeks to understand not only her own past, but the lineage of an entire group of people who have been displaced, disenfranchised, and disrespected throughout our history. Through interviews and hundreds of pages of transcription, Jerkins braids the loose threads of her family’s oral histories, which she was able to trace back 300 years, with the insights and recollections of black people she met along the way—the tissue of black myths, customs, and blood that connect the bones of American history.  Incisive and illuminating, Wandering in Strange Lands is a timely and enthralling look at America’s past and present, one family’s legacy, and a young black woman’s life, filtered through her sharp and curious eyes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393491">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393491</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wandering in Strange Lands: A Daughter of the Great Migration Reclaims Her Roots
Author: Morgan Jerkins
Narrator: Morgan Jerkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of Buzzfeed&amp;#039;s 24 New Books We Couldn’t Put Down “One of the smartest young writers of her generation.”—Book Riot From the acclaimed cultural critic and New York Times bestselling author of This Will Be My Undoing—a writer whom Roxane Gay has hailed as “a force to be reckoned with”—comes this powerful story of her journey to understand her northern and southern roots, the Great Migration, and the displacement of black people across America. Between 1916 and 1970, six million black Americans left their rural homes in the South for jobs in cities in the North, West, and Midwest in a movement known as The Great Migration. But while this event transformed the complexion of America and provided black people with new economic opportunities, it also disconnected them from their roots, their land, and their sense of identity, argues Morgan Jerkins. In this fascinating and deeply personal exploration, she recreates her ancestors’ journeys across America, following the migratory routes they took from Georgia and South Carolina to Louisiana, Oklahoma, and California.  Following in their footsteps, Jerkins seeks to understand not only her own past, but the lineage of an entire group of people who have been displaced, disenfranchised, and disrespected throughout our history. Through interviews and hundreds of pages of transcription, Jerkins braids the loose threads of her family’s oral histories, which she was able to trace back 300 years, with the insights and recollections of black people she met along the way—the tissue of black myths, customs, and blood that connect the bones of American history.  Incisive and illuminating, Wandering in Strange Lands is a timely and enthralling look at America’s past and present, one family’s legacy, and a young black woman’s life, filtered through her sharp and curious eyes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dinner in Camelot: The Night America&amp;#039;s Greatest Scientists, Writers, and Scholars Partied at the Kennedy White House by Joseph A. Esposito</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393330</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dinner in Camelot: The Night America&amp;#039;s Greatest Scientists, Writers, and Scholars Partied at the Kennedy White House
Author: Joseph A. Esposito
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In April 1962, President and Mrs. John F. Kennedy hosted forty-nine Nobel Prize winners—along with many other prominent scientists, artists, and writers—at a famed White House dinner. Among the guests were J. Robert Oppenheimer, who was officially welcomed back to Washington after a stint in the political wilderness; Linus Pauling, who had picketed the White House that very afternoon; William and Rose Styron, who began a fifty-year friendship with the Kennedy family that night; James Baldwin, who would later discuss civil rights with Attorney General Robert Kennedy; Mary Welsh Hemingway, Ernest Hemingway&amp;#039;s widow, who sat next to the president and grilled him on Cuba policy; John Glenn, who had recently orbited the earth aboard Friendship 7; historian Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., who argued with Ava Pauling at dinner; and many others. Actor Frederic March gave a public recitation after the meal, including some unpublished work of Hemingway&amp;#039;s that later became part of Islands in the Stream. Held at the height of the Cold War, the dinner symbolizes a time when intellectuals were esteemed, divergent viewpoints could be respectfully discussed at the highest level, and the great minds of an age might all dine together in the rarefied glamour of &amp;#039;the people&amp;#039;s house.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Joseph A. Esposito</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684573769.mp3" length="8414806" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393330</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684573769.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dinner in Camelot: The Night America&amp;#039;s Greatest Scientists, Writers, and Scholars Partied at the Kennedy White House
Author: Joseph A. Esposito
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In April 1962, President and Mrs. John F. Kennedy hosted forty-nine Nobel Prize winners—along with many other prominent scientists, artists, and writers—at a famed White House dinner. Among the guests were J. Robert Oppenheimer, who was officially welcomed back to Washington after a stint in the political wilderness; Linus Pauling, who had picketed the White House that very afternoon; William and Rose Styron, who began a fifty-year friendship with the Kennedy family that night; James Baldwin, who would later discuss civil rights with Attorney General Robert Kennedy; Mary Welsh Hemingway, Ernest Hemingway&amp;#039;s widow, who sat next to the president and grilled him on Cuba policy; John Glenn, who had recently orbited the earth aboard Friendship 7; historian Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., who argued with Ava Pauling at dinner; and many others. Actor Frederic March gave a public recitation after the meal, including some unpublished work of Hemingway&amp;#039;s that later became part of Islands in the Stream. Held at the height of the Cold War, the dinner symbolizes a time when intellectuals were esteemed, divergent viewpoints could be respectfully discussed at the highest level, and the great minds of an age might all dine together in the rarefied glamour of &amp;#039;the people&amp;#039;s house.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dinner in Camelot: The Night America&amp;#039;s Greatest Scientists, Writers, and Scholars Partied at the Kennedy White House
Author: Joseph A. Esposito
Narrator: Tom Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In April 1962, President and Mrs. John F. Kennedy hosted forty-nine Nobel Prize winners—along with many other prominent scientists, artists, and writers—at a famed White House dinner. Among the guests were J. Robert Oppenheimer, who was officially welcomed back to Washington after a stint in the political wilderness; Linus Pauling, who had picketed the White House that very afternoon; William and Rose Styron, who began a fifty-year friendship with the Kennedy family that night; James Baldwin, who would later discuss civil rights with Attorney General Robert Kennedy; Mary Welsh Hemingway, Ernest Hemingway&amp;#039;s widow, who sat next to the president and grilled him on Cuba policy; John Glenn, who had recently orbited the earth aboard Friendship 7; historian Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., who argued with Ava Pauling at dinner; and many others. Actor Frederic March gave a public recitation after the meal, including some unpublished work of Hemingway&amp;#039;s that later became part of Islands in the Stream. Held at the height of the Cold War, the dinner symbolizes a time when intellectuals were esteemed, divergent viewpoints could be respectfully discussed at the highest level, and the great minds of an age might all dine together in the rarefied glamour of &amp;#039;the people&amp;#039;s house.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Escalante&amp;#039;s Dream: On the Trail of the Spanish Discovery of the Southwest by David Roberts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393303</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Escalante&amp;#039;s Dream: On the Trail of the Spanish Discovery of the Southwest
Author: David Roberts
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Famed adventure writer David Roberts retraces the route of the legendary Domínguez-Escalante expedition. In July 1776 a pair of Franciscan friars, Francisco Atanasio Domínguez and Silvestre Vélez de Escalante, were charged by the governor of New Mexico with discovering a route across the unknown Southwest to the new Spanish colony in California. They had other goals as well, some of them secret: converting the indigenous natives along the way to the true faith, discovering a semi-mythical paradise known as Teguayó, hunting for sources of gold and silver, and paving the way for Spanish settlements from Santa Fe to Monterey. In strict terms, the expedition failed. Running out of food and beset by an early winter, the twelve-man team gave up in what is now western Utah. The retreat to Santa Fe became an ordeal of survival. The men were reduced to eating their own horses while they searched for a crossing of the raging Colorado River in Glen Canyon. Seven months after setting out, Domínguez and Escalante staggered back to Santa Fe. Yet in the course of their 1,700-mile voyage, the explorers discovered more land unknown to Europeans than Lewis and Clark would encounter a quarter-century later.</description>
      <author>David Roberts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684570737.mp3" length="8500400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393303</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684570737.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Escalante&amp;#039;s Dream: On the Trail of the Spanish Discovery of the Southwest
Author: David Roberts
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Famed adventure writer David Roberts retraces the route of the legendary Domínguez-Escalante expedition. In July 1776 a pair of Franciscan friars, Francisco Atanasio Domínguez and Silvestre Vélez de Escalante, were charged by the governor of New Mexico with discovering a route across the unknown Southwest to the new Spanish colony in California. They had other goals as well, some of them secret: converting the indigenous natives along the way to the true faith, discovering a semi-mythical paradise known as Teguayó, hunting for sources of gold and silver, and paving the way for Spanish settlements from Santa Fe to Monterey. In strict terms, the expedition failed. Running out of food and beset by an early winter, the twelve-man team gave up in what is now western Utah. The retreat to Santa Fe became an ordeal of survival. The men were reduced to eating their own horses while they searched for a crossing of the raging Colorado River in Glen Canyon. Seven months after setting out, Domínguez and Escalante staggered back to Santa Fe. Yet in the course of their 1,700-mile voyage, the explorers discovered more land unknown to Europeans than Lewis and Clark would encounter a quarter-century later.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393303">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393303</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Escalante&amp;#039;s Dream: On the Trail of the Spanish Discovery of the Southwest
Author: David Roberts
Narrator: Robert Fass
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Famed adventure writer David Roberts retraces the route of the legendary Domínguez-Escalante expedition. In July 1776 a pair of Franciscan friars, Francisco Atanasio Domínguez and Silvestre Vélez de Escalante, were charged by the governor of New Mexico with discovering a route across the unknown Southwest to the new Spanish colony in California. They had other goals as well, some of them secret: converting the indigenous natives along the way to the true faith, discovering a semi-mythical paradise known as Teguayó, hunting for sources of gold and silver, and paving the way for Spanish settlements from Santa Fe to Monterey. In strict terms, the expedition failed. Running out of food and beset by an early winter, the twelve-man team gave up in what is now western Utah. The retreat to Santa Fe became an ordeal of survival. The men were reduced to eating their own horses while they searched for a crossing of the raging Colorado River in Glen Canyon. Seven months after setting out, Domínguez and Escalante staggered back to Santa Fe. Yet in the course of their 1,700-mile voyage, the explorers discovered more land unknown to Europeans than Lewis and Clark would encounter a quarter-century later.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Bourbon King: The Life and Crimes of George Remus, Prohibition&amp;#039;s Evil Genius by Bob Batchelor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393174</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bourbon King: The Life and Crimes of George Remus, Prohibition&amp;#039;s Evil Genius
Author: Bob Batchelor
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
October 2019 marks the 100th anniversary of the Volstead Act, which put the enforcement teeth into Prohibition. But the law didn&amp;#039;t stop George Remus from cornering the boozy, illegal liquor marketplace and amassing a fortune that eclipsed $200 million (the equivalent of $4.75 billion today). As eminent documentarian Ken Burns proclaimed, &amp;#039;Remus was to bootlegging what Rockefeller was to oil.&amp;#039; Author Bob Batchelor has unearthed a treasure trove of untapped historical archives to cover the life, times, and crimes of the man who ran the largest bootlegging operation in America—larger and more powerful than that of Al Capone—and a man who was considered one of the best criminal defense lawyers of his era. Love, murder, mountains of cash, bribery, political intrigue, rivers of bourbon, and a grand spectacle like few before it, the tale of George Remus transcends the era and provides listeners with a lens into the dark heart of Prohibition&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Bourbon Trail,&amp;#039; the thirst of the American people, and their fascination with crime.</description>
      <author>Bob Batchelor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684574346.mp3" length="8136610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393174</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684574346.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bourbon King: The Life and Crimes of George Remus, Prohibition&amp;#039;s Evil Genius
Author: Bob Batchelor
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
October 2019 marks the 100th anniversary of the Volstead Act, which put the enforcement teeth into Prohibition. But the law didn&amp;#039;t stop George Remus from cornering the boozy, illegal liquor marketplace and amassing a fortune that eclipsed $200 million (the equivalent of $4.75 billion today). As eminent documentarian Ken Burns proclaimed, &amp;#039;Remus was to bootlegging what Rockefeller was to oil.&amp;#039; Author Bob Batchelor has unearthed a treasure trove of untapped historical archives to cover the life, times, and crimes of the man who ran the largest bootlegging operation in America—larger and more powerful than that of Al Capone—and a man who was considered one of the best criminal defense lawyers of his era. Love, murder, mountains of cash, bribery, political intrigue, rivers of bourbon, and a grand spectacle like few before it, the tale of George Remus transcends the era and provides listeners with a lens into the dark heart of Prohibition&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Bourbon Trail,&amp;#039; the thirst of the American people, and their fascination with crime.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/393174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bourbon King: The Life and Crimes of George Remus, Prohibition&amp;#039;s Evil Genius
Author: Bob Batchelor
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
October 2019 marks the 100th anniversary of the Volstead Act, which put the enforcement teeth into Prohibition. But the law didn&amp;#039;t stop George Remus from cornering the boozy, illegal liquor marketplace and amassing a fortune that eclipsed $200 million (the equivalent of $4.75 billion today). As eminent documentarian Ken Burns proclaimed, &amp;#039;Remus was to bootlegging what Rockefeller was to oil.&amp;#039; Author Bob Batchelor has unearthed a treasure trove of untapped historical archives to cover the life, times, and crimes of the man who ran the largest bootlegging operation in America—larger and more powerful than that of Al Capone—and a man who was considered one of the best criminal defense lawyers of his era. Love, murder, mountains of cash, bribery, political intrigue, rivers of bourbon, and a grand spectacle like few before it, the tale of George Remus transcends the era and provides listeners with a lens into the dark heart of Prohibition&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Bourbon Trail,&amp;#039; the thirst of the American people, and their fascination with crime.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lavender Scare: The Cold War Persecution of Gays and Lesbians in the Federal Government by David K. Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392999</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lavender Scare: The Cold War Persecution of Gays and Lesbians in the Federal Government
Author: David K. Johnson
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In Cold War America, Senator Joseph McCarthy enjoyed tremendous support in the fight against what he called atheistic communism. But that support stemmed less from his wild charges about communists than his more substantiated charges that &amp;#039;sex perverts&amp;#039; had infiltrated government agencies. Although now remembered as an attack on suspected disloyalty, McCarthyism introduced &amp;#039;moral values&amp;#039; into the American political arsenal. Warning of a spreading homosexual menace, McCarthy and his Republican allies learned how to win votes. Winner of three book awards, The Lavender Scare masterfully traces the origins of contemporary sexual politics to Cold War hysteria over national security. Drawing on newly declassified documents and interviews with former government officials, historian David Johnson chronicles how the myth that homosexuals threatened national security determined government policy for decades, ruined thousands of lives, and pushed many to suicide. As Johnson shows, this myth not only outlived McCarthy but, by the 1960s, helped launch a new civil rights struggle.</description>
      <author>David K. Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515949138.mp3" length="7468514" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392999</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515949138.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lavender Scare: The Cold War Persecution of Gays and Lesbians in the Federal Government
Author: David K. Johnson
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In Cold War America, Senator Joseph McCarthy enjoyed tremendous support in the fight against what he called atheistic communism. But that support stemmed less from his wild charges about communists than his more substantiated charges that &amp;#039;sex perverts&amp;#039; had infiltrated government agencies. Although now remembered as an attack on suspected disloyalty, McCarthyism introduced &amp;#039;moral values&amp;#039; into the American political arsenal. Warning of a spreading homosexual menace, McCarthy and his Republican allies learned how to win votes. Winner of three book awards, The Lavender Scare masterfully traces the origins of contemporary sexual politics to Cold War hysteria over national security. Drawing on newly declassified documents and interviews with former government officials, historian David Johnson chronicles how the myth that homosexuals threatened national security determined government policy for decades, ruined thousands of lives, and pushed many to suicide. As Johnson shows, this myth not only outlived McCarthy but, by the 1960s, helped launch a new civil rights struggle.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lavender Scare: The Cold War Persecution of Gays and Lesbians in the Federal Government
Author: David K. Johnson
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In Cold War America, Senator Joseph McCarthy enjoyed tremendous support in the fight against what he called atheistic communism. But that support stemmed less from his wild charges about communists than his more substantiated charges that &amp;#039;sex perverts&amp;#039; had infiltrated government agencies. Although now remembered as an attack on suspected disloyalty, McCarthyism introduced &amp;#039;moral values&amp;#039; into the American political arsenal. Warning of a spreading homosexual menace, McCarthy and his Republican allies learned how to win votes. Winner of three book awards, The Lavender Scare masterfully traces the origins of contemporary sexual politics to Cold War hysteria over national security. Drawing on newly declassified documents and interviews with former government officials, historian David Johnson chronicles how the myth that homosexuals threatened national security determined government policy for decades, ruined thousands of lives, and pushed many to suicide. As Johnson shows, this myth not only outlived McCarthy but, by the 1960s, helped launch a new civil rights struggle.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Tyler, the Accidental President by Edward P. Crapol</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392949</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: John Tyler, the Accidental President
Author: Edward P. Crapol
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first vice president to become president on the death of the incumbent, John Tyler (1790-1862) was derided by critics as &amp;#039;His Accidency.&amp;#039; In this biography of the tenth president, Edward P. Crapol challenges depictions of Tyler as a die-hard advocate of states&amp;#039; rights, limited government, and a strict interpretation of the Constitution. Instead, he argues, Tyler manipulated the Constitution to increase the executive power of the presidency. Crapol also highlights Tyler&amp;#039;s faith in America&amp;#039;s national destiny and his belief that boundless territorial expansion would preserve the Union as a slaveholding republic. When Tyler sided with the Confederacy in 1861, he was branded as America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;traitor&amp;#039; president for having betrayed the republic he once led.</description>
      <author>Edward P. Crapol</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515947752.mp3" length="8070334" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392949</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515947752.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: John Tyler, the Accidental President
Author: Edward P. Crapol
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first vice president to become president on the death of the incumbent, John Tyler (1790-1862) was derided by critics as &amp;#039;His Accidency.&amp;#039; In this biography of the tenth president, Edward P. Crapol challenges depictions of Tyler as a die-hard advocate of states&amp;#039; rights, limited government, and a strict interpretation of the Constitution. Instead, he argues, Tyler manipulated the Constitution to increase the executive power of the presidency. Crapol also highlights Tyler&amp;#039;s faith in America&amp;#039;s national destiny and his belief that boundless territorial expansion would preserve the Union as a slaveholding republic. When Tyler sided with the Confederacy in 1861, he was branded as America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;traitor&amp;#039; president for having betrayed the republic he once led.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392949">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392949</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: John Tyler, the Accidental President
Author: Edward P. Crapol
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 4 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first vice president to become president on the death of the incumbent, John Tyler (1790-1862) was derided by critics as &amp;#039;His Accidency.&amp;#039; In this biography of the tenth president, Edward P. Crapol challenges depictions of Tyler as a die-hard advocate of states&amp;#039; rights, limited government, and a strict interpretation of the Constitution. Instead, he argues, Tyler manipulated the Constitution to increase the executive power of the presidency. Crapol also highlights Tyler&amp;#039;s faith in America&amp;#039;s national destiny and his belief that boundless territorial expansion would preserve the Union as a slaveholding republic. When Tyler sided with the Confederacy in 1861, he was branded as America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;traitor&amp;#039; president for having betrayed the republic he once led.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Confederate and Neo-Confederate Reader: The &amp;#039;Great Truth&amp;#039; about the &amp;#039;Lost Cause&amp;#039; by James W. Loewen, Edward H. Sebesta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392883</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Confederate and Neo-Confederate Reader: The &amp;#039;Great Truth&amp;#039; about the &amp;#039;Lost Cause&amp;#039;
Author: James W. Loewen, Edward H. Sebesta
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Most Americans hold basic misconceptions about the Confederacy, the Civil War, and the actions of subsequent neo-Confederates. For example, two thirds of Americans—including most history teachers—think the Confederate States seceded for &amp;#039;states&amp;#039; rights.&amp;#039; This error persists because most have never read the key documents about the Confederacy.   These documents have always been there. When South Carolina seceded, it published &amp;#039;Declaration of the Immediate Causes Which Induce and Justify the Secession of South Carolina from the Federal Union.&amp;#039; The document actually opposes states&amp;#039; rights. Its authors argue that Northern states were ignoring the rights of slave owners as identified by Congress and in the Constitution. Similarly, Mississippi&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Declaration of the Immediate Causes . . . &amp;#039; says, &amp;#039;Our position is thoroughly identified with the institution of slavery—the greatest material interest of the world.&amp;#039;   The 150th anniversary of secession and civil war provides a moment for all Americans to hear these documents, properly set in context by award-winning sociologist and historian James W. Loewen and coeditor, Edward H. Sebesta, to put in perspective the mythology of the Old South.</description>
      <author>James W. Loewen, Edward H. Sebesta</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515946496.mp3" length="7946016" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392883</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515946496.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Confederate and Neo-Confederate Reader: The &amp;#039;Great Truth&amp;#039; about the &amp;#039;Lost Cause&amp;#039;
Author: James W. Loewen, Edward H. Sebesta
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Most Americans hold basic misconceptions about the Confederacy, the Civil War, and the actions of subsequent neo-Confederates. For example, two thirds of Americans—including most history teachers—think the Confederate States seceded for &amp;#039;states&amp;#039; rights.&amp;#039; This error persists because most have never read the key documents about the Confederacy.   These documents have always been there. When South Carolina seceded, it published &amp;#039;Declaration of the Immediate Causes Which Induce and Justify the Secession of South Carolina from the Federal Union.&amp;#039; The document actually opposes states&amp;#039; rights. Its authors argue that Northern states were ignoring the rights of slave owners as identified by Congress and in the Constitution. Similarly, Mississippi&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Declaration of the Immediate Causes . . . &amp;#039; says, &amp;#039;Our position is thoroughly identified with the institution of slavery—the greatest material interest of the world.&amp;#039;   The 150th anniversary of secession and civil war provides a moment for all Americans to hear these documents, properly set in context by award-winning sociologist and historian James W. Loewen and coeditor, Edward H. Sebesta, to put in perspective the mythology of the Old South.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Confederate and Neo-Confederate Reader: The &amp;#039;Great Truth&amp;#039; about the &amp;#039;Lost Cause&amp;#039;
Author: James W. Loewen, Edward H. Sebesta
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Most Americans hold basic misconceptions about the Confederacy, the Civil War, and the actions of subsequent neo-Confederates. For example, two thirds of Americans—including most history teachers—think the Confederate States seceded for &amp;#039;states&amp;#039; rights.&amp;#039; This error persists because most have never read the key documents about the Confederacy.   These documents have always been there. When South Carolina seceded, it published &amp;#039;Declaration of the Immediate Causes Which Induce and Justify the Secession of South Carolina from the Federal Union.&amp;#039; The document actually opposes states&amp;#039; rights. Its authors argue that Northern states were ignoring the rights of slave owners as identified by Congress and in the Constitution. Similarly, Mississippi&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Declaration of the Immediate Causes . . . &amp;#039; says, &amp;#039;Our position is thoroughly identified with the institution of slavery—the greatest material interest of the world.&amp;#039;   The 150th anniversary of secession and civil war provides a moment for all Americans to hear these documents, properly set in context by award-winning sociologist and historian James W. Loewen and coeditor, Edward H. Sebesta, to put in perspective the mythology of the Old South.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dreams of Africa in Alabama: The Slave Ship Clotilda and the Story of the Last Africans Brought to America by Sylviane A. Diouf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392762</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dreams of Africa in Alabama: The Slave Ship Clotilda and the Story of the Last Africans Brought to America
Author: Sylviane A. Diouf
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the summer of 1860, more than fifty years after the United States legally abolished the international slave trade, 110 men, women, and children from Benin and Nigeria were brought ashore in Alabama under cover of night. They were the last recorded group of Africans deported to the United States as slaves. Timothy Meaher, an established Mobile businessman, sent the slave ship, the Clotilda, to Africa, on a bet that he could &amp;#039;bring a shipful of niggers right into Mobile Bay under the officers&amp;#039; noses.&amp;#039; He won the bet. This book reconstructs the lives of the people in West Africa, recounts their capture and passage in the slave pen in Ouidah, and describes their experience of slavery alongside American-born enslaved men and women. After emancipation, the group reunited from various plantations, bought land, and founded their own settlement, known as African Town. They ruled it according to customary African laws, spoke their own regional language and, when giving interviews, insisted that writers use their African names so that their families would know that they were still alive. The last survivor of the Clotilda died in 1935, but African Town is still home to a community of Clotilda descendants. The original publication of Dreams of Africa in Alabama marked the 200th anniversary of the abolition of the transatlantic slave trade.</description>
      <author>Sylviane A. Diouf</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515943945.mp3" length="7799725" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392762</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515943945.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dreams of Africa in Alabama: The Slave Ship Clotilda and the Story of the Last Africans Brought to America
Author: Sylviane A. Diouf
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the summer of 1860, more than fifty years after the United States legally abolished the international slave trade, 110 men, women, and children from Benin and Nigeria were brought ashore in Alabama under cover of night. They were the last recorded group of Africans deported to the United States as slaves. Timothy Meaher, an established Mobile businessman, sent the slave ship, the Clotilda, to Africa, on a bet that he could &amp;#039;bring a shipful of niggers right into Mobile Bay under the officers&amp;#039; noses.&amp;#039; He won the bet. This book reconstructs the lives of the people in West Africa, recounts their capture and passage in the slave pen in Ouidah, and describes their experience of slavery alongside American-born enslaved men and women. After emancipation, the group reunited from various plantations, bought land, and founded their own settlement, known as African Town. They ruled it according to customary African laws, spoke their own regional language and, when giving interviews, insisted that writers use their African names so that their families would know that they were still alive. The last survivor of the Clotilda died in 1935, but African Town is still home to a community of Clotilda descendants. The original publication of Dreams of Africa in Alabama marked the 200th anniversary of the abolition of the transatlantic slave trade.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392762">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392762</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dreams of Africa in Alabama: The Slave Ship Clotilda and the Story of the Last Africans Brought to America
Author: Sylviane A. Diouf
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the summer of 1860, more than fifty years after the United States legally abolished the international slave trade, 110 men, women, and children from Benin and Nigeria were brought ashore in Alabama under cover of night. They were the last recorded group of Africans deported to the United States as slaves. Timothy Meaher, an established Mobile businessman, sent the slave ship, the Clotilda, to Africa, on a bet that he could &amp;#039;bring a shipful of niggers right into Mobile Bay under the officers&amp;#039; noses.&amp;#039; He won the bet. This book reconstructs the lives of the people in West Africa, recounts their capture and passage in the slave pen in Ouidah, and describes their experience of slavery alongside American-born enslaved men and women. After emancipation, the group reunited from various plantations, bought land, and founded their own settlement, known as African Town. They ruled it according to customary African laws, spoke their own regional language and, when giving interviews, insisted that writers use their African names so that their families would know that they were still alive. The last survivor of the Clotilda died in 1935, but African Town is still home to a community of Clotilda descendants. The original publication of Dreams of Africa in Alabama marked the 200th anniversary of the abolition of the transatlantic slave trade.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Browns of California: The Family Dynasty that Transformed a State and Shaped a Nation by Miriam Pawel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392715</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Browns of California: The Family Dynasty that Transformed a State and Shaped a Nation
Author: Miriam Pawel
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist&amp;#039;s panoramic history of California and its impact on the nation, from the Gold Rush to Silicon Valley—told through the lens of the family dynasty that led the state for nearly a quarter century. In The Browns of California, journalist and scholar Miriam Pawel weaves a narrative history that spans four generations, from August Schuckman, the Prussian immigrant who crossed the Plains in 1852 and settled on a northern California ranch, to his great-grandson Jerry Brown, who reclaimed the family homestead one hundred forty years later. Through the prism of their lives, we gain an essential understanding of California and an appreciation of its importance. This book gives new insights to those steeped in California history, offers a corrective for those who confuse stereotypes and legend for fact, and opens new vistas for listeners familiar with only the sketchiest outlines of a place habitually viewed from afar with a mix of envy and awe, disdain, and fascination.</description>
      <author>Miriam Pawel</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515942818.mp3" length="8567626" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392715</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515942818.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Browns of California: The Family Dynasty that Transformed a State and Shaped a Nation
Author: Miriam Pawel
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist&amp;#039;s panoramic history of California and its impact on the nation, from the Gold Rush to Silicon Valley—told through the lens of the family dynasty that led the state for nearly a quarter century. In The Browns of California, journalist and scholar Miriam Pawel weaves a narrative history that spans four generations, from August Schuckman, the Prussian immigrant who crossed the Plains in 1852 and settled on a northern California ranch, to his great-grandson Jerry Brown, who reclaimed the family homestead one hundred forty years later. Through the prism of their lives, we gain an essential understanding of California and an appreciation of its importance. This book gives new insights to those steeped in California history, offers a corrective for those who confuse stereotypes and legend for fact, and opens new vistas for listeners familiar with only the sketchiest outlines of a place habitually viewed from afar with a mix of envy and awe, disdain, and fascination.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Browns of California: The Family Dynasty that Transformed a State and Shaped a Nation
Author: Miriam Pawel
Narrator: Christina Delaine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist&amp;#039;s panoramic history of California and its impact on the nation, from the Gold Rush to Silicon Valley—told through the lens of the family dynasty that led the state for nearly a quarter century. In The Browns of California, journalist and scholar Miriam Pawel weaves a narrative history that spans four generations, from August Schuckman, the Prussian immigrant who crossed the Plains in 1852 and settled on a northern California ranch, to his great-grandson Jerry Brown, who reclaimed the family homestead one hundred forty years later. Through the prism of their lives, we gain an essential understanding of California and an appreciation of its importance. This book gives new insights to those steeped in California history, offers a corrective for those who confuse stereotypes and legend for fact, and opens new vistas for listeners familiar with only the sketchiest outlines of a place habitually viewed from afar with a mix of envy and awe, disdain, and fascination.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fights on the Little Horn: Unveiling the Mysteries of Custer’s Last Stand by Gordon Clinton Harper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392573</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fights on the Little Horn: Unveiling the Mysteries of Custer’s Last Stand
Author: Gordon Clinton Harper
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This remarkable book synthesizes a lifetime of in-depth research into one of America&amp;#039;s most storied disasters, the defeat of Custer&amp;#039;s 7th Cavalry at the hands of the Sioux and Cheyenne Indians, as well as the complete annihilation of that part of the cavalry led by Custer himself. The author, Gordon Harper, spent countless hours on the battlefield itself as well as researching every iota of evidence of the fight from both sides, white and Indian. He was thus able to recreate every step of the battle as authoritatively as anyone could, dispelling myths and falsehoods along the way. Harper himself passed away in 2009, leaving behind nearly two million words of original research and writing. In this book his work has been condensed for the general public to observe his key findings and the crux of his narrative on the exact course of the battle. Though author Gordon Harper is no longer with us, his daughter Tori Harper, along with author/historians Gordon Richard and Monte Akers, have done yeoman&amp;#039;s work in preserving his valuable research for the public.</description>
      <author>Gordon Clinton Harper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630157364.mp3" length="8403417" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392573</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630157364.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fights on the Little Horn: Unveiling the Mysteries of Custer’s Last Stand
Author: Gordon Clinton Harper
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This remarkable book synthesizes a lifetime of in-depth research into one of America&amp;#039;s most storied disasters, the defeat of Custer&amp;#039;s 7th Cavalry at the hands of the Sioux and Cheyenne Indians, as well as the complete annihilation of that part of the cavalry led by Custer himself. The author, Gordon Harper, spent countless hours on the battlefield itself as well as researching every iota of evidence of the fight from both sides, white and Indian. He was thus able to recreate every step of the battle as authoritatively as anyone could, dispelling myths and falsehoods along the way. Harper himself passed away in 2009, leaving behind nearly two million words of original research and writing. In this book his work has been condensed for the general public to observe his key findings and the crux of his narrative on the exact course of the battle. Though author Gordon Harper is no longer with us, his daughter Tori Harper, along with author/historians Gordon Richard and Monte Akers, have done yeoman&amp;#039;s work in preserving his valuable research for the public.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fights on the Little Horn: Unveiling the Mysteries of Custer’s Last Stand
Author: Gordon Clinton Harper
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
This remarkable book synthesizes a lifetime of in-depth research into one of America&amp;#039;s most storied disasters, the defeat of Custer&amp;#039;s 7th Cavalry at the hands of the Sioux and Cheyenne Indians, as well as the complete annihilation of that part of the cavalry led by Custer himself. The author, Gordon Harper, spent countless hours on the battlefield itself as well as researching every iota of evidence of the fight from both sides, white and Indian. He was thus able to recreate every step of the battle as authoritatively as anyone could, dispelling myths and falsehoods along the way. Harper himself passed away in 2009, leaving behind nearly two million words of original research and writing. In this book his work has been condensed for the general public to observe his key findings and the crux of his narrative on the exact course of the battle. Though author Gordon Harper is no longer with us, his daughter Tori Harper, along with author/historians Gordon Richard and Monte Akers, have done yeoman&amp;#039;s work in preserving his valuable research for the public.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Radical Hope: Ethics in the Face of Cultural Devastation by Jonathan Lear</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392493</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Hope: Ethics in the Face of Cultural Devastation
Author: Jonathan Lear
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortly before he died, Plenty Coups, the last great Chief of the Crow Nation, told his story—up to a certain point. &amp;#039;When the buffalo went away the hearts of my people fell to the ground,&amp;#039; he said, &amp;#039;and they could not lift them up again. After this nothing happened.&amp;#039; It is precisely this point—that of a people faced with the end of their way of life—that prompts the philosophical and ethical inquiry pursued in Radical Hope. In Jonathan Lear&amp;#039;s view, Plenty Coups&amp;#039;s story raises a profound ethical question that transcends his time and challenges us all: how should one face the possibility that one&amp;#039;s culture might collapse? This is a vulnerability that affects us all—insofar as we are all inhabitants of a civilization, and civilizations are themselves vulnerable to historical forces. How should we live with this vulnerability? Can we make any sense of facing up to such a challenge courageously? Using the available anthropology and history of the Indian tribes during their confinement to reservations, and drawing on philosophy and psychoanalytic theory, Lear explores the story of the Crow Nation at an impasse as it bears upon these questions—and these questions as they bear upon our own place in the world.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Lear</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630154424.mp3" length="8303539" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392493</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630154424.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Hope: Ethics in the Face of Cultural Devastation
Author: Jonathan Lear
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortly before he died, Plenty Coups, the last great Chief of the Crow Nation, told his story—up to a certain point. &amp;#039;When the buffalo went away the hearts of my people fell to the ground,&amp;#039; he said, &amp;#039;and they could not lift them up again. After this nothing happened.&amp;#039; It is precisely this point—that of a people faced with the end of their way of life—that prompts the philosophical and ethical inquiry pursued in Radical Hope. In Jonathan Lear&amp;#039;s view, Plenty Coups&amp;#039;s story raises a profound ethical question that transcends his time and challenges us all: how should one face the possibility that one&amp;#039;s culture might collapse? This is a vulnerability that affects us all—insofar as we are all inhabitants of a civilization, and civilizations are themselves vulnerable to historical forces. How should we live with this vulnerability? Can we make any sense of facing up to such a challenge courageously? Using the available anthropology and history of the Indian tribes during their confinement to reservations, and drawing on philosophy and psychoanalytic theory, Lear explores the story of the Crow Nation at an impasse as it bears upon these questions—and these questions as they bear upon our own place in the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Hope: Ethics in the Face of Cultural Devastation
Author: Jonathan Lear
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Shortly before he died, Plenty Coups, the last great Chief of the Crow Nation, told his story—up to a certain point. &amp;#039;When the buffalo went away the hearts of my people fell to the ground,&amp;#039; he said, &amp;#039;and they could not lift them up again. After this nothing happened.&amp;#039; It is precisely this point—that of a people faced with the end of their way of life—that prompts the philosophical and ethical inquiry pursued in Radical Hope. In Jonathan Lear&amp;#039;s view, Plenty Coups&amp;#039;s story raises a profound ethical question that transcends his time and challenges us all: how should one face the possibility that one&amp;#039;s culture might collapse? This is a vulnerability that affects us all—insofar as we are all inhabitants of a civilization, and civilizations are themselves vulnerable to historical forces. How should we live with this vulnerability? Can we make any sense of facing up to such a challenge courageously? Using the available anthropology and history of the Indian tribes during their confinement to reservations, and drawing on philosophy and psychoanalytic theory, Lear explores the story of the Crow Nation at an impasse as it bears upon these questions—and these questions as they bear upon our own place in the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Legacy of Conquest: The Unbroken Past of the American West by Patricia Nelson Limerick PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392475</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392475">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392475</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legacy of Conquest: The Unbroken Past of the American West
Author: Patricia Nelson Limerick PhD
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The &amp;#039;settling&amp;#039; of the American West has been perceived throughout the world as a series of quaint, violent, and romantic adventures. But in fact, Patricia Nelson Limerick argues, the West has a history grounded primarily in economic reality; in hardheaded questions of profit, loss, competition, and consolidation. Here she interprets the stories and the characters in a new way: the trappers, traders, Indians, farmers, oilmen, cowboys, and sheriffs of the Old West &amp;#039;meant business&amp;#039; in more ways than one, and their descendants mean business today.</description>
      <author>Patricia Nelson Limerick PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630153656.mp3" length="8223168" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392475</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630153656.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392475">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392475</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legacy of Conquest: The Unbroken Past of the American West
Author: Patricia Nelson Limerick PhD
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The &amp;#039;settling&amp;#039; of the American West has been perceived throughout the world as a series of quaint, violent, and romantic adventures. But in fact, Patricia Nelson Limerick argues, the West has a history grounded primarily in economic reality; in hardheaded questions of profit, loss, competition, and consolidation. Here she interprets the stories and the characters in a new way: the trappers, traders, Indians, farmers, oilmen, cowboys, and sheriffs of the Old West &amp;#039;meant business&amp;#039; in more ways than one, and their descendants mean business today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392475">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392475</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Legacy of Conquest: The Unbroken Past of the American West
Author: Patricia Nelson Limerick PhD
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The &amp;#039;settling&amp;#039; of the American West has been perceived throughout the world as a series of quaint, violent, and romantic adventures. But in fact, Patricia Nelson Limerick argues, the West has a history grounded primarily in economic reality; in hardheaded questions of profit, loss, competition, and consolidation. Here she interprets the stories and the characters in a new way: the trappers, traders, Indians, farmers, oilmen, cowboys, and sheriffs of the Old West &amp;#039;meant business&amp;#039; in more ways than one, and their descendants mean business today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Sorrow in Our Heart: The Life of Tecumseh by Allan W. Eckert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392334</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Sorrow in Our Heart: The Life of Tecumseh
Author: Allan W. Eckert
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 32 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A biography of the famous Shawnee describes Tecumseh&amp;#039;s plan to amalgamate all North American tribes into one people, his role as statesman and military strategist, and his death in the Battle of Thames.</description>
      <author>Allan W. Eckert</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541406377.mp3" length="8434229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392334</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541406377.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>32:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Sorrow in Our Heart: The Life of Tecumseh
Author: Allan W. Eckert
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 32 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A biography of the famous Shawnee describes Tecumseh&amp;#039;s plan to amalgamate all North American tribes into one people, his role as statesman and military strategist, and his death in the Battle of Thames.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Sorrow in Our Heart: The Life of Tecumseh
Author: Allan W. Eckert
Narrator: Paul Heitsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 32 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A biography of the famous Shawnee describes Tecumseh&amp;#039;s plan to amalgamate all North American tribes into one people, his role as statesman and military strategist, and his death in the Battle of Thames.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Scripture: Making the Declaration of Independence by Pauline Maier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392309</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392309">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392309</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Scripture: Making the Declaration of Independence
Author: Pauline Maier
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Maier describes the transformation of the Second Continental Congress into a national government, unlike anything that preceded or followed it, and with more authority than the colonists would ever have conceded to the British Parliament. In Maier&amp;#039;s hands, the Declaration of Independence is brought close to us. She lets us hear the voice of the people as revealed in the other &amp;#039;declarations&amp;#039; of 1776: the local resolutions—most of which have gone unnoticed over the past two centuries—that explained, advocated, and justified Independence and undergirded Congress&amp;#039;s work. Detective-like, she discloses the origins of key ideas and phrases in the Declaration and unravels the complex story of its drafting and of the group-editing job which angered Thomas Jefferson. Maier also reveals what happened to the Declaration after the signing and celebration: how it was largely forgotten and then revived to buttress political arguments of the nineteenth century; and, most important, how Abraham Lincoln ensured its persistence as a living force in American society. Finally, she shows how by the very act of venerating the Declaration as we do—by holding it as sacrosanct, akin to holy writ—we may actually be betraying its purpose and its power.</description>
      <author>Pauline Maier</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541401853.mp3" length="8653421" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392309</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541401853.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392309">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392309</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Scripture: Making the Declaration of Independence
Author: Pauline Maier
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Maier describes the transformation of the Second Continental Congress into a national government, unlike anything that preceded or followed it, and with more authority than the colonists would ever have conceded to the British Parliament. In Maier&amp;#039;s hands, the Declaration of Independence is brought close to us. She lets us hear the voice of the people as revealed in the other &amp;#039;declarations&amp;#039; of 1776: the local resolutions—most of which have gone unnoticed over the past two centuries—that explained, advocated, and justified Independence and undergirded Congress&amp;#039;s work. Detective-like, she discloses the origins of key ideas and phrases in the Declaration and unravels the complex story of its drafting and of the group-editing job which angered Thomas Jefferson. Maier also reveals what happened to the Declaration after the signing and celebration: how it was largely forgotten and then revived to buttress political arguments of the nineteenth century; and, most important, how Abraham Lincoln ensured its persistence as a living force in American society. Finally, she shows how by the very act of venerating the Declaration as we do—by holding it as sacrosanct, akin to holy writ—we may actually be betraying its purpose and its power.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392309">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392309</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Scripture: Making the Declaration of Independence
Author: Pauline Maier
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Maier describes the transformation of the Second Continental Congress into a national government, unlike anything that preceded or followed it, and with more authority than the colonists would ever have conceded to the British Parliament. In Maier&amp;#039;s hands, the Declaration of Independence is brought close to us. She lets us hear the voice of the people as revealed in the other &amp;#039;declarations&amp;#039; of 1776: the local resolutions—most of which have gone unnoticed over the past two centuries—that explained, advocated, and justified Independence and undergirded Congress&amp;#039;s work. Detective-like, she discloses the origins of key ideas and phrases in the Declaration and unravels the complex story of its drafting and of the group-editing job which angered Thomas Jefferson. Maier also reveals what happened to the Declaration after the signing and celebration: how it was largely forgotten and then revived to buttress political arguments of the nineteenth century; and, most important, how Abraham Lincoln ensured its persistence as a living force in American society. Finally, she shows how by the very act of venerating the Declaration as we do—by holding it as sacrosanct, akin to holy writ—we may actually be betraying its purpose and its power.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lakota America: A New History of Indigenous Power by Pekka Hamalainen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392289</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lakota America: A New History of Indigenous Power
Author: Pekka Hamalainen
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first comprehensive history of the Lakota Indians and their profound role in shaping America&amp;#039;s history This first complete account of the Lakota Indians traces their rich and often surprising history from the early sixteenth to the early twenty-first century. Pekka Hämäläinen explores the Lakotas&amp;#039; roots as marginal hunter-gatherers and reveals how they reinvented themselves twice: first as a river people who dominated the Missouri Valley, America&amp;#039;s great commercial artery, and then—in what was America&amp;#039;s first sweeping westward expansion—as a horse people who ruled supreme on the vast high plains.   The Lakotas are imprinted in American historical memory. Red Cloud, Crazy Horse, and Sitting Bull are iconic figures in the American imagination, but in this groundbreaking book they emerge as something different: the architects of Lakota America, an expansive and enduring Indigenous regime that commanded human fates in the North American interior for generations. Hämäläinen&amp;#039;s deeply researched and engagingly written history places the Lakotas at the center of American history, and the results are revelatory.</description>
      <author>Pekka Hamalainen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977348760.mp3" length="2737508" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392289</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977348760.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lakota America: A New History of Indigenous Power
Author: Pekka Hamalainen
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first comprehensive history of the Lakota Indians and their profound role in shaping America&amp;#039;s history This first complete account of the Lakota Indians traces their rich and often surprising history from the early sixteenth to the early twenty-first century. Pekka Hämäläinen explores the Lakotas&amp;#039; roots as marginal hunter-gatherers and reveals how they reinvented themselves twice: first as a river people who dominated the Missouri Valley, America&amp;#039;s great commercial artery, and then—in what was America&amp;#039;s first sweeping westward expansion—as a horse people who ruled supreme on the vast high plains.   The Lakotas are imprinted in American historical memory. Red Cloud, Crazy Horse, and Sitting Bull are iconic figures in the American imagination, but in this groundbreaking book they emerge as something different: the architects of Lakota America, an expansive and enduring Indigenous regime that commanded human fates in the North American interior for generations. Hämäläinen&amp;#039;s deeply researched and engagingly written history places the Lakotas at the center of American history, and the results are revelatory.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392289">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392289</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lakota America: A New History of Indigenous Power
Author: Pekka Hamalainen
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first comprehensive history of the Lakota Indians and their profound role in shaping America&amp;#039;s history This first complete account of the Lakota Indians traces their rich and often surprising history from the early sixteenth to the early twenty-first century. Pekka Hämäläinen explores the Lakotas&amp;#039; roots as marginal hunter-gatherers and reveals how they reinvented themselves twice: first as a river people who dominated the Missouri Valley, America&amp;#039;s great commercial artery, and then—in what was America&amp;#039;s first sweeping westward expansion—as a horse people who ruled supreme on the vast high plains.   The Lakotas are imprinted in American historical memory. Red Cloud, Crazy Horse, and Sitting Bull are iconic figures in the American imagination, but in this groundbreaking book they emerge as something different: the architects of Lakota America, an expansive and enduring Indigenous regime that commanded human fates in the North American interior for generations. Hämäläinen&amp;#039;s deeply researched and engagingly written history places the Lakotas at the center of American history, and the results are revelatory.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cat Tale: The Wild, Weird Battle to Save the Florida Panther by Craig Pittman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391789</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cat Tale: The Wild, Weird Battle to Save the Florida Panther
Author: Craig Pittman
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Craig Pittman has a remarkable talent for telling stories set in the Sunshine State that never fail to fascinate and entertain. Sure, Cat Tale has plenty of laughs and Florida weirdness, but Pittman has written a truly inspirational story about the panther’s brush with extinction, and the human beings who were determined to save the species. You won’t be able to put Cat Tale down.”—Gilbert King, author of the Pulitzer prize-winning, Devil in the Grove It wasn’t so long ago when a lot of people thought the Florida panther was extinct. They were very nearly right. That the panther still exists at all is a miracle—the result of a desperate experiment that led to the most remarkable comeback in the history of the Endangered Species Act. And no one has told the whole story—until now. With novelistic detail and an eye for the absurd, Craig Pittman recounts the extraordinary story of the people who brought the panther back from the brink of extinction, the ones who nearly pushed the species over the edge, and the cats that were caught in the middle. This being Florida, there’s more than a little weirdness, too. An engrossing narrative of wry humor, sharp writing and exhaustive reportage, Cat Tale shows what it takes to bring one species back and what unexpected costs such a decision brings.</description>
      <author>Craig Pittman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781488207815.mp3" length="1413735" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391789</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781488207815.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cat Tale: The Wild, Weird Battle to Save the Florida Panther
Author: Craig Pittman
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Craig Pittman has a remarkable talent for telling stories set in the Sunshine State that never fail to fascinate and entertain. Sure, Cat Tale has plenty of laughs and Florida weirdness, but Pittman has written a truly inspirational story about the panther’s brush with extinction, and the human beings who were determined to save the species. You won’t be able to put Cat Tale down.”—Gilbert King, author of the Pulitzer prize-winning, Devil in the Grove It wasn’t so long ago when a lot of people thought the Florida panther was extinct. They were very nearly right. That the panther still exists at all is a miracle—the result of a desperate experiment that led to the most remarkable comeback in the history of the Endangered Species Act. And no one has told the whole story—until now. With novelistic detail and an eye for the absurd, Craig Pittman recounts the extraordinary story of the people who brought the panther back from the brink of extinction, the ones who nearly pushed the species over the edge, and the cats that were caught in the middle. This being Florida, there’s more than a little weirdness, too. An engrossing narrative of wry humor, sharp writing and exhaustive reportage, Cat Tale shows what it takes to bring one species back and what unexpected costs such a decision brings.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cat Tale: The Wild, Weird Battle to Save the Florida Panther
Author: Craig Pittman
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Craig Pittman has a remarkable talent for telling stories set in the Sunshine State that never fail to fascinate and entertain. Sure, Cat Tale has plenty of laughs and Florida weirdness, but Pittman has written a truly inspirational story about the panther’s brush with extinction, and the human beings who were determined to save the species. You won’t be able to put Cat Tale down.”—Gilbert King, author of the Pulitzer prize-winning, Devil in the Grove It wasn’t so long ago when a lot of people thought the Florida panther was extinct. They were very nearly right. That the panther still exists at all is a miracle—the result of a desperate experiment that led to the most remarkable comeback in the history of the Endangered Species Act. And no one has told the whole story—until now. With novelistic detail and an eye for the absurd, Craig Pittman recounts the extraordinary story of the people who brought the panther back from the brink of extinction, the ones who nearly pushed the species over the edge, and the cats that were caught in the middle. This being Florida, there’s more than a little weirdness, too. An engrossing narrative of wry humor, sharp writing and exhaustive reportage, Cat Tale shows what it takes to bring one species back and what unexpected costs such a decision brings.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Compton Cowboys: The New Generation of Cowboys in America&amp;#039;s Urban Heartland by Walter Thompson-Hernandez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391768</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391768">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391768</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Compton Cowboys: The New Generation of Cowboys in America&amp;#039;s Urban Heartland
Author: Walter Thompson-Hernandez
Narrator: Glenn Davis, Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Thompson-Hernández&amp;#039;s portrayal of Compton&amp;#039;s black cowboys broadens our perception of Compton&amp;#039;s young black residents, and connects the Compton Cowboys to the historical legacy of African Americans in the west. An eye-opening, moving book.”— Margot Lee Shetterly, New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Figures A rising New York Times reporter tells the compelling story of The Compton Cowboys, a group of African-American men and women who defy stereotypes and continue the proud, centuries-old tradition of black cowboys in the heart of one of America’s most notorious cities.  In Compton, California, ten black riders on horseback cut an unusual profile, their cowboy hats tilted against the hot Los Angeles sun. They are the Compton Cowboys, their small ranch one of the very last in a formerly semirural area of the city that has been home to African-American horse riders for decades. To most people, Compton is known only as the home of rap greats NWA and Kendrick Lamar, hyped in the media for its seemingly intractable gang violence. But in 1988 Mayisha Akbar founded The Compton Jr. Posse to provide local youth with a safe alternative to the streets, one that connected them with the rich legacy of black cowboys in American culture. From Mayisha’s youth organization came the Cowboys of today: black men and women from Compton for whom the ranch and the horses provide camaraderie, respite from violence, healing from trauma, and recovery from incarceration.  The Cowboys include Randy, Mayisha’s nephew, faced with the daunting task of remaking the Cowboys for a new generation; Anthony, former drug dealer and inmate, now a family man and mentor, Keiara, a single mother pursuing her dream of winning a national rodeo championship, and a tight clan of twentysomethings—Kenneth, Keenan, Chris, and Tre—for whom horses bring the freedom, protection, and status that often elude the young black men of Compton.  The Compton Cowboys is a story about trauma and transformation, race and identity, compassion, and ultimately, belonging. Walter Thompson-Hernández paints a unique and unexpected portrait of this city, pushing back against stereotypes to reveal an urban community in all its complexity, tragedy, and triumph.</description>
      <author>Walter Thompson-Hernandez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062985118.mp3" length="1494803" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391768</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062985118.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391768">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391768</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Compton Cowboys: The New Generation of Cowboys in America&amp;#039;s Urban Heartland
Author: Walter Thompson-Hernandez
Narrator: Glenn Davis, Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Thompson-Hernández&amp;#039;s portrayal of Compton&amp;#039;s black cowboys broadens our perception of Compton&amp;#039;s young black residents, and connects the Compton Cowboys to the historical legacy of African Americans in the west. An eye-opening, moving book.”— Margot Lee Shetterly, New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Figures A rising New York Times reporter tells the compelling story of The Compton Cowboys, a group of African-American men and women who defy stereotypes and continue the proud, centuries-old tradition of black cowboys in the heart of one of America’s most notorious cities.  In Compton, California, ten black riders on horseback cut an unusual profile, their cowboy hats tilted against the hot Los Angeles sun. They are the Compton Cowboys, their small ranch one of the very last in a formerly semirural area of the city that has been home to African-American horse riders for decades. To most people, Compton is known only as the home of rap greats NWA and Kendrick Lamar, hyped in the media for its seemingly intractable gang violence. But in 1988 Mayisha Akbar founded The Compton Jr. Posse to provide local youth with a safe alternative to the streets, one that connected them with the rich legacy of black cowboys in American culture. From Mayisha’s youth organization came the Cowboys of today: black men and women from Compton for whom the ranch and the horses provide camaraderie, respite from violence, healing from trauma, and recovery from incarceration.  The Cowboys include Randy, Mayisha’s nephew, faced with the daunting task of remaking the Cowboys for a new generation; Anthony, former drug dealer and inmate, now a family man and mentor, Keiara, a single mother pursuing her dream of winning a national rodeo championship, and a tight clan of twentysomethings—Kenneth, Keenan, Chris, and Tre—for whom horses bring the freedom, protection, and status that often elude the young black men of Compton.  The Compton Cowboys is a story about trauma and transformation, race and identity, compassion, and ultimately, belonging. Walter Thompson-Hernández paints a unique and unexpected portrait of this city, pushing back against stereotypes to reveal an urban community in all its complexity, tragedy, and triumph.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391768">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391768</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Compton Cowboys: The New Generation of Cowboys in America&amp;#039;s Urban Heartland
Author: Walter Thompson-Hernandez
Narrator: Glenn Davis, Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Thompson-Hernández&amp;#039;s portrayal of Compton&amp;#039;s black cowboys broadens our perception of Compton&amp;#039;s young black residents, and connects the Compton Cowboys to the historical legacy of African Americans in the west. An eye-opening, moving book.”— Margot Lee Shetterly, New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Figures A rising New York Times reporter tells the compelling story of The Compton Cowboys, a group of African-American men and women who defy stereotypes and continue the proud, centuries-old tradition of black cowboys in the heart of one of America’s most notorious cities.  In Compton, California, ten black riders on horseback cut an unusual profile, their cowboy hats tilted against the hot Los Angeles sun. They are the Compton Cowboys, their small ranch one of the very last in a formerly semirural area of the city that has been home to African-American horse riders for decades. To most people, Compton is known only as the home of rap greats NWA and Kendrick Lamar, hyped in the media for its seemingly intractable gang violence. But in 1988 Mayisha Akbar founded The Compton Jr. Posse to provide local youth with a safe alternative to the streets, one that connected them with the rich legacy of black cowboys in American culture. From Mayisha’s youth organization came the Cowboys of today: black men and women from Compton for whom the ranch and the horses provide camaraderie, respite from violence, healing from trauma, and recovery from incarceration.  The Cowboys include Randy, Mayisha’s nephew, faced with the daunting task of remaking the Cowboys for a new generation; Anthony, former drug dealer and inmate, now a family man and mentor, Keiara, a single mother pursuing her dream of winning a national rodeo championship, and a tight clan of twentysomethings—Kenneth, Keenan, Chris, and Tre—for whom horses bring the freedom, protection, and status that often elude the young black men of Compton.  The Compton Cowboys is a story about trauma and transformation, race and identity, compassion, and ultimately, belonging. Walter Thompson-Hernández paints a unique and unexpected portrait of this city, pushing back against stereotypes to reveal an urban community in all its complexity, tragedy, and triumph.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich, the Fall of a Speaker, and the Rise of the New Republican Party by Julian E. Zelizer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich, the Fall of a Speaker, and the Rise of the New Republican Party
Author: Julian E. Zelizer
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 59 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Notable Book! A New York Times Book Review Editors&amp;#039; Choice The story of how Newt Gingrich and his allies tainted American politics, launching an enduring era of brutal partisan warfare  When Donald Trump was elected president in 2016, President Obama observed that Trump “is not an outlier; he is a culmination, a logical conclusion of the rhetoric and tactics of the Republican Party.” In Burning Down the House, historian Julian Zelizer pinpoints the moment when our country was set on a path toward an era of bitterly partisan and ruthless politics, an era that was ignited by Newt Gingrich and his allies. In 1989, Gingrich brought down Democratic Speaker of the House Jim Wright and catapulted himself into the national spotlight. Perhaps more than any other politician, Gingrich introduced the rhetoric and tactics that have shaped Congress and the Republican Party for the last three decades. Elected to Congress in 1978, Gingrich quickly became one of the most powerful figures in America not through innovative ideas or charisma, but through a calculated campaign of attacks against political opponents, casting himself as a savior in a fight of good versus evil. Taking office in the post-Watergate era, he weaponized the good government reforms newly introduced to fight corruption, wielding the rules in ways that shocked the legislators who had created them. His crusade against Democrats culminated in the plot to destroy the political career of Speaker Wright.  While some of Gingrich’s fellow Republicans were disturbed by the viciousness of his attacks, party leaders enjoyed his successes so much that they did little collectively to stand in his way. Democrats, for their part, were alarmed, but did not want to sink to his level and took no effective actions to stop him. It didn’t seem to matter that Gingrich’s moral conservatism was hypocritical or that his methods were brazen, his accusations of corruption permanently tarnished his opponents. This brand of warfare worked, not as a strategy for governance but as a path to power, and what Gingrich planted, his fellow Republicans reaped. He led them to their first majority in Congress in decades, and his legacy extends far beyond his tenure in office. From the Contract with America to the rise of the Tea Party and the Trump presidential campaign, his fingerprints can be seen throughout some of the most divisive episodes in contemporary American politics. Burning Down the House presents the alarming narrative of how Gingrich and his allies created a new normal in Washington.</description>
      <author>Julian E. Zelizer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165157.mp3" length="2894031" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165157.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich, the Fall of a Speaker, and the Rise of the New Republican Party
Author: Julian E. Zelizer
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 59 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Notable Book! A New York Times Book Review Editors&amp;#039; Choice The story of how Newt Gingrich and his allies tainted American politics, launching an enduring era of brutal partisan warfare  When Donald Trump was elected president in 2016, President Obama observed that Trump “is not an outlier; he is a culmination, a logical conclusion of the rhetoric and tactics of the Republican Party.” In Burning Down the House, historian Julian Zelizer pinpoints the moment when our country was set on a path toward an era of bitterly partisan and ruthless politics, an era that was ignited by Newt Gingrich and his allies. In 1989, Gingrich brought down Democratic Speaker of the House Jim Wright and catapulted himself into the national spotlight. Perhaps more than any other politician, Gingrich introduced the rhetoric and tactics that have shaped Congress and the Republican Party for the last three decades. Elected to Congress in 1978, Gingrich quickly became one of the most powerful figures in America not through innovative ideas or charisma, but through a calculated campaign of attacks against political opponents, casting himself as a savior in a fight of good versus evil. Taking office in the post-Watergate era, he weaponized the good government reforms newly introduced to fight corruption, wielding the rules in ways that shocked the legislators who had created them. His crusade against Democrats culminated in the plot to destroy the political career of Speaker Wright.  While some of Gingrich’s fellow Republicans were disturbed by the viciousness of his attacks, party leaders enjoyed his successes so much that they did little collectively to stand in his way. Democrats, for their part, were alarmed, but did not want to sink to his level and took no effective actions to stop him. It didn’t seem to matter that Gingrich’s moral conservatism was hypocritical or that his methods were brazen, his accusations of corruption permanently tarnished his opponents. This brand of warfare worked, not as a strategy for governance but as a path to power, and what Gingrich planted, his fellow Republicans reaped. He led them to their first majority in Congress in decades, and his legacy extends far beyond his tenure in office. From the Contract with America to the rise of the Tea Party and the Trump presidential campaign, his fingerprints can be seen throughout some of the most divisive episodes in contemporary American politics. Burning Down the House presents the alarming narrative of how Gingrich and his allies created a new normal in Washington.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich, the Fall of a Speaker, and the Rise of the New Republican Party
Author: Julian E. Zelizer
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 59 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A New York Times Notable Book! A New York Times Book Review Editors&amp;#039; Choice The story of how Newt Gingrich and his allies tainted American politics, launching an enduring era of brutal partisan warfare  When Donald Trump was elected president in 2016, President Obama observed that Trump “is not an outlier; he is a culmination, a logical conclusion of the rhetoric and tactics of the Republican Party.” In Burning Down the House, historian Julian Zelizer pinpoints the moment when our country was set on a path toward an era of bitterly partisan and ruthless politics, an era that was ignited by Newt Gingrich and his allies. In 1989, Gingrich brought down Democratic Speaker of the House Jim Wright and catapulted himself into the national spotlight. Perhaps more than any other politician, Gingrich introduced the rhetoric and tactics that have shaped Congress and the Republican Party for the last three decades. Elected to Congress in 1978, Gingrich quickly became one of the most powerful figures in America not through innovative ideas or charisma, but through a calculated campaign of attacks against political opponents, casting himself as a savior in a fight of good versus evil. Taking office in the post-Watergate era, he weaponized the good government reforms newly introduced to fight corruption, wielding the rules in ways that shocked the legislators who had created them. His crusade against Democrats culminated in the plot to destroy the political career of Speaker Wright.  While some of Gingrich’s fellow Republicans were disturbed by the viciousness of his attacks, party leaders enjoyed his successes so much that they did little collectively to stand in his way. Democrats, for their part, were alarmed, but did not want to sink to his level and took no effective actions to stop him. It didn’t seem to matter that Gingrich’s moral conservatism was hypocritical or that his methods were brazen, his accusations of corruption permanently tarnished his opponents. This brand of warfare worked, not as a strategy for governance but as a path to power, and what Gingrich planted, his fellow Republicans reaped. He led them to their first majority in Congress in decades, and his legacy extends far beyond his tenure in office. From the Contract with America to the rise of the Tea Party and the Trump presidential campaign, his fingerprints can be seen throughout some of the most divisive episodes in contemporary American politics. Burning Down the House presents the alarming narrative of how Gingrich and his allies created a new normal in Washington.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Free Enterprise: An American History by Lawrence B. Glickman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391490</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free Enterprise: An American History
Author: Lawrence B. Glickman
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An incisive look at the intellectual and cultural history of free enterprise and its influence on American politics.   Throughout the twentieth century, &amp;#039;free enterprise&amp;#039; has been a contested keyword in American politics, and the cornerstone of a conservative philosophy that seeks to limit government involvement into economic matters. Lawrence B. Glickman shows how the idea first gained traction in American discourse and was championed by opponents of the New Deal. Those politicians, believing free enterprise to be a fundamental American value, held it up as an antidote to a liberalism that they maintained would lead toward totalitarian statism. Tracing the use of the concept of free enterprise, Glickman shows how it has both constrained and transformed political dialogue. He presents a fascinating look into the complex history, and marketing, of an idea that forms the linchpin of the contemporary opposition to government regulation, taxation, and programs such as Medicare.</description>
      <author>Lawrence B. Glickman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515945086.mp3" length="8574518" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391490</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515945086.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free Enterprise: An American History
Author: Lawrence B. Glickman
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An incisive look at the intellectual and cultural history of free enterprise and its influence on American politics.   Throughout the twentieth century, &amp;#039;free enterprise&amp;#039; has been a contested keyword in American politics, and the cornerstone of a conservative philosophy that seeks to limit government involvement into economic matters. Lawrence B. Glickman shows how the idea first gained traction in American discourse and was championed by opponents of the New Deal. Those politicians, believing free enterprise to be a fundamental American value, held it up as an antidote to a liberalism that they maintained would lead toward totalitarian statism. Tracing the use of the concept of free enterprise, Glickman shows how it has both constrained and transformed political dialogue. He presents a fascinating look into the complex history, and marketing, of an idea that forms the linchpin of the contemporary opposition to government regulation, taxation, and programs such as Medicare.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Free Enterprise: An American History
Author: Lawrence B. Glickman
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An incisive look at the intellectual and cultural history of free enterprise and its influence on American politics.   Throughout the twentieth century, &amp;#039;free enterprise&amp;#039; has been a contested keyword in American politics, and the cornerstone of a conservative philosophy that seeks to limit government involvement into economic matters. Lawrence B. Glickman shows how the idea first gained traction in American discourse and was championed by opponents of the New Deal. Those politicians, believing free enterprise to be a fundamental American value, held it up as an antidote to a liberalism that they maintained would lead toward totalitarian statism. Tracing the use of the concept of free enterprise, Glickman shows how it has both constrained and transformed political dialogue. He presents a fascinating look into the complex history, and marketing, of an idea that forms the linchpin of the contemporary opposition to government regulation, taxation, and programs such as Medicare.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Beloved Kin: A New History of King Philip’s War by Lisa Brooks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391449</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391449">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391449</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Beloved Kin: A New History of King Philip’s War
Author: Lisa Brooks
Narrator: Rainy Fields
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling and original recovery of Native American resistance and adaptation to colonial America   With rigorous original scholarship and creative narration, Lisa Brooks recovers a complex picture of war, captivity, and Native resistance during the &amp;#039;First Indian War&amp;#039; (later named King Philip&amp;#039;s War) by relaying the stories of Weetamoo, a female Wampanoag leader, and James Printer, a Nipmuc scholar, whose stories converge in the captivity of Mary Rowlandson. Through both a narrow focus on Weetamoo, Printer, and their network of relations, and a far broader scope that includes vast Indigenous geographies, Brooks leads us to a new understanding of the history of colonial New England and of American origins. Brooks&amp;#039;s pathbreaking scholarship is grounded not just in extensive archival research but also in the land and communities of Native New England, reading the actions of actors during the seventeenth century alongside an analysis of the landscape and interpretations informed by tribal history.</description>
      <author>Lisa Brooks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515933359.mp3" length="2747562" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391449</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515933359.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391449">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391449</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Beloved Kin: A New History of King Philip’s War
Author: Lisa Brooks
Narrator: Rainy Fields
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling and original recovery of Native American resistance and adaptation to colonial America   With rigorous original scholarship and creative narration, Lisa Brooks recovers a complex picture of war, captivity, and Native resistance during the &amp;#039;First Indian War&amp;#039; (later named King Philip&amp;#039;s War) by relaying the stories of Weetamoo, a female Wampanoag leader, and James Printer, a Nipmuc scholar, whose stories converge in the captivity of Mary Rowlandson. Through both a narrow focus on Weetamoo, Printer, and their network of relations, and a far broader scope that includes vast Indigenous geographies, Brooks leads us to a new understanding of the history of colonial New England and of American origins. Brooks&amp;#039;s pathbreaking scholarship is grounded not just in extensive archival research but also in the land and communities of Native New England, reading the actions of actors during the seventeenth century alongside an analysis of the landscape and interpretations informed by tribal history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391449">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391449</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Beloved Kin: A New History of King Philip’s War
Author: Lisa Brooks
Narrator: Rainy Fields
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 37 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A compelling and original recovery of Native American resistance and adaptation to colonial America   With rigorous original scholarship and creative narration, Lisa Brooks recovers a complex picture of war, captivity, and Native resistance during the &amp;#039;First Indian War&amp;#039; (later named King Philip&amp;#039;s War) by relaying the stories of Weetamoo, a female Wampanoag leader, and James Printer, a Nipmuc scholar, whose stories converge in the captivity of Mary Rowlandson. Through both a narrow focus on Weetamoo, Printer, and their network of relations, and a far broader scope that includes vast Indigenous geographies, Brooks leads us to a new understanding of the history of colonial New England and of American origins. Brooks&amp;#039;s pathbreaking scholarship is grounded not just in extensive archival research but also in the land and communities of Native New England, reading the actions of actors during the seventeenth century alongside an analysis of the landscape and interpretations informed by tribal history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mayflower Lives: Pilgrims in a New World and the Early American Experience by Martyn Whittock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391419</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayflower Lives: Pilgrims in a New World and the Early American Experience
Author: Martyn Whittock
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading into the 400th anniversary of the voyage of the Mayflower, Martyn Whittock examines the lives of the &amp;#039;saints&amp;#039; (members of the Separatist puritan congregations) and &amp;#039;strangers&amp;#039; (economic migrants) on the original ship. Collectively, these people would become known to history as &amp;#039;the Pilgrims.&amp;#039; The story of the Pilgrims has taken on a life of its own as one of our founding national myths—their escape from religious persecution, the dangerous transatlantic journey, that brutal first winter. Throughout the narrative, we meet characters already familiar to us through Thanksgiving folklore—Captain Jones, Myles Standish, and Tisquantum (Squanto)—as well as new ones. There is Mary Chilton, the first woman to set foot on shore, and asylum seeker William Bradford. We meet fur trapper John Howland and little Mary More, who was brought as an indentured servant. Then there is Stephen Hopkins, who had already survived one shipwreck and was the only Mayflower passenger with any prior American experience. Decidedly un-puritanical, he kept a tavern and was frequently chastised for allowing drinking on Sundays. Epic and intimate, Mayflower Lives is a rich and rewarding book that promises to enthrall anyone with an interest in early American history.</description>
      <author>Martyn Whittock</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684573196.mp3" length="7784661" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391419</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684573196.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayflower Lives: Pilgrims in a New World and the Early American Experience
Author: Martyn Whittock
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading into the 400th anniversary of the voyage of the Mayflower, Martyn Whittock examines the lives of the &amp;#039;saints&amp;#039; (members of the Separatist puritan congregations) and &amp;#039;strangers&amp;#039; (economic migrants) on the original ship. Collectively, these people would become known to history as &amp;#039;the Pilgrims.&amp;#039; The story of the Pilgrims has taken on a life of its own as one of our founding national myths—their escape from religious persecution, the dangerous transatlantic journey, that brutal first winter. Throughout the narrative, we meet characters already familiar to us through Thanksgiving folklore—Captain Jones, Myles Standish, and Tisquantum (Squanto)—as well as new ones. There is Mary Chilton, the first woman to set foot on shore, and asylum seeker William Bradford. We meet fur trapper John Howland and little Mary More, who was brought as an indentured servant. Then there is Stephen Hopkins, who had already survived one shipwreck and was the only Mayflower passenger with any prior American experience. Decidedly un-puritanical, he kept a tavern and was frequently chastised for allowing drinking on Sundays. Epic and intimate, Mayflower Lives is a rich and rewarding book that promises to enthrall anyone with an interest in early American history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mayflower Lives: Pilgrims in a New World and the Early American Experience
Author: Martyn Whittock
Narrator: James Cameron Stewart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading into the 400th anniversary of the voyage of the Mayflower, Martyn Whittock examines the lives of the &amp;#039;saints&amp;#039; (members of the Separatist puritan congregations) and &amp;#039;strangers&amp;#039; (economic migrants) on the original ship. Collectively, these people would become known to history as &amp;#039;the Pilgrims.&amp;#039; The story of the Pilgrims has taken on a life of its own as one of our founding national myths—their escape from religious persecution, the dangerous transatlantic journey, that brutal first winter. Throughout the narrative, we meet characters already familiar to us through Thanksgiving folklore—Captain Jones, Myles Standish, and Tisquantum (Squanto)—as well as new ones. There is Mary Chilton, the first woman to set foot on shore, and asylum seeker William Bradford. We meet fur trapper John Howland and little Mary More, who was brought as an indentured servant. Then there is Stephen Hopkins, who had already survived one shipwreck and was the only Mayflower passenger with any prior American experience. Decidedly un-puritanical, he kept a tavern and was frequently chastised for allowing drinking on Sundays. Epic and intimate, Mayflower Lives is a rich and rewarding book that promises to enthrall anyone with an interest in early American history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fire Is upon Us: James Baldwin, William F. Buckley Jr., and the Debate over Race in America by Nicholas Buccola</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391390</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fire Is upon Us: James Baldwin, William F. Buckley Jr., and the Debate over Race in America
Author: Nicholas Buccola
Narrator: Prentice Onayemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A great read.&amp;#039;—Whoopi Goldberg, The View Prentice Onayemi narrates the story of how the clash between the civil rights firebrand and the father of modern conservatism continues to illuminate America&amp;#039;s racial divide This audiobook includes as a bonus feature the original audio recording of the Cambridge Union debate On February 18, 1965, an overflowing crowd packed the Cambridge Union in Cambridge, England, to witness a historic televised debate between James Baldwin, the leading literary voice of the civil rights movement, and William F. Buckley Jr., a fierce critic of the movement and America&amp;#039;s most influential conservative intellectual. The topic was &amp;#039;the American dream is at the expense of the American Negro,&amp;#039; and no one who has seen the debate can soon forget it. Nicholas Buccola&amp;#039;s The Fire Is upon Us is the first book to tell the full story of the event, the radically different paths that led Baldwin and Buckley to it, the controversies that followed, and how the debate and the decades-long clash between the men continues to illuminate America&amp;#039;s racial divide today. Born in New York City only fifteen months apart, the Harlem-raised Baldwin and the privileged Buckley could not have been more different, but they both rose to the height of American intellectual life during the civil rights movement. By the time they met in Cambridge, Buckley was determined to sound the alarm about a man he considered an &amp;#039;eloquent menace.&amp;#039; For his part, Baldwin viewed Buckley as a deluded reactionary whose popularity revealed the sickness of the American soul. The stage was set for an epic confrontation that pitted Baldwin&amp;#039;s call for a moral revolution in race relations against Buckley&amp;#039;s unabashed elitism and implicit commitment to white supremacy. A remarkable story of race and the American dream, The Fire Is upon Us reveals the deep roots and lasting legacy of a conflict that continues to haunt our politics.</description>
      <author>Nicholas Buccola</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691199115.mp3" length="1437632" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391390</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691199115.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fire Is upon Us: James Baldwin, William F. Buckley Jr., and the Debate over Race in America
Author: Nicholas Buccola
Narrator: Prentice Onayemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A great read.&amp;#039;—Whoopi Goldberg, The View Prentice Onayemi narrates the story of how the clash between the civil rights firebrand and the father of modern conservatism continues to illuminate America&amp;#039;s racial divide This audiobook includes as a bonus feature the original audio recording of the Cambridge Union debate On February 18, 1965, an overflowing crowd packed the Cambridge Union in Cambridge, England, to witness a historic televised debate between James Baldwin, the leading literary voice of the civil rights movement, and William F. Buckley Jr., a fierce critic of the movement and America&amp;#039;s most influential conservative intellectual. The topic was &amp;#039;the American dream is at the expense of the American Negro,&amp;#039; and no one who has seen the debate can soon forget it. Nicholas Buccola&amp;#039;s The Fire Is upon Us is the first book to tell the full story of the event, the radically different paths that led Baldwin and Buckley to it, the controversies that followed, and how the debate and the decades-long clash between the men continues to illuminate America&amp;#039;s racial divide today. Born in New York City only fifteen months apart, the Harlem-raised Baldwin and the privileged Buckley could not have been more different, but they both rose to the height of American intellectual life during the civil rights movement. By the time they met in Cambridge, Buckley was determined to sound the alarm about a man he considered an &amp;#039;eloquent menace.&amp;#039; For his part, Baldwin viewed Buckley as a deluded reactionary whose popularity revealed the sickness of the American soul. The stage was set for an epic confrontation that pitted Baldwin&amp;#039;s call for a moral revolution in race relations against Buckley&amp;#039;s unabashed elitism and implicit commitment to white supremacy. A remarkable story of race and the American dream, The Fire Is upon Us reveals the deep roots and lasting legacy of a conflict that continues to haunt our politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391390">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391390</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fire Is upon Us: James Baldwin, William F. Buckley Jr., and the Debate over Race in America
Author: Nicholas Buccola
Narrator: Prentice Onayemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;A great read.&amp;#039;—Whoopi Goldberg, The View Prentice Onayemi narrates the story of how the clash between the civil rights firebrand and the father of modern conservatism continues to illuminate America&amp;#039;s racial divide This audiobook includes as a bonus feature the original audio recording of the Cambridge Union debate On February 18, 1965, an overflowing crowd packed the Cambridge Union in Cambridge, England, to witness a historic televised debate between James Baldwin, the leading literary voice of the civil rights movement, and William F. Buckley Jr., a fierce critic of the movement and America&amp;#039;s most influential conservative intellectual. The topic was &amp;#039;the American dream is at the expense of the American Negro,&amp;#039; and no one who has seen the debate can soon forget it. Nicholas Buccola&amp;#039;s The Fire Is upon Us is the first book to tell the full story of the event, the radically different paths that led Baldwin and Buckley to it, the controversies that followed, and how the debate and the decades-long clash between the men continues to illuminate America&amp;#039;s racial divide today. Born in New York City only fifteen months apart, the Harlem-raised Baldwin and the privileged Buckley could not have been more different, but they both rose to the height of American intellectual life during the civil rights movement. By the time they met in Cambridge, Buckley was determined to sound the alarm about a man he considered an &amp;#039;eloquent menace.&amp;#039; For his part, Baldwin viewed Buckley as a deluded reactionary whose popularity revealed the sickness of the American soul. The stage was set for an epic confrontation that pitted Baldwin&amp;#039;s call for a moral revolution in race relations against Buckley&amp;#039;s unabashed elitism and implicit commitment to white supremacy. A remarkable story of race and the American dream, The Fire Is upon Us reveals the deep roots and lasting legacy of a conflict that continues to haunt our politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Promise and the Dream by David Margolick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391295</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Promise and the Dream
Author: David Margolick
Narrator: Lewis Arlt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
No two public figures were more crucial in the drama of race relations in this era than Martin Luther King, Jr., and Robert F. Kennedy. Fifty years after they were both murdered, noted journalist David Margolick explores the untold story of the complex and ever-evolving relationship between these two American icons. Assassinated only sixty-two days apart in 1968, King and Kennedy changed the United States forever, and their deaths profoundly altered the country’s trajectory. In The Promise and the Dream, Margolick examines their unique bond and the complicated mix of mutual assistance, impatience, wariness, awkwardness, antagonism, and admiration that existed between the two, documented with original interviews, oral histories, FBI files, and previously untapped contemporaneous accounts. At a turning point in social history, MLK and RFK embarked on distinct but converging paths toward lasting change. Even when they weren’t interacting directly, they monitored and learned from one another. Their joint story, a story each man took some pains to hide and which began to come into focus only with their murders, is not just gripping history but a window into contemporary America and the challenges we continue to face.</description>
      <author>David Margolick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666578874.mp3" length="887578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391295</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666578874.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Promise and the Dream
Author: David Margolick
Narrator: Lewis Arlt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
No two public figures were more crucial in the drama of race relations in this era than Martin Luther King, Jr., and Robert F. Kennedy. Fifty years after they were both murdered, noted journalist David Margolick explores the untold story of the complex and ever-evolving relationship between these two American icons. Assassinated only sixty-two days apart in 1968, King and Kennedy changed the United States forever, and their deaths profoundly altered the country’s trajectory. In The Promise and the Dream, Margolick examines their unique bond and the complicated mix of mutual assistance, impatience, wariness, awkwardness, antagonism, and admiration that existed between the two, documented with original interviews, oral histories, FBI files, and previously untapped contemporaneous accounts. At a turning point in social history, MLK and RFK embarked on distinct but converging paths toward lasting change. Even when they weren’t interacting directly, they monitored and learned from one another. Their joint story, a story each man took some pains to hide and which began to come into focus only with their murders, is not just gripping history but a window into contemporary America and the challenges we continue to face.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Promise and the Dream
Author: David Margolick
Narrator: Lewis Arlt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
No two public figures were more crucial in the drama of race relations in this era than Martin Luther King, Jr., and Robert F. Kennedy. Fifty years after they were both murdered, noted journalist David Margolick explores the untold story of the complex and ever-evolving relationship between these two American icons. Assassinated only sixty-two days apart in 1968, King and Kennedy changed the United States forever, and their deaths profoundly altered the country’s trajectory. In The Promise and the Dream, Margolick examines their unique bond and the complicated mix of mutual assistance, impatience, wariness, awkwardness, antagonism, and admiration that existed between the two, documented with original interviews, oral histories, FBI files, and previously untapped contemporaneous accounts. At a turning point in social history, MLK and RFK embarked on distinct but converging paths toward lasting change. Even when they weren’t interacting directly, they monitored and learned from one another. Their joint story, a story each man took some pains to hide and which began to come into focus only with their murders, is not just gripping history but a window into contemporary America and the challenges we continue to face.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Isaac&amp;#039;s Storm: A Man, a Time, and the Deadliest Hurricane in History by Erik Larson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Isaac&amp;#039;s Storm: A Man, a Time, and the Deadliest Hurricane in History
Author: Erik Larson
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The riveting true story of the Galveston hurricane of 1900, still the deadliest natural disaster in American history—from the acclaimed author of The Devil in the White City “A gripping account ... fascinating to its core, and all the more compelling for being true.” —The New York Times Book Review September 8, 1900, began innocently in the seaside town of Galveston, Texas. Even Isaac Cline, resident meteorologist for the U.S. Weather Bureau failed to grasp the true meaning of the strange deep-sea swells and peculiar winds that greeted the city that morning. Mere hours later, Galveston found itself submerged in a monster hurricane that completely destroyed the town and killed over six thousand people—and Isaac Cline found himself the victim of a devastating personal tragedy. Using Cline&amp;#039;s own telegrams, letters, and reports, the testimony of scores of survivors, and our latest understanding of the science of hurricanes, Erik Larson builds a chronicle of one man&amp;#039;s heroic struggle and fatal miscalculation in the face of a storm of unimaginable magnitude.</description>
      <author>Erik Larson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593163542.mp3" length="2746752" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593163542.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Isaac&amp;#039;s Storm: A Man, a Time, and the Deadliest Hurricane in History
Author: Erik Larson
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The riveting true story of the Galveston hurricane of 1900, still the deadliest natural disaster in American history—from the acclaimed author of The Devil in the White City “A gripping account ... fascinating to its core, and all the more compelling for being true.” —The New York Times Book Review September 8, 1900, began innocently in the seaside town of Galveston, Texas. Even Isaac Cline, resident meteorologist for the U.S. Weather Bureau failed to grasp the true meaning of the strange deep-sea swells and peculiar winds that greeted the city that morning. Mere hours later, Galveston found itself submerged in a monster hurricane that completely destroyed the town and killed over six thousand people—and Isaac Cline found himself the victim of a devastating personal tragedy. Using Cline&amp;#039;s own telegrams, letters, and reports, the testimony of scores of survivors, and our latest understanding of the science of hurricanes, Erik Larson builds a chronicle of one man&amp;#039;s heroic struggle and fatal miscalculation in the face of a storm of unimaginable magnitude.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Isaac&amp;#039;s Storm: A Man, a Time, and the Deadliest Hurricane in History
Author: Erik Larson
Narrator: Richard M. Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.91 of Total 23 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The riveting true story of the Galveston hurricane of 1900, still the deadliest natural disaster in American history—from the acclaimed author of The Devil in the White City “A gripping account ... fascinating to its core, and all the more compelling for being true.” —The New York Times Book Review September 8, 1900, began innocently in the seaside town of Galveston, Texas. Even Isaac Cline, resident meteorologist for the U.S. Weather Bureau failed to grasp the true meaning of the strange deep-sea swells and peculiar winds that greeted the city that morning. Mere hours later, Galveston found itself submerged in a monster hurricane that completely destroyed the town and killed over six thousand people—and Isaac Cline found himself the victim of a devastating personal tragedy. Using Cline&amp;#039;s own telegrams, letters, and reports, the testimony of scores of survivors, and our latest understanding of the science of hurricanes, Erik Larson builds a chronicle of one man&amp;#039;s heroic struggle and fatal miscalculation in the face of a storm of unimaginable magnitude.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Oak Flat: A Fight for Sacred Land in the American West by Lauren Redniss</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391264</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oak Flat: A Fight for Sacred Land in the American West
Author: Lauren Redniss
Narrator: Crystle Lightning, Kimberly Guerrero, Lauren Redniss, Tanis Parenteau, Elizabeth Liang, Darrell Dennis, Kyla Garcia, Jon Lindstrom, A. Martinez, Ann Marie Lee, John H. Mayer, Hillary Huber, Various, Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful work of visual nonfiction about three generations of an Apache family struggling to protect sacred land from a multinational mining corporation, by MacArthur “Genius” and National Book Award finalist Lauren Redniss, the acclaimed author of Thunder &amp;amp; Lightning.  Oak Flat is a serene high-elevation mesa that sits above the southeastern Arizona desert, fifteen miles to the west of the San Carlos Apache Indian Reservation. For the San Carlos tribe, Oak Flat is a holy place, an ancient burial ground and religious site where Apache girls celebrate the coming-of-age ritual known as the Sunrise Ceremony. In 1995, a massive untapped copper reserve was discovered nearby. A decade later, a law was passed transferring the area to a private company, whose planned copper mine will wipe Oak Flat off the map—sending its natural springs, petroglyph-covered rocks, and old-growth trees tumbling into a void.   Redniss’s deep reporting anchors this mesmerizing human narrative. Oak Flat tells the story of a race-against-time struggle for a swath of American land, which pits one of the poorest communities in the United States against the federal government and two of the world’s largest mining conglomerates. The book follows the fortunes of two families with profound connections to the contested site: the Nosies, an Apache family whose teenage daughter is an activist and leader in the Oak Flat fight, and the Gorhams, a mining family whose patriarch was a sheriff in the lawless early days of Arizona statehood.  The still-unresolved Oak Flat conflict is ripped from today’s headlines, but its story resonates with foundational American themes: the saga of westward expansion, the resistance and resilience of Native peoples, and the efforts of profiteers to control the land and unearth treasure beneath it while the lives of individuals hang in the balance. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains a selection of original illustrations by the author, which appear in the print book. Read by: Lauren Redniss, Darrell Dennis, Kimberly Farr, Kyla Garcia, Kimberly Guerrero, Hillary Huber, Ami Korn, A. Martinez, Ann Marie Lee, Elizabeth Liang, Crystle Lightning, Jon Lindstrom, John H. Mayer, Arthur Morey, and Tanis Parenteau</description>
      <author>Lauren Redniss</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593154496.mp3" length="2869028" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391264</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593154496.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oak Flat: A Fight for Sacred Land in the American West
Author: Lauren Redniss
Narrator: Crystle Lightning, Kimberly Guerrero, Lauren Redniss, Tanis Parenteau, Elizabeth Liang, Darrell Dennis, Kyla Garcia, Jon Lindstrom, A. Martinez, Ann Marie Lee, John H. Mayer, Hillary Huber, Various, Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful work of visual nonfiction about three generations of an Apache family struggling to protect sacred land from a multinational mining corporation, by MacArthur “Genius” and National Book Award finalist Lauren Redniss, the acclaimed author of Thunder &amp;amp; Lightning.  Oak Flat is a serene high-elevation mesa that sits above the southeastern Arizona desert, fifteen miles to the west of the San Carlos Apache Indian Reservation. For the San Carlos tribe, Oak Flat is a holy place, an ancient burial ground and religious site where Apache girls celebrate the coming-of-age ritual known as the Sunrise Ceremony. In 1995, a massive untapped copper reserve was discovered nearby. A decade later, a law was passed transferring the area to a private company, whose planned copper mine will wipe Oak Flat off the map—sending its natural springs, petroglyph-covered rocks, and old-growth trees tumbling into a void.   Redniss’s deep reporting anchors this mesmerizing human narrative. Oak Flat tells the story of a race-against-time struggle for a swath of American land, which pits one of the poorest communities in the United States against the federal government and two of the world’s largest mining conglomerates. The book follows the fortunes of two families with profound connections to the contested site: the Nosies, an Apache family whose teenage daughter is an activist and leader in the Oak Flat fight, and the Gorhams, a mining family whose patriarch was a sheriff in the lawless early days of Arizona statehood.  The still-unresolved Oak Flat conflict is ripped from today’s headlines, but its story resonates with foundational American themes: the saga of westward expansion, the resistance and resilience of Native peoples, and the efforts of profiteers to control the land and unearth treasure beneath it while the lives of individuals hang in the balance. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains a selection of original illustrations by the author, which appear in the print book. Read by: Lauren Redniss, Darrell Dennis, Kimberly Farr, Kyla Garcia, Kimberly Guerrero, Hillary Huber, Ami Korn, A. Martinez, Ann Marie Lee, Elizabeth Liang, Crystle Lightning, Jon Lindstrom, John H. Mayer, Arthur Morey, and Tanis Parenteau</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oak Flat: A Fight for Sacred Land in the American West
Author: Lauren Redniss
Narrator: Crystle Lightning, Kimberly Guerrero, Lauren Redniss, Tanis Parenteau, Elizabeth Liang, Darrell Dennis, Kyla Garcia, Jon Lindstrom, A. Martinez, Ann Marie Lee, John H. Mayer, Hillary Huber, Various, Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 15 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful work of visual nonfiction about three generations of an Apache family struggling to protect sacred land from a multinational mining corporation, by MacArthur “Genius” and National Book Award finalist Lauren Redniss, the acclaimed author of Thunder &amp;amp; Lightning.  Oak Flat is a serene high-elevation mesa that sits above the southeastern Arizona desert, fifteen miles to the west of the San Carlos Apache Indian Reservation. For the San Carlos tribe, Oak Flat is a holy place, an ancient burial ground and religious site where Apache girls celebrate the coming-of-age ritual known as the Sunrise Ceremony. In 1995, a massive untapped copper reserve was discovered nearby. A decade later, a law was passed transferring the area to a private company, whose planned copper mine will wipe Oak Flat off the map—sending its natural springs, petroglyph-covered rocks, and old-growth trees tumbling into a void.   Redniss’s deep reporting anchors this mesmerizing human narrative. Oak Flat tells the story of a race-against-time struggle for a swath of American land, which pits one of the poorest communities in the United States against the federal government and two of the world’s largest mining conglomerates. The book follows the fortunes of two families with profound connections to the contested site: the Nosies, an Apache family whose teenage daughter is an activist and leader in the Oak Flat fight, and the Gorhams, a mining family whose patriarch was a sheriff in the lawless early days of Arizona statehood.  The still-unresolved Oak Flat conflict is ripped from today’s headlines, but its story resonates with foundational American themes: the saga of westward expansion, the resistance and resilience of Native peoples, and the efforts of profiteers to control the land and unearth treasure beneath it while the lives of individuals hang in the balance. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains a selection of original illustrations by the author, which appear in the print book. Read by: Lauren Redniss, Darrell Dennis, Kimberly Farr, Kyla Garcia, Kimberly Guerrero, Hillary Huber, Ami Korn, A. Martinez, Ann Marie Lee, Elizabeth Liang, Crystle Lightning, Jon Lindstrom, John H. Mayer, Arthur Morey, and Tanis Parenteau</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For: How a New Generation of Leaders Will Transform America by Charlotte Alter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391253</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For: How a New Generation of Leaders Will Transform America
Author: Charlotte Alter
Narrator: Charlotte Alter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An optimistic look at the future of American leadership by a brilliant young reporter A new generation is stepping up. There are now twenty-six millennials in Congress--a fivefold increase gained in the 2018 midterms alone. They are governing Midwestern cities and college towns, running for city councils, and serving in state legislatures. They are acting urgently on climate change (because they are going to live it); they care deeply about student debt (because they have it); they are utilizing big tech but still want to regulate it (because they understand how it works). In The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For, TIME correspondent Charlotte Alter defines the class of young leaders who are remaking the nation--how grappling with 9/11 as teens, serving in Iraq and Afghanistan, occupying Wall Street and protesting with Black Lives Matter, and shouldering their way into a financially rigged political system has shaped the people who will govern the future. Through the experiences of millennial leaders--from progressive firebrand Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to Democratic presidential hopeful Pete Buttigieg to Republican up-and-comer Elise Stefanik--Charlotte Alter gives the big-picture look at how this generation governs differently than their elders, and how they may drag us out of our current political despair. Millennials have already revolutionized technology, commerce, and media and have powered the major social movements of our time. Now government is ripe for disruption. The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For is a hopeful glimpse into a bright new generation of political leaders, and what America might look like when they are in charge.</description>
      <author>Charlotte Alter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593166451.mp3" length="2873132" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391253</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593166451.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For: How a New Generation of Leaders Will Transform America
Author: Charlotte Alter
Narrator: Charlotte Alter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An optimistic look at the future of American leadership by a brilliant young reporter A new generation is stepping up. There are now twenty-six millennials in Congress--a fivefold increase gained in the 2018 midterms alone. They are governing Midwestern cities and college towns, running for city councils, and serving in state legislatures. They are acting urgently on climate change (because they are going to live it); they care deeply about student debt (because they have it); they are utilizing big tech but still want to regulate it (because they understand how it works). In The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For, TIME correspondent Charlotte Alter defines the class of young leaders who are remaking the nation--how grappling with 9/11 as teens, serving in Iraq and Afghanistan, occupying Wall Street and protesting with Black Lives Matter, and shouldering their way into a financially rigged political system has shaped the people who will govern the future. Through the experiences of millennial leaders--from progressive firebrand Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to Democratic presidential hopeful Pete Buttigieg to Republican up-and-comer Elise Stefanik--Charlotte Alter gives the big-picture look at how this generation governs differently than their elders, and how they may drag us out of our current political despair. Millennials have already revolutionized technology, commerce, and media and have powered the major social movements of our time. Now government is ripe for disruption. The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For is a hopeful glimpse into a bright new generation of political leaders, and what America might look like when they are in charge.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For: How a New Generation of Leaders Will Transform America
Author: Charlotte Alter
Narrator: Charlotte Alter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An optimistic look at the future of American leadership by a brilliant young reporter A new generation is stepping up. There are now twenty-six millennials in Congress--a fivefold increase gained in the 2018 midterms alone. They are governing Midwestern cities and college towns, running for city councils, and serving in state legislatures. They are acting urgently on climate change (because they are going to live it); they care deeply about student debt (because they have it); they are utilizing big tech but still want to regulate it (because they understand how it works). In The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For, TIME correspondent Charlotte Alter defines the class of young leaders who are remaking the nation--how grappling with 9/11 as teens, serving in Iraq and Afghanistan, occupying Wall Street and protesting with Black Lives Matter, and shouldering their way into a financially rigged political system has shaped the people who will govern the future. Through the experiences of millennial leaders--from progressive firebrand Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to Democratic presidential hopeful Pete Buttigieg to Republican up-and-comer Elise Stefanik--Charlotte Alter gives the big-picture look at how this generation governs differently than their elders, and how they may drag us out of our current political despair. Millennials have already revolutionized technology, commerce, and media and have powered the major social movements of our time. Now government is ripe for disruption. The Ones We&amp;#039;ve Been Waiting For is a hopeful glimpse into a bright new generation of political leaders, and what America might look like when they are in charge.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>T.R.: The Last Romantic by H. W. Brands</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391217</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: T.R.: The Last Romantic
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Matt Kugler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 35 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author, an acclaimed biography of President Teddy Roosevelt Lauded as &amp;#039;a rip-roaring life&amp;#039; (Wall Street Journal), TR is a magisterial biography of Theodore Roosevelt by bestselling author H.W. Brands. In his time, there was no more popular national figure than Roosevelt. It was not just the energy he brought to every political office he held or his unshakable moral convictions that made him so popular, or even his status as a bonafide war hero. Most important, Theodore Roosevelt was loved by the people because this scion of a privileged New York family loved America and Americans. And yet, according to Brands, if we look at the private Roosevelt without blinders, we see a man whose great public strengths hid enormous personal deficiencies; he was uncompromising, self-involved, and a highly imperfect brother, husband, and father.  Beautifully written, and powerfully moved by its subject, TR is the classic biography of one of America&amp;#039;s greatest and most complex leaders.</description>
      <author>H. W. Brands</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549148279.mp3" length="884565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391217</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549148279.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>35:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: T.R.: The Last Romantic
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Matt Kugler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 35 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author, an acclaimed biography of President Teddy Roosevelt Lauded as &amp;#039;a rip-roaring life&amp;#039; (Wall Street Journal), TR is a magisterial biography of Theodore Roosevelt by bestselling author H.W. Brands. In his time, there was no more popular national figure than Roosevelt. It was not just the energy he brought to every political office he held or his unshakable moral convictions that made him so popular, or even his status as a bonafide war hero. Most important, Theodore Roosevelt was loved by the people because this scion of a privileged New York family loved America and Americans. And yet, according to Brands, if we look at the private Roosevelt without blinders, we see a man whose great public strengths hid enormous personal deficiencies; he was uncompromising, self-involved, and a highly imperfect brother, husband, and father.  Beautifully written, and powerfully moved by its subject, TR is the classic biography of one of America&amp;#039;s greatest and most complex leaders.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391217">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391217</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: T.R.: The Last Romantic
Author: H. W. Brands
Narrator: Matt Kugler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 35 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times bestselling author, an acclaimed biography of President Teddy Roosevelt Lauded as &amp;#039;a rip-roaring life&amp;#039; (Wall Street Journal), TR is a magisterial biography of Theodore Roosevelt by bestselling author H.W. Brands. In his time, there was no more popular national figure than Roosevelt. It was not just the energy he brought to every political office he held or his unshakable moral convictions that made him so popular, or even his status as a bonafide war hero. Most important, Theodore Roosevelt was loved by the people because this scion of a privileged New York family loved America and Americans. And yet, according to Brands, if we look at the private Roosevelt without blinders, we see a man whose great public strengths hid enormous personal deficiencies; he was uncompromising, self-involved, and a highly imperfect brother, husband, and father.  Beautifully written, and powerfully moved by its subject, TR is the classic biography of one of America&amp;#039;s greatest and most complex leaders.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lincoln on the Verge: Thirteen Days to Washington by Ted Widmer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391197</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lincoln on the Verge: Thirteen Days to Washington
Author: Ted Widmer
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE LINCOLN FORUM BOOK PRIZE    “A Lincoln classic...superb.” ­—The Washington Post    “A book for our time.”—Doris Kearns Goodwin    Lincoln on the Verge tells the dramatic story of America’s greatest president discovering his own strength to save the Republic.  As a divided nation plunges into the deepest crisis in its history, Abraham Lincoln boards a train for Washington and his inauguration—an inauguration Southerners have vowed to prevent. Lincoln on the Verge charts these pivotal thirteen days of travel, as Lincoln discovers his power, speaks directly to the public, and sees his country up close. Drawing on new research, this riveting account reveals the president-elect as a work in progress, showing him on the verge of greatness, as he foils an assassination attempt, forges an unbreakable bond with the American people, and overcomes formidable obstacles in order to take his oath of office.</description>
      <author>Ted Widmer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797104294.mp3" length="793672" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391197</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797104294.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lincoln on the Verge: Thirteen Days to Washington
Author: Ted Widmer
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE LINCOLN FORUM BOOK PRIZE    “A Lincoln classic...superb.” ­—The Washington Post    “A book for our time.”—Doris Kearns Goodwin    Lincoln on the Verge tells the dramatic story of America’s greatest president discovering his own strength to save the Republic.  As a divided nation plunges into the deepest crisis in its history, Abraham Lincoln boards a train for Washington and his inauguration—an inauguration Southerners have vowed to prevent. Lincoln on the Verge charts these pivotal thirteen days of travel, as Lincoln discovers his power, speaks directly to the public, and sees his country up close. Drawing on new research, this riveting account reveals the president-elect as a work in progress, showing him on the verge of greatness, as he foils an assassination attempt, forges an unbreakable bond with the American people, and overcomes formidable obstacles in order to take his oath of office.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lincoln on the Verge: Thirteen Days to Washington
Author: Ted Widmer
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE LINCOLN FORUM BOOK PRIZE    “A Lincoln classic...superb.” ­—The Washington Post    “A book for our time.”—Doris Kearns Goodwin    Lincoln on the Verge tells the dramatic story of America’s greatest president discovering his own strength to save the Republic.  As a divided nation plunges into the deepest crisis in its history, Abraham Lincoln boards a train for Washington and his inauguration—an inauguration Southerners have vowed to prevent. Lincoln on the Verge charts these pivotal thirteen days of travel, as Lincoln discovers his power, speaks directly to the public, and sees his country up close. Drawing on new research, this riveting account reveals the president-elect as a work in progress, showing him on the verge of greatness, as he foils an assassination attempt, forges an unbreakable bond with the American people, and overcomes formidable obstacles in order to take his oath of office.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bubble in the Sun: The Florida Boom of the 1920s and How It Brought on the Great Depression by Christopher Knowlton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391195</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bubble in the Sun: The Florida Boom of the 1920s and How It Brought on the Great Depression
Author: Christopher Knowlton
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Christopher Knowlton, author of Cattle Kingdom and former Fortune writer, takes an in-depth look at the spectacular Florida land boom of the 1920s and shows how it led directly to the Great Depression. The 1920s in Florida was a time of incredible excess, immense wealth, and precipitous collapse. The decade there produced the largest human migration in American history, far exceeding the settlement of the West, as millions flocked to the grand hotels and the new cities that rose rapidly from the teeming wetlands. The boom spawned a new subdivision civilization—and the most egregious large-scale assault on the environment in the name of “progress.” Nowhere was the glitz and froth of the Roaring Twenties more excessive than in Florida. Here was Vegas before there was a Vegas: gambling was condoned and so was drinking, since prohibition was not enforced. Tycoons, crooks, and celebrities arrived en masse to promote or exploit this new and dazzling American frontier in the sunshine. Yet, the import and deep impact of these historical events have never been explored thoroughly until now.   In Bubble in the Sun Christopher Knowlton examines the grand artistic and entrepreneurial visions behind Coral Gables, Boca Raton, Miami Beach, and other storied sites, as well as the darker side of the frenzy. For while giant fortunes were being made and lost and the nightlife raged more raucously than anywhere else, the pure beauty of the Everglades suffered wanton ruination and the workers, mostly black, who built and maintained the boom, endured grievous abuses.    Knowlton breathes dynamic life into the forces that made and wrecked Florida during the decade: the real estate moguls Carl Fisher, George Merrick, and Addison Mizner, and the once-in-a-century hurricane whose aftermath triggered the stock market crash. This essential account is a revelatory—and riveting—history of an era that still affects our country today.</description>
      <author>Christopher Knowlton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797104904.mp3" length="847535" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391195</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797104904.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bubble in the Sun: The Florida Boom of the 1920s and How It Brought on the Great Depression
Author: Christopher Knowlton
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Christopher Knowlton, author of Cattle Kingdom and former Fortune writer, takes an in-depth look at the spectacular Florida land boom of the 1920s and shows how it led directly to the Great Depression. The 1920s in Florida was a time of incredible excess, immense wealth, and precipitous collapse. The decade there produced the largest human migration in American history, far exceeding the settlement of the West, as millions flocked to the grand hotels and the new cities that rose rapidly from the teeming wetlands. The boom spawned a new subdivision civilization—and the most egregious large-scale assault on the environment in the name of “progress.” Nowhere was the glitz and froth of the Roaring Twenties more excessive than in Florida. Here was Vegas before there was a Vegas: gambling was condoned and so was drinking, since prohibition was not enforced. Tycoons, crooks, and celebrities arrived en masse to promote or exploit this new and dazzling American frontier in the sunshine. Yet, the import and deep impact of these historical events have never been explored thoroughly until now.   In Bubble in the Sun Christopher Knowlton examines the grand artistic and entrepreneurial visions behind Coral Gables, Boca Raton, Miami Beach, and other storied sites, as well as the darker side of the frenzy. For while giant fortunes were being made and lost and the nightlife raged more raucously than anywhere else, the pure beauty of the Everglades suffered wanton ruination and the workers, mostly black, who built and maintained the boom, endured grievous abuses.    Knowlton breathes dynamic life into the forces that made and wrecked Florida during the decade: the real estate moguls Carl Fisher, George Merrick, and Addison Mizner, and the once-in-a-century hurricane whose aftermath triggered the stock market crash. This essential account is a revelatory—and riveting—history of an era that still affects our country today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391195">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391195</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bubble in the Sun: The Florida Boom of the 1920s and How It Brought on the Great Depression
Author: Christopher Knowlton
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Christopher Knowlton, author of Cattle Kingdom and former Fortune writer, takes an in-depth look at the spectacular Florida land boom of the 1920s and shows how it led directly to the Great Depression. The 1920s in Florida was a time of incredible excess, immense wealth, and precipitous collapse. The decade there produced the largest human migration in American history, far exceeding the settlement of the West, as millions flocked to the grand hotels and the new cities that rose rapidly from the teeming wetlands. The boom spawned a new subdivision civilization—and the most egregious large-scale assault on the environment in the name of “progress.” Nowhere was the glitz and froth of the Roaring Twenties more excessive than in Florida. Here was Vegas before there was a Vegas: gambling was condoned and so was drinking, since prohibition was not enforced. Tycoons, crooks, and celebrities arrived en masse to promote or exploit this new and dazzling American frontier in the sunshine. Yet, the import and deep impact of these historical events have never been explored thoroughly until now.   In Bubble in the Sun Christopher Knowlton examines the grand artistic and entrepreneurial visions behind Coral Gables, Boca Raton, Miami Beach, and other storied sites, as well as the darker side of the frenzy. For while giant fortunes were being made and lost and the nightlife raged more raucously than anywhere else, the pure beauty of the Everglades suffered wanton ruination and the workers, mostly black, who built and maintained the boom, endured grievous abuses.    Knowlton breathes dynamic life into the forces that made and wrecked Florida during the decade: the real estate moguls Carl Fisher, George Merrick, and Addison Mizner, and the once-in-a-century hurricane whose aftermath triggered the stock market crash. This essential account is a revelatory—and riveting—history of an era that still affects our country today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hunt for History: On the Trail of the World&amp;#039;s Lost Treasures—from the Letters of Lincoln, Churchill, and Einstein to the Secret Recordings Onboard JFK&amp;#039;s Air by Luke Barr, Nathan Raab</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391196</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hunt for History: On the Trail of the World&amp;#039;s Lost Treasures—from the Letters of Lincoln, Churchill, and Einstein to the Secret Recordings Onboard JFK&amp;#039;s Air
Author: Luke Barr, Nathan Raab
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Nathan Raab, America’s preeminent rare documents dealer, delivers a “diverting account of treasure hunting in the fast lane” (The Wall Street Journal) that recounts his years as the Sherlock Holmes of historical artifacts, questing after precious finds and determining their authenticity. A box uncovered in a Maine attic with twenty letters written by Alexander Hamilton; a handheld address to Congress by President George Washington; a long-lost Gold Medal that belonged to an American President; a note that Winston Churchill wrote to his captor when he was a young POW in South Africa; paperwork signed and filled out by Amelia Earhart when she became the first woman to fly the Atlantic; an American flag carried to the moon and back by Neil Armstrong; an unpublished letter written by Albert Einstein, discussing his theory of relativity.   Each day, people from all over the world contact Nathan Raab for help understanding what they have, what it might be worth, and how to sell it. The Raab Collection’s president, Nathan is a modern-day treasure hunter and one of the world’s most prominent dealers of historical artifacts. Most weeks, he travels the country, scours auctions, or fields phone calls and emails from people who think they may have found something of note in a grandparent’s attic.   In The Hunt for History, “Raab takes us on a wild hunt and deliciously opens up numerous hidden crevices of history” (Jay Winik, author of April 1865)—spotting a letter from British officials that secured the Rosetta Stone; discovering a piece of the first electric cable laid by Edison; restoring a fragmented letter from Andrew Jackson that led to the infamous Trail of Tears; and locating copies of missing audio that had been recorded on Air Force One as the plane brought JFK’s body back to Washington. Whether it’s the first report of Napoleon’s death or an unpublished letter penned by Albert Einstein to a curious soldier, every document and artifact Raab uncovers comes with a spellbinding story—and often offers new insights into a life we thought we knew.</description>
      <author>Luke Barr, Nathan Raab</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797104874.mp3" length="819763" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391196</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797104874.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hunt for History: On the Trail of the World&amp;#039;s Lost Treasures—from the Letters of Lincoln, Churchill, and Einstein to the Secret Recordings Onboard JFK&amp;#039;s Air
Author: Luke Barr, Nathan Raab
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Nathan Raab, America’s preeminent rare documents dealer, delivers a “diverting account of treasure hunting in the fast lane” (The Wall Street Journal) that recounts his years as the Sherlock Holmes of historical artifacts, questing after precious finds and determining their authenticity. A box uncovered in a Maine attic with twenty letters written by Alexander Hamilton; a handheld address to Congress by President George Washington; a long-lost Gold Medal that belonged to an American President; a note that Winston Churchill wrote to his captor when he was a young POW in South Africa; paperwork signed and filled out by Amelia Earhart when she became the first woman to fly the Atlantic; an American flag carried to the moon and back by Neil Armstrong; an unpublished letter written by Albert Einstein, discussing his theory of relativity.   Each day, people from all over the world contact Nathan Raab for help understanding what they have, what it might be worth, and how to sell it. The Raab Collection’s president, Nathan is a modern-day treasure hunter and one of the world’s most prominent dealers of historical artifacts. Most weeks, he travels the country, scours auctions, or fields phone calls and emails from people who think they may have found something of note in a grandparent’s attic.   In The Hunt for History, “Raab takes us on a wild hunt and deliciously opens up numerous hidden crevices of history” (Jay Winik, author of April 1865)—spotting a letter from British officials that secured the Rosetta Stone; discovering a piece of the first electric cable laid by Edison; restoring a fragmented letter from Andrew Jackson that led to the infamous Trail of Tears; and locating copies of missing audio that had been recorded on Air Force One as the plane brought JFK’s body back to Washington. Whether it’s the first report of Napoleon’s death or an unpublished letter penned by Albert Einstein to a curious soldier, every document and artifact Raab uncovers comes with a spellbinding story—and often offers new insights into a life we thought we knew.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Hunt for History: On the Trail of the World&amp;#039;s Lost Treasures—from the Letters of Lincoln, Churchill, and Einstein to the Secret Recordings Onboard JFK&amp;#039;s Air
Author: Luke Barr, Nathan Raab
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Nathan Raab, America’s preeminent rare documents dealer, delivers a “diverting account of treasure hunting in the fast lane” (The Wall Street Journal) that recounts his years as the Sherlock Holmes of historical artifacts, questing after precious finds and determining their authenticity. A box uncovered in a Maine attic with twenty letters written by Alexander Hamilton; a handheld address to Congress by President George Washington; a long-lost Gold Medal that belonged to an American President; a note that Winston Churchill wrote to his captor when he was a young POW in South Africa; paperwork signed and filled out by Amelia Earhart when she became the first woman to fly the Atlantic; an American flag carried to the moon and back by Neil Armstrong; an unpublished letter written by Albert Einstein, discussing his theory of relativity.   Each day, people from all over the world contact Nathan Raab for help understanding what they have, what it might be worth, and how to sell it. The Raab Collection’s president, Nathan is a modern-day treasure hunter and one of the world’s most prominent dealers of historical artifacts. Most weeks, he travels the country, scours auctions, or fields phone calls and emails from people who think they may have found something of note in a grandparent’s attic.   In The Hunt for History, “Raab takes us on a wild hunt and deliciously opens up numerous hidden crevices of history” (Jay Winik, author of April 1865)—spotting a letter from British officials that secured the Rosetta Stone; discovering a piece of the first electric cable laid by Edison; restoring a fragmented letter from Andrew Jackson that led to the infamous Trail of Tears; and locating copies of missing audio that had been recorded on Air Force One as the plane brought JFK’s body back to Washington. Whether it’s the first report of Napoleon’s death or an unpublished letter penned by Albert Einstein to a curious soldier, every document and artifact Raab uncovers comes with a spellbinding story—and often offers new insights into a life we thought we knew.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sisters and Rebels: A Struggle for the Soul of America by Jacquelyn Dowd Hall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391030</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sisters and Rebels: A Struggle for the Soul of America
Author: Jacquelyn Dowd Hall
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Descendants of a prominent slaveholding family, Elizabeth, Grace, and Katharine Lumpkin grew up in a culture of white supremacy. But while Elizabeth remained a lifelong believer, her younger sisters chose vastly different lives. Seeking their fortunes in the North, Grace and Katharine reinvented themselves as radical thinkers whose literary works and organizing efforts brought the nation&amp;#039;s attention to issues of region, race, and labor. In Sisters and Rebels, National Humanities Award–winning historian Jacquelyn Dowd Hall follows the divergent paths of the Lumpkin sisters, who were &amp;#039;estranged and yet forever entangled&amp;#039; by their mutual obsession with the South. Tracing the wounds and unsung victories of the past through to the contemporary moment, Hall revives a buried tradition of Southern expatriation and progressivism; explores the lost, revolutionary zeal of the early twentieth century; and muses on the fraught ties of sisterhood. Grounded in decades of research, the family&amp;#039;s private papers, and interviews with Katharine and Grace, Sisters and Rebels unfolds an epic narrative of American history through the lives and works of three Southern women.</description>
      <author>Jacquelyn Dowd Hall</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684419265.mp3" length="8112588" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391030</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684419265.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sisters and Rebels: A Struggle for the Soul of America
Author: Jacquelyn Dowd Hall
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Descendants of a prominent slaveholding family, Elizabeth, Grace, and Katharine Lumpkin grew up in a culture of white supremacy. But while Elizabeth remained a lifelong believer, her younger sisters chose vastly different lives. Seeking their fortunes in the North, Grace and Katharine reinvented themselves as radical thinkers whose literary works and organizing efforts brought the nation&amp;#039;s attention to issues of region, race, and labor. In Sisters and Rebels, National Humanities Award–winning historian Jacquelyn Dowd Hall follows the divergent paths of the Lumpkin sisters, who were &amp;#039;estranged and yet forever entangled&amp;#039; by their mutual obsession with the South. Tracing the wounds and unsung victories of the past through to the contemporary moment, Hall revives a buried tradition of Southern expatriation and progressivism; explores the lost, revolutionary zeal of the early twentieth century; and muses on the fraught ties of sisterhood. Grounded in decades of research, the family&amp;#039;s private papers, and interviews with Katharine and Grace, Sisters and Rebels unfolds an epic narrative of American history through the lives and works of three Southern women.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sisters and Rebels: A Struggle for the Soul of America
Author: Jacquelyn Dowd Hall
Narrator: Karen White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Descendants of a prominent slaveholding family, Elizabeth, Grace, and Katharine Lumpkin grew up in a culture of white supremacy. But while Elizabeth remained a lifelong believer, her younger sisters chose vastly different lives. Seeking their fortunes in the North, Grace and Katharine reinvented themselves as radical thinkers whose literary works and organizing efforts brought the nation&amp;#039;s attention to issues of region, race, and labor. In Sisters and Rebels, National Humanities Award–winning historian Jacquelyn Dowd Hall follows the divergent paths of the Lumpkin sisters, who were &amp;#039;estranged and yet forever entangled&amp;#039; by their mutual obsession with the South. Tracing the wounds and unsung victories of the past through to the contemporary moment, Hall revives a buried tradition of Southern expatriation and progressivism; explores the lost, revolutionary zeal of the early twentieth century; and muses on the fraught ties of sisterhood. Grounded in decades of research, the family&amp;#039;s private papers, and interviews with Katharine and Grace, Sisters and Rebels unfolds an epic narrative of American history through the lives and works of three Southern women.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Armies of Deliverance: A New History of the Civil War by Elizabeth R. Varon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390992</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390992">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390992</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Armies of Deliverance: A New History of the Civil War
Author: Elizabeth R. Varon
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 44 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Loyal Americans marched off to war in 1861 not to conquer the South but to liberate it. So argues Elizabeth R. Varon in Armies of Deliverance, a sweeping narrative of the Civil War and a bold new interpretation of Union and Confederate war aims. Northerners imagined the war as a crusade to deliver the Southern masses from slaveholder domination and to bring democracy, prosperity, and education to the region. As the war escalated, Lincoln and his allies built the case that emancipation would secure military victory and benefit the North and South alike. The theme of deliverance was essential in mobilizing a Unionist coalition of Northerners and anti-Confederate Southerners. Confederates, fighting to establish an independent slaveholding republic, were determined to preempt, discredit, and silence Yankee appeals to the Southern masses. In their quest for political unity Confederates relentlessly played up two themes: Northern barbarity and Southern victimization. Casting the Union army as ruthless conquerors, Confederates argued that the emancipation of blacks was synonymous with the subjugation of the white South.</description>
      <author>Elizabeth R. Varon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515933366.mp3" length="8551711" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390992</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515933366.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390992">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390992</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Armies of Deliverance: A New History of the Civil War
Author: Elizabeth R. Varon
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 44 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Loyal Americans marched off to war in 1861 not to conquer the South but to liberate it. So argues Elizabeth R. Varon in Armies of Deliverance, a sweeping narrative of the Civil War and a bold new interpretation of Union and Confederate war aims. Northerners imagined the war as a crusade to deliver the Southern masses from slaveholder domination and to bring democracy, prosperity, and education to the region. As the war escalated, Lincoln and his allies built the case that emancipation would secure military victory and benefit the North and South alike. The theme of deliverance was essential in mobilizing a Unionist coalition of Northerners and anti-Confederate Southerners. Confederates, fighting to establish an independent slaveholding republic, were determined to preempt, discredit, and silence Yankee appeals to the Southern masses. In their quest for political unity Confederates relentlessly played up two themes: Northern barbarity and Southern victimization. Casting the Union army as ruthless conquerors, Confederates argued that the emancipation of blacks was synonymous with the subjugation of the white South.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390992">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390992</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Armies of Deliverance: A New History of the Civil War
Author: Elizabeth R. Varon
Narrator: Paul Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 44 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Loyal Americans marched off to war in 1861 not to conquer the South but to liberate it. So argues Elizabeth R. Varon in Armies of Deliverance, a sweeping narrative of the Civil War and a bold new interpretation of Union and Confederate war aims. Northerners imagined the war as a crusade to deliver the Southern masses from slaveholder domination and to bring democracy, prosperity, and education to the region. As the war escalated, Lincoln and his allies built the case that emancipation would secure military victory and benefit the North and South alike. The theme of deliverance was essential in mobilizing a Unionist coalition of Northerners and anti-Confederate Southerners. Confederates, fighting to establish an independent slaveholding republic, were determined to preempt, discredit, and silence Yankee appeals to the Southern masses. In their quest for political unity Confederates relentlessly played up two themes: Northern barbarity and Southern victimization. Casting the Union army as ruthless conquerors, Confederates argued that the emancipation of blacks was synonymous with the subjugation of the white South.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Willie Lynch Letter and the Making of a Slave by Willie Lynch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390939</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Willie Lynch Letter and the Making of a Slave
Author: Willie Lynch
Narrator: Ronald Eastwood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Willie Lynch Letter and the Making of a Slave is a study of slave making. It describes the rationale and the results of Anglo Saxon&amp;#039;s ideas and methods of insuring the master/slave relationship. The infamous Willie Lynch letter gives both African and Caucasian students and teachers some insight, concerning the brutal and inhumane psychology behind the African slave trade. The materialistic viewpoint of Southern plantation owners that slavery was a business and the victims of chattel slavery were merely pawns in an economic game of debauchery, crossbreeding, interracial rape and mental conditioning of a negroid race, they considered subhuman.  Equally important is the international nature of the European economic, political and cultural climate that influenced the slave trade. Within the time scale of African History, it was a relatively short period, a mere one and a half centuries from the most intensive phase of the Atlantic slave trade to the advent of European administration and dominance. Long before that the Slave Coast had been chartered by the Portuguese and the people off the area west of Benin, between the Volta River and Lagos, European traders traced a cultural history which linked them with the earliest Yoruba settlements to the north and eastern borders of Africa.</description>
      <author>Willie Lynch</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982767983.mp3" length="855181" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390939</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982767983.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Willie Lynch Letter and the Making of a Slave
Author: Willie Lynch
Narrator: Ronald Eastwood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Willie Lynch Letter and the Making of a Slave is a study of slave making. It describes the rationale and the results of Anglo Saxon&amp;#039;s ideas and methods of insuring the master/slave relationship. The infamous Willie Lynch letter gives both African and Caucasian students and teachers some insight, concerning the brutal and inhumane psychology behind the African slave trade. The materialistic viewpoint of Southern plantation owners that slavery was a business and the victims of chattel slavery were merely pawns in an economic game of debauchery, crossbreeding, interracial rape and mental conditioning of a negroid race, they considered subhuman.  Equally important is the international nature of the European economic, political and cultural climate that influenced the slave trade. Within the time scale of African History, it was a relatively short period, a mere one and a half centuries from the most intensive phase of the Atlantic slave trade to the advent of European administration and dominance. Long before that the Slave Coast had been chartered by the Portuguese and the people off the area west of Benin, between the Volta River and Lagos, European traders traced a cultural history which linked them with the earliest Yoruba settlements to the north and eastern borders of Africa.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Willie Lynch Letter and the Making of a Slave
Author: Willie Lynch
Narrator: Ronald Eastwood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The Willie Lynch Letter and the Making of a Slave is a study of slave making. It describes the rationale and the results of Anglo Saxon&amp;#039;s ideas and methods of insuring the master/slave relationship. The infamous Willie Lynch letter gives both African and Caucasian students and teachers some insight, concerning the brutal and inhumane psychology behind the African slave trade. The materialistic viewpoint of Southern plantation owners that slavery was a business and the victims of chattel slavery were merely pawns in an economic game of debauchery, crossbreeding, interracial rape and mental conditioning of a negroid race, they considered subhuman.  Equally important is the international nature of the European economic, political and cultural climate that influenced the slave trade. Within the time scale of African History, it was a relatively short period, a mere one and a half centuries from the most intensive phase of the Atlantic slave trade to the advent of European administration and dominance. Long before that the Slave Coast had been chartered by the Portuguese and the people off the area west of Benin, between the Volta River and Lagos, European traders traced a cultural history which linked them with the earliest Yoruba settlements to the north and eastern borders of Africa.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quicksand by Nella Larsen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390929</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quicksand
Author: Nella Larsen
Narrator: Christine Glassman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Nella Larsen&amp;#039;s first novel tells the story of Helga Crane, a fictional character loosely based on Larsen&amp;#039;s own early life. Crane is the lovely and refined daughter of a Danish mother and a West Indian black father who abandons Helga and her mother soon after Helga is born. Unable to feel comfortable with any of her white-skinned relatives, Helga lives in various places in America and visits Denmark in search of people among whom she feels at home. The work is a superb psychological study of a complicated and appealing woman, Helga Crane, who, like Larsen herself, is the product of a liaison between a black man and a white woman. In one sense, Quicksand might be called an odyssey; however, instead of overcoming a series of obstacles and finally arriving at her native land, Larsen&amp;#039;s protagonist has a series of adventures, each of which ends in disappointment.</description>
      <author>Nella Larsen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982767792.mp3" length="1354738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390929</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982767792.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quicksand
Author: Nella Larsen
Narrator: Christine Glassman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Nella Larsen&amp;#039;s first novel tells the story of Helga Crane, a fictional character loosely based on Larsen&amp;#039;s own early life. Crane is the lovely and refined daughter of a Danish mother and a West Indian black father who abandons Helga and her mother soon after Helga is born. Unable to feel comfortable with any of her white-skinned relatives, Helga lives in various places in America and visits Denmark in search of people among whom she feels at home. The work is a superb psychological study of a complicated and appealing woman, Helga Crane, who, like Larsen herself, is the product of a liaison between a black man and a white woman. In one sense, Quicksand might be called an odyssey; however, instead of overcoming a series of obstacles and finally arriving at her native land, Larsen&amp;#039;s protagonist has a series of adventures, each of which ends in disappointment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390929">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390929</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quicksand
Author: Nella Larsen
Narrator: Christine Glassman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Nella Larsen&amp;#039;s first novel tells the story of Helga Crane, a fictional character loosely based on Larsen&amp;#039;s own early life. Crane is the lovely and refined daughter of a Danish mother and a West Indian black father who abandons Helga and her mother soon after Helga is born. Unable to feel comfortable with any of her white-skinned relatives, Helga lives in various places in America and visits Denmark in search of people among whom she feels at home. The work is a superb psychological study of a complicated and appealing woman, Helga Crane, who, like Larsen herself, is the product of a liaison between a black man and a white woman. In one sense, Quicksand might be called an odyssey; however, instead of overcoming a series of obstacles and finally arriving at her native land, Larsen&amp;#039;s protagonist has a series of adventures, each of which ends in disappointment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Searching for Stonewall Jackson: A Quest for Legacy in a Divided America by Ben Cleary</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390800</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390800">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390800</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Searching for Stonewall Jackson: A Quest for Legacy in a Divided America
Author: Ben Cleary
Narrator: Ben Cleary
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Historian Ben Cleary takes readers beyond the legend of Stonewall Jackson and directly onto the Civil War battlefields on which he fought, and where a country once again finds itself at a crossroads.  Thomas Jonathan &amp;#039;Stonewall&amp;#039; Jackson was the embodiment of Southern contradictions. He was a slave owner who fought and died, at least in part, to perpetuate slavery, yet he founded an African-American Sunday School and personally taught classes for almost a decade. For all his sternness and rigidity, Jackson was a deeply thoughtful and incredibly intelligent man. But his reputation and mythic status, then and now, was due to more than combat success. In a deeply religious age, he was revered for a piety that was far beyond the norm. How did one man meld his religion with the institution of slavery? How did he reconcile it with the business of killing, at which he so excelled? In SEARCHING FOR STONEWALL JACKSON, historian Ben Cleary examines not only Jackson&amp;#039;s life, but his own, contemplating what it means to be a white Southerner in the 21st century. Now, as statues commemorating the Civil War are toppled and Confederate flags come down, Cleary walks the famous battlefields, following in the footsteps of his subject as he questions the legacy of Stonewall Jackson and the South&amp;#039;s Lost Cause at a time when the contentions of politics, civil rights, and social justice are at a fever pitch. Combining nuanced, authoritative research with deeply personal stories of life in the modern American South, SEARCHING FOR STONEWALL JACKSON is a thrilling, vivid portrait of a soldier, a war, and a country still contending with its past.</description>
      <author>Ben Cleary</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549119910.mp3" length="877630" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390800</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549119910.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390800">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390800</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Searching for Stonewall Jackson: A Quest for Legacy in a Divided America
Author: Ben Cleary
Narrator: Ben Cleary
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Historian Ben Cleary takes readers beyond the legend of Stonewall Jackson and directly onto the Civil War battlefields on which he fought, and where a country once again finds itself at a crossroads.  Thomas Jonathan &amp;#039;Stonewall&amp;#039; Jackson was the embodiment of Southern contradictions. He was a slave owner who fought and died, at least in part, to perpetuate slavery, yet he founded an African-American Sunday School and personally taught classes for almost a decade. For all his sternness and rigidity, Jackson was a deeply thoughtful and incredibly intelligent man. But his reputation and mythic status, then and now, was due to more than combat success. In a deeply religious age, he was revered for a piety that was far beyond the norm. How did one man meld his religion with the institution of slavery? How did he reconcile it with the business of killing, at which he so excelled? In SEARCHING FOR STONEWALL JACKSON, historian Ben Cleary examines not only Jackson&amp;#039;s life, but his own, contemplating what it means to be a white Southerner in the 21st century. Now, as statues commemorating the Civil War are toppled and Confederate flags come down, Cleary walks the famous battlefields, following in the footsteps of his subject as he questions the legacy of Stonewall Jackson and the South&amp;#039;s Lost Cause at a time when the contentions of politics, civil rights, and social justice are at a fever pitch. Combining nuanced, authoritative research with deeply personal stories of life in the modern American South, SEARCHING FOR STONEWALL JACKSON is a thrilling, vivid portrait of a soldier, a war, and a country still contending with its past.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390800">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390800</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Searching for Stonewall Jackson: A Quest for Legacy in a Divided America
Author: Ben Cleary
Narrator: Ben Cleary
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Historian Ben Cleary takes readers beyond the legend of Stonewall Jackson and directly onto the Civil War battlefields on which he fought, and where a country once again finds itself at a crossroads.  Thomas Jonathan &amp;#039;Stonewall&amp;#039; Jackson was the embodiment of Southern contradictions. He was a slave owner who fought and died, at least in part, to perpetuate slavery, yet he founded an African-American Sunday School and personally taught classes for almost a decade. For all his sternness and rigidity, Jackson was a deeply thoughtful and incredibly intelligent man. But his reputation and mythic status, then and now, was due to more than combat success. In a deeply religious age, he was revered for a piety that was far beyond the norm. How did one man meld his religion with the institution of slavery? How did he reconcile it with the business of killing, at which he so excelled? In SEARCHING FOR STONEWALL JACKSON, historian Ben Cleary examines not only Jackson&amp;#039;s life, but his own, contemplating what it means to be a white Southerner in the 21st century. Now, as statues commemorating the Civil War are toppled and Confederate flags come down, Cleary walks the famous battlefields, following in the footsteps of his subject as he questions the legacy of Stonewall Jackson and the South&amp;#039;s Lost Cause at a time when the contentions of politics, civil rights, and social justice are at a fever pitch. Combining nuanced, authoritative research with deeply personal stories of life in the modern American South, SEARCHING FOR STONEWALL JACKSON is a thrilling, vivid portrait of a soldier, a war, and a country still contending with its past.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Never Forget Your First: A Biography of George Washington by Alexis Coe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390673</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Never Forget Your First: A Biography of George Washington
Author: Alexis Coe
Narrator: Alexis Coe, Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER AN NPR CONCIERGE BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR “In her form-shattering and myth-crushing book….Coe examines myths with mirth, and writes history with humor… [You Never Forget Your First] is an accessible look at a president who always finishes in the first ranks of our leaders.” —Boston Globe Alexis Coe takes a closer look at our first--and finds he is not quite the man we remember Young George Washington was raised by a struggling single mother, demanded military promotions, caused an international incident, and never backed down--even when his dysentery got so bad he had to ride with a cushion on his saddle. But after he married Martha, everything changed. Washington became the kind of man who named his dog Sweetlips and hated to leave home. He took up arms against the British only when there was no other way, though he lost more battles than he won.  After an unlikely victory in the Revolutionary War cast him as the nation&amp;#039;s hero, he was desperate to retire, but the founders pressured him into the presidency--twice. When he retired years later, no one talked him out of it. He left the highest office heartbroken over the partisan nightmare his backstabbing cabinet had created.  Back on his plantation, the man who fought for liberty must confront his greatest hypocrisy--what to do with the men, women, and children he owns--before he succumbs to death.    With irresistible style and warm humor, You Never Forget Your First combines rigorous research and lively storytelling that will have readers--including those who thought presidential biographies were just for dads--inhaling every page.</description>
      <author>Alexis Coe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984842527.mp3" length="2520352" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390673</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984842527.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Never Forget Your First: A Biography of George Washington
Author: Alexis Coe
Narrator: Alexis Coe, Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER AN NPR CONCIERGE BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR “In her form-shattering and myth-crushing book….Coe examines myths with mirth, and writes history with humor… [You Never Forget Your First] is an accessible look at a president who always finishes in the first ranks of our leaders.” —Boston Globe Alexis Coe takes a closer look at our first--and finds he is not quite the man we remember Young George Washington was raised by a struggling single mother, demanded military promotions, caused an international incident, and never backed down--even when his dysentery got so bad he had to ride with a cushion on his saddle. But after he married Martha, everything changed. Washington became the kind of man who named his dog Sweetlips and hated to leave home. He took up arms against the British only when there was no other way, though he lost more battles than he won.  After an unlikely victory in the Revolutionary War cast him as the nation&amp;#039;s hero, he was desperate to retire, but the founders pressured him into the presidency--twice. When he retired years later, no one talked him out of it. He left the highest office heartbroken over the partisan nightmare his backstabbing cabinet had created.  Back on his plantation, the man who fought for liberty must confront his greatest hypocrisy--what to do with the men, women, and children he owns--before he succumbs to death.    With irresistible style and warm humor, You Never Forget Your First combines rigorous research and lively storytelling that will have readers--including those who thought presidential biographies were just for dads--inhaling every page.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Never Forget Your First: A Biography of George Washington
Author: Alexis Coe
Narrator: Alexis Coe, Brittany Pressley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER AN NPR CONCIERGE BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR “In her form-shattering and myth-crushing book….Coe examines myths with mirth, and writes history with humor… [You Never Forget Your First] is an accessible look at a president who always finishes in the first ranks of our leaders.” —Boston Globe Alexis Coe takes a closer look at our first--and finds he is not quite the man we remember Young George Washington was raised by a struggling single mother, demanded military promotions, caused an international incident, and never backed down--even when his dysentery got so bad he had to ride with a cushion on his saddle. But after he married Martha, everything changed. Washington became the kind of man who named his dog Sweetlips and hated to leave home. He took up arms against the British only when there was no other way, though he lost more battles than he won.  After an unlikely victory in the Revolutionary War cast him as the nation&amp;#039;s hero, he was desperate to retire, but the founders pressured him into the presidency--twice. When he retired years later, no one talked him out of it. He left the highest office heartbroken over the partisan nightmare his backstabbing cabinet had created.  Back on his plantation, the man who fought for liberty must confront his greatest hypocrisy--what to do with the men, women, and children he owns--before he succumbs to death.    With irresistible style and warm humor, You Never Forget Your First combines rigorous research and lively storytelling that will have readers--including those who thought presidential biographies were just for dads--inhaling every page.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In the Waves: My Quest to Solve the Mystery of a Civil War Submarine by Rachel Lance</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390668</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390668">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390668</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Waves: My Quest to Solve the Mystery of a Civil War Submarine
Author: Rachel Lance
Narrator: Rebecca Lowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of &amp;#039;The Most Fascinating Books WIRED Read in 2020&amp;#039; &amp;#039;One part science book, one part historical narrative, one part memoir . . . harrowing and inspiring.”—The Wall Street Journal  How a determined scientist cracked the case of the first successful—and disastrous—submarine attack     On the night of February 17, 1864, the tiny Confederate submarine HL Hunley made its way toward the USS Housatonic just outside Charleston harbor. Within a matter of hours, the Union ship’s stern was blown open in a spray of wood planks. The explosion sank the ship, killing many of its crew. And the submarine, the first ever to be successful in combat, disappeared without a trace.     For 131 years the eight-man crew of the HL Hunley lay in their watery graves, undiscovered. When finally raised, the narrow metal vessel revealed a puzzling sight. There was no indication the blast had breached the hull, and all eight men were still seated at their stations—frozen in time after more than a century. Why did it sink? Why did the men die? Archaeologists and conservationists have been studying the boat and the remains for years, and now one woman has the answers.     In the Waves is much more than just a military perspective or a technical account. It’s also the story of Rachel Lance’s single-minded obsession spanning three years, the story of the extreme highs and lows in her quest to find all the puzzle pieces of the Hunley. Balancing a gripping historical tale and original research with a personal story of professional and private obstacles, In the Waves is an enthralling look at a unique part of the Civil War and the lengths one scientist will go to uncover its secrets.</description>
      <author>Rachel Lance</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781984888266.mp3" length="2690251" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390668</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781984888266.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390668">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390668</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Waves: My Quest to Solve the Mystery of a Civil War Submarine
Author: Rachel Lance
Narrator: Rebecca Lowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of &amp;#039;The Most Fascinating Books WIRED Read in 2020&amp;#039; &amp;#039;One part science book, one part historical narrative, one part memoir . . . harrowing and inspiring.”—The Wall Street Journal  How a determined scientist cracked the case of the first successful—and disastrous—submarine attack     On the night of February 17, 1864, the tiny Confederate submarine HL Hunley made its way toward the USS Housatonic just outside Charleston harbor. Within a matter of hours, the Union ship’s stern was blown open in a spray of wood planks. The explosion sank the ship, killing many of its crew. And the submarine, the first ever to be successful in combat, disappeared without a trace.     For 131 years the eight-man crew of the HL Hunley lay in their watery graves, undiscovered. When finally raised, the narrow metal vessel revealed a puzzling sight. There was no indication the blast had breached the hull, and all eight men were still seated at their stations—frozen in time after more than a century. Why did it sink? Why did the men die? Archaeologists and conservationists have been studying the boat and the remains for years, and now one woman has the answers.     In the Waves is much more than just a military perspective or a technical account. It’s also the story of Rachel Lance’s single-minded obsession spanning three years, the story of the extreme highs and lows in her quest to find all the puzzle pieces of the Hunley. Balancing a gripping historical tale and original research with a personal story of professional and private obstacles, In the Waves is an enthralling look at a unique part of the Civil War and the lengths one scientist will go to uncover its secrets.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390668">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390668</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Waves: My Quest to Solve the Mystery of a Civil War Submarine
Author: Rachel Lance
Narrator: Rebecca Lowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of &amp;#039;The Most Fascinating Books WIRED Read in 2020&amp;#039; &amp;#039;One part science book, one part historical narrative, one part memoir . . . harrowing and inspiring.”—The Wall Street Journal  How a determined scientist cracked the case of the first successful—and disastrous—submarine attack     On the night of February 17, 1864, the tiny Confederate submarine HL Hunley made its way toward the USS Housatonic just outside Charleston harbor. Within a matter of hours, the Union ship’s stern was blown open in a spray of wood planks. The explosion sank the ship, killing many of its crew. And the submarine, the first ever to be successful in combat, disappeared without a trace.     For 131 years the eight-man crew of the HL Hunley lay in their watery graves, undiscovered. When finally raised, the narrow metal vessel revealed a puzzling sight. There was no indication the blast had breached the hull, and all eight men were still seated at their stations—frozen in time after more than a century. Why did it sink? Why did the men die? Archaeologists and conservationists have been studying the boat and the remains for years, and now one woman has the answers.     In the Waves is much more than just a military perspective or a technical account. It’s also the story of Rachel Lance’s single-minded obsession spanning three years, the story of the extreme highs and lows in her quest to find all the puzzle pieces of the Hunley. Balancing a gripping historical tale and original research with a personal story of professional and private obstacles, In the Waves is an enthralling look at a unique part of the Civil War and the lengths one scientist will go to uncover its secrets.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shakespeare in a Divided America: What His Plays Tell Us About Our Past and Future by James Shapiro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390664</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390664">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390664</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shakespeare in a Divided America: What His Plays Tell Us About Our Past and Future
Author: James Shapiro
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the New York Times 10 Best Books of the Year  • A National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist • A New York Times Notable Book  A timely exploration of what Shakespeare’s plays reveal about our divided land. “In this sprightly and enthralling book . . . Shapiro amply demonstrates [that] for Americans the politics of Shakespeare are not confined to the public realm, but have enormous relevance in the sphere of private life.” —The Guardian (London)     The plays of William Shakespeare are rare common ground in the United States. For well over two centuries, Americans of all stripes—presidents and activists, soldiers and writers, conservatives and liberals alike—have turned to Shakespeare’s works to explore the nation’s fault lines. In a narrative arching from Revolutionary times to the present day, leading scholar James Shapiro traces the unparalleled role of Shakespeare’s four-hundred-year-old tragedies and comedies in illuminating the many concerns on which American identity has turned.   From Abraham Lincoln’s and his assassin, John Wilkes Booth’s, competing Shakespeare obsessions to the 2017 controversy over the staging of Julius Caesar in Central Park, in which a Trump-like leader is assassinated, Shakespeare in a Divided America reveals how no writer has been more embraced, more weaponized, or has shed more light on the hot-button issues in our history.</description>
      <author>James Shapiro</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165171.mp3" length="2692916" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390664</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165171.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390664">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390664</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shakespeare in a Divided America: What His Plays Tell Us About Our Past and Future
Author: James Shapiro
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the New York Times 10 Best Books of the Year  • A National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist • A New York Times Notable Book  A timely exploration of what Shakespeare’s plays reveal about our divided land. “In this sprightly and enthralling book . . . Shapiro amply demonstrates [that] for Americans the politics of Shakespeare are not confined to the public realm, but have enormous relevance in the sphere of private life.” —The Guardian (London)     The plays of William Shakespeare are rare common ground in the United States. For well over two centuries, Americans of all stripes—presidents and activists, soldiers and writers, conservatives and liberals alike—have turned to Shakespeare’s works to explore the nation’s fault lines. In a narrative arching from Revolutionary times to the present day, leading scholar James Shapiro traces the unparalleled role of Shakespeare’s four-hundred-year-old tragedies and comedies in illuminating the many concerns on which American identity has turned.   From Abraham Lincoln’s and his assassin, John Wilkes Booth’s, competing Shakespeare obsessions to the 2017 controversy over the staging of Julius Caesar in Central Park, in which a Trump-like leader is assassinated, Shakespeare in a Divided America reveals how no writer has been more embraced, more weaponized, or has shed more light on the hot-button issues in our history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390664">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390664</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shakespeare in a Divided America: What His Plays Tell Us About Our Past and Future
Author: James Shapiro
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the New York Times 10 Best Books of the Year  • A National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist • A New York Times Notable Book  A timely exploration of what Shakespeare’s plays reveal about our divided land. “In this sprightly and enthralling book . . . Shapiro amply demonstrates [that] for Americans the politics of Shakespeare are not confined to the public realm, but have enormous relevance in the sphere of private life.” —The Guardian (London)     The plays of William Shakespeare are rare common ground in the United States. For well over two centuries, Americans of all stripes—presidents and activists, soldiers and writers, conservatives and liberals alike—have turned to Shakespeare’s works to explore the nation’s fault lines. In a narrative arching from Revolutionary times to the present day, leading scholar James Shapiro traces the unparalleled role of Shakespeare’s four-hundred-year-old tragedies and comedies in illuminating the many concerns on which American identity has turned.   From Abraham Lincoln’s and his assassin, John Wilkes Booth’s, competing Shakespeare obsessions to the 2017 controversy over the staging of Julius Caesar in Central Park, in which a Trump-like leader is assassinated, Shakespeare in a Divided America reveals how no writer has been more embraced, more weaponized, or has shed more light on the hot-button issues in our history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Odetta: A Life in Music and Protest by Ian Zack</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Odetta: A Life in Music and Protest
Author: Ian Zack
Narrator: Rosa Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An AudioFile Best Audiobook of 2020 The first in-depth biography of the legendary singer and “Voice of the Civil Rights Movement,” who combatted racism and prejudice through her music. Odetta channeled her anger and despair into some of the most powerful folk music the world has ever heard. Through her lyrics and iconic persona, Odetta made lasting political, social, and cultural change. A leader of the 1960s folk revival, Odetta is one of the most important singers of the last hundred years. Her music has influenced a huge number of artists over many decades, including Bob Dylan, Janis Joplin, the Kinks, Jewel, and, more recently, Rhiannon Giddens and Miley Cyrus. But Odetta’s importance extends far beyond music. Journalist Ian Zack follows Odetta from her beginnings in deeply segregated Birmingham, Alabama, to stardom in San Francisco and New York. Odetta used her fame to bring attention to the civil rights movement, working alongside Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, and other artists. Her opera-trained voice echoed at the 1963 March on Washington and the Selma to Montgomery march, and she arranged a tour throughout the deeply segregated South. Her “Freedom Trilogy” songs became rallying cries for protesters everywhere.  Through interviews with Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, Judy Collins, Carly Simon, and many others, Zack brings Odetta back into the spotlight, reminding the world of the folk music that powered the civil rights movement and continues to influence generations of musicians today. Listen to the author’s top five Odetta hits while you read: 1. Spiritual Trilogy (Oh Freedom/Come and Go with Me/I’m On My Way)  2. I’ve Been Driving on Bald Mountain/Water Boy  3. Take This Hammer  4. The Gallows Pole  5. Muleskinner Blues Access the playlist here: https://spoti.fi/3c2HnF4</description>
      <author>Ian Zack</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807094358.mp3" length="2632940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807094358.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Odetta: A Life in Music and Protest
Author: Ian Zack
Narrator: Rosa Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An AudioFile Best Audiobook of 2020 The first in-depth biography of the legendary singer and “Voice of the Civil Rights Movement,” who combatted racism and prejudice through her music. Odetta channeled her anger and despair into some of the most powerful folk music the world has ever heard. Through her lyrics and iconic persona, Odetta made lasting political, social, and cultural change. A leader of the 1960s folk revival, Odetta is one of the most important singers of the last hundred years. Her music has influenced a huge number of artists over many decades, including Bob Dylan, Janis Joplin, the Kinks, Jewel, and, more recently, Rhiannon Giddens and Miley Cyrus. But Odetta’s importance extends far beyond music. Journalist Ian Zack follows Odetta from her beginnings in deeply segregated Birmingham, Alabama, to stardom in San Francisco and New York. Odetta used her fame to bring attention to the civil rights movement, working alongside Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, and other artists. Her opera-trained voice echoed at the 1963 March on Washington and the Selma to Montgomery march, and she arranged a tour throughout the deeply segregated South. Her “Freedom Trilogy” songs became rallying cries for protesters everywhere.  Through interviews with Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, Judy Collins, Carly Simon, and many others, Zack brings Odetta back into the spotlight, reminding the world of the folk music that powered the civil rights movement and continues to influence generations of musicians today. Listen to the author’s top five Odetta hits while you read: 1. Spiritual Trilogy (Oh Freedom/Come and Go with Me/I’m On My Way)  2. I’ve Been Driving on Bald Mountain/Water Boy  3. Take This Hammer  4. The Gallows Pole  5. Muleskinner Blues Access the playlist here: https://spoti.fi/3c2HnF4</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Odetta: A Life in Music and Protest
Author: Ian Zack
Narrator: Rosa Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 28 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An AudioFile Best Audiobook of 2020 The first in-depth biography of the legendary singer and “Voice of the Civil Rights Movement,” who combatted racism and prejudice through her music. Odetta channeled her anger and despair into some of the most powerful folk music the world has ever heard. Through her lyrics and iconic persona, Odetta made lasting political, social, and cultural change. A leader of the 1960s folk revival, Odetta is one of the most important singers of the last hundred years. Her music has influenced a huge number of artists over many decades, including Bob Dylan, Janis Joplin, the Kinks, Jewel, and, more recently, Rhiannon Giddens and Miley Cyrus. But Odetta’s importance extends far beyond music. Journalist Ian Zack follows Odetta from her beginnings in deeply segregated Birmingham, Alabama, to stardom in San Francisco and New York. Odetta used her fame to bring attention to the civil rights movement, working alongside Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, and other artists. Her opera-trained voice echoed at the 1963 March on Washington and the Selma to Montgomery march, and she arranged a tour throughout the deeply segregated South. Her “Freedom Trilogy” songs became rallying cries for protesters everywhere.  Through interviews with Joan Baez, Harry Belafonte, Judy Collins, Carly Simon, and many others, Zack brings Odetta back into the spotlight, reminding the world of the folk music that powered the civil rights movement and continues to influence generations of musicians today. Listen to the author’s top five Odetta hits while you read: 1. Spiritual Trilogy (Oh Freedom/Come and Go with Me/I’m On My Way)  2. I’ve Been Driving on Bald Mountain/Water Boy  3. Take This Hammer  4. The Gallows Pole  5. Muleskinner Blues Access the playlist here: https://spoti.fi/3c2HnF4</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Economists&amp;#039; Hour: False Prophets, Free Markets, and the Fracture of Society by Binyamin Appelbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390596</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390596">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390596</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Economists&amp;#039; Hour: False Prophets, Free Markets, and the Fracture of Society
Author: Binyamin Appelbaum
Narrator: Dan Bittner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this &amp;#039;lively and entertaining&amp;#039; history of ideas (Liaquat Ahamed, The New Yorker), New York Times editorial writer Binyamin Appelbaum tells the story of the people who sparked four decades of economic revolution. Before the 1960s, American politicians had never paid much attention to economists. But as the post-World War II boom began to sputter, economists gained influence and power. In The Economists&amp;#039; Hour, Binyamin Appelbaum traces the rise of the economists, first in the United States and then around the globe, as their ideas reshaped the modern world, curbing government, unleashing corporations and hastening globalization. Some leading figures are relatively well-known, such as Milton Friedman, the elfin libertarian who had a greater influence on American life than any other economist of his generation, and Arthur Laffer, who sketched a curve on a cocktail napkin that helped to make tax cuts a staple of conservative economic policy. Others stayed out of the limelight, but left a lasting impact on modern life: Walter Oi, a blind economist who dictated to his wife and assistants some of the calculations that persuaded President Nixon to end military conscription; Alfred Kahn, who deregulated air travel and rejoiced in the crowded cabins on commercial flights as the proof of his success; and Thomas Schelling, who put a dollar value on human life. Their fundamental belief? That government should stop trying to manage the economy.Their guiding principle? That markets would deliver steady growth, and ensure that all Americans shared in the benefits. But the Economists&amp;#039; Hour failed to deliver on its promise of broad prosperity. And the single-minded embrace of markets has come at the expense of economic equality, the health of liberal democracy, and future generations. Timely, engaging and expertly researched, The Economists&amp;#039; Hour is a reckoning -- and a call for people to rewrite the rules of the market. A Wall Street Journal Business BestsellerWinner of the Porchlight Business Book Award in Narrative &amp;amp; Biography</description>
      <author>Binyamin Appelbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478992653.mp3" length="912677" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390596</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478992653.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390596">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390596</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Economists&amp;#039; Hour: False Prophets, Free Markets, and the Fracture of Society
Author: Binyamin Appelbaum
Narrator: Dan Bittner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this &amp;#039;lively and entertaining&amp;#039; history of ideas (Liaquat Ahamed, The New Yorker), New York Times editorial writer Binyamin Appelbaum tells the story of the people who sparked four decades of economic revolution. Before the 1960s, American politicians had never paid much attention to economists. But as the post-World War II boom began to sputter, economists gained influence and power. In The Economists&amp;#039; Hour, Binyamin Appelbaum traces the rise of the economists, first in the United States and then around the globe, as their ideas reshaped the modern world, curbing government, unleashing corporations and hastening globalization. Some leading figures are relatively well-known, such as Milton Friedman, the elfin libertarian who had a greater influence on American life than any other economist of his generation, and Arthur Laffer, who sketched a curve on a cocktail napkin that helped to make tax cuts a staple of conservative economic policy. Others stayed out of the limelight, but left a lasting impact on modern life: Walter Oi, a blind economist who dictated to his wife and assistants some of the calculations that persuaded President Nixon to end military conscription; Alfred Kahn, who deregulated air travel and rejoiced in the crowded cabins on commercial flights as the proof of his success; and Thomas Schelling, who put a dollar value on human life. Their fundamental belief? That government should stop trying to manage the economy.Their guiding principle? That markets would deliver steady growth, and ensure that all Americans shared in the benefits. But the Economists&amp;#039; Hour failed to deliver on its promise of broad prosperity. And the single-minded embrace of markets has come at the expense of economic equality, the health of liberal democracy, and future generations. Timely, engaging and expertly researched, The Economists&amp;#039; Hour is a reckoning -- and a call for people to rewrite the rules of the market. A Wall Street Journal Business BestsellerWinner of the Porchlight Business Book Award in Narrative &amp;amp; Biography</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390596">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390596</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Economists&amp;#039; Hour: False Prophets, Free Markets, and the Fracture of Society
Author: Binyamin Appelbaum
Narrator: Dan Bittner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this &amp;#039;lively and entertaining&amp;#039; history of ideas (Liaquat Ahamed, The New Yorker), New York Times editorial writer Binyamin Appelbaum tells the story of the people who sparked four decades of economic revolution. Before the 1960s, American politicians had never paid much attention to economists. But as the post-World War II boom began to sputter, economists gained influence and power. In The Economists&amp;#039; Hour, Binyamin Appelbaum traces the rise of the economists, first in the United States and then around the globe, as their ideas reshaped the modern world, curbing government, unleashing corporations and hastening globalization. Some leading figures are relatively well-known, such as Milton Friedman, the elfin libertarian who had a greater influence on American life than any other economist of his generation, and Arthur Laffer, who sketched a curve on a cocktail napkin that helped to make tax cuts a staple of conservative economic policy. Others stayed out of the limelight, but left a lasting impact on modern life: Walter Oi, a blind economist who dictated to his wife and assistants some of the calculations that persuaded President Nixon to end military conscription; Alfred Kahn, who deregulated air travel and rejoiced in the crowded cabins on commercial flights as the proof of his success; and Thomas Schelling, who put a dollar value on human life. Their fundamental belief? That government should stop trying to manage the economy.Their guiding principle? That markets would deliver steady growth, and ensure that all Americans shared in the benefits. But the Economists&amp;#039; Hour failed to deliver on its promise of broad prosperity. And the single-minded embrace of markets has come at the expense of economic equality, the health of liberal democracy, and future generations. Timely, engaging and expertly researched, The Economists&amp;#039; Hour is a reckoning -- and a call for people to rewrite the rules of the market. A Wall Street Journal Business BestsellerWinner of the Porchlight Business Book Award in Narrative &amp;amp; Biography</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gentle Tamers: Women of the Old Wild West by Dee Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388306</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gentle Tamers: Women of the Old Wild West
Author: Dee Brown
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Popular culture has taught us to picture the Old West as a land of men, whether it&amp;#039;s the lone hero on horseback or crowds of card players in a rough-and-tumble saloon. But the taming of the frontier involved plenty of women, too—and this book tells their stories.   At first, female pioneers were indeed rare—when the town of Denver was founded in 1859, there were only five women among a population of almost a thousand. But the adventurers arrived, slowly but surely. There was Frances Grummond, a sheltered Southern girl who married a Yankee and traveled with him out west, only to lose him in a massacre. Esther Morris, a dignified middle-aged lady, held a tea party in South Pass City, Wyoming, that would play a role in the long, slow battle for women&amp;#039;s suffrage. And young Virginia Reed, only thirteen, set out for California as part of a group that would become known as the Donner Party.   With tales of notables such as Elizabeth Custer, Carry Nation, and Lola Montez, this social history touches upon many familiar topics—from the early Mormons to the gold rush to the dawn of the railroads—with a new perspective. This enlightening and entertaining book goes beyond characters like Calamity Jane to reveal the true diversity of the great western migration of the nineteenth century.</description>
      <author>Dee Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630153083.mp3" length="1323610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388306</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630153083.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gentle Tamers: Women of the Old Wild West
Author: Dee Brown
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Popular culture has taught us to picture the Old West as a land of men, whether it&amp;#039;s the lone hero on horseback or crowds of card players in a rough-and-tumble saloon. But the taming of the frontier involved plenty of women, too—and this book tells their stories.   At first, female pioneers were indeed rare—when the town of Denver was founded in 1859, there were only five women among a population of almost a thousand. But the adventurers arrived, slowly but surely. There was Frances Grummond, a sheltered Southern girl who married a Yankee and traveled with him out west, only to lose him in a massacre. Esther Morris, a dignified middle-aged lady, held a tea party in South Pass City, Wyoming, that would play a role in the long, slow battle for women&amp;#039;s suffrage. And young Virginia Reed, only thirteen, set out for California as part of a group that would become known as the Donner Party.   With tales of notables such as Elizabeth Custer, Carry Nation, and Lola Montez, this social history touches upon many familiar topics—from the early Mormons to the gold rush to the dawn of the railroads—with a new perspective. This enlightening and entertaining book goes beyond characters like Calamity Jane to reveal the true diversity of the great western migration of the nineteenth century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388306">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388306</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gentle Tamers: Women of the Old Wild West
Author: Dee Brown
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Popular culture has taught us to picture the Old West as a land of men, whether it&amp;#039;s the lone hero on horseback or crowds of card players in a rough-and-tumble saloon. But the taming of the frontier involved plenty of women, too—and this book tells their stories.   At first, female pioneers were indeed rare—when the town of Denver was founded in 1859, there were only five women among a population of almost a thousand. But the adventurers arrived, slowly but surely. There was Frances Grummond, a sheltered Southern girl who married a Yankee and traveled with him out west, only to lose him in a massacre. Esther Morris, a dignified middle-aged lady, held a tea party in South Pass City, Wyoming, that would play a role in the long, slow battle for women&amp;#039;s suffrage. And young Virginia Reed, only thirteen, set out for California as part of a group that would become known as the Donner Party.   With tales of notables such as Elizabeth Custer, Carry Nation, and Lola Montez, this social history touches upon many familiar topics—from the early Mormons to the gold rush to the dawn of the railroads—with a new perspective. This enlightening and entertaining book goes beyond characters like Calamity Jane to reveal the true diversity of the great western migration of the nineteenth century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>E Pluribus Unum: How the Common Law Helped Unify and Liberate Colonial America, 1607-1776 by William E. Nelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: E Pluribus Unum: How the Common Law Helped Unify and Liberate Colonial America, 1607-1776
Author: William E. Nelson
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From their inception, the colonies exercised a range of approaches to the law. While New England based its legal system around the word of God, Maryland followed the common law tradition, and New York adhered to Dutch law. Over time, though, the British crown standardized legal procedure to more uniformly and efficiently exert control over the Empire. But, while the common law emerged as the dominant system across the colonies, its effects were far from what English rulers had envisioned. E Pluribus Unum highlights the political context in which the common law developed and how it influenced the United States Constitution. In practice, the triumph of the common law over competing approaches gave lawyers more authority than governing officials. By the end of the eighteenth century, many colonial legal professionals began to espouse constitutional ideology that would mature into the doctrine of judicial review. In turn, laypeople came to accept constitutional doctrine by the time of independence in 1776. Nelson shows that the colonies&amp;#039; gradual embrace of the common law was instrumental to the establishment of the United States. Not simply a masterful legal history of colonial America, Nelson&amp;#039;s magnum opus fundamentally reshapes our understanding of the sources of both the American Revolution and the Founding.</description>
      <author>William E. Nelson</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630150303.mp3" length="8763848" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630150303.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: E Pluribus Unum: How the Common Law Helped Unify and Liberate Colonial America, 1607-1776
Author: William E. Nelson
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From their inception, the colonies exercised a range of approaches to the law. While New England based its legal system around the word of God, Maryland followed the common law tradition, and New York adhered to Dutch law. Over time, though, the British crown standardized legal procedure to more uniformly and efficiently exert control over the Empire. But, while the common law emerged as the dominant system across the colonies, its effects were far from what English rulers had envisioned. E Pluribus Unum highlights the political context in which the common law developed and how it influenced the United States Constitution. In practice, the triumph of the common law over competing approaches gave lawyers more authority than governing officials. By the end of the eighteenth century, many colonial legal professionals began to espouse constitutional ideology that would mature into the doctrine of judicial review. In turn, laypeople came to accept constitutional doctrine by the time of independence in 1776. Nelson shows that the colonies&amp;#039; gradual embrace of the common law was instrumental to the establishment of the United States. Not simply a masterful legal history of colonial America, Nelson&amp;#039;s magnum opus fundamentally reshapes our understanding of the sources of both the American Revolution and the Founding.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/388296</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: E Pluribus Unum: How the Common Law Helped Unify and Liberate Colonial America, 1607-1776
Author: William E. Nelson
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 24, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From their inception, the colonies exercised a range of approaches to the law. While New England based its legal system around the word of God, Maryland followed the common law tradition, and New York adhered to Dutch law. Over time, though, the British crown standardized legal procedure to more uniformly and efficiently exert control over the Empire. But, while the common law emerged as the dominant system across the colonies, its effects were far from what English rulers had envisioned. E Pluribus Unum highlights the political context in which the common law developed and how it influenced the United States Constitution. In practice, the triumph of the common law over competing approaches gave lawyers more authority than governing officials. By the end of the eighteenth century, many colonial legal professionals began to espouse constitutional ideology that would mature into the doctrine of judicial review. In turn, laypeople came to accept constitutional doctrine by the time of independence in 1776. Nelson shows that the colonies&amp;#039; gradual embrace of the common law was instrumental to the establishment of the United States. Not simply a masterful legal history of colonial America, Nelson&amp;#039;s magnum opus fundamentally reshapes our understanding of the sources of both the American Revolution and the Founding.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Common Sense by Thomas Paine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387982</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Common Sense
Author: Thomas Paine
Narrator: Gil Anders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 27 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Common Sense, a pamphlet by Thomas Paine, was published anonymously in 1776, six months before the Declaration of Independence. It is an impassioned call for America to free itself from British rule and set up an independent republican government. Paine criticised hereditary kingship and urged his adopted country to embrace personal freedom and social equality.</description>
      <author>Thomas Paine</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982762162.mp3" length="1473716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387982</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982762162.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Common Sense
Author: Thomas Paine
Narrator: Gil Anders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 27 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Common Sense, a pamphlet by Thomas Paine, was published anonymously in 1776, six months before the Declaration of Independence. It is an impassioned call for America to free itself from British rule and set up an independent republican government. Paine criticised hereditary kingship and urged his adopted country to embrace personal freedom and social equality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Common Sense
Author: Thomas Paine
Narrator: Gil Anders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 27 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Common Sense, a pamphlet by Thomas Paine, was published anonymously in 1776, six months before the Declaration of Independence. It is an impassioned call for America to free itself from British rule and set up an independent republican government. Paine criticised hereditary kingship and urged his adopted country to embrace personal freedom and social equality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death by Patrick Henry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387955</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death
Author: Patrick Henry
Narrator: Gil Anders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Give me liberty, or give me death!&amp;#039; is a quotation attributed to Patrick Henry, from his speech to the Second Virginia Convention on 23 March, 1775, at St. John&amp;#039;s Church in Richmond, Virginia. Henry spoke without notes, and no transcript of his exact words have survived. The only known version of his speech was reconstructed in the early 1800s by William Wirt, a biographer who corresponded with various attendees of the convention.</description>
      <author>Patrick Henry</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982762179.mp3" length="595617" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387955</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982762179.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death
Author: Patrick Henry
Narrator: Gil Anders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Give me liberty, or give me death!&amp;#039; is a quotation attributed to Patrick Henry, from his speech to the Second Virginia Convention on 23 March, 1775, at St. John&amp;#039;s Church in Richmond, Virginia. Henry spoke without notes, and no transcript of his exact words have survived. The only known version of his speech was reconstructed in the early 1800s by William Wirt, a biographer who corresponded with various attendees of the convention.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387955">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387955</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death
Author: Patrick Henry
Narrator: Gil Anders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Give me liberty, or give me death!&amp;#039; is a quotation attributed to Patrick Henry, from his speech to the Second Virginia Convention on 23 March, 1775, at St. John&amp;#039;s Church in Richmond, Virginia. Henry spoke without notes, and no transcript of his exact words have survived. The only known version of his speech was reconstructed in the early 1800s by William Wirt, a biographer who corresponded with various attendees of the convention.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Second Founding: How the Civil War and Reconstruction Remade the Constitution by Eric Foner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387834</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Founding: How the Civil War and Reconstruction Remade the Constitution
Author: Eric Foner
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An authoritative history by the preeminent scholar of the Civil War–era, The Second Founding traces the arc of the three foundational Reconstruction amendments from their origins in antebellum activism and adoption amidst intense postwar politics to their virtual nullification by narrow Supreme Court decisions and Jim Crow state laws. Today these amendments remain strong tools for achieving the American ideal of equality, if only we will take them up.“Gripping and essential.”—New York Times</description>
      <author>Eric Foner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980056836.mp3" length="1300735" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387834</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980056836.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Founding: How the Civil War and Reconstruction Remade the Constitution
Author: Eric Foner
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An authoritative history by the preeminent scholar of the Civil War–era, The Second Founding traces the arc of the three foundational Reconstruction amendments from their origins in antebellum activism and adoption amidst intense postwar politics to their virtual nullification by narrow Supreme Court decisions and Jim Crow state laws. Today these amendments remain strong tools for achieving the American ideal of equality, if only we will take them up.“Gripping and essential.”—New York Times</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Second Founding: How the Civil War and Reconstruction Remade the Constitution
Author: Eric Foner
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An authoritative history by the preeminent scholar of the Civil War–era, The Second Founding traces the arc of the three foundational Reconstruction amendments from their origins in antebellum activism and adoption amidst intense postwar politics to their virtual nullification by narrow Supreme Court decisions and Jim Crow state laws. Today these amendments remain strong tools for achieving the American ideal of equality, if only we will take them up.“Gripping and essential.”—New York Times</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Is Chance!: The Shaking of an All-American City, A Voice That Held It Together by Jon Mooallem</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Is Chance!: The Shaking of an All-American City, A Voice That Held It Together
Author: Jon Mooallem
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The thrilling, cinematic story of a community shattered by disaster—and the extraordinary woman who helped pull it back together “A powerful, heart-wrenching book, as much art as it is journalism.”—The Wall Street Journal   “A beautifully wrought and profoundly joyful story of compassion and perseverance.”—BuzzFeed (Best Books of the Year)  In the spring of 1964, Anchorage, Alaska, was a modern-day frontier town yearning to be a metropolis—the largest, proudest city in a state that was still brand-new. But just before sundown on Good Friday, the community was jolted by the most powerful earthquake in American history, a catastrophic 9.2 on the Richter Scale. For four and a half minutes, the ground lurched and rolled. Streets cracked open and swallowed buildings whole. And once the shaking stopped, night fell and Anchorage went dark. The city was in disarray and sealed off from the outside world. Slowly, people switched on their transistor radios and heard a familiar woman’s voice explaining what had just happened and what to do next. Genie Chance was a part-time radio reporter and working mother who would play an unlikely role in the wake of the disaster, helping to put her fractured community back together. Her tireless broadcasts over the next three days would transform her into a legendary figure in Alaska and bring her fame worldwide—but only briefly. That Easter weekend in Anchorage, Genie and a cast of endearingly eccentric characters—from a mountaineering psychologist to the local community theater group staging Our Town—were thrown into a jumbled world they could not recognize. Together, they would make a home in it again. Drawing on thousands of pages of unpublished documents, interviews with survivors, and original broadcast recordings, This Is Chance! is the hopeful, gorgeously told story of a single catastrophic weekend and proof of our collective strength in a turbulent world. There are moments when reality instantly changes—when the life we assume is stable gets upended by pure chance. This Is Chance! is an electrifying and lavishly empathetic portrayal of one community rising above the randomness, a real-life fable of human connection withstanding chaos.</description>
      <author>Jon Mooallem</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593154670.mp3" length="2536576" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593154670.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Is Chance!: The Shaking of an All-American City, A Voice That Held It Together
Author: Jon Mooallem
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The thrilling, cinematic story of a community shattered by disaster—and the extraordinary woman who helped pull it back together “A powerful, heart-wrenching book, as much art as it is journalism.”—The Wall Street Journal   “A beautifully wrought and profoundly joyful story of compassion and perseverance.”—BuzzFeed (Best Books of the Year)  In the spring of 1964, Anchorage, Alaska, was a modern-day frontier town yearning to be a metropolis—the largest, proudest city in a state that was still brand-new. But just before sundown on Good Friday, the community was jolted by the most powerful earthquake in American history, a catastrophic 9.2 on the Richter Scale. For four and a half minutes, the ground lurched and rolled. Streets cracked open and swallowed buildings whole. And once the shaking stopped, night fell and Anchorage went dark. The city was in disarray and sealed off from the outside world. Slowly, people switched on their transistor radios and heard a familiar woman’s voice explaining what had just happened and what to do next. Genie Chance was a part-time radio reporter and working mother who would play an unlikely role in the wake of the disaster, helping to put her fractured community back together. Her tireless broadcasts over the next three days would transform her into a legendary figure in Alaska and bring her fame worldwide—but only briefly. That Easter weekend in Anchorage, Genie and a cast of endearingly eccentric characters—from a mountaineering psychologist to the local community theater group staging Our Town—were thrown into a jumbled world they could not recognize. Together, they would make a home in it again. Drawing on thousands of pages of unpublished documents, interviews with survivors, and original broadcast recordings, This Is Chance! is the hopeful, gorgeously told story of a single catastrophic weekend and proof of our collective strength in a turbulent world. There are moments when reality instantly changes—when the life we assume is stable gets upended by pure chance. This Is Chance! is an electrifying and lavishly empathetic portrayal of one community rising above the randomness, a real-life fable of human connection withstanding chaos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387715</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Is Chance!: The Shaking of an All-American City, A Voice That Held It Together
Author: Jon Mooallem
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The thrilling, cinematic story of a community shattered by disaster—and the extraordinary woman who helped pull it back together “A powerful, heart-wrenching book, as much art as it is journalism.”—The Wall Street Journal   “A beautifully wrought and profoundly joyful story of compassion and perseverance.”—BuzzFeed (Best Books of the Year)  In the spring of 1964, Anchorage, Alaska, was a modern-day frontier town yearning to be a metropolis—the largest, proudest city in a state that was still brand-new. But just before sundown on Good Friday, the community was jolted by the most powerful earthquake in American history, a catastrophic 9.2 on the Richter Scale. For four and a half minutes, the ground lurched and rolled. Streets cracked open and swallowed buildings whole. And once the shaking stopped, night fell and Anchorage went dark. The city was in disarray and sealed off from the outside world. Slowly, people switched on their transistor radios and heard a familiar woman’s voice explaining what had just happened and what to do next. Genie Chance was a part-time radio reporter and working mother who would play an unlikely role in the wake of the disaster, helping to put her fractured community back together. Her tireless broadcasts over the next three days would transform her into a legendary figure in Alaska and bring her fame worldwide—but only briefly. That Easter weekend in Anchorage, Genie and a cast of endearingly eccentric characters—from a mountaineering psychologist to the local community theater group staging Our Town—were thrown into a jumbled world they could not recognize. Together, they would make a home in it again. Drawing on thousands of pages of unpublished documents, interviews with survivors, and original broadcast recordings, This Is Chance! is the hopeful, gorgeously told story of a single catastrophic weekend and proof of our collective strength in a turbulent world. There are moments when reality instantly changes—when the life we assume is stable gets upended by pure chance. This Is Chance! is an electrifying and lavishly empathetic portrayal of one community rising above the randomness, a real-life fable of human connection withstanding chaos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>James Monroe: A Life by Tim McGrath</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387694</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: James Monroe: A Life
Author: Tim McGrath
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 28 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The extraordinary life of James Monroe: soldier, senator, diplomat, and the last Founding Father to hold the presidency, a man who helped transform thirteen colonies into a vibrant and mighty republic. “A first-rate account of a remarkable life.” —Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Soul of America  Monroe lived a life defined by revolutions. From the battlefields of the War for Independence, to his ambassadorship in Paris in the days of the guillotine, to his own role in the creation of Congress&amp;#039;s partisan divide, he was a man who embodied the restless spirit of the age. He was never one to back down from a fight, whether it be with Alexander Hamilton, with whom he nearly engaged in a duel (prevented, ironically, by Aaron Burr), or George Washington, his hero turned political opponent.      This magnificent new biography vividly recreates the epic sweep of Monroe’s life: his near-death wounding at Trenton and a brutal winter at Valley Forge; his pivotal negotiations with France over the Louisiana Purchase; his deep, complex friendships with Thomas Jefferson and James Madison; his valiant leadership when the British ransacked the nation’s capital and burned down the Executive Mansion; and Monroe’s lifelong struggle to reckon with his own complicity in slavery. Elected the fifth president of the United States in 1816, this fiercest of partisans sought to bridge divisions and sow unity, calming turbulent political seas and inheriting Washington&amp;#039;s mantle of placing country above party. Over his two terms, Monroe transformed the nation, strengthening American power both at home and abroad.   Critically acclaimed author Tim McGrath has consulted an extensive array of primary sources, many rarely seen since Monroe&amp;#039;s own time, to conjure up this fascinating portrait of an essential American statesman and president.</description>
      <author>Tim McGrath</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593164488.mp3" length="2798259" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387694</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593164488.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>28:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: James Monroe: A Life
Author: Tim McGrath
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 28 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The extraordinary life of James Monroe: soldier, senator, diplomat, and the last Founding Father to hold the presidency, a man who helped transform thirteen colonies into a vibrant and mighty republic. “A first-rate account of a remarkable life.” —Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Soul of America  Monroe lived a life defined by revolutions. From the battlefields of the War for Independence, to his ambassadorship in Paris in the days of the guillotine, to his own role in the creation of Congress&amp;#039;s partisan divide, he was a man who embodied the restless spirit of the age. He was never one to back down from a fight, whether it be with Alexander Hamilton, with whom he nearly engaged in a duel (prevented, ironically, by Aaron Burr), or George Washington, his hero turned political opponent.      This magnificent new biography vividly recreates the epic sweep of Monroe’s life: his near-death wounding at Trenton and a brutal winter at Valley Forge; his pivotal negotiations with France over the Louisiana Purchase; his deep, complex friendships with Thomas Jefferson and James Madison; his valiant leadership when the British ransacked the nation’s capital and burned down the Executive Mansion; and Monroe’s lifelong struggle to reckon with his own complicity in slavery. Elected the fifth president of the United States in 1816, this fiercest of partisans sought to bridge divisions and sow unity, calming turbulent political seas and inheriting Washington&amp;#039;s mantle of placing country above party. Over his two terms, Monroe transformed the nation, strengthening American power both at home and abroad.   Critically acclaimed author Tim McGrath has consulted an extensive array of primary sources, many rarely seen since Monroe&amp;#039;s own time, to conjure up this fascinating portrait of an essential American statesman and president.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: James Monroe: A Life
Author: Tim McGrath
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 28 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The extraordinary life of James Monroe: soldier, senator, diplomat, and the last Founding Father to hold the presidency, a man who helped transform thirteen colonies into a vibrant and mighty republic. “A first-rate account of a remarkable life.” —Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Soul of America  Monroe lived a life defined by revolutions. From the battlefields of the War for Independence, to his ambassadorship in Paris in the days of the guillotine, to his own role in the creation of Congress&amp;#039;s partisan divide, he was a man who embodied the restless spirit of the age. He was never one to back down from a fight, whether it be with Alexander Hamilton, with whom he nearly engaged in a duel (prevented, ironically, by Aaron Burr), or George Washington, his hero turned political opponent.      This magnificent new biography vividly recreates the epic sweep of Monroe’s life: his near-death wounding at Trenton and a brutal winter at Valley Forge; his pivotal negotiations with France over the Louisiana Purchase; his deep, complex friendships with Thomas Jefferson and James Madison; his valiant leadership when the British ransacked the nation’s capital and burned down the Executive Mansion; and Monroe’s lifelong struggle to reckon with his own complicity in slavery. Elected the fifth president of the United States in 1816, this fiercest of partisans sought to bridge divisions and sow unity, calming turbulent political seas and inheriting Washington&amp;#039;s mantle of placing country above party. Over his two terms, Monroe transformed the nation, strengthening American power both at home and abroad.   Critically acclaimed author Tim McGrath has consulted an extensive array of primary sources, many rarely seen since Monroe&amp;#039;s own time, to conjure up this fascinating portrait of an essential American statesman and president.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>100 Amazing Facts About the Negro with Complete Proof: A Short Cut to the World History of the Negro by J. A. Rogers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387634</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 100 Amazing Facts About the Negro with Complete Proof: A Short Cut to the World History of the Negro
Author: J. A. Rogers
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 1934 and revised in 1962, this book gathers journalist and historian Joel Augustus Rogers&amp;#039; columns from the syndicated newspaper feature titled Your History. Patterned after the look of Ripley&amp;#039;s popular Believe It or Not the multiple vignettes in each episode recount short items from Rogers&amp;#039;s research. The feature began in the Pittsburgh Courier in November 1934 and ran through the 1960s.</description>
      <author>J. A. Rogers</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982762568.mp3" length="1420177" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387634</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982762568.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 100 Amazing Facts About the Negro with Complete Proof: A Short Cut to the World History of the Negro
Author: J. A. Rogers
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 1934 and revised in 1962, this book gathers journalist and historian Joel Augustus Rogers&amp;#039; columns from the syndicated newspaper feature titled Your History. Patterned after the look of Ripley&amp;#039;s popular Believe It or Not the multiple vignettes in each episode recount short items from Rogers&amp;#039;s research. The feature began in the Pittsburgh Courier in November 1934 and ran through the 1960s.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 100 Amazing Facts About the Negro with Complete Proof: A Short Cut to the World History of the Negro
Author: J. A. Rogers
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 1934 and revised in 1962, this book gathers journalist and historian Joel Augustus Rogers&amp;#039; columns from the syndicated newspaper feature titled Your History. Patterned after the look of Ripley&amp;#039;s popular Believe It or Not the multiple vignettes in each episode recount short items from Rogers&amp;#039;s research. The feature began in the Pittsburgh Courier in November 1934 and ran through the 1960s.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Entitlement: America Since the Sixties by Christopher Caldwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Entitlement: America Since the Sixties
Author: Christopher Caldwell
Narrator: Christopher Caldwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A major American intellectual and “one of the right’s most gifted and astute journalists” (The New York Times Book Review) makes the historical case that the reforms of the 1960s, reforms intended to make the nation more just and humane, left many Americans feeling alienated, despised, misled—and ready to put an adventurer in the White House. Christopher Caldwell has spent years studying the liberal uprising of the 1960s and its unforeseen consequences and his conclusion is this: even the reforms that Americans love best have come with costs that are staggeringly high—in wealth, freedom, and social stability—and that have been spread unevenly among classes and generations.   Caldwell reveals the real political turning points of the past half-century, taking you on a roller-coaster ride through Playboy magazine, affirmative action, CB radio, leveraged buyouts, iPhones, Oxycotin, Black Lives Matter, and internet cookies. In doing so, he shows that attempts to redress the injustices of the past have left Americans living under two different ideas of what it means to play by the rules.   Essential, timely, hard to put down, The Age of Entitlement “is an eloquent and bracing book, full of insight” (New York magazine) about how the reforms of the past fifty years gave the country two incompatible political systems—and drove it toward conflict.</description>
      <author>Christopher Caldwell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797104171.mp3" length="830054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797104171.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Entitlement: America Since the Sixties
Author: Christopher Caldwell
Narrator: Christopher Caldwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A major American intellectual and “one of the right’s most gifted and astute journalists” (The New York Times Book Review) makes the historical case that the reforms of the 1960s, reforms intended to make the nation more just and humane, left many Americans feeling alienated, despised, misled—and ready to put an adventurer in the White House. Christopher Caldwell has spent years studying the liberal uprising of the 1960s and its unforeseen consequences and his conclusion is this: even the reforms that Americans love best have come with costs that are staggeringly high—in wealth, freedom, and social stability—and that have been spread unevenly among classes and generations.   Caldwell reveals the real political turning points of the past half-century, taking you on a roller-coaster ride through Playboy magazine, affirmative action, CB radio, leveraged buyouts, iPhones, Oxycotin, Black Lives Matter, and internet cookies. In doing so, he shows that attempts to redress the injustices of the past have left Americans living under two different ideas of what it means to play by the rules.   Essential, timely, hard to put down, The Age of Entitlement “is an eloquent and bracing book, full of insight” (New York magazine) about how the reforms of the past fifty years gave the country two incompatible political systems—and drove it toward conflict.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Age of Entitlement: America Since the Sixties
Author: Christopher Caldwell
Narrator: Christopher Caldwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A major American intellectual and “one of the right’s most gifted and astute journalists” (The New York Times Book Review) makes the historical case that the reforms of the 1960s, reforms intended to make the nation more just and humane, left many Americans feeling alienated, despised, misled—and ready to put an adventurer in the White House. Christopher Caldwell has spent years studying the liberal uprising of the 1960s and its unforeseen consequences and his conclusion is this: even the reforms that Americans love best have come with costs that are staggeringly high—in wealth, freedom, and social stability—and that have been spread unevenly among classes and generations.   Caldwell reveals the real political turning points of the past half-century, taking you on a roller-coaster ride through Playboy magazine, affirmative action, CB radio, leveraged buyouts, iPhones, Oxycotin, Black Lives Matter, and internet cookies. In doing so, he shows that attempts to redress the injustices of the past have left Americans living under two different ideas of what it means to play by the rules.   Essential, timely, hard to put down, The Age of Entitlement “is an eloquent and bracing book, full of insight” (New York magazine) about how the reforms of the past fifty years gave the country two incompatible political systems—and drove it toward conflict.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>She Came to Slay: The Life and Times of Harriet Tubman by Erica Armstrong Dunbar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387431</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: She Came to Slay: The Life and Times of Harriet Tubman
Author: Erica Armstrong Dunbar
Narrator: Erica Armstrong Dunbar, Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 53 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the bestselling tradition of The Notorious RBG comes a lively, informative, and illustrated tribute to one of the most exceptional women in American history—Harriet Tubman—a heroine whose fearlessness and activism still resonate today. Harriet Tubman is best known as one of the most famous conductors on the Underground Railroad. As a leading abolitionist, her bravery and selflessness has inspired generations in the continuing struggle for civil rights. Now, National Book Award nominee Erica Armstrong Dunbar presents a fresh take on this American icon blending traditional biography, illustrations, photos, and engaging sidebars that illuminate the life of Tubman as never before.   Not only did Tubman help liberate hundreds of slaves, she was the first woman to lead an armed expedition during the Civil War, worked as a spy for the Union Army, was a fierce suffragist, and was an advocate for the aged. She Came to Slay reveals the many complexities and varied accomplishments of one of our nation’s true heroes and offers an accessible and modern interpretation of Tubman’s life that is both informative and engaging.   Filled with rare outtakes of commentary, an expansive timeline of Tubman’s life, photos (both new and those in public domain), commissioned illustrations, and sections including “Harriet By the Numbers” (number of times she went back down south, approximately how many people she rescued, the bounty on her head) and “Harriet’s Homies” (those who supported her over the years), She Came to Slay is a stunning and powerful mix of pop culture and scholarship and proves that Harriet Tubman is well deserving of her permanent place in our nation’s history.</description>
      <author>Erica Armstrong Dunbar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797104263.mp3" length="843925" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387431</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797104263.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: She Came to Slay: The Life and Times of Harriet Tubman
Author: Erica Armstrong Dunbar
Narrator: Erica Armstrong Dunbar, Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 53 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the bestselling tradition of The Notorious RBG comes a lively, informative, and illustrated tribute to one of the most exceptional women in American history—Harriet Tubman—a heroine whose fearlessness and activism still resonate today. Harriet Tubman is best known as one of the most famous conductors on the Underground Railroad. As a leading abolitionist, her bravery and selflessness has inspired generations in the continuing struggle for civil rights. Now, National Book Award nominee Erica Armstrong Dunbar presents a fresh take on this American icon blending traditional biography, illustrations, photos, and engaging sidebars that illuminate the life of Tubman as never before.   Not only did Tubman help liberate hundreds of slaves, she was the first woman to lead an armed expedition during the Civil War, worked as a spy for the Union Army, was a fierce suffragist, and was an advocate for the aged. She Came to Slay reveals the many complexities and varied accomplishments of one of our nation’s true heroes and offers an accessible and modern interpretation of Tubman’s life that is both informative and engaging.   Filled with rare outtakes of commentary, an expansive timeline of Tubman’s life, photos (both new and those in public domain), commissioned illustrations, and sections including “Harriet By the Numbers” (number of times she went back down south, approximately how many people she rescued, the bounty on her head) and “Harriet’s Homies” (those who supported her over the years), She Came to Slay is a stunning and powerful mix of pop culture and scholarship and proves that Harriet Tubman is well deserving of her permanent place in our nation’s history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: She Came to Slay: The Life and Times of Harriet Tubman
Author: Erica Armstrong Dunbar
Narrator: Erica Armstrong Dunbar, Robin Miles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 53 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In the bestselling tradition of The Notorious RBG comes a lively, informative, and illustrated tribute to one of the most exceptional women in American history—Harriet Tubman—a heroine whose fearlessness and activism still resonate today. Harriet Tubman is best known as one of the most famous conductors on the Underground Railroad. As a leading abolitionist, her bravery and selflessness has inspired generations in the continuing struggle for civil rights. Now, National Book Award nominee Erica Armstrong Dunbar presents a fresh take on this American icon blending traditional biography, illustrations, photos, and engaging sidebars that illuminate the life of Tubman as never before.   Not only did Tubman help liberate hundreds of slaves, she was the first woman to lead an armed expedition during the Civil War, worked as a spy for the Union Army, was a fierce suffragist, and was an advocate for the aged. She Came to Slay reveals the many complexities and varied accomplishments of one of our nation’s true heroes and offers an accessible and modern interpretation of Tubman’s life that is both informative and engaging.   Filled with rare outtakes of commentary, an expansive timeline of Tubman’s life, photos (both new and those in public domain), commissioned illustrations, and sections including “Harriet By the Numbers” (number of times she went back down south, approximately how many people she rescued, the bounty on her head) and “Harriet’s Homies” (those who supported her over the years), She Came to Slay is a stunning and powerful mix of pop culture and scholarship and proves that Harriet Tubman is well deserving of her permanent place in our nation’s history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disunited Nations: The Scramble for Power in an Ungoverned World by Peter Zeihan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disunited Nations: The Scramble for Power in an Ungoverned World
Author: Peter Zeihan
Narrator: Roy Worley, Peter Zeihan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Should we stop caring about fading regional powers like China, Russia, Germany, and Iran? Will the collapse of international cooperation push France, Turkey, Japan, and Saudi Arabia to the top of international concerns? Most countries and companies are not prepared for the world Peter Zeihan says we’re already living in. For decades, America’s allies have depended on its might for their economic and physical security. But as a new age of American isolationism dawns, the results will surprise everyone. In Disunited Nations, geopolitical strategist Peter Zeihan presents a series of counterintuitive arguments about the future of a world where trade agreements are coming apart and international institutions are losing their power.  Germany will decline as the most powerful country in Europe, with France taking its place. Every country should prepare for the collapse of China, not North Korea. We are already seeing, as Zeihan predicts, a shift in outlook on the Middle East: it is no longer Iran that is the region’s most dangerous threat, but Saudi Arabia. The world has gotten so accustomed to the “normal” of an American-dominated order that we have all forgotten the historical norm: several smaller, competing powers and economic systems throughout Europe and Asia.  America isn’t the only nation stepping back from the international system. From Brazil to Great Britain to Russia, leaders are deciding that even if plenty of countries lose in the growing disunited chaos, their nations will benefit. The world isn’t falling apart—it’s being pushed apart. The countries and businesses prepared for this new every-country-for-itself ethic are those that will prevail; those shackled to the status quo will find themselves lost in the new world disorder. Smart, interesting, and essential reading, Disunited Nations is a sure-to-be-controversial guidebook that analyzes the emerging shifts and resulting problems that will arise in the next two decades. We are entering a period of chaos, and no political or corporate leader can ignore Zeihan’s insights or his message if they want to survive and thrive in this uncertain new time.</description>
      <author>Peter Zeihan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062989789.mp3" length="1334499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062989789.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disunited Nations: The Scramble for Power in an Ungoverned World
Author: Peter Zeihan
Narrator: Roy Worley, Peter Zeihan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Should we stop caring about fading regional powers like China, Russia, Germany, and Iran? Will the collapse of international cooperation push France, Turkey, Japan, and Saudi Arabia to the top of international concerns? Most countries and companies are not prepared for the world Peter Zeihan says we’re already living in. For decades, America’s allies have depended on its might for their economic and physical security. But as a new age of American isolationism dawns, the results will surprise everyone. In Disunited Nations, geopolitical strategist Peter Zeihan presents a series of counterintuitive arguments about the future of a world where trade agreements are coming apart and international institutions are losing their power.  Germany will decline as the most powerful country in Europe, with France taking its place. Every country should prepare for the collapse of China, not North Korea. We are already seeing, as Zeihan predicts, a shift in outlook on the Middle East: it is no longer Iran that is the region’s most dangerous threat, but Saudi Arabia. The world has gotten so accustomed to the “normal” of an American-dominated order that we have all forgotten the historical norm: several smaller, competing powers and economic systems throughout Europe and Asia.  America isn’t the only nation stepping back from the international system. From Brazil to Great Britain to Russia, leaders are deciding that even if plenty of countries lose in the growing disunited chaos, their nations will benefit. The world isn’t falling apart—it’s being pushed apart. The countries and businesses prepared for this new every-country-for-itself ethic are those that will prevail; those shackled to the status quo will find themselves lost in the new world disorder. Smart, interesting, and essential reading, Disunited Nations is a sure-to-be-controversial guidebook that analyzes the emerging shifts and resulting problems that will arise in the next two decades. We are entering a period of chaos, and no political or corporate leader can ignore Zeihan’s insights or his message if they want to survive and thrive in this uncertain new time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disunited Nations: The Scramble for Power in an Ungoverned World
Author: Peter Zeihan
Narrator: Roy Worley, Peter Zeihan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 10 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Should we stop caring about fading regional powers like China, Russia, Germany, and Iran? Will the collapse of international cooperation push France, Turkey, Japan, and Saudi Arabia to the top of international concerns? Most countries and companies are not prepared for the world Peter Zeihan says we’re already living in. For decades, America’s allies have depended on its might for their economic and physical security. But as a new age of American isolationism dawns, the results will surprise everyone. In Disunited Nations, geopolitical strategist Peter Zeihan presents a series of counterintuitive arguments about the future of a world where trade agreements are coming apart and international institutions are losing their power.  Germany will decline as the most powerful country in Europe, with France taking its place. Every country should prepare for the collapse of China, not North Korea. We are already seeing, as Zeihan predicts, a shift in outlook on the Middle East: it is no longer Iran that is the region’s most dangerous threat, but Saudi Arabia. The world has gotten so accustomed to the “normal” of an American-dominated order that we have all forgotten the historical norm: several smaller, competing powers and economic systems throughout Europe and Asia.  America isn’t the only nation stepping back from the international system. From Brazil to Great Britain to Russia, leaders are deciding that even if plenty of countries lose in the growing disunited chaos, their nations will benefit. The world isn’t falling apart—it’s being pushed apart. The countries and businesses prepared for this new every-country-for-itself ethic are those that will prevail; those shackled to the status quo will find themselves lost in the new world disorder. Smart, interesting, and essential reading, Disunited Nations is a sure-to-be-controversial guidebook that analyzes the emerging shifts and resulting problems that will arise in the next two decades. We are entering a period of chaos, and no political or corporate leader can ignore Zeihan’s insights or his message if they want to survive and thrive in this uncertain new time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Child of Light: A Biography of Robert Stone by Madison Smartt Bell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387180</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Child of Light: A Biography of Robert Stone
Author: Madison Smartt Bell
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 34 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first and definitive biography of one of the great American novelists of the postwar era, the author of Dog Soldiers and  A Flag for Sunrise, and a penetrating critic of American power, innocence, and corruption Robert Stone (1937-2015), probably the only postwar American writer to draw favorable comparisons to Ernest Hemingway, Graham Greene, and Joseph Conrad, lived a life rich in adventure, achievement, and inner turmoil. He grew up rough on the streets of New York, the son of a mentally troubled single mother. After his Navy service in the fifties, which brought him to such locales as pre-Castro Havana, the Suez Crisis, and Antarctica, he studied writing at Stanford, where he met Ken Kesey and became a core member of the gang of Merry Pranksters. The publication of his superb New Orleans novel, Hall of Mirrors (1967), initiated a succession of dark-humored novels that investigated the American experience in Vietnam (Dog Soldiers, 1974, which won the National Book Award), Central America (A Flag for Sunrise, 1981), and Jerusalem on the eve of the millennium (Damascus Gate, 1998). An acclaimed novelist himself, Madison Smartt Bell was a close friend and longtime admirer of Robert Stone. His authorized and deeply researched biography is both intimate and objective, a rich and unsparing portrait of a complicated, charismatic, and haunted man and a sympathetic reading of his work that will help to secure Stone&amp;#039;s place in the pantheon of major American writers.</description>
      <author>Madison Smartt Bell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593169353.mp3" length="2763685" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387180</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593169353.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>23:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Child of Light: A Biography of Robert Stone
Author: Madison Smartt Bell
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 34 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first and definitive biography of one of the great American novelists of the postwar era, the author of Dog Soldiers and  A Flag for Sunrise, and a penetrating critic of American power, innocence, and corruption Robert Stone (1937-2015), probably the only postwar American writer to draw favorable comparisons to Ernest Hemingway, Graham Greene, and Joseph Conrad, lived a life rich in adventure, achievement, and inner turmoil. He grew up rough on the streets of New York, the son of a mentally troubled single mother. After his Navy service in the fifties, which brought him to such locales as pre-Castro Havana, the Suez Crisis, and Antarctica, he studied writing at Stanford, where he met Ken Kesey and became a core member of the gang of Merry Pranksters. The publication of his superb New Orleans novel, Hall of Mirrors (1967), initiated a succession of dark-humored novels that investigated the American experience in Vietnam (Dog Soldiers, 1974, which won the National Book Award), Central America (A Flag for Sunrise, 1981), and Jerusalem on the eve of the millennium (Damascus Gate, 1998). An acclaimed novelist himself, Madison Smartt Bell was a close friend and longtime admirer of Robert Stone. His authorized and deeply researched biography is both intimate and objective, a rich and unsparing portrait of a complicated, charismatic, and haunted man and a sympathetic reading of his work that will help to secure Stone&amp;#039;s place in the pantheon of major American writers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Child of Light: A Biography of Robert Stone
Author: Madison Smartt Bell
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 34 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The first and definitive biography of one of the great American novelists of the postwar era, the author of Dog Soldiers and  A Flag for Sunrise, and a penetrating critic of American power, innocence, and corruption Robert Stone (1937-2015), probably the only postwar American writer to draw favorable comparisons to Ernest Hemingway, Graham Greene, and Joseph Conrad, lived a life rich in adventure, achievement, and inner turmoil. He grew up rough on the streets of New York, the son of a mentally troubled single mother. After his Navy service in the fifties, which brought him to such locales as pre-Castro Havana, the Suez Crisis, and Antarctica, he studied writing at Stanford, where he met Ken Kesey and became a core member of the gang of Merry Pranksters. The publication of his superb New Orleans novel, Hall of Mirrors (1967), initiated a succession of dark-humored novels that investigated the American experience in Vietnam (Dog Soldiers, 1974, which won the National Book Award), Central America (A Flag for Sunrise, 1981), and Jerusalem on the eve of the millennium (Damascus Gate, 1998). An acclaimed novelist himself, Madison Smartt Bell was a close friend and longtime admirer of Robert Stone. His authorized and deeply researched biography is both intimate and objective, a rich and unsparing portrait of a complicated, charismatic, and haunted man and a sympathetic reading of his work that will help to secure Stone&amp;#039;s place in the pantheon of major American writers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>US Constitution and Declaration of Independence by Delegates Of The Constitutional Convention</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387067</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: US Constitution and Declaration of Independence
Author: Delegates Of The Constitutional Convention
Narrator: Jason Mccoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The National Center for Constitutional Studies has issued a special edition copy of The Constitution of the United States that has been proofed word for word against the original Constitution housed in the Archives in Washington, D.C. This audiobook contains The Constitution of the United States (including The Bill of Rights and Amendments 11-27) and The Declaration of Independence. On the front cover there is a picture of George Washington holding a quill in his hand, inviting each of us to pledge our commitment to The Constitution of the United States by maintaining and promoting its standard of liberty for ourselves and our posterity</description>
      <author>Delegates Of The Constitutional Convention</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982761738.mp3" length="1434265" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387067</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982761738.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: US Constitution and Declaration of Independence
Author: Delegates Of The Constitutional Convention
Narrator: Jason Mccoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The National Center for Constitutional Studies has issued a special edition copy of The Constitution of the United States that has been proofed word for word against the original Constitution housed in the Archives in Washington, D.C. This audiobook contains The Constitution of the United States (including The Bill of Rights and Amendments 11-27) and The Declaration of Independence. On the front cover there is a picture of George Washington holding a quill in his hand, inviting each of us to pledge our commitment to The Constitution of the United States by maintaining and promoting its standard of liberty for ourselves and our posterity</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: US Constitution and Declaration of Independence
Author: Delegates Of The Constitutional Convention
Narrator: Jason Mccoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The National Center for Constitutional Studies has issued a special edition copy of The Constitution of the United States that has been proofed word for word against the original Constitution housed in the Archives in Washington, D.C. This audiobook contains The Constitution of the United States (including The Bill of Rights and Amendments 11-27) and The Declaration of Independence. On the front cover there is a picture of George Washington holding a quill in his hand, inviting each of us to pledge our commitment to The Constitution of the United States by maintaining and promoting its standard of liberty for ourselves and our posterity</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Before the Mayflower A History of the Negro in America, 1619-1962 by Lerone Bennett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387026</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before the Mayflower A History of the Negro in America, 1619-1962
Author: Lerone Bennett
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2001
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The black experience in America, starting from its origins in Western Africa up to 1961, is examined in this seminal study from a prominent African American figure. The entire historical timeline of African Americans is addressed, from the Colonial period through the civil rights upheavals of the late 1950s to 1961, the time of publication.  Before the Mayflower grew out of a series of articles Bennett published in Ebony magazine regarding the trials and triumphs of a group of Americans whose roots in the American soil are deeper than the roots of the Puritans who arrived on the celebrated Mayflower a year after a &amp;#039;Dutch man of war&amp;#039; deposited 20 Negroes at Jamestown.  Bennett&amp;#039;s history is infused with a desire to set the record straight about black contributions to the Americas and about the powerful Africans of antiquity. While not a fresh history, it provides a solid synthesis of current historical research and a lively writing style that makes it accessible and engaging listening.  After discussing the contributions of Africans to the ancient world, Before the Mayflower tells the history of the other Americans, how they came to America, and what happened to them when they got here. The audiobook is comprehensive and detailed, providing little-known and often-overlooked facts about the lives of black folks through slavery, Reconstruction, America&amp;#039;s wars, the Great Depression, and the civil rights movement.</description>
      <author>Lerone Bennett</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 2001 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982760977.mp3" length="1429992" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387026</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982760977.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before the Mayflower A History of the Negro in America, 1619-1962
Author: Lerone Bennett
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2001
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The black experience in America, starting from its origins in Western Africa up to 1961, is examined in this seminal study from a prominent African American figure. The entire historical timeline of African Americans is addressed, from the Colonial period through the civil rights upheavals of the late 1950s to 1961, the time of publication.  Before the Mayflower grew out of a series of articles Bennett published in Ebony magazine regarding the trials and triumphs of a group of Americans whose roots in the American soil are deeper than the roots of the Puritans who arrived on the celebrated Mayflower a year after a &amp;#039;Dutch man of war&amp;#039; deposited 20 Negroes at Jamestown.  Bennett&amp;#039;s history is infused with a desire to set the record straight about black contributions to the Americas and about the powerful Africans of antiquity. While not a fresh history, it provides a solid synthesis of current historical research and a lively writing style that makes it accessible and engaging listening.  After discussing the contributions of Africans to the ancient world, Before the Mayflower tells the history of the other Americans, how they came to America, and what happened to them when they got here. The audiobook is comprehensive and detailed, providing little-known and often-overlooked facts about the lives of black folks through slavery, Reconstruction, America&amp;#039;s wars, the Great Depression, and the civil rights movement.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Before the Mayflower A History of the Negro in America, 1619-1962
Author: Lerone Bennett
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2001
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The black experience in America, starting from its origins in Western Africa up to 1961, is examined in this seminal study from a prominent African American figure. The entire historical timeline of African Americans is addressed, from the Colonial period through the civil rights upheavals of the late 1950s to 1961, the time of publication.  Before the Mayflower grew out of a series of articles Bennett published in Ebony magazine regarding the trials and triumphs of a group of Americans whose roots in the American soil are deeper than the roots of the Puritans who arrived on the celebrated Mayflower a year after a &amp;#039;Dutch man of war&amp;#039; deposited 20 Negroes at Jamestown.  Bennett&amp;#039;s history is infused with a desire to set the record straight about black contributions to the Americas and about the powerful Africans of antiquity. While not a fresh history, it provides a solid synthesis of current historical research and a lively writing style that makes it accessible and engaging listening.  After discussing the contributions of Africans to the ancient world, Before the Mayflower tells the history of the other Americans, how they came to America, and what happened to them when they got here. The audiobook is comprehensive and detailed, providing little-known and often-overlooked facts about the lives of black folks through slavery, Reconstruction, America&amp;#039;s wars, the Great Depression, and the civil rights movement.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hunting the Unabomber: The FBI, Ted Kaczynski, and the Capture of America’s Most Notorious Domestic Terrorist by Lis Wiehl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386603</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hunting the Unabomber: The FBI, Ted Kaczynski, and the Capture of America’s Most Notorious Domestic Terrorist
Author: Lis Wiehl
Narrator: Lis Wiehl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The spellbinding account of the most complex and captivating manhunt in American history.  &amp;#039;A true-crime masterpiece.&amp;#039; -- Booklist (starred review) On April 3, 1996, a team of FBI agents closed in on an isolated cabin in remote Montana, marking the end of the longest and most expensive investigation in FBI history. The cabin&amp;#039;s lone inhabitant was a former mathematics prodigy and professor who had abandoned society decades earlier. Few people knew his name, Theodore Kaczynski, but everyone knew the mayhem and death associated with his nickname: the Unabomber. For two decades, Kaczynski had masterminded a campaign of random terror, killing and maiming innocent people through bombs sent in untraceable packages. The FBI task force charged with finding the perpetrator of these horrifying crimes grew to 150 people, yet his identity remained a maddening mystery. Then, in 1995, a &amp;#039;manifesto&amp;#039; from the Unabomber was published in the New York Times and Washington Post, resulting in a cascade of tips--including the one that cracked the case. Hunting the Unabomber includes: - Exclusive interviews with key law enforcement agents who attempted to track down Kaczynski, correcting the history distorted by earlier films and streaming series - Never-before-told stories of inter-agency law enforcement conflicts that changed the course of the investigation - An in-depth, behind-the-scenes look at why the hunt for the Unabomber was almost shut down by the FBI New York Times bestselling author and former federal prosecutor Lis Wiehl meticulously reconstructs the white-knuckle, tension-filled hunt to identify and capture the mysterious killer. This is a can’t-miss, true crime thriller of the years-long battle of wits between the FBI and the brilliant-but-criminally insane Ted Kaczynski. &amp;#039;A powerful dual narrative of the unfolding investigation and the life story of Ted Kaczynski...The action progresses with drama and nail-biting intensity, the conclusion foregone yet nonetheless compelling. A true-crime masterpiece.&amp;#039; -- Booklist (starred review)</description>
      <author>Lis Wiehl</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780718092627.mp3" length="880990" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386603</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780718092627.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hunting the Unabomber: The FBI, Ted Kaczynski, and the Capture of America’s Most Notorious Domestic Terrorist
Author: Lis Wiehl
Narrator: Lis Wiehl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The spellbinding account of the most complex and captivating manhunt in American history.  &amp;#039;A true-crime masterpiece.&amp;#039; -- Booklist (starred review) On April 3, 1996, a team of FBI agents closed in on an isolated cabin in remote Montana, marking the end of the longest and most expensive investigation in FBI history. The cabin&amp;#039;s lone inhabitant was a former mathematics prodigy and professor who had abandoned society decades earlier. Few people knew his name, Theodore Kaczynski, but everyone knew the mayhem and death associated with his nickname: the Unabomber. For two decades, Kaczynski had masterminded a campaign of random terror, killing and maiming innocent people through bombs sent in untraceable packages. The FBI task force charged with finding the perpetrator of these horrifying crimes grew to 150 people, yet his identity remained a maddening mystery. Then, in 1995, a &amp;#039;manifesto&amp;#039; from the Unabomber was published in the New York Times and Washington Post, resulting in a cascade of tips--including the one that cracked the case. Hunting the Unabomber includes: - Exclusive interviews with key law enforcement agents who attempted to track down Kaczynski, correcting the history distorted by earlier films and streaming series - Never-before-told stories of inter-agency law enforcement conflicts that changed the course of the investigation - An in-depth, behind-the-scenes look at why the hunt for the Unabomber was almost shut down by the FBI New York Times bestselling author and former federal prosecutor Lis Wiehl meticulously reconstructs the white-knuckle, tension-filled hunt to identify and capture the mysterious killer. This is a can’t-miss, true crime thriller of the years-long battle of wits between the FBI and the brilliant-but-criminally insane Ted Kaczynski. &amp;#039;A powerful dual narrative of the unfolding investigation and the life story of Ted Kaczynski...The action progresses with drama and nail-biting intensity, the conclusion foregone yet nonetheless compelling. A true-crime masterpiece.&amp;#039; -- Booklist (starred review)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386603">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386603</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hunting the Unabomber: The FBI, Ted Kaczynski, and the Capture of America’s Most Notorious Domestic Terrorist
Author: Lis Wiehl
Narrator: Lis Wiehl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The spellbinding account of the most complex and captivating manhunt in American history.  &amp;#039;A true-crime masterpiece.&amp;#039; -- Booklist (starred review) On April 3, 1996, a team of FBI agents closed in on an isolated cabin in remote Montana, marking the end of the longest and most expensive investigation in FBI history. The cabin&amp;#039;s lone inhabitant was a former mathematics prodigy and professor who had abandoned society decades earlier. Few people knew his name, Theodore Kaczynski, but everyone knew the mayhem and death associated with his nickname: the Unabomber. For two decades, Kaczynski had masterminded a campaign of random terror, killing and maiming innocent people through bombs sent in untraceable packages. The FBI task force charged with finding the perpetrator of these horrifying crimes grew to 150 people, yet his identity remained a maddening mystery. Then, in 1995, a &amp;#039;manifesto&amp;#039; from the Unabomber was published in the New York Times and Washington Post, resulting in a cascade of tips--including the one that cracked the case. Hunting the Unabomber includes: - Exclusive interviews with key law enforcement agents who attempted to track down Kaczynski, correcting the history distorted by earlier films and streaming series - Never-before-told stories of inter-agency law enforcement conflicts that changed the course of the investigation - An in-depth, behind-the-scenes look at why the hunt for the Unabomber was almost shut down by the FBI New York Times bestselling author and former federal prosecutor Lis Wiehl meticulously reconstructs the white-knuckle, tension-filled hunt to identify and capture the mysterious killer. This is a can’t-miss, true crime thriller of the years-long battle of wits between the FBI and the brilliant-but-criminally insane Ted Kaczynski. &amp;#039;A powerful dual narrative of the unfolding investigation and the life story of Ted Kaczynski...The action progresses with drama and nail-biting intensity, the conclusion foregone yet nonetheless compelling. A true-crime masterpiece.&amp;#039; -- Booklist (starred review)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Upswing: How America Came Together a Century Ago and How We Can Do It Again by Robert D. Putnam</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386489</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Upswing: How America Came Together a Century Ago and How We Can Do It Again
Author: Robert D. Putnam
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Bowling Alone and Our Kids, a “sweeping yet remarkably accessible” (The Wall Street Journal) analysis that “offers superb, often counterintuitive insights” (The New York Times) to demonstrate how we have gone from an individualistic “I” society to a more communitarian “We” society and then back again, and how we can learn from that experience to become a stronger more unified nation. Deep and accelerating inequality; unprecedented political polarization; vitriolic public discourse; a fraying social fabric; public and private narcissism—Americans today seem to agree on only one thing: This is the worst of times.   But we’ve been here before. During the Gilded Age of the late 1800s, America was highly individualistic, starkly unequal, fiercely polarized, and deeply fragmented, just as it is today. However as the twentieth century opened, America became—slowly, unevenly, but steadily—more egalitarian, more cooperative, more generous; a society on the upswing, more focused on our responsibilities to one another and less focused on our narrower self-interest. Sometime during the 1960s, however, these trends reversed, leaving us in today’s disarray.   In a “magnificent and visionary book” (The New Republic) drawing on his inimitable combination of statistical analysis and storytelling, Robert Putnam analyzes a remarkable confluence of trends that brought us from an “I” society to a “We” society and then back again. He draws on inspiring lessons for our time from an earlier era, when a dedicated group of reformers righted the ship, putting us on a path to becoming a society once again based on community. This is Putnam’s most “remarkable” (Science) work yet, a fitting capstone to a brilliant career.</description>
      <author>Robert D. Putnam</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797101118.mp3" length="823485" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386489</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797101118.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Upswing: How America Came Together a Century Ago and How We Can Do It Again
Author: Robert D. Putnam
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Bowling Alone and Our Kids, a “sweeping yet remarkably accessible” (The Wall Street Journal) analysis that “offers superb, often counterintuitive insights” (The New York Times) to demonstrate how we have gone from an individualistic “I” society to a more communitarian “We” society and then back again, and how we can learn from that experience to become a stronger more unified nation. Deep and accelerating inequality; unprecedented political polarization; vitriolic public discourse; a fraying social fabric; public and private narcissism—Americans today seem to agree on only one thing: This is the worst of times.   But we’ve been here before. During the Gilded Age of the late 1800s, America was highly individualistic, starkly unequal, fiercely polarized, and deeply fragmented, just as it is today. However as the twentieth century opened, America became—slowly, unevenly, but steadily—more egalitarian, more cooperative, more generous; a society on the upswing, more focused on our responsibilities to one another and less focused on our narrower self-interest. Sometime during the 1960s, however, these trends reversed, leaving us in today’s disarray.   In a “magnificent and visionary book” (The New Republic) drawing on his inimitable combination of statistical analysis and storytelling, Robert Putnam analyzes a remarkable confluence of trends that brought us from an “I” society to a “We” society and then back again. He draws on inspiring lessons for our time from an earlier era, when a dedicated group of reformers righted the ship, putting us on a path to becoming a society once again based on community. This is Putnam’s most “remarkable” (Science) work yet, a fitting capstone to a brilliant career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Upswing: How America Came Together a Century Ago and How We Can Do It Again
Author: Robert D. Putnam
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the author of Bowling Alone and Our Kids, a “sweeping yet remarkably accessible” (The Wall Street Journal) analysis that “offers superb, often counterintuitive insights” (The New York Times) to demonstrate how we have gone from an individualistic “I” society to a more communitarian “We” society and then back again, and how we can learn from that experience to become a stronger more unified nation. Deep and accelerating inequality; unprecedented political polarization; vitriolic public discourse; a fraying social fabric; public and private narcissism—Americans today seem to agree on only one thing: This is the worst of times.   But we’ve been here before. During the Gilded Age of the late 1800s, America was highly individualistic, starkly unequal, fiercely polarized, and deeply fragmented, just as it is today. However as the twentieth century opened, America became—slowly, unevenly, but steadily—more egalitarian, more cooperative, more generous; a society on the upswing, more focused on our responsibilities to one another and less focused on our narrower self-interest. Sometime during the 1960s, however, these trends reversed, leaving us in today’s disarray.   In a “magnificent and visionary book” (The New Republic) drawing on his inimitable combination of statistical analysis and storytelling, Robert Putnam analyzes a remarkable confluence of trends that brought us from an “I” society to a “We” society and then back again. He draws on inspiring lessons for our time from an earlier era, when a dedicated group of reformers righted the ship, putting us on a path to becoming a society once again based on community. This is Putnam’s most “remarkable” (Science) work yet, a fitting capstone to a brilliant career.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Suffrage: Women&amp;#039;s Long Battle for the Vote by Ellen Carol Dubois</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386447</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386447">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386447</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suffrage: Women&amp;#039;s Long Battle for the Vote
Author: Ellen Carol Dubois
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 22 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Honoring the 100th anniversary of the 19th amendment to the Constitution, this “indispensable” book (Ellen Chesler, Ms. magazine) explores the full scope of the movement to win the vote for women through portraits of its bold leaders and devoted activists. Distinguished historian Ellen Carol DuBois begins in the pre-Civil War years with foremothers Lucretia Mott, Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Susan B. Anthony, and Sojurner Truth as she “meticulously and vibrantly chronicles” (Booklist) the links of the woman suffrage movement to the abolition of slavery. After the Civil War, Congress granted freed African American men the right to vote but not white and African American women, a crushing disappointment. DuBois shows how suffrage leaders persevered through the Jim Crow years into the reform era of Progressivism. She introduces new champions Carrie Chapman Catt and Alice Paul, who brought the fight to the 20th century, and she shows how African American women, led by Ida B. Wells-Barnett, demanded voting rights even as white suffragists ignored them.   DuBois explains how suffragists built a determined coalition of moderate lobbyists and radical demonstrators in forging a strategy of winning voting rights in crucial states to set the stage for securing suffrage for all American women in the Constitution. In vivid prose, DuBois describes suffragists’ final victories in Congress and state legislatures, culminating in the last, most difficult ratification, in Tennessee.   “Ellen DuBois enables us to appreciate the drama of the long battle for women’s suffrage and the heroism of many of its advocates” (Eric Foner, author of The Second Founding: How the Civil War and Reconstruction Remade the Constitution). DuBois follows women’s efforts to use their voting rights to win political office, increase their voting strength, and pass laws banning child labor, ensuring maternal health, and securing greater equality for women.   Suffrage: Women’s Long Battle for the Vote is a “comprehensive history that deftly tackles intricate political complexities and conflicts and still somehow read with nail-biting suspense,” (The Guardian) and is sure to become the authoritative account of one of the great episodes in the history of American democracy.</description>
      <author>Ellen Carol Dubois</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797102443.mp3" length="893850" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386447</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797102443.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386447">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386447</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suffrage: Women&amp;#039;s Long Battle for the Vote
Author: Ellen Carol Dubois
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 22 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Honoring the 100th anniversary of the 19th amendment to the Constitution, this “indispensable” book (Ellen Chesler, Ms. magazine) explores the full scope of the movement to win the vote for women through portraits of its bold leaders and devoted activists. Distinguished historian Ellen Carol DuBois begins in the pre-Civil War years with foremothers Lucretia Mott, Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Susan B. Anthony, and Sojurner Truth as she “meticulously and vibrantly chronicles” (Booklist) the links of the woman suffrage movement to the abolition of slavery. After the Civil War, Congress granted freed African American men the right to vote but not white and African American women, a crushing disappointment. DuBois shows how suffrage leaders persevered through the Jim Crow years into the reform era of Progressivism. She introduces new champions Carrie Chapman Catt and Alice Paul, who brought the fight to the 20th century, and she shows how African American women, led by Ida B. Wells-Barnett, demanded voting rights even as white suffragists ignored them.   DuBois explains how suffragists built a determined coalition of moderate lobbyists and radical demonstrators in forging a strategy of winning voting rights in crucial states to set the stage for securing suffrage for all American women in the Constitution. In vivid prose, DuBois describes suffragists’ final victories in Congress and state legislatures, culminating in the last, most difficult ratification, in Tennessee.   “Ellen DuBois enables us to appreciate the drama of the long battle for women’s suffrage and the heroism of many of its advocates” (Eric Foner, author of The Second Founding: How the Civil War and Reconstruction Remade the Constitution). DuBois follows women’s efforts to use their voting rights to win political office, increase their voting strength, and pass laws banning child labor, ensuring maternal health, and securing greater equality for women.   Suffrage: Women’s Long Battle for the Vote is a “comprehensive history that deftly tackles intricate political complexities and conflicts and still somehow read with nail-biting suspense,” (The Guardian) and is sure to become the authoritative account of one of the great episodes in the history of American democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386447">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386447</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suffrage: Women&amp;#039;s Long Battle for the Vote
Author: Ellen Carol Dubois
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 22 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Honoring the 100th anniversary of the 19th amendment to the Constitution, this “indispensable” book (Ellen Chesler, Ms. magazine) explores the full scope of the movement to win the vote for women through portraits of its bold leaders and devoted activists. Distinguished historian Ellen Carol DuBois begins in the pre-Civil War years with foremothers Lucretia Mott, Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Susan B. Anthony, and Sojurner Truth as she “meticulously and vibrantly chronicles” (Booklist) the links of the woman suffrage movement to the abolition of slavery. After the Civil War, Congress granted freed African American men the right to vote but not white and African American women, a crushing disappointment. DuBois shows how suffrage leaders persevered through the Jim Crow years into the reform era of Progressivism. She introduces new champions Carrie Chapman Catt and Alice Paul, who brought the fight to the 20th century, and she shows how African American women, led by Ida B. Wells-Barnett, demanded voting rights even as white suffragists ignored them.   DuBois explains how suffragists built a determined coalition of moderate lobbyists and radical demonstrators in forging a strategy of winning voting rights in crucial states to set the stage for securing suffrage for all American women in the Constitution. In vivid prose, DuBois describes suffragists’ final victories in Congress and state legislatures, culminating in the last, most difficult ratification, in Tennessee.   “Ellen DuBois enables us to appreciate the drama of the long battle for women’s suffrage and the heroism of many of its advocates” (Eric Foner, author of The Second Founding: How the Civil War and Reconstruction Remade the Constitution). DuBois follows women’s efforts to use their voting rights to win political office, increase their voting strength, and pass laws banning child labor, ensuring maternal health, and securing greater equality for women.   Suffrage: Women’s Long Battle for the Vote is a “comprehensive history that deftly tackles intricate political complexities and conflicts and still somehow read with nail-biting suspense,” (The Guardian) and is sure to become the authoritative account of one of the great episodes in the history of American democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Three-Cornered War: The Union, the Confederacy, and Native Peoples in the Fight for the West by Megan Kate Nelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386446</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three-Cornered War: The Union, the Confederacy, and Native Peoples in the Fight for the West
Author: Megan Kate Nelson
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in History   A dramatic, riveting, and “fresh look at a region typically obscured in accounts of the Civil War. American history buffs will relish this entertaining and eye-opening portrait” (Publishers Weekly). Megan Kate Nelson “expands our understanding of how the Civil War affected Indigenous peoples and helped to shape the nation” (Library Journal, starred review), reframing the era as one of national conflict—involving not just the North and South, but also the West.   Against the backdrop of this larger series of battles, Nelson introduces nine individuals: John R. Baylor, a Texas legislator who established the Confederate Territory of Arizona; Louisa Hawkins Canby, a Union Army wife who nursed Confederate soldiers back to health in Santa Fe; James Carleton, a professional soldier who engineered campaigns against Navajos and Apaches; Kit Carson, a famous frontiersman who led a regiment of volunteers against the Texans, Navajos, Kiowas, and Comanches; Juanita, a Navajo weaver who resisted Union campaigns against her people; Bill Davidson, a soldier who fought in all of the Confederacy’s major battles in New Mexico; Alonzo Ickis, an Iowa-born gold miner who fought on the side of the Union; John Clark, a friend of Abraham Lincoln’s who embraced the Republican vision for the West as New Mexico’s surveyor-general; and Mangas Coloradas, a revered Chiricahua Apache chief who worked to expand Apache territory in Arizona.   As we learn how these nine charismatic individuals fought for self-determination and control of the region, we also see the importance of individual actions in the midst of a larger military conflict. Based on letters and diaries, military records and oral histories, and photographs and maps from the time, “this history of invasions, battles, and forced migration shapes the United States to this day—and has never been told so well” (Pulitzer Prize–winning author T.J. Stiles).</description>
      <author>Megan Kate Nelson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797102412.mp3" length="858958" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386446</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797102412.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three-Cornered War: The Union, the Confederacy, and Native Peoples in the Fight for the West
Author: Megan Kate Nelson
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in History   A dramatic, riveting, and “fresh look at a region typically obscured in accounts of the Civil War. American history buffs will relish this entertaining and eye-opening portrait” (Publishers Weekly). Megan Kate Nelson “expands our understanding of how the Civil War affected Indigenous peoples and helped to shape the nation” (Library Journal, starred review), reframing the era as one of national conflict—involving not just the North and South, but also the West.   Against the backdrop of this larger series of battles, Nelson introduces nine individuals: John R. Baylor, a Texas legislator who established the Confederate Territory of Arizona; Louisa Hawkins Canby, a Union Army wife who nursed Confederate soldiers back to health in Santa Fe; James Carleton, a professional soldier who engineered campaigns against Navajos and Apaches; Kit Carson, a famous frontiersman who led a regiment of volunteers against the Texans, Navajos, Kiowas, and Comanches; Juanita, a Navajo weaver who resisted Union campaigns against her people; Bill Davidson, a soldier who fought in all of the Confederacy’s major battles in New Mexico; Alonzo Ickis, an Iowa-born gold miner who fought on the side of the Union; John Clark, a friend of Abraham Lincoln’s who embraced the Republican vision for the West as New Mexico’s surveyor-general; and Mangas Coloradas, a revered Chiricahua Apache chief who worked to expand Apache territory in Arizona.   As we learn how these nine charismatic individuals fought for self-determination and control of the region, we also see the importance of individual actions in the midst of a larger military conflict. Based on letters and diaries, military records and oral histories, and photographs and maps from the time, “this history of invasions, battles, and forced migration shapes the United States to this day—and has never been told so well” (Pulitzer Prize–winning author T.J. Stiles).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three-Cornered War: The Union, the Confederacy, and Native Peoples in the Fight for the West
Author: Megan Kate Nelson
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in History   A dramatic, riveting, and “fresh look at a region typically obscured in accounts of the Civil War. American history buffs will relish this entertaining and eye-opening portrait” (Publishers Weekly). Megan Kate Nelson “expands our understanding of how the Civil War affected Indigenous peoples and helped to shape the nation” (Library Journal, starred review), reframing the era as one of national conflict—involving not just the North and South, but also the West.   Against the backdrop of this larger series of battles, Nelson introduces nine individuals: John R. Baylor, a Texas legislator who established the Confederate Territory of Arizona; Louisa Hawkins Canby, a Union Army wife who nursed Confederate soldiers back to health in Santa Fe; James Carleton, a professional soldier who engineered campaigns against Navajos and Apaches; Kit Carson, a famous frontiersman who led a regiment of volunteers against the Texans, Navajos, Kiowas, and Comanches; Juanita, a Navajo weaver who resisted Union campaigns against her people; Bill Davidson, a soldier who fought in all of the Confederacy’s major battles in New Mexico; Alonzo Ickis, an Iowa-born gold miner who fought on the side of the Union; John Clark, a friend of Abraham Lincoln’s who embraced the Republican vision for the West as New Mexico’s surveyor-general; and Mangas Coloradas, a revered Chiricahua Apache chief who worked to expand Apache territory in Arizona.   As we learn how these nine charismatic individuals fought for self-determination and control of the region, we also see the importance of individual actions in the midst of a larger military conflict. Based on letters and diaries, military records and oral histories, and photographs and maps from the time, “this history of invasions, battles, and forced migration shapes the United States to this day—and has never been told so well” (Pulitzer Prize–winning author T.J. Stiles).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Race Against Time by Jerry Mitchell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386441</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Race Against Time
Author: Jerry Mitchell
Narrator: Jerry Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“For almost two decades, investigative journalist Jerry Mitchell doggedly pursued the Klansmen responsible for some of the most notorious murders of the civil rights movement. This book is his amazing story. Thanks to him, and to courageous prosecutors, witnesses, and FBI agents, justice finally prevailed.” —John Grisham, author of The Guardians On June 21, 1964, more than twenty Klansmen murdered three civil rights workers. The killings, in what would become known as the “Mississippi Burning” case, were among the most brazen acts of violence during the Civil Rights Movement. And even though the killers’ identities, including the sheriff’s deputy, were an open secret, no one was charged with murder in the months and years that followed.   It took forty-one years before the mastermind was brought to trial and finally convicted for the three innocent lives he took. If there is one man who helped pave the way for justice, it is investigative reporter Jerry Mitchell.   In Race Against Time, Mitchell takes readers on the twisting, pulse-racing road that led to the reopening of four of the most infamous killings from the days of the Civil Rights Movement, decades after the fact. His work played a central role in bringing killers to justice for the assassination of Medgar Evers, the firebombing of Vernon Dahmer, the 16th Street Church bombing in Birmingham and the Mississippi Burning case. Mitchell reveals how he unearthed secret documents, found long-lost suspects and witnesses, building up evidence strong enough to take on the Klan. He takes us into every harrowing scene along the way, as when Mitchell goes into the lion’s den, meeting one-on-one with the very murderers he is seeking to catch. His efforts have put four leading Klansmen behind bars, years after they thought they had gotten away with murder.   Race Against Time is an astonishing, courageous story capturing a historic race for justice, as the past is uncovered, clue by clue, and long-ignored evils are brought into the light. This is a landmark book and essential reading for all Americans.</description>
      <author>Jerry Mitchell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797102658.mp3" length="838900" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386441</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797102658.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Race Against Time
Author: Jerry Mitchell
Narrator: Jerry Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“For almost two decades, investigative journalist Jerry Mitchell doggedly pursued the Klansmen responsible for some of the most notorious murders of the civil rights movement. This book is his amazing story. Thanks to him, and to courageous prosecutors, witnesses, and FBI agents, justice finally prevailed.” —John Grisham, author of The Guardians On June 21, 1964, more than twenty Klansmen murdered three civil rights workers. The killings, in what would become known as the “Mississippi Burning” case, were among the most brazen acts of violence during the Civil Rights Movement. And even though the killers’ identities, including the sheriff’s deputy, were an open secret, no one was charged with murder in the months and years that followed.   It took forty-one years before the mastermind was brought to trial and finally convicted for the three innocent lives he took. If there is one man who helped pave the way for justice, it is investigative reporter Jerry Mitchell.   In Race Against Time, Mitchell takes readers on the twisting, pulse-racing road that led to the reopening of four of the most infamous killings from the days of the Civil Rights Movement, decades after the fact. His work played a central role in bringing killers to justice for the assassination of Medgar Evers, the firebombing of Vernon Dahmer, the 16th Street Church bombing in Birmingham and the Mississippi Burning case. Mitchell reveals how he unearthed secret documents, found long-lost suspects and witnesses, building up evidence strong enough to take on the Klan. He takes us into every harrowing scene along the way, as when Mitchell goes into the lion’s den, meeting one-on-one with the very murderers he is seeking to catch. His efforts have put four leading Klansmen behind bars, years after they thought they had gotten away with murder.   Race Against Time is an astonishing, courageous story capturing a historic race for justice, as the past is uncovered, clue by clue, and long-ignored evils are brought into the light. This is a landmark book and essential reading for all Americans.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Race Against Time
Author: Jerry Mitchell
Narrator: Jerry Mitchell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“For almost two decades, investigative journalist Jerry Mitchell doggedly pursued the Klansmen responsible for some of the most notorious murders of the civil rights movement. This book is his amazing story. Thanks to him, and to courageous prosecutors, witnesses, and FBI agents, justice finally prevailed.” —John Grisham, author of The Guardians On June 21, 1964, more than twenty Klansmen murdered three civil rights workers. The killings, in what would become known as the “Mississippi Burning” case, were among the most brazen acts of violence during the Civil Rights Movement. And even though the killers’ identities, including the sheriff’s deputy, were an open secret, no one was charged with murder in the months and years that followed.   It took forty-one years before the mastermind was brought to trial and finally convicted for the three innocent lives he took. If there is one man who helped pave the way for justice, it is investigative reporter Jerry Mitchell.   In Race Against Time, Mitchell takes readers on the twisting, pulse-racing road that led to the reopening of four of the most infamous killings from the days of the Civil Rights Movement, decades after the fact. His work played a central role in bringing killers to justice for the assassination of Medgar Evers, the firebombing of Vernon Dahmer, the 16th Street Church bombing in Birmingham and the Mississippi Burning case. Mitchell reveals how he unearthed secret documents, found long-lost suspects and witnesses, building up evidence strong enough to take on the Klan. He takes us into every harrowing scene along the way, as when Mitchell goes into the lion’s den, meeting one-on-one with the very murderers he is seeking to catch. His efforts have put four leading Klansmen behind bars, years after they thought they had gotten away with murder.   Race Against Time is an astonishing, courageous story capturing a historic race for justice, as the past is uncovered, clue by clue, and long-ignored evils are brought into the light. This is a landmark book and essential reading for all Americans.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dorothy Day: Dissenting Voice of the American Century by Blythe Randolph, John Loughery</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386420</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dorothy Day: Dissenting Voice of the American Century
Author: Blythe Randolph, John Loughery
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Magisterial and glorious” (Pittsburgh Post-Gazette), the first full authoritative biography of Dorothy Day—American icon, radical pacifist, Catholic convert, and advocate for the homeless—is “a vivid account of her political and religious development” (Karen Armstrong, The New York Times). After growing up in a conservative middle-class Republican household and working several years as a left-wing journalist, Dorothy Day converted to Catholicism and became an anomaly in American life for the next fifty years. As an orthodox Catholic, political radical, and a rebel who courted controversy, she attracted three generations of admirers. A believer in civil disobedience, Day went to jail several times protesting the nuclear arms race. She was critical of capitalism and US foreign policy, and as skeptical of modern liberalism as political conservatism.   Her protests began in 1917, leading to her arrest during the suffrage demonstration outside President Wilson’s White House. In 1940 she spoke in Congress against the draft and urged young men not to register. She told audiences in 1962 that the US was as much to blame for the Cuban missile crisis as Cuba and the USSR. She refused to hear any criticism of the pope, though she sparred with American bishops and priests who lived in well-appointed rectories while tolerating racial segregation in their parishes.   Dorothy Day is the exceptional biography of a dedicated modern-day pacifist, an outspoken advocate for the poor, and a lifelong anarchist. This definitive and insightful account is “a monumental exploration of the life, legacy, and spirituality of the Catholic activist” (Spirituality &amp;amp; Practice).</description>
      <author>Blythe Randolph, John Loughery</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797103136.mp3" length="851973" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386420</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797103136.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dorothy Day: Dissenting Voice of the American Century
Author: Blythe Randolph, John Loughery
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Magisterial and glorious” (Pittsburgh Post-Gazette), the first full authoritative biography of Dorothy Day—American icon, radical pacifist, Catholic convert, and advocate for the homeless—is “a vivid account of her political and religious development” (Karen Armstrong, The New York Times). After growing up in a conservative middle-class Republican household and working several years as a left-wing journalist, Dorothy Day converted to Catholicism and became an anomaly in American life for the next fifty years. As an orthodox Catholic, political radical, and a rebel who courted controversy, she attracted three generations of admirers. A believer in civil disobedience, Day went to jail several times protesting the nuclear arms race. She was critical of capitalism and US foreign policy, and as skeptical of modern liberalism as political conservatism.   Her protests began in 1917, leading to her arrest during the suffrage demonstration outside President Wilson’s White House. In 1940 she spoke in Congress against the draft and urged young men not to register. She told audiences in 1962 that the US was as much to blame for the Cuban missile crisis as Cuba and the USSR. She refused to hear any criticism of the pope, though she sparred with American bishops and priests who lived in well-appointed rectories while tolerating racial segregation in their parishes.   Dorothy Day is the exceptional biography of a dedicated modern-day pacifist, an outspoken advocate for the poor, and a lifelong anarchist. This definitive and insightful account is “a monumental exploration of the life, legacy, and spirituality of the Catholic activist” (Spirituality &amp;amp; Practice).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dorothy Day: Dissenting Voice of the American Century
Author: Blythe Randolph, John Loughery
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 7 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“Magisterial and glorious” (Pittsburgh Post-Gazette), the first full authoritative biography of Dorothy Day—American icon, radical pacifist, Catholic convert, and advocate for the homeless—is “a vivid account of her political and religious development” (Karen Armstrong, The New York Times). After growing up in a conservative middle-class Republican household and working several years as a left-wing journalist, Dorothy Day converted to Catholicism and became an anomaly in American life for the next fifty years. As an orthodox Catholic, political radical, and a rebel who courted controversy, she attracted three generations of admirers. A believer in civil disobedience, Day went to jail several times protesting the nuclear arms race. She was critical of capitalism and US foreign policy, and as skeptical of modern liberalism as political conservatism.   Her protests began in 1917, leading to her arrest during the suffrage demonstration outside President Wilson’s White House. In 1940 she spoke in Congress against the draft and urged young men not to register. She told audiences in 1962 that the US was as much to blame for the Cuban missile crisis as Cuba and the USSR. She refused to hear any criticism of the pope, though she sparred with American bishops and priests who lived in well-appointed rectories while tolerating racial segregation in their parishes.   Dorothy Day is the exceptional biography of a dedicated modern-day pacifist, an outspoken advocate for the poor, and a lifelong anarchist. This definitive and insightful account is “a monumental exploration of the life, legacy, and spirituality of the Catholic activist” (Spirituality &amp;amp; Practice).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We&amp;#039;re Polarized by Ezra Klein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We&amp;#039;re Polarized
Author: Ezra Klein
Narrator: Ezra Klein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
ONE OF BARACK OBAMA’S FAVORITE BOOKS OF 2022   One of Bill Gates’s “5 books to read this summer,” this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller shows us that America’s political system isn’t broken. The truth is scarier: it’s working exactly as designed. In this “superbly researched” (The Washington Post) and timely book, journalist Ezra Klein reveals how that system is polarizing us—and how we are polarizing it—with disastrous results. “The American political system—which includes everyone from voters to journalists to the president—is full of rational actors making rational decisions given the incentives they face,” writes political analyst Ezra Klein. “We are a collection of functional parts whose efforts combine into a dysfunctional whole.”   “A thoughtful, clear and persuasive analysis” (The New York Times Book Review), Why We’re Polarized reveals the structural and psychological forces behind America’s descent into division and dysfunction. Neither a polemic nor a lament, this book offers a clear framework for understanding everything from Trump’s rise to the Democratic Party’s leftward shift to the politicization of everyday culture.   America is polarized, first and foremost, by identity. Everyone engaged in American politics is engaged, at some level, in identity politics. Over the past fifty years in America, our partisan identities have merged with our racial, religious, geographic, ideological, and cultural identities. These merged identities have attained a weight that is breaking much in our politics and tearing at the bonds that hold this country together.   Klein shows how and why American politics polarized around identity in the 20th century, and what that polarization did to the way we see the world and one another. And he traces the feedback loops between polarized political identities and polarized political institutions that are driving our system toward crisis.   “Well worth reading” (New York magazine), this is an “eye-opening” (O, The Oprah Magazine) book that will change how you look at politics—and perhaps at yourself.</description>
      <author>Ezra Klein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797103167.mp3" length="858773" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797103167.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We&amp;#039;re Polarized
Author: Ezra Klein
Narrator: Ezra Klein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
ONE OF BARACK OBAMA’S FAVORITE BOOKS OF 2022   One of Bill Gates’s “5 books to read this summer,” this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller shows us that America’s political system isn’t broken. The truth is scarier: it’s working exactly as designed. In this “superbly researched” (The Washington Post) and timely book, journalist Ezra Klein reveals how that system is polarizing us—and how we are polarizing it—with disastrous results. “The American political system—which includes everyone from voters to journalists to the president—is full of rational actors making rational decisions given the incentives they face,” writes political analyst Ezra Klein. “We are a collection of functional parts whose efforts combine into a dysfunctional whole.”   “A thoughtful, clear and persuasive analysis” (The New York Times Book Review), Why We’re Polarized reveals the structural and psychological forces behind America’s descent into division and dysfunction. Neither a polemic nor a lament, this book offers a clear framework for understanding everything from Trump’s rise to the Democratic Party’s leftward shift to the politicization of everyday culture.   America is polarized, first and foremost, by identity. Everyone engaged in American politics is engaged, at some level, in identity politics. Over the past fifty years in America, our partisan identities have merged with our racial, religious, geographic, ideological, and cultural identities. These merged identities have attained a weight that is breaking much in our politics and tearing at the bonds that hold this country together.   Klein shows how and why American politics polarized around identity in the 20th century, and what that polarization did to the way we see the world and one another. And he traces the feedback loops between polarized political identities and polarized political institutions that are driving our system toward crisis.   “Well worth reading” (New York magazine), this is an “eye-opening” (O, The Oprah Magazine) book that will change how you look at politics—and perhaps at yourself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386416</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why We&amp;#039;re Polarized
Author: Ezra Klein
Narrator: Ezra Klein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 46 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 12
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
ONE OF BARACK OBAMA’S FAVORITE BOOKS OF 2022   One of Bill Gates’s “5 books to read this summer,” this New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller shows us that America’s political system isn’t broken. The truth is scarier: it’s working exactly as designed. In this “superbly researched” (The Washington Post) and timely book, journalist Ezra Klein reveals how that system is polarizing us—and how we are polarizing it—with disastrous results. “The American political system—which includes everyone from voters to journalists to the president—is full of rational actors making rational decisions given the incentives they face,” writes political analyst Ezra Klein. “We are a collection of functional parts whose efforts combine into a dysfunctional whole.”   “A thoughtful, clear and persuasive analysis” (The New York Times Book Review), Why We’re Polarized reveals the structural and psychological forces behind America’s descent into division and dysfunction. Neither a polemic nor a lament, this book offers a clear framework for understanding everything from Trump’s rise to the Democratic Party’s leftward shift to the politicization of everyday culture.   America is polarized, first and foremost, by identity. Everyone engaged in American politics is engaged, at some level, in identity politics. Over the past fifty years in America, our partisan identities have merged with our racial, religious, geographic, ideological, and cultural identities. These merged identities have attained a weight that is breaking much in our politics and tearing at the bonds that hold this country together.   Klein shows how and why American politics polarized around identity in the 20th century, and what that polarization did to the way we see the world and one another. And he traces the feedback loops between polarized political identities and polarized political institutions that are driving our system toward crisis.   “Well worth reading” (New York magazine), this is an “eye-opening” (O, The Oprah Magazine) book that will change how you look at politics—and perhaps at yourself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reaganland: America&amp;#039;s Right Turn 1976-1980 by Rick Perlstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386393</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reaganland: America&amp;#039;s Right Turn 1976-1980
Author: Rick Perlstein
Narrator: Samantha Desz, Jacques Roy, Jonathan Todd Ross, Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 45 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2020   From the bestselling author of Nixonland and The Invisible Bridge comes the dramatic conclusion of how conservatism took control of American political power. Over two decades, Rick Perlstein has published three definitive works about the emerging dominance of conservatism in modern American politics. With the saga’s final installment, he has delivered yet another stunning literary and historical achievement.    In late 1976, Ronald Reagan was dismissed as a man without a political future: defeated in his nomination bid against a sitting president of his own party, blamed for President Gerald Ford’s defeat, too old to make another run. His comeback was fueled by an extraordinary confluence: fundamentalist preachers and former segregationists reinventing themselves as militant crusaders against gay rights and feminism; business executives uniting against regulation in an era of economic decline; a cadre of secretive “New Right” organizers deploying state-of-the-art technology, bending political norms to the breaking point—and Reagan’s own unbending optimism, his ability to convey unshakable confidence in America as the world’s “shining city on a hill.”   Meanwhile, a civil war broke out in the Democratic party. When President Jimmy Carter called Americans to a new ethic of austerity, Senator Ted Kennedy reacted with horror, challenging him for reelection. Carter’s Oval Office tenure was further imperiled by the Iranian hostage crisis, the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, near-catastrophe at a Pennsylvania nuclear plant, aviation accidents, serial killers on the loose, and endless gas lines.    Backed by a reenergized conservative Republican base, Reagan ran on the campaign slogan “Make America Great Again”—and prevailed. Reaganland is the story of how that happened, tracing conservatives’ cutthroat strategies to gain power and explaining why they endure four decades later.</description>
      <author>Rick Perlstein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797103969.mp3" length="854505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386393</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797103969.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>45:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reaganland: America&amp;#039;s Right Turn 1976-1980
Author: Rick Perlstein
Narrator: Samantha Desz, Jacques Roy, Jonathan Todd Ross, Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 45 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2020   From the bestselling author of Nixonland and The Invisible Bridge comes the dramatic conclusion of how conservatism took control of American political power. Over two decades, Rick Perlstein has published three definitive works about the emerging dominance of conservatism in modern American politics. With the saga’s final installment, he has delivered yet another stunning literary and historical achievement.    In late 1976, Ronald Reagan was dismissed as a man without a political future: defeated in his nomination bid against a sitting president of his own party, blamed for President Gerald Ford’s defeat, too old to make another run. His comeback was fueled by an extraordinary confluence: fundamentalist preachers and former segregationists reinventing themselves as militant crusaders against gay rights and feminism; business executives uniting against regulation in an era of economic decline; a cadre of secretive “New Right” organizers deploying state-of-the-art technology, bending political norms to the breaking point—and Reagan’s own unbending optimism, his ability to convey unshakable confidence in America as the world’s “shining city on a hill.”   Meanwhile, a civil war broke out in the Democratic party. When President Jimmy Carter called Americans to a new ethic of austerity, Senator Ted Kennedy reacted with horror, challenging him for reelection. Carter’s Oval Office tenure was further imperiled by the Iranian hostage crisis, the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, near-catastrophe at a Pennsylvania nuclear plant, aviation accidents, serial killers on the loose, and endless gas lines.    Backed by a reenergized conservative Republican base, Reagan ran on the campaign slogan “Make America Great Again”—and prevailed. Reaganland is the story of how that happened, tracing conservatives’ cutthroat strategies to gain power and explaining why they endure four decades later.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386393">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386393</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reaganland: America&amp;#039;s Right Turn 1976-1980
Author: Rick Perlstein
Narrator: Samantha Desz, Jacques Roy, Jonathan Todd Ross, Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 45 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF 2020   From the bestselling author of Nixonland and The Invisible Bridge comes the dramatic conclusion of how conservatism took control of American political power. Over two decades, Rick Perlstein has published three definitive works about the emerging dominance of conservatism in modern American politics. With the saga’s final installment, he has delivered yet another stunning literary and historical achievement.    In late 1976, Ronald Reagan was dismissed as a man without a political future: defeated in his nomination bid against a sitting president of his own party, blamed for President Gerald Ford’s defeat, too old to make another run. His comeback was fueled by an extraordinary confluence: fundamentalist preachers and former segregationists reinventing themselves as militant crusaders against gay rights and feminism; business executives uniting against regulation in an era of economic decline; a cadre of secretive “New Right” organizers deploying state-of-the-art technology, bending political norms to the breaking point—and Reagan’s own unbending optimism, his ability to convey unshakable confidence in America as the world’s “shining city on a hill.”   Meanwhile, a civil war broke out in the Democratic party. When President Jimmy Carter called Americans to a new ethic of austerity, Senator Ted Kennedy reacted with horror, challenging him for reelection. Carter’s Oval Office tenure was further imperiled by the Iranian hostage crisis, the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, near-catastrophe at a Pennsylvania nuclear plant, aviation accidents, serial killers on the loose, and endless gas lines.    Backed by a reenergized conservative Republican base, Reagan ran on the campaign slogan “Make America Great Again”—and prevailed. Reaganland is the story of how that happened, tracing conservatives’ cutthroat strategies to gain power and explaining why they endure four decades later.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Congress at War: How Republican Reformers Fought the Civil War, Defied Lincoln, Ended Slavery, and Remade America by Fergus M. Bordewich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386339</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Congress at War: How Republican Reformers Fought the Civil War, Defied Lincoln, Ended Slavery, and Remade America
Author: Fergus M. Bordewich
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 33 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of how Congress helped win the Civil War--a new perspective that puts the House and Senate, rather than Lincoln, at the center of the conflict. This brilliantly argued new perspective on the Civil War overturns the popular conception that Abraham Lincoln single-handedly led the Union to victory and gives us a vivid account of the essential role Congress played in winning the war Building a riveting narrative around four influential members of Congress--Thaddeus Stevens, Pitt Fessenden, Ben Wade, and the pro-slavery Clement Vallandigham--Fergus Bordewich shows us how a newly empowered Republican party shaped one of the most dynamic and consequential periods in American history. From reinventing the nation&amp;#039;s financial system to pushing President Lincoln to emancipate the slaves to the planning for Reconstruction, Congress undertook drastic measures to defeat the Confederacy, in the process laying the foundation for a strong central government that came fully into being in the twentieth century. Brimming with drama and outsized characters, Congress at War is also one of the most original books about the Civil War to appear in years and will change the way we understand the conflict.</description>
      <author>Fergus M. Bordewich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593169797.mp3" length="2757521" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386339</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593169797.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Congress at War: How Republican Reformers Fought the Civil War, Defied Lincoln, Ended Slavery, and Remade America
Author: Fergus M. Bordewich
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 33 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of how Congress helped win the Civil War--a new perspective that puts the House and Senate, rather than Lincoln, at the center of the conflict. This brilliantly argued new perspective on the Civil War overturns the popular conception that Abraham Lincoln single-handedly led the Union to victory and gives us a vivid account of the essential role Congress played in winning the war Building a riveting narrative around four influential members of Congress--Thaddeus Stevens, Pitt Fessenden, Ben Wade, and the pro-slavery Clement Vallandigham--Fergus Bordewich shows us how a newly empowered Republican party shaped one of the most dynamic and consequential periods in American history. From reinventing the nation&amp;#039;s financial system to pushing President Lincoln to emancipate the slaves to the planning for Reconstruction, Congress undertook drastic measures to defeat the Confederacy, in the process laying the foundation for a strong central government that came fully into being in the twentieth century. Brimming with drama and outsized characters, Congress at War is also one of the most original books about the Civil War to appear in years and will change the way we understand the conflict.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Congress at War: How Republican Reformers Fought the Civil War, Defied Lincoln, Ended Slavery, and Remade America
Author: Fergus M. Bordewich
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 33 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of how Congress helped win the Civil War--a new perspective that puts the House and Senate, rather than Lincoln, at the center of the conflict. This brilliantly argued new perspective on the Civil War overturns the popular conception that Abraham Lincoln single-handedly led the Union to victory and gives us a vivid account of the essential role Congress played in winning the war Building a riveting narrative around four influential members of Congress--Thaddeus Stevens, Pitt Fessenden, Ben Wade, and the pro-slavery Clement Vallandigham--Fergus Bordewich shows us how a newly empowered Republican party shaped one of the most dynamic and consequential periods in American history. From reinventing the nation&amp;#039;s financial system to pushing President Lincoln to emancipate the slaves to the planning for Reconstruction, Congress undertook drastic measures to defeat the Confederacy, in the process laying the foundation for a strong central government that came fully into being in the twentieth century. Brimming with drama and outsized characters, Congress at War is also one of the most original books about the Civil War to appear in years and will change the way we understand the conflict.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Children of the Land by Marcelo Hernandez Castillo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386282</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Children of the Land
Author: Marcelo Hernandez Castillo
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An Entertainment Weekly Most Anticipated Book of 2020 This unforgettable memoir from a prize-winning poet about growing up undocumented in the United States recounts the sorrows and joys of a family torn apart by draconian policies and chronicles one young man’s attempt to build a future in a nation that denies his existence.  “You were not a ghost even though an entire country was scared of you. No one in this story was a ghost. This was not a story.” When Marcelo Hernandez Castillo was five years old and his family was preparing to cross the border between Mexico and the United States, he suffered temporary, stress-induced blindness. Castillo regained his vision, but quickly understood that he had to move into a threshold of invisibility before settling in California with his parents and siblings. Thus began a new life of hiding in plain sight and of paying extraordinarily careful attention at all times for fear of being truly seen. Before Castillo was one of the most celebrated poets of a generation, he was a boy who perfected his English in the hopes that he might never seem extraordinary. With beauty, grace, and honesty, Castillo recounts his and his family’s encounters with a system that treats them as criminals for seeking safe, ordinary lives. He writes of the Sunday afternoon when he opened the door to an ICE officer who had one hand on his holster, of the hours he spent making a fake social security card so that he could work to support his family, of his father’s deportation and the decade that he spent waiting to return to his wife and children only to be denied reentry, and of his mother’s heartbreaking decision to leave her children and grandchildren so that she could be reunited with her estranged husband and retire from a life of hard labor. Children of the Land distills the trauma of displacement, illuminates the human lives behind the headlines and serves as a stunning meditation on what it means to be a man and a citizen.</description>
      <author>Marcelo Hernandez Castillo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062989413.mp3" length="1397353" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386282</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062989413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Children of the Land
Author: Marcelo Hernandez Castillo
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An Entertainment Weekly Most Anticipated Book of 2020 This unforgettable memoir from a prize-winning poet about growing up undocumented in the United States recounts the sorrows and joys of a family torn apart by draconian policies and chronicles one young man’s attempt to build a future in a nation that denies his existence.  “You were not a ghost even though an entire country was scared of you. No one in this story was a ghost. This was not a story.” When Marcelo Hernandez Castillo was five years old and his family was preparing to cross the border between Mexico and the United States, he suffered temporary, stress-induced blindness. Castillo regained his vision, but quickly understood that he had to move into a threshold of invisibility before settling in California with his parents and siblings. Thus began a new life of hiding in plain sight and of paying extraordinarily careful attention at all times for fear of being truly seen. Before Castillo was one of the most celebrated poets of a generation, he was a boy who perfected his English in the hopes that he might never seem extraordinary. With beauty, grace, and honesty, Castillo recounts his and his family’s encounters with a system that treats them as criminals for seeking safe, ordinary lives. He writes of the Sunday afternoon when he opened the door to an ICE officer who had one hand on his holster, of the hours he spent making a fake social security card so that he could work to support his family, of his father’s deportation and the decade that he spent waiting to return to his wife and children only to be denied reentry, and of his mother’s heartbreaking decision to leave her children and grandchildren so that she could be reunited with her estranged husband and retire from a life of hard labor. Children of the Land distills the trauma of displacement, illuminates the human lives behind the headlines and serves as a stunning meditation on what it means to be a man and a citizen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Children of the Land
Author: Marcelo Hernandez Castillo
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An Entertainment Weekly Most Anticipated Book of 2020 This unforgettable memoir from a prize-winning poet about growing up undocumented in the United States recounts the sorrows and joys of a family torn apart by draconian policies and chronicles one young man’s attempt to build a future in a nation that denies his existence.  “You were not a ghost even though an entire country was scared of you. No one in this story was a ghost. This was not a story.” When Marcelo Hernandez Castillo was five years old and his family was preparing to cross the border between Mexico and the United States, he suffered temporary, stress-induced blindness. Castillo regained his vision, but quickly understood that he had to move into a threshold of invisibility before settling in California with his parents and siblings. Thus began a new life of hiding in plain sight and of paying extraordinarily careful attention at all times for fear of being truly seen. Before Castillo was one of the most celebrated poets of a generation, he was a boy who perfected his English in the hopes that he might never seem extraordinary. With beauty, grace, and honesty, Castillo recounts his and his family’s encounters with a system that treats them as criminals for seeking safe, ordinary lives. He writes of the Sunday afternoon when he opened the door to an ICE officer who had one hand on his holster, of the hours he spent making a fake social security card so that he could work to support his family, of his father’s deportation and the decade that he spent waiting to return to his wife and children only to be denied reentry, and of his mother’s heartbreaking decision to leave her children and grandchildren so that she could be reunited with her estranged husband and retire from a life of hard labor. Children of the Land distills the trauma of displacement, illuminates the human lives behind the headlines and serves as a stunning meditation on what it means to be a man and a citizen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anti Federalist Papers by Patrick Henry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385956</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anti Federalist Papers
Author: Patrick Henry
Narrator: John Klickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The dissenting opinions of Patrick Henry and others who saw the Constitution as a threat to our hard-won rights and liberties.</description>
      <author>Patrick Henry</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982759933.mp3" length="1504445" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385956</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982759933.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anti Federalist Papers
Author: Patrick Henry
Narrator: John Klickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The dissenting opinions of Patrick Henry and others who saw the Constitution as a threat to our hard-won rights and liberties.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anti Federalist Papers
Author: Patrick Henry
Narrator: John Klickman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The dissenting opinions of Patrick Henry and others who saw the Constitution as a threat to our hard-won rights and liberties.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Equivalents: A Story of Art, Female Friendship, and Liberation in the 1960s by Maggie Doherty</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385523</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385523">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385523</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Equivalents: A Story of Art, Female Friendship, and Liberation in the 1960s
Author: Maggie Doherty
Narrator: Rebecca Lowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The timely, never-before-told story of five brilliant, passionate women who, in the early 1960s, converged at the newly founded Radcliffe Institute for Independent Study and became friends as well as artistic collaborators, and who went on to shape the course of feminism in ways that are still felt today. In 1960, Harvard&amp;#039;s sister college, Radcliffe, announced the founding of an Institute for Independent Study, a &amp;#039;messy experiment&amp;#039; in women&amp;#039;s education that offered paid fellowships to those with a PhD or &amp;#039;the equivalent&amp;#039; in artistic achievement. Five of the women who received fellowships--poets Anne Sexton and Maxine Kumin, painter Barbara Swan, sculptor Mariana Pineda, and writer Tillie Olsen--quickly formed deep bonds with one another that would inspire and sustain their most ambitious work. They called themselves &amp;#039;the Equivalents.&amp;#039; Drawing from notebooks, letters,  recordings, journals, poetry, and prose, Maggie Doherty weaves a moving narrative of friendship and ambition, art and activism, love and heartbreak, and shows how the institute spoke to the condition of women on the cusp of liberation. Cover photographs: Anne Sexton, 1961 by Rollie McKenna © Rosalie Thorne McKenna Foundation. Courtesy Center for Creative Photography. Print: National Portrait Gallery, Smithsonian Institution; gift of Rollie McKenna; Women&amp;#039;s liberation demonstration © Freda Leinwand (detail). Print: Schlesinger Library, Radcliffe Institute, Harvard University Edge of cover image: Red, White and Gray, 1971 by Barbara Swan (detail). Used with permission from the Alpha Gallery, Boston.</description>
      <author>Maggie Doherty</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593169650.mp3" length="2596662" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385523</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593169650.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385523">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385523</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Equivalents: A Story of Art, Female Friendship, and Liberation in the 1960s
Author: Maggie Doherty
Narrator: Rebecca Lowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The timely, never-before-told story of five brilliant, passionate women who, in the early 1960s, converged at the newly founded Radcliffe Institute for Independent Study and became friends as well as artistic collaborators, and who went on to shape the course of feminism in ways that are still felt today. In 1960, Harvard&amp;#039;s sister college, Radcliffe, announced the founding of an Institute for Independent Study, a &amp;#039;messy experiment&amp;#039; in women&amp;#039;s education that offered paid fellowships to those with a PhD or &amp;#039;the equivalent&amp;#039; in artistic achievement. Five of the women who received fellowships--poets Anne Sexton and Maxine Kumin, painter Barbara Swan, sculptor Mariana Pineda, and writer Tillie Olsen--quickly formed deep bonds with one another that would inspire and sustain their most ambitious work. They called themselves &amp;#039;the Equivalents.&amp;#039; Drawing from notebooks, letters,  recordings, journals, poetry, and prose, Maggie Doherty weaves a moving narrative of friendship and ambition, art and activism, love and heartbreak, and shows how the institute spoke to the condition of women on the cusp of liberation. Cover photographs: Anne Sexton, 1961 by Rollie McKenna © Rosalie Thorne McKenna Foundation. Courtesy Center for Creative Photography. Print: National Portrait Gallery, Smithsonian Institution; gift of Rollie McKenna; Women&amp;#039;s liberation demonstration © Freda Leinwand (detail). Print: Schlesinger Library, Radcliffe Institute, Harvard University Edge of cover image: Red, White and Gray, 1971 by Barbara Swan (detail). Used with permission from the Alpha Gallery, Boston.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385523">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385523</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Equivalents: A Story of Art, Female Friendship, and Liberation in the 1960s
Author: Maggie Doherty
Narrator: Rebecca Lowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The timely, never-before-told story of five brilliant, passionate women who, in the early 1960s, converged at the newly founded Radcliffe Institute for Independent Study and became friends as well as artistic collaborators, and who went on to shape the course of feminism in ways that are still felt today. In 1960, Harvard&amp;#039;s sister college, Radcliffe, announced the founding of an Institute for Independent Study, a &amp;#039;messy experiment&amp;#039; in women&amp;#039;s education that offered paid fellowships to those with a PhD or &amp;#039;the equivalent&amp;#039; in artistic achievement. Five of the women who received fellowships--poets Anne Sexton and Maxine Kumin, painter Barbara Swan, sculptor Mariana Pineda, and writer Tillie Olsen--quickly formed deep bonds with one another that would inspire and sustain their most ambitious work. They called themselves &amp;#039;the Equivalents.&amp;#039; Drawing from notebooks, letters,  recordings, journals, poetry, and prose, Maggie Doherty weaves a moving narrative of friendship and ambition, art and activism, love and heartbreak, and shows how the institute spoke to the condition of women on the cusp of liberation. Cover photographs: Anne Sexton, 1961 by Rollie McKenna © Rosalie Thorne McKenna Foundation. Courtesy Center for Creative Photography. Print: National Portrait Gallery, Smithsonian Institution; gift of Rollie McKenna; Women&amp;#039;s liberation demonstration © Freda Leinwand (detail). Print: Schlesinger Library, Radcliffe Institute, Harvard University Edge of cover image: Red, White and Gray, 1971 by Barbara Swan (detail). Used with permission from the Alpha Gallery, Boston.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fall of Richard Nixon: A Reporter Remembers Watergate by Tom Brokaw</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385512</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fall of Richard Nixon: A Reporter Remembers Watergate
Author: Tom Brokaw
Narrator: Tom Brokaw
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling author Tom Brokaw brings readers inside the White House press corps in this up-close and personal account of the fall of an American president.  In August 1974, after his involvement in the Watergate scandal could no longer be denied, Richard Nixon became the first and only president to resign from office in anticipation of certain impeachment. The year preceding that moment was filled with shocking revelations and bizarre events, full of power politics, legal jujitsu, and high-stakes showdowns, and with head-shaking surprises every day. As the country’s top reporters worked to discover the truth, the public was overwhelmed by the confusing and almost unbelievable stories about activities in the Oval Office.  Tom Brokaw, who was then the young NBC News White House correspondent, gives us a nuanced and thoughtful chronicle, recalling the players, the strategies, and the scandal that brought down a president. He takes readers from crowds of shouting protesters to shocking press conferences, from meetings with Attorney General Elliot Richardson and White House Chief of Staff Alexander Haig, to overseas missions alongside Henry Kissinger. He recounts Nixon’s claims of executive privilege to withhold White House tape recordings of Oval Office conversations; the bribery scandal that led to the resignation of Vice President Spiro Agnew and his replacement by Gerald Ford; the firing of Special Prosecutor Archibald Cox; how in the midst of Watergate Nixon organized emergency military relief for Israel during the Yom Kippur War; the unanimous decision of the Supreme Court that required Nixon to turn over the tapes; and other insider moments from this important and dramatic period.    The Fall of Richard Nixon allows readers to experience this American epic from the perspective of a journalist on the ground and at the center of it all. Praise for The Fall of Richard Nixon  “A divided nation. A deeply controversial president. Powerful passions. No, it’s not what you’re thinking, but Tom Brokaw knows that the past can be prologue, and he’s given us an absorbing and illuminating firsthand account of how Richard Nixon fell from power. Part history, part memoir, Brokaw’s book reminds us of the importance of journalism, the significance of facts, and the inherent complexity of power in America.”—Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of America</description>
      <author>Tom Brokaw</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593172117.mp3" length="2780288" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385512</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593172117.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fall of Richard Nixon: A Reporter Remembers Watergate
Author: Tom Brokaw
Narrator: Tom Brokaw
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling author Tom Brokaw brings readers inside the White House press corps in this up-close and personal account of the fall of an American president.  In August 1974, after his involvement in the Watergate scandal could no longer be denied, Richard Nixon became the first and only president to resign from office in anticipation of certain impeachment. The year preceding that moment was filled with shocking revelations and bizarre events, full of power politics, legal jujitsu, and high-stakes showdowns, and with head-shaking surprises every day. As the country’s top reporters worked to discover the truth, the public was overwhelmed by the confusing and almost unbelievable stories about activities in the Oval Office.  Tom Brokaw, who was then the young NBC News White House correspondent, gives us a nuanced and thoughtful chronicle, recalling the players, the strategies, and the scandal that brought down a president. He takes readers from crowds of shouting protesters to shocking press conferences, from meetings with Attorney General Elliot Richardson and White House Chief of Staff Alexander Haig, to overseas missions alongside Henry Kissinger. He recounts Nixon’s claims of executive privilege to withhold White House tape recordings of Oval Office conversations; the bribery scandal that led to the resignation of Vice President Spiro Agnew and his replacement by Gerald Ford; the firing of Special Prosecutor Archibald Cox; how in the midst of Watergate Nixon organized emergency military relief for Israel during the Yom Kippur War; the unanimous decision of the Supreme Court that required Nixon to turn over the tapes; and other insider moments from this important and dramatic period.    The Fall of Richard Nixon allows readers to experience this American epic from the perspective of a journalist on the ground and at the center of it all. Praise for The Fall of Richard Nixon  “A divided nation. A deeply controversial president. Powerful passions. No, it’s not what you’re thinking, but Tom Brokaw knows that the past can be prologue, and he’s given us an absorbing and illuminating firsthand account of how Richard Nixon fell from power. Part history, part memoir, Brokaw’s book reminds us of the importance of journalism, the significance of facts, and the inherent complexity of power in America.”—Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of America</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fall of Richard Nixon: A Reporter Remembers Watergate
Author: Tom Brokaw
Narrator: Tom Brokaw
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Bestselling author Tom Brokaw brings readers inside the White House press corps in this up-close and personal account of the fall of an American president.  In August 1974, after his involvement in the Watergate scandal could no longer be denied, Richard Nixon became the first and only president to resign from office in anticipation of certain impeachment. The year preceding that moment was filled with shocking revelations and bizarre events, full of power politics, legal jujitsu, and high-stakes showdowns, and with head-shaking surprises every day. As the country’s top reporters worked to discover the truth, the public was overwhelmed by the confusing and almost unbelievable stories about activities in the Oval Office.  Tom Brokaw, who was then the young NBC News White House correspondent, gives us a nuanced and thoughtful chronicle, recalling the players, the strategies, and the scandal that brought down a president. He takes readers from crowds of shouting protesters to shocking press conferences, from meetings with Attorney General Elliot Richardson and White House Chief of Staff Alexander Haig, to overseas missions alongside Henry Kissinger. He recounts Nixon’s claims of executive privilege to withhold White House tape recordings of Oval Office conversations; the bribery scandal that led to the resignation of Vice President Spiro Agnew and his replacement by Gerald Ford; the firing of Special Prosecutor Archibald Cox; how in the midst of Watergate Nixon organized emergency military relief for Israel during the Yom Kippur War; the unanimous decision of the Supreme Court that required Nixon to turn over the tapes; and other insider moments from this important and dramatic period.    The Fall of Richard Nixon allows readers to experience this American epic from the perspective of a journalist on the ground and at the center of it all. Praise for The Fall of Richard Nixon  “A divided nation. A deeply controversial president. Powerful passions. No, it’s not what you’re thinking, but Tom Brokaw knows that the past can be prologue, and he’s given us an absorbing and illuminating firsthand account of how Richard Nixon fell from power. Part history, part memoir, Brokaw’s book reminds us of the importance of journalism, the significance of facts, and the inherent complexity of power in America.”—Jon Meacham, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of The Soul of America</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>State of War: MS-13 and El Salvador&amp;#039;s World of Violence by William Wheeler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: State of War: MS-13 and El Salvador&amp;#039;s World of Violence
Author: William Wheeler
Narrator: William Wheeler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The real story behind El Salvador&amp;#039;s MS-13 gang and how they have perpetuated three generations of conflict and led to scores of migrants seeking a new life in the United States. Born in Los Angeles, the gang MS-13 was founded in the 1980s by Salvadoran refugees who had been hardened in a civil war stoked by American foreign policy. But the gang found its way home a decade later, as the U.S. began deporting thousands of convicts each year back to the Northern Triangle--El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala. Today, those countries share the world&amp;#039;s highest murder rates, and account for 70 percent of the migrants arriving at the U.S. southern border. Foreign correspondent William Wheeler tracks MS-13 from L.A., where he meets the founders of the gang, to El Salvador, where three generations of Salvadorans have been drawn into an escalating cycle of conflict. State of War tells the tragic story of a brutal civil war that has never ended.</description>
      <author>William Wheeler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593171998.mp3" length="2425406" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593171998.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: State of War: MS-13 and El Salvador&amp;#039;s World of Violence
Author: William Wheeler
Narrator: William Wheeler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The real story behind El Salvador&amp;#039;s MS-13 gang and how they have perpetuated three generations of conflict and led to scores of migrants seeking a new life in the United States. Born in Los Angeles, the gang MS-13 was founded in the 1980s by Salvadoran refugees who had been hardened in a civil war stoked by American foreign policy. But the gang found its way home a decade later, as the U.S. began deporting thousands of convicts each year back to the Northern Triangle--El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala. Today, those countries share the world&amp;#039;s highest murder rates, and account for 70 percent of the migrants arriving at the U.S. southern border. Foreign correspondent William Wheeler tracks MS-13 from L.A., where he meets the founders of the gang, to El Salvador, where three generations of Salvadorans have been drawn into an escalating cycle of conflict. State of War tells the tragic story of a brutal civil war that has never ended.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: State of War: MS-13 and El Salvador&amp;#039;s World of Violence
Author: William Wheeler
Narrator: William Wheeler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
The real story behind El Salvador&amp;#039;s MS-13 gang and how they have perpetuated three generations of conflict and led to scores of migrants seeking a new life in the United States. Born in Los Angeles, the gang MS-13 was founded in the 1980s by Salvadoran refugees who had been hardened in a civil war stoked by American foreign policy. But the gang found its way home a decade later, as the U.S. began deporting thousands of convicts each year back to the Northern Triangle--El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala. Today, those countries share the world&amp;#039;s highest murder rates, and account for 70 percent of the migrants arriving at the U.S. southern border. Foreign correspondent William Wheeler tracks MS-13 from L.A., where he meets the founders of the gang, to El Salvador, where three generations of Salvadorans have been drawn into an escalating cycle of conflict. State of War tells the tragic story of a brutal civil war that has never ended.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sinking in the Swamp: How Trump&amp;#039;s Minions and Misfits Poisoned Washington by Lachlan Markay, Asawin Suebsaeng</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sinking in the Swamp: How Trump&amp;#039;s Minions and Misfits Poisoned Washington
Author: Lachlan Markay, Asawin Suebsaeng
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An eyewitness account of Donald Trump&amp;#039;s clown car of lieutenants and lackeys who have polluted the corridors of power with their unprecedented awfulness. Two of Washington&amp;#039;s most meddlesome reporters take readers on a deep dive into the murky underworld of President Trump&amp;#039;s Washington, dishing the hilarious and frightening dirt on the charlatans, conspiracy theorists, ideologues, and run-of-the-mill con artists who have infected the highest echelons of American political power. For the past three years, reporting from the White House, the Trump hotel, and other dens of intrigue and influence, Lachlan Markay and Asawin Suebsaeng have revealed the sordid shenanigans of a rogue&amp;#039;s gallery of Trumpworld incompetents and improbable A-listers -- earning them angry denunciations (or at least some vexed side-eye) from Trumpists such as the actor Jon Voight and Trump&amp;#039;s former campaign czar and renowned obfuscator Corey Lewandowski as well as requisite threats of physical violence and ruin. Sinking in the Swamp will similarly pull no punches. Everyone from assorted Trump family members to Stephen Miller, Sean Hannity, and Diamond &amp;amp; Silk to Trumpworld&amp;#039;s even more obscure accomplices will be plumbed, prodded, and exposed for their roles in the most shambolic moment in modern American political history. When they go low, Swin and Lachlan are right there with them, recorders running and notebooks at the ready. Sinking in the Swamp is an uncompromising account of the financial and moral degradation of our capital, told with righteous indignation and through the lens of key power players and foot soldiers whose own antics have often escaped the notice of the overworked press corps. As the 2020 election approaches, this page-turning, letting-it-all-hang-out narrative shows how the nation got to this nadir, tracing the story back to years before Trump&amp;#039;s improbable run for the White House and cataloguing the stomach-turning moments that followed.</description>
      <author>Lachlan Markay, Asawin Suebsaeng</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165966.mp3" length="2755949" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165966.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sinking in the Swamp: How Trump&amp;#039;s Minions and Misfits Poisoned Washington
Author: Lachlan Markay, Asawin Suebsaeng
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An eyewitness account of Donald Trump&amp;#039;s clown car of lieutenants and lackeys who have polluted the corridors of power with their unprecedented awfulness. Two of Washington&amp;#039;s most meddlesome reporters take readers on a deep dive into the murky underworld of President Trump&amp;#039;s Washington, dishing the hilarious and frightening dirt on the charlatans, conspiracy theorists, ideologues, and run-of-the-mill con artists who have infected the highest echelons of American political power. For the past three years, reporting from the White House, the Trump hotel, and other dens of intrigue and influence, Lachlan Markay and Asawin Suebsaeng have revealed the sordid shenanigans of a rogue&amp;#039;s gallery of Trumpworld incompetents and improbable A-listers -- earning them angry denunciations (or at least some vexed side-eye) from Trumpists such as the actor Jon Voight and Trump&amp;#039;s former campaign czar and renowned obfuscator Corey Lewandowski as well as requisite threats of physical violence and ruin. Sinking in the Swamp will similarly pull no punches. Everyone from assorted Trump family members to Stephen Miller, Sean Hannity, and Diamond &amp;amp; Silk to Trumpworld&amp;#039;s even more obscure accomplices will be plumbed, prodded, and exposed for their roles in the most shambolic moment in modern American political history. When they go low, Swin and Lachlan are right there with them, recorders running and notebooks at the ready. Sinking in the Swamp is an uncompromising account of the financial and moral degradation of our capital, told with righteous indignation and through the lens of key power players and foot soldiers whose own antics have often escaped the notice of the overworked press corps. As the 2020 election approaches, this page-turning, letting-it-all-hang-out narrative shows how the nation got to this nadir, tracing the story back to years before Trump&amp;#039;s improbable run for the White House and cataloguing the stomach-turning moments that followed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385505</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sinking in the Swamp: How Trump&amp;#039;s Minions and Misfits Poisoned Washington
Author: Lachlan Markay, Asawin Suebsaeng
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An eyewitness account of Donald Trump&amp;#039;s clown car of lieutenants and lackeys who have polluted the corridors of power with their unprecedented awfulness. Two of Washington&amp;#039;s most meddlesome reporters take readers on a deep dive into the murky underworld of President Trump&amp;#039;s Washington, dishing the hilarious and frightening dirt on the charlatans, conspiracy theorists, ideologues, and run-of-the-mill con artists who have infected the highest echelons of American political power. For the past three years, reporting from the White House, the Trump hotel, and other dens of intrigue and influence, Lachlan Markay and Asawin Suebsaeng have revealed the sordid shenanigans of a rogue&amp;#039;s gallery of Trumpworld incompetents and improbable A-listers -- earning them angry denunciations (or at least some vexed side-eye) from Trumpists such as the actor Jon Voight and Trump&amp;#039;s former campaign czar and renowned obfuscator Corey Lewandowski as well as requisite threats of physical violence and ruin. Sinking in the Swamp will similarly pull no punches. Everyone from assorted Trump family members to Stephen Miller, Sean Hannity, and Diamond &amp;amp; Silk to Trumpworld&amp;#039;s even more obscure accomplices will be plumbed, prodded, and exposed for their roles in the most shambolic moment in modern American political history. When they go low, Swin and Lachlan are right there with them, recorders running and notebooks at the ready. Sinking in the Swamp is an uncompromising account of the financial and moral degradation of our capital, told with righteous indignation and through the lens of key power players and foot soldiers whose own antics have often escaped the notice of the overworked press corps. As the 2020 election approaches, this page-turning, letting-it-all-hang-out narrative shows how the nation got to this nadir, tracing the story back to years before Trump&amp;#039;s improbable run for the White House and cataloguing the stomach-turning moments that followed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Perpetuation of Our Political Institutions by Abraham Lincoln</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385016</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Perpetuation of Our Political Institutions
Author: Abraham Lincoln
Narrator: Phillip Withers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Perpetuation of Our Political Institutions&amp;#039; was a speech delivered by Abraham Lincoln in 1838.  As it was delivered to the Young Men&amp;#039;s Lyceum of Springfield, Illinois, it is also known as the &amp;#039;Lyceum address&amp;#039;.  In this famous speech, Lincoln discussed the dangers of slavery.</description>
      <author>Abraham Lincoln</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982756413.mp3" length="1462557" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385016</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982756413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Perpetuation of Our Political Institutions
Author: Abraham Lincoln
Narrator: Phillip Withers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Perpetuation of Our Political Institutions&amp;#039; was a speech delivered by Abraham Lincoln in 1838.  As it was delivered to the Young Men&amp;#039;s Lyceum of Springfield, Illinois, it is also known as the &amp;#039;Lyceum address&amp;#039;.  In this famous speech, Lincoln discussed the dangers of slavery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Perpetuation of Our Political Institutions
Author: Abraham Lincoln
Narrator: Phillip Withers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Perpetuation of Our Political Institutions&amp;#039; was a speech delivered by Abraham Lincoln in 1838.  As it was delivered to the Young Men&amp;#039;s Lyceum of Springfield, Illinois, it is also known as the &amp;#039;Lyceum address&amp;#039;.  In this famous speech, Lincoln discussed the dangers of slavery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Accident of Color: A Story of Race in Reconstruction by Daniel Brook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Accident of Color: A Story of Race in Reconstruction
Author: Daniel Brook
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Accident of Color, Daniel Brook journeys to nineteenth-century New Orleans and Charleston and introduces us to cosmopolitan residents who elude the racial categories the rest of America takes for granted. Before the Civil War, these free, openly mixed-race urbanites enjoyed some rights of citizenship and the privileges of wealth and social status. But after Emancipation, as former slaves move to assert their rights, the black-white binary that rules the rest of the nation begins to intrude. During Reconstruction, a movement arises as mixed-race elites make common cause with the formerly enslaved and allies at the fringes of whiteness in a bid to achieve political and social equality for all. In some areas, this coalition proved remarkably successful. Activists peacefully integrated the streetcars of Charleston and New Orleans for decades and, for a time, even the New Orleans public schools and the University of South Carolina were educating students of all backgrounds side by side. Tragically, the achievements of this movement were ultimately swept away by a violent political backlash and expunged from the history books, culminating in the Jim Crow laws that would legalize segregation for a half century and usher in the binary racial regime that rules us to this day.</description>
      <author>Daniel Brook</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684419807.mp3" length="8264297" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684419807.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Accident of Color: A Story of Race in Reconstruction
Author: Daniel Brook
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Accident of Color, Daniel Brook journeys to nineteenth-century New Orleans and Charleston and introduces us to cosmopolitan residents who elude the racial categories the rest of America takes for granted. Before the Civil War, these free, openly mixed-race urbanites enjoyed some rights of citizenship and the privileges of wealth and social status. But after Emancipation, as former slaves move to assert their rights, the black-white binary that rules the rest of the nation begins to intrude. During Reconstruction, a movement arises as mixed-race elites make common cause with the formerly enslaved and allies at the fringes of whiteness in a bid to achieve political and social equality for all. In some areas, this coalition proved remarkably successful. Activists peacefully integrated the streetcars of Charleston and New Orleans for decades and, for a time, even the New Orleans public schools and the University of South Carolina were educating students of all backgrounds side by side. Tragically, the achievements of this movement were ultimately swept away by a violent political backlash and expunged from the history books, culminating in the Jim Crow laws that would legalize segregation for a half century and usher in the binary racial regime that rules us to this day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Accident of Color: A Story of Race in Reconstruction
Author: Daniel Brook
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 18, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Accident of Color, Daniel Brook journeys to nineteenth-century New Orleans and Charleston and introduces us to cosmopolitan residents who elude the racial categories the rest of America takes for granted. Before the Civil War, these free, openly mixed-race urbanites enjoyed some rights of citizenship and the privileges of wealth and social status. But after Emancipation, as former slaves move to assert their rights, the black-white binary that rules the rest of the nation begins to intrude. During Reconstruction, a movement arises as mixed-race elites make common cause with the formerly enslaved and allies at the fringes of whiteness in a bid to achieve political and social equality for all. In some areas, this coalition proved remarkably successful. Activists peacefully integrated the streetcars of Charleston and New Orleans for decades and, for a time, even the New Orleans public schools and the University of South Carolina were educating students of all backgrounds side by side. Tragically, the achievements of this movement were ultimately swept away by a violent political backlash and expunged from the history books, culminating in the Jim Crow laws that would legalize segregation for a half century and usher in the binary racial regime that rules us to this day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ghosts in the Schoolyard: Racism and School Closings in Chicago’s South Side by Eve L. Ewing</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384811</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ghosts in the Schoolyard: Racism and School Closings in Chicago’s South Side
Author: Eve L. Ewing
Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Eve L. Ewing knows Chicago Public Schools from the inside: as a student, then a teacher, and now a scholar who studies them. And that perspective has shown her that public schools are not buildings full of failures—they&amp;#039;re an integral part of their neighborhoods, at the heart of their communities, storehouses of history and memory that bring people together.   Never was that role more apparent than in 2013 when Mayor Rahm Emanuel announced an unprecedented wave of school closings. Pitched simultaneously as a solution to a budget problem, a response to declining enrollments, and a chance to purge bad schools that were dragging down the whole system, the plan was met with a roar of protest from parents, students, and teachers. But if these schools were so bad, why did people care so much about keeping them open?     Ewing&amp;#039;s answer begins with a story of systemic racism, inequality, bad faith, and distrust that stretches deep into Chicago history. Black communities see the closing of their schools—schools that are certainly less than perfect but that are theirs—as one more in a long line of racist policies. The fight to keep them open is yet another front in the ongoing struggle of black people in America to build successful lives and achieve true self-determination.</description>
      <author>Eve L. Ewing</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630155070.mp3" length="8138997" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384811</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630155070.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ghosts in the Schoolyard: Racism and School Closings in Chicago’s South Side
Author: Eve L. Ewing
Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Eve L. Ewing knows Chicago Public Schools from the inside: as a student, then a teacher, and now a scholar who studies them. And that perspective has shown her that public schools are not buildings full of failures—they&amp;#039;re an integral part of their neighborhoods, at the heart of their communities, storehouses of history and memory that bring people together.   Never was that role more apparent than in 2013 when Mayor Rahm Emanuel announced an unprecedented wave of school closings. Pitched simultaneously as a solution to a budget problem, a response to declining enrollments, and a chance to purge bad schools that were dragging down the whole system, the plan was met with a roar of protest from parents, students, and teachers. But if these schools were so bad, why did people care so much about keeping them open?     Ewing&amp;#039;s answer begins with a story of systemic racism, inequality, bad faith, and distrust that stretches deep into Chicago history. Black communities see the closing of their schools—schools that are certainly less than perfect but that are theirs—as one more in a long line of racist policies. The fight to keep them open is yet another front in the ongoing struggle of black people in America to build successful lives and achieve true self-determination.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ghosts in the Schoolyard: Racism and School Closings in Chicago’s South Side
Author: Eve L. Ewing
Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Eve L. Ewing knows Chicago Public Schools from the inside: as a student, then a teacher, and now a scholar who studies them. And that perspective has shown her that public schools are not buildings full of failures—they&amp;#039;re an integral part of their neighborhoods, at the heart of their communities, storehouses of history and memory that bring people together.   Never was that role more apparent than in 2013 when Mayor Rahm Emanuel announced an unprecedented wave of school closings. Pitched simultaneously as a solution to a budget problem, a response to declining enrollments, and a chance to purge bad schools that were dragging down the whole system, the plan was met with a roar of protest from parents, students, and teachers. But if these schools were so bad, why did people care so much about keeping them open?     Ewing&amp;#039;s answer begins with a story of systemic racism, inequality, bad faith, and distrust that stretches deep into Chicago history. Black communities see the closing of their schools—schools that are certainly less than perfect but that are theirs—as one more in a long line of racist policies. The fight to keep them open is yet another front in the ongoing struggle of black people in America to build successful lives and achieve true self-determination.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hattiesburg: An American City In Black And White by William Sturkey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384808</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hattiesburg: An American City In Black And White
Author: William Sturkey
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
If you really want to understand Jim Crow—what it was and how African Americans rose up to defeat it—you should start by visiting Mobile Street in Hattiesburg, Mississippi, the heart of the historic black downtown. William Sturkey introduces us to both old-timers and newcomers who arrived in search of economic opportunities promised by the railroads, sawmills, and factories of the New South. He also takes us across town and inside the homes of white Hattiesburgers to show how their lives were shaped by the changing fortunes of the Jim Crow South. Sturkey reveals the stories behind those who struggled to uphold their southern &amp;#039;way of life&amp;#039; and those who fought to tear it down—from William Faulkner&amp;#039;s great-grandfather, a Confederate veteran who was the inspiration for the enigmatic character John Sartoris, to black leader Vernon Dahmer, whose killers were the first white men ever convicted of murdering a civil rights activist in Mississippi. Through it all, Hattiesburg traces the story of the Smith family across multiple generations, from Turner and Mamie Smith, who fled a life of sharecropping to find opportunity in town, to Hammond and Charles Smith, in whose family pharmacy Medgar Evers and his colleagues planned their strategy to give blacks the vote.</description>
      <author>William Sturkey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781630154516.mp3" length="2884078" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384808</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781630154516.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hattiesburg: An American City In Black And White
Author: William Sturkey
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
If you really want to understand Jim Crow—what it was and how African Americans rose up to defeat it—you should start by visiting Mobile Street in Hattiesburg, Mississippi, the heart of the historic black downtown. William Sturkey introduces us to both old-timers and newcomers who arrived in search of economic opportunities promised by the railroads, sawmills, and factories of the New South. He also takes us across town and inside the homes of white Hattiesburgers to show how their lives were shaped by the changing fortunes of the Jim Crow South. Sturkey reveals the stories behind those who struggled to uphold their southern &amp;#039;way of life&amp;#039; and those who fought to tear it down—from William Faulkner&amp;#039;s great-grandfather, a Confederate veteran who was the inspiration for the enigmatic character John Sartoris, to black leader Vernon Dahmer, whose killers were the first white men ever convicted of murdering a civil rights activist in Mississippi. Through it all, Hattiesburg traces the story of the Smith family across multiple generations, from Turner and Mamie Smith, who fled a life of sharecropping to find opportunity in town, to Hammond and Charles Smith, in whose family pharmacy Medgar Evers and his colleagues planned their strategy to give blacks the vote.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hattiesburg: An American City In Black And White
Author: William Sturkey
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
If you really want to understand Jim Crow—what it was and how African Americans rose up to defeat it—you should start by visiting Mobile Street in Hattiesburg, Mississippi, the heart of the historic black downtown. William Sturkey introduces us to both old-timers and newcomers who arrived in search of economic opportunities promised by the railroads, sawmills, and factories of the New South. He also takes us across town and inside the homes of white Hattiesburgers to show how their lives were shaped by the changing fortunes of the Jim Crow South. Sturkey reveals the stories behind those who struggled to uphold their southern &amp;#039;way of life&amp;#039; and those who fought to tear it down—from William Faulkner&amp;#039;s great-grandfather, a Confederate veteran who was the inspiration for the enigmatic character John Sartoris, to black leader Vernon Dahmer, whose killers were the first white men ever convicted of murdering a civil rights activist in Mississippi. Through it all, Hattiesburg traces the story of the Smith family across multiple generations, from Turner and Mamie Smith, who fled a life of sharecropping to find opportunity in town, to Hammond and Charles Smith, in whose family pharmacy Medgar Evers and his colleagues planned their strategy to give blacks the vote.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life in the Confederate Army by William Watson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384709</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life in the Confederate Army
Author: William Watson
Narrator: Nick Marinovich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1861 a Scotsman living in Louisiana took up the Confederate Flag. William Watson presents a narrative of his observations and experience in the Southern States, both before and during the American Civil War. Prior to the War, Watson lived in the hot, fertile state of Louisiana. With Lincoln in office, and the secession of the southern states, North and South was plunged in a violent Civil War. Watson recounts the widespread lack of political interest until the country reached this point. In a volunteer corps, Watson was surrounded by several industrial and commercial classes. His recollections include fascinating insights into the men he served with. Watson also gives his personal views on the causes of the war, and the conduct of both sides. Detailing the lives of the soldiers, Watson reveals their living conditions, the level of destruction and death and their daily rations. William Watson (1826-1906) was a Scottish native who moved to the Caribbean to work as a civil engineer. He later moved to Louisiana for business. While in Louisiana, he enlisted in the Confederate Army. He was one of many British citizens who had joined.</description>
      <author>William Watson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982756178.mp3" length="1551992" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384709</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982756178.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life in the Confederate Army
Author: William Watson
Narrator: Nick Marinovich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1861 a Scotsman living in Louisiana took up the Confederate Flag. William Watson presents a narrative of his observations and experience in the Southern States, both before and during the American Civil War. Prior to the War, Watson lived in the hot, fertile state of Louisiana. With Lincoln in office, and the secession of the southern states, North and South was plunged in a violent Civil War. Watson recounts the widespread lack of political interest until the country reached this point. In a volunteer corps, Watson was surrounded by several industrial and commercial classes. His recollections include fascinating insights into the men he served with. Watson also gives his personal views on the causes of the war, and the conduct of both sides. Detailing the lives of the soldiers, Watson reveals their living conditions, the level of destruction and death and their daily rations. William Watson (1826-1906) was a Scottish native who moved to the Caribbean to work as a civil engineer. He later moved to Louisiana for business. While in Louisiana, he enlisted in the Confederate Army. He was one of many British citizens who had joined.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384709">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384709</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life in the Confederate Army
Author: William Watson
Narrator: Nick Marinovich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1861 a Scotsman living in Louisiana took up the Confederate Flag. William Watson presents a narrative of his observations and experience in the Southern States, both before and during the American Civil War. Prior to the War, Watson lived in the hot, fertile state of Louisiana. With Lincoln in office, and the secession of the southern states, North and South was plunged in a violent Civil War. Watson recounts the widespread lack of political interest until the country reached this point. In a volunteer corps, Watson was surrounded by several industrial and commercial classes. His recollections include fascinating insights into the men he served with. Watson also gives his personal views on the causes of the war, and the conduct of both sides. Detailing the lives of the soldiers, Watson reveals their living conditions, the level of destruction and death and their daily rations. William Watson (1826-1906) was a Scottish native who moved to the Caribbean to work as a civil engineer. He later moved to Louisiana for business. While in Louisiana, he enlisted in the Confederate Army. He was one of many British citizens who had joined.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Citizen Reporters: S.S. McClure, Ida Tarbell, and the Magazine that Rewrote America by Stephanie Gorton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384654</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Citizen Reporters: S.S. McClure, Ida Tarbell, and the Magazine that Rewrote America
Author: Stephanie Gorton
Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating history of the rise and fall of influential Gilded Age magazine McClure’s and the two unlikely outsiders at its helm—as well as a timely, full-throated defense of investigative journalism in America. The president of the United States made headlines around the world when he publicly attacked the press, denouncing reporters who threatened his reputation as “muckrakers” and “forces for evil.” The year was 1906, the president was Theodore Roosevelt—and the publication that provoked his fury was McClure’s magazine. One of the most influential magazines in American history, McClure’s drew over 400,000 readers and published the groundbreaking stories that defined the Gilded Age, including the investigation of Standard Oil that toppled the Rockefeller monopoly. Driving this revolutionary publication were two improbable newcomers united by single-minded ambition. S. S. McClure was an Irish immigrant, who, despite bouts of mania, overthrew his impoverished upbringing and bent the New York media world to his will. His steadying hand and star reporter was Ida Tarbell, a woman who defied gender expectations and became a notoriously fearless journalist. The scrappy, bold McClure&amp;#039;s group—Tarbell, McClure, and their reporters Ray Stannard Baker and Lincoln Steffens—cemented investigative journalism’s crucial role in democracy. From reporting on labor unrest and lynching, to their exposés of municipal corruption, their reporting brought their readers face to face with a nation mired in dysfunction. They also introduced Americans to the voices of Willa Cather, Arthur Conan Doyle, Robert Louis Stevenson, Joseph Conrad, and many others. Tracing McClure’s from its meteoric rise to its spectacularly swift and dramatic combustion, Citizen Reporters is a thrillingly told, deeply researched biography of a powerhouse magazine that forever changed American life. It’s also a timely case study that demonstrates the crucial importance of journalists who are unafraid to speak truth to power.</description>
      <author>Stephanie Gorton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062985255.mp3" length="1332223" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384654</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062985255.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Citizen Reporters: S.S. McClure, Ida Tarbell, and the Magazine that Rewrote America
Author: Stephanie Gorton
Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating history of the rise and fall of influential Gilded Age magazine McClure’s and the two unlikely outsiders at its helm—as well as a timely, full-throated defense of investigative journalism in America. The president of the United States made headlines around the world when he publicly attacked the press, denouncing reporters who threatened his reputation as “muckrakers” and “forces for evil.” The year was 1906, the president was Theodore Roosevelt—and the publication that provoked his fury was McClure’s magazine. One of the most influential magazines in American history, McClure’s drew over 400,000 readers and published the groundbreaking stories that defined the Gilded Age, including the investigation of Standard Oil that toppled the Rockefeller monopoly. Driving this revolutionary publication were two improbable newcomers united by single-minded ambition. S. S. McClure was an Irish immigrant, who, despite bouts of mania, overthrew his impoverished upbringing and bent the New York media world to his will. His steadying hand and star reporter was Ida Tarbell, a woman who defied gender expectations and became a notoriously fearless journalist. The scrappy, bold McClure&amp;#039;s group—Tarbell, McClure, and their reporters Ray Stannard Baker and Lincoln Steffens—cemented investigative journalism’s crucial role in democracy. From reporting on labor unrest and lynching, to their exposés of municipal corruption, their reporting brought their readers face to face with a nation mired in dysfunction. They also introduced Americans to the voices of Willa Cather, Arthur Conan Doyle, Robert Louis Stevenson, Joseph Conrad, and many others. Tracing McClure’s from its meteoric rise to its spectacularly swift and dramatic combustion, Citizen Reporters is a thrillingly told, deeply researched biography of a powerhouse magazine that forever changed American life. It’s also a timely case study that demonstrates the crucial importance of journalists who are unafraid to speak truth to power.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Citizen Reporters: S.S. McClure, Ida Tarbell, and the Magazine that Rewrote America
Author: Stephanie Gorton
Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating history of the rise and fall of influential Gilded Age magazine McClure’s and the two unlikely outsiders at its helm—as well as a timely, full-throated defense of investigative journalism in America. The president of the United States made headlines around the world when he publicly attacked the press, denouncing reporters who threatened his reputation as “muckrakers” and “forces for evil.” The year was 1906, the president was Theodore Roosevelt—and the publication that provoked his fury was McClure’s magazine. One of the most influential magazines in American history, McClure’s drew over 400,000 readers and published the groundbreaking stories that defined the Gilded Age, including the investigation of Standard Oil that toppled the Rockefeller monopoly. Driving this revolutionary publication were two improbable newcomers united by single-minded ambition. S. S. McClure was an Irish immigrant, who, despite bouts of mania, overthrew his impoverished upbringing and bent the New York media world to his will. His steadying hand and star reporter was Ida Tarbell, a woman who defied gender expectations and became a notoriously fearless journalist. The scrappy, bold McClure&amp;#039;s group—Tarbell, McClure, and their reporters Ray Stannard Baker and Lincoln Steffens—cemented investigative journalism’s crucial role in democracy. From reporting on labor unrest and lynching, to their exposés of municipal corruption, their reporting brought their readers face to face with a nation mired in dysfunction. They also introduced Americans to the voices of Willa Cather, Arthur Conan Doyle, Robert Louis Stevenson, Joseph Conrad, and many others. Tracing McClure’s from its meteoric rise to its spectacularly swift and dramatic combustion, Citizen Reporters is a thrillingly told, deeply researched biography of a powerhouse magazine that forever changed American life. It’s also a timely case study that demonstrates the crucial importance of journalists who are unafraid to speak truth to power.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Sherlock: Murder, Forensics, and the Birth of American CSI by Kate Winkler Dawson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384453</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Sherlock: Murder, Forensics, and the Birth of American CSI
Author: Kate Winkler Dawson
Narrator: Kate Winkler Dawson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the acclaimed author of Death in the Air (&amp;#039;Not since Devil in the White City has a book told such a harrowing tale&amp;#039;--Douglas Preston) comes the riveting story of the birth of criminal investigation in the twentieth century. Berkeley, California, 1933. In a lab filled with curiosities--beakers, microscopes, Bunsen burners, and hundreds upon hundreds of books--sat an investigator who would go on to crack at least two thousand cases in his forty-year career. Known as the &amp;#039;American Sherlock Holmes,&amp;#039; Edward Oscar Heinrich was one of America&amp;#039;s greatest--and first--forensic scientists, with an uncanny knack for finding clues, establishing evidence, and deducing answers with a skill that seemed almost supernatural. Heinrich was one of the nation&amp;#039;s first expert witnesses, working in a time when the turmoil of Prohibition led to sensationalized crime reporting and only a small, systematic study of evidence. However with his brilliance, and commanding presence in both the courtroom and at crime scenes, Heinrich spearheaded the invention of a myriad of new forensic tools that police still use today, including blood spatter analysis, ballistics, lie-detector tests, and the use of fingerprints as courtroom evidence. His work, though not without its serious--some would say fatal--flaws, changed the course of American criminal investigation.  Based on years of research and thousands of never-before-published primary source materials, American Sherlock captures the life of the man who pioneered the science our legal system now relies upon--as well as the limits of those techniques and the very human experts who wield them.</description>
      <author>Kate Winkler Dawson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593163801.mp3" length="2756809" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384453</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593163801.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Sherlock: Murder, Forensics, and the Birth of American CSI
Author: Kate Winkler Dawson
Narrator: Kate Winkler Dawson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the acclaimed author of Death in the Air (&amp;#039;Not since Devil in the White City has a book told such a harrowing tale&amp;#039;--Douglas Preston) comes the riveting story of the birth of criminal investigation in the twentieth century. Berkeley, California, 1933. In a lab filled with curiosities--beakers, microscopes, Bunsen burners, and hundreds upon hundreds of books--sat an investigator who would go on to crack at least two thousand cases in his forty-year career. Known as the &amp;#039;American Sherlock Holmes,&amp;#039; Edward Oscar Heinrich was one of America&amp;#039;s greatest--and first--forensic scientists, with an uncanny knack for finding clues, establishing evidence, and deducing answers with a skill that seemed almost supernatural. Heinrich was one of the nation&amp;#039;s first expert witnesses, working in a time when the turmoil of Prohibition led to sensationalized crime reporting and only a small, systematic study of evidence. However with his brilliance, and commanding presence in both the courtroom and at crime scenes, Heinrich spearheaded the invention of a myriad of new forensic tools that police still use today, including blood spatter analysis, ballistics, lie-detector tests, and the use of fingerprints as courtroom evidence. His work, though not without its serious--some would say fatal--flaws, changed the course of American criminal investigation.  Based on years of research and thousands of never-before-published primary source materials, American Sherlock captures the life of the man who pioneered the science our legal system now relies upon--as well as the limits of those techniques and the very human experts who wield them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384453">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384453</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Sherlock: Murder, Forensics, and the Birth of American CSI
Author: Kate Winkler Dawson
Narrator: Kate Winkler Dawson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From the acclaimed author of Death in the Air (&amp;#039;Not since Devil in the White City has a book told such a harrowing tale&amp;#039;--Douglas Preston) comes the riveting story of the birth of criminal investigation in the twentieth century. Berkeley, California, 1933. In a lab filled with curiosities--beakers, microscopes, Bunsen burners, and hundreds upon hundreds of books--sat an investigator who would go on to crack at least two thousand cases in his forty-year career. Known as the &amp;#039;American Sherlock Holmes,&amp;#039; Edward Oscar Heinrich was one of America&amp;#039;s greatest--and first--forensic scientists, with an uncanny knack for finding clues, establishing evidence, and deducing answers with a skill that seemed almost supernatural. Heinrich was one of the nation&amp;#039;s first expert witnesses, working in a time when the turmoil of Prohibition led to sensationalized crime reporting and only a small, systematic study of evidence. However with his brilliance, and commanding presence in both the courtroom and at crime scenes, Heinrich spearheaded the invention of a myriad of new forensic tools that police still use today, including blood spatter analysis, ballistics, lie-detector tests, and the use of fingerprints as courtroom evidence. His work, though not without its serious--some would say fatal--flaws, changed the course of American criminal investigation.  Based on years of research and thousands of never-before-published primary source materials, American Sherlock captures the life of the man who pioneered the science our legal system now relies upon--as well as the limits of those techniques and the very human experts who wield them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unknown Valor: A Story of Family, Courage, and Sacrifice from Pearl Harbor to Iwo Jima by Martha Maccallum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384275</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384275">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384275</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unknown Valor: A Story of Family, Courage, and Sacrifice from Pearl Harbor to Iwo Jima
Author: Martha Maccallum
Narrator: Martha Maccallum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In honor of the 75th Anniversary of one of the most critical battles of World War II, the popular primetime Fox News anchor of The Story with Martha MacCallum pays tribute to the heroic men who sacrificed everything at Iwo Jima to defeat the Armed Forces of Emperor Hirohito—among them, a member of her own family, Harry Gray. Admiral Chester Nimitz spoke of the “uncommon valor” of the men who fought on Iwo Jima, one of the bloodiest and most brutal battles of World War II. In thirty-six grueling days, nearly 7,000 Marines were killed and 22,000 were wounded. Martha MacCallum takes us from Pearl Harbor to Iwo Jima through the lives of these men of valor, among them Harry Gray, a member of her own family. In Unknown Valor, she weaves their stories—from Boston, Massachusetts, to Gulfport, Mississippi, as told through letters and recollections—into the larger history of what American military leaders rightly saw as an eventual showdown in the Pacific with Japan. In a relentless push through the jungles of Guadalcanal, over the coral reefs of Tarawa, past the bloody ridge of Peleliu, against the banzai charges of Guam, and to the cliffs of Saipan, these men were on a path that ultimately led to the black sands of Iwo Jima, the doorstep of the Japanese Empire. Meticulously researched, heart-wrenching, and illuminating, Unknown Valor reveals the sacrifices of ordinary Marines who saved the world from tyranny and left indelible marks on those back home who loved them. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Martha Maccallum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062983978.mp3" length="1363742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384275</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062983978.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384275">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384275</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unknown Valor: A Story of Family, Courage, and Sacrifice from Pearl Harbor to Iwo Jima
Author: Martha Maccallum
Narrator: Martha Maccallum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In honor of the 75th Anniversary of one of the most critical battles of World War II, the popular primetime Fox News anchor of The Story with Martha MacCallum pays tribute to the heroic men who sacrificed everything at Iwo Jima to defeat the Armed Forces of Emperor Hirohito—among them, a member of her own family, Harry Gray. Admiral Chester Nimitz spoke of the “uncommon valor” of the men who fought on Iwo Jima, one of the bloodiest and most brutal battles of World War II. In thirty-six grueling days, nearly 7,000 Marines were killed and 22,000 were wounded. Martha MacCallum takes us from Pearl Harbor to Iwo Jima through the lives of these men of valor, among them Harry Gray, a member of her own family. In Unknown Valor, she weaves their stories—from Boston, Massachusetts, to Gulfport, Mississippi, as told through letters and recollections—into the larger history of what American military leaders rightly saw as an eventual showdown in the Pacific with Japan. In a relentless push through the jungles of Guadalcanal, over the coral reefs of Tarawa, past the bloody ridge of Peleliu, against the banzai charges of Guam, and to the cliffs of Saipan, these men were on a path that ultimately led to the black sands of Iwo Jima, the doorstep of the Japanese Empire. Meticulously researched, heart-wrenching, and illuminating, Unknown Valor reveals the sacrifices of ordinary Marines who saved the world from tyranny and left indelible marks on those back home who loved them. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384275">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384275</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unknown Valor: A Story of Family, Courage, and Sacrifice from Pearl Harbor to Iwo Jima
Author: Martha Maccallum
Narrator: Martha Maccallum
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 52 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In honor of the 75th Anniversary of one of the most critical battles of World War II, the popular primetime Fox News anchor of The Story with Martha MacCallum pays tribute to the heroic men who sacrificed everything at Iwo Jima to defeat the Armed Forces of Emperor Hirohito—among them, a member of her own family, Harry Gray. Admiral Chester Nimitz spoke of the “uncommon valor” of the men who fought on Iwo Jima, one of the bloodiest and most brutal battles of World War II. In thirty-six grueling days, nearly 7,000 Marines were killed and 22,000 were wounded. Martha MacCallum takes us from Pearl Harbor to Iwo Jima through the lives of these men of valor, among them Harry Gray, a member of her own family. In Unknown Valor, she weaves their stories—from Boston, Massachusetts, to Gulfport, Mississippi, as told through letters and recollections—into the larger history of what American military leaders rightly saw as an eventual showdown in the Pacific with Japan. In a relentless push through the jungles of Guadalcanal, over the coral reefs of Tarawa, past the bloody ridge of Peleliu, against the banzai charges of Guam, and to the cliffs of Saipan, these men were on a path that ultimately led to the black sands of Iwo Jima, the doorstep of the Japanese Empire. Meticulously researched, heart-wrenching, and illuminating, Unknown Valor reveals the sacrifices of ordinary Marines who saved the world from tyranny and left indelible marks on those back home who loved them. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Imperfect Union: How Jessie and John Frémont Mapped the West, Invented Celebrity, and Helped Cause the Civil War by Steve Inskeep</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383876</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imperfect Union: How Jessie and John Frémont Mapped the West, Invented Celebrity, and Helped Cause the Civil War
Author: Steve Inskeep
Narrator: Steve Inskeep
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Steve Inskeep tells the riveting story of John and Jessie Frémont, the husband and wife team who in the 1800s were instrumental in the westward expansion of the United States, and thus became America&amp;#039;s first great political couple  John C. Frémont, one of the United States’s leading explorers of the nineteenth century, was relatively unknown in 1842, when he commanded the first of his expeditions to the uncharted West. But in only a few years, he was one of the most acclaimed people of the age – known as a wilderness explorer, bestselling writer, gallant army officer, and latter-day conquistador, who in 1846 began the United States’s takeover of California from Mexico. He was not even 40 years old when Americans began naming mountains and towns after him. He had perfect timing, exploring the West just as it captured the nation’s attention. But the most important factor in his fame may have been the person who made it all possible: his wife, Jessie Benton Frémont.      Jessie, the daughter of a United States senator who was deeply involved in the West, provided her husband with entrée to the highest levels of government and media, and his career reached new heights only a few months after their elopement. During a time when women were allowed to make few choices for themselves, Jessie – who herself aspired to roles in exploration and politics – threw her skill and passion into promoting her husband. She worked to carefully edit and publicize his accounts of his travels, attracted talented young men to his circle, and lashed out at his enemies. She became her husband’s political adviser, as well as a power player in her own right. In 1856, the famous couple strategized as John became the first-ever presidential nominee of the newly established Republican Party.   With rare detail and in consummate style, Steve Inskeep tells the story of a couple whose joint ambitions and talents intertwined with those of the nascent United States itself. Taking advantage of expanding news media, aided by an increasingly literate public, the two linked their names to the three great national movements of the time—westward settlement, women’s rights, and opposition to slavery. Together, John and Jessie Frémont took parts in events that defined the country and gave rise to a new, more global America. Theirs is a surprisingly modern tale of ambition and fame; they lived in a time of social and technological disruption and divisive politics that foreshadowed our own. In Imperfect Union, as Inskeep navigates these deeply transformative years through Jessie and John’s own union, he reveals how the Frémonts’ adventures amount to nothing less than a tour of the early American soul.</description>
      <author>Steve Inskeep</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165232.mp3" length="2610722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383876</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165232.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imperfect Union: How Jessie and John Frémont Mapped the West, Invented Celebrity, and Helped Cause the Civil War
Author: Steve Inskeep
Narrator: Steve Inskeep
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Steve Inskeep tells the riveting story of John and Jessie Frémont, the husband and wife team who in the 1800s were instrumental in the westward expansion of the United States, and thus became America&amp;#039;s first great political couple  John C. Frémont, one of the United States’s leading explorers of the nineteenth century, was relatively unknown in 1842, when he commanded the first of his expeditions to the uncharted West. But in only a few years, he was one of the most acclaimed people of the age – known as a wilderness explorer, bestselling writer, gallant army officer, and latter-day conquistador, who in 1846 began the United States’s takeover of California from Mexico. He was not even 40 years old when Americans began naming mountains and towns after him. He had perfect timing, exploring the West just as it captured the nation’s attention. But the most important factor in his fame may have been the person who made it all possible: his wife, Jessie Benton Frémont.      Jessie, the daughter of a United States senator who was deeply involved in the West, provided her husband with entrée to the highest levels of government and media, and his career reached new heights only a few months after their elopement. During a time when women were allowed to make few choices for themselves, Jessie – who herself aspired to roles in exploration and politics – threw her skill and passion into promoting her husband. She worked to carefully edit and publicize his accounts of his travels, attracted talented young men to his circle, and lashed out at his enemies. She became her husband’s political adviser, as well as a power player in her own right. In 1856, the famous couple strategized as John became the first-ever presidential nominee of the newly established Republican Party.   With rare detail and in consummate style, Steve Inskeep tells the story of a couple whose joint ambitions and talents intertwined with those of the nascent United States itself. Taking advantage of expanding news media, aided by an increasingly literate public, the two linked their names to the three great national movements of the time—westward settlement, women’s rights, and opposition to slavery. Together, John and Jessie Frémont took parts in events that defined the country and gave rise to a new, more global America. Theirs is a surprisingly modern tale of ambition and fame; they lived in a time of social and technological disruption and divisive politics that foreshadowed our own. In Imperfect Union, as Inskeep navigates these deeply transformative years through Jessie and John’s own union, he reveals how the Frémonts’ adventures amount to nothing less than a tour of the early American soul.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imperfect Union: How Jessie and John Frémont Mapped the West, Invented Celebrity, and Helped Cause the Civil War
Author: Steve Inskeep
Narrator: Steve Inskeep
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Steve Inskeep tells the riveting story of John and Jessie Frémont, the husband and wife team who in the 1800s were instrumental in the westward expansion of the United States, and thus became America&amp;#039;s first great political couple  John C. Frémont, one of the United States’s leading explorers of the nineteenth century, was relatively unknown in 1842, when he commanded the first of his expeditions to the uncharted West. But in only a few years, he was one of the most acclaimed people of the age – known as a wilderness explorer, bestselling writer, gallant army officer, and latter-day conquistador, who in 1846 began the United States’s takeover of California from Mexico. He was not even 40 years old when Americans began naming mountains and towns after him. He had perfect timing, exploring the West just as it captured the nation’s attention. But the most important factor in his fame may have been the person who made it all possible: his wife, Jessie Benton Frémont.      Jessie, the daughter of a United States senator who was deeply involved in the West, provided her husband with entrée to the highest levels of government and media, and his career reached new heights only a few months after their elopement. During a time when women were allowed to make few choices for themselves, Jessie – who herself aspired to roles in exploration and politics – threw her skill and passion into promoting her husband. She worked to carefully edit and publicize his accounts of his travels, attracted talented young men to his circle, and lashed out at his enemies. She became her husband’s political adviser, as well as a power player in her own right. In 1856, the famous couple strategized as John became the first-ever presidential nominee of the newly established Republican Party.   With rare detail and in consummate style, Steve Inskeep tells the story of a couple whose joint ambitions and talents intertwined with those of the nascent United States itself. Taking advantage of expanding news media, aided by an increasingly literate public, the two linked their names to the three great national movements of the time—westward settlement, women’s rights, and opposition to slavery. Together, John and Jessie Frémont took parts in events that defined the country and gave rise to a new, more global America. Theirs is a surprisingly modern tale of ambition and fame; they lived in a time of social and technological disruption and divisive politics that foreshadowed our own. In Imperfect Union, as Inskeep navigates these deeply transformative years through Jessie and John’s own union, he reveals how the Frémonts’ adventures amount to nothing less than a tour of the early American soul.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Supreme Inequality: The Supreme Court&amp;#039;s Fifty-Year Battle for a More Unjust America by Adam Cohen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Supreme Inequality: The Supreme Court&amp;#039;s Fifty-Year Battle for a More Unjust America
Author: Adam Cohen
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“With Supreme Inequality, Adam Cohen has built, brick by brick, an airtight case against the Supreme Court of the last half-century...Cohen’s book is a closing statement in the case against an institution tasked with protecting the vulnerable, which has emboldened the rich and powerful instead.” —Dahlia Lithwick, senior editor, Slate A revelatory examination of the conservative direction of the Supreme Court over the last fifty years.    In Supreme Inequality, bestselling author Adam Cohen surveys the most significant Supreme Court rulings since the Nixon era and exposes how, contrary to what Americans like to believe, the Supreme Court does little to protect the rights of the poor and disadvantaged; in fact, it has not been on their side for fifty years. Cohen proves beyond doubt that the modern Court has been one of the leading forces behind the nation’s soaring level of economic inequality, and that an institution revered as a source of fairness has been systematically making America less fair.  A triumph of American legal, political, and social history, Supreme Inequality holds to account the highest court in the land and shows how much damage it has done to America’s ideals of equality, democracy, and justice for all.</description>
      <author>Adam Cohen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593165393.mp3" length="2720031" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593165393.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Supreme Inequality: The Supreme Court&amp;#039;s Fifty-Year Battle for a More Unjust America
Author: Adam Cohen
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“With Supreme Inequality, Adam Cohen has built, brick by brick, an airtight case against the Supreme Court of the last half-century...Cohen’s book is a closing statement in the case against an institution tasked with protecting the vulnerable, which has emboldened the rich and powerful instead.” —Dahlia Lithwick, senior editor, Slate A revelatory examination of the conservative direction of the Supreme Court over the last fifty years.    In Supreme Inequality, bestselling author Adam Cohen surveys the most significant Supreme Court rulings since the Nixon era and exposes how, contrary to what Americans like to believe, the Supreme Court does little to protect the rights of the poor and disadvantaged; in fact, it has not been on their side for fifty years. Cohen proves beyond doubt that the modern Court has been one of the leading forces behind the nation’s soaring level of economic inequality, and that an institution revered as a source of fairness has been systematically making America less fair.  A triumph of American legal, political, and social history, Supreme Inequality holds to account the highest court in the land and shows how much damage it has done to America’s ideals of equality, democracy, and justice for all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Supreme Inequality: The Supreme Court&amp;#039;s Fifty-Year Battle for a More Unjust America
Author: Adam Cohen
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
“With Supreme Inequality, Adam Cohen has built, brick by brick, an airtight case against the Supreme Court of the last half-century...Cohen’s book is a closing statement in the case against an institution tasked with protecting the vulnerable, which has emboldened the rich and powerful instead.” —Dahlia Lithwick, senior editor, Slate A revelatory examination of the conservative direction of the Supreme Court over the last fifty years.    In Supreme Inequality, bestselling author Adam Cohen surveys the most significant Supreme Court rulings since the Nixon era and exposes how, contrary to what Americans like to believe, the Supreme Court does little to protect the rights of the poor and disadvantaged; in fact, it has not been on their side for fifty years. Cohen proves beyond doubt that the modern Court has been one of the leading forces behind the nation’s soaring level of economic inequality, and that an institution revered as a source of fairness has been systematically making America less fair.  A triumph of American legal, political, and social history, Supreme Inequality holds to account the highest court in the land and shows how much damage it has done to America’s ideals of equality, democracy, and justice for all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apollo 13 by Jeffrey Kluger, Jim Lovell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383743</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apollo 13
Author: Jeffrey Kluger, Jim Lovell
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 17 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An all-new recording of the landmark #1 bestseller! In April 1970, during the glory days of the Apollo space program, NASA sent Navy Captain Jim Lovell and two other astronauts on America’s fifth mission to the moon. Only fifty-five hours into the flight of Apollo 13, disaster struck: a mysterious explosion rocked the ship, and soon its oxygen and power began draining away. Written with all the color and drama of the best fiction, Apollo 13 (previously published as Lost Moon) tells the full story of the moon shot that almost ended in catastrophe. Minutes after the explosion, the three astronauts are forced to abandon the main ship for the lunar module, a tiny craft designed to keep two men alive for just two days. As the hours tick away, the narrative shifts from the crippled spacecraft to Mission Control, from engineers searching desperately for a way to fix the ship to Lovell&amp;#039;s wife and children praying for his safe return. The entire nation watches as one crisis after another is met and overcome. By the time the ship splashes down in the Pacific, we understand why the heroic effort to rescue Lovell and his crew is considered by many to be NASA’s finest hour.   Decades after the launch of the mission, Jim Lovell and coauthor Jeffrey Kluger offer an incisive look at America&amp;#039;s waxing and waning love affair with space exploration during the past three decades, culminating only recently when the Apollo 13 spacecraft itself, long consigned to an aviation museum outside Paris, was at last returned to its rightful home in the United States. The story of Apollo 13 is a timeless tribute to the enduring American spirit and sparkling individual heroism.</description>
      <author>Jeffrey Kluger, Jim Lovell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797102719.mp3" length="794840" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383743</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797102719.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apollo 13
Author: Jeffrey Kluger, Jim Lovell
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 17 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An all-new recording of the landmark #1 bestseller! In April 1970, during the glory days of the Apollo space program, NASA sent Navy Captain Jim Lovell and two other astronauts on America’s fifth mission to the moon. Only fifty-five hours into the flight of Apollo 13, disaster struck: a mysterious explosion rocked the ship, and soon its oxygen and power began draining away. Written with all the color and drama of the best fiction, Apollo 13 (previously published as Lost Moon) tells the full story of the moon shot that almost ended in catastrophe. Minutes after the explosion, the three astronauts are forced to abandon the main ship for the lunar module, a tiny craft designed to keep two men alive for just two days. As the hours tick away, the narrative shifts from the crippled spacecraft to Mission Control, from engineers searching desperately for a way to fix the ship to Lovell&amp;#039;s wife and children praying for his safe return. The entire nation watches as one crisis after another is met and overcome. By the time the ship splashes down in the Pacific, we understand why the heroic effort to rescue Lovell and his crew is considered by many to be NASA’s finest hour.   Decades after the launch of the mission, Jim Lovell and coauthor Jeffrey Kluger offer an incisive look at America&amp;#039;s waxing and waning love affair with space exploration during the past three decades, culminating only recently when the Apollo 13 spacecraft itself, long consigned to an aviation museum outside Paris, was at last returned to its rightful home in the United States. The story of Apollo 13 is a timeless tribute to the enduring American spirit and sparkling individual heroism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Apollo 13
Author: Jeffrey Kluger, Jim Lovell
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 17 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
An all-new recording of the landmark #1 bestseller! In April 1970, during the glory days of the Apollo space program, NASA sent Navy Captain Jim Lovell and two other astronauts on America’s fifth mission to the moon. Only fifty-five hours into the flight of Apollo 13, disaster struck: a mysterious explosion rocked the ship, and soon its oxygen and power began draining away. Written with all the color and drama of the best fiction, Apollo 13 (previously published as Lost Moon) tells the full story of the moon shot that almost ended in catastrophe. Minutes after the explosion, the three astronauts are forced to abandon the main ship for the lunar module, a tiny craft designed to keep two men alive for just two days. As the hours tick away, the narrative shifts from the crippled spacecraft to Mission Control, from engineers searching desperately for a way to fix the ship to Lovell&amp;#039;s wife and children praying for his safe return. The entire nation watches as one crisis after another is met and overcome. By the time the ship splashes down in the Pacific, we understand why the heroic effort to rescue Lovell and his crew is considered by many to be NASA’s finest hour.   Decades after the launch of the mission, Jim Lovell and coauthor Jeffrey Kluger offer an incisive look at America&amp;#039;s waxing and waning love affair with space exploration during the past three decades, culminating only recently when the Apollo 13 spacecraft itself, long consigned to an aviation museum outside Paris, was at last returned to its rightful home in the United States. The story of Apollo 13 is a timeless tribute to the enduring American spirit and sparkling individual heroism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Voices of Slavery - An American Shame by Geoffrey Giuliano</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383510</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Voices of Slavery - An American Shame
Author: Geoffrey Giuliano
Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever since the innocent people of Africa, and other ports of call, were heartlessly enslaved by profiteers, one of the greatest outrages in history has spread a legacy of violence and shame across the globe.  In this stirring, evocative, audio history, the actual voices of these poor souls are presented for close examination and study. That this should never happen again is clear. Through understanding of our collective past, we become stronger and more enlightened. Let the sorrowful voices of a distant time propel us together towards a more compassionate and benevolent future. A must for not only history buffs, schools, or universities, but for all free thinking Americans as well. Music by AudioNautix.</description>
      <author>Geoffrey Giuliano</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 19 May 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982752996.mp3" length="1617545" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383510</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982752996.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Voices of Slavery - An American Shame
Author: Geoffrey Giuliano
Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever since the innocent people of Africa, and other ports of call, were heartlessly enslaved by profiteers, one of the greatest outrages in history has spread a legacy of violence and shame across the globe.  In this stirring, evocative, audio history, the actual voices of these poor souls are presented for close examination and study. That this should never happen again is clear. Through understanding of our collective past, we become stronger and more enlightened. Let the sorrowful voices of a distant time propel us together towards a more compassionate and benevolent future. A must for not only history buffs, schools, or universities, but for all free thinking Americans as well. Music by AudioNautix.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383510">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383510</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Voices of Slavery - An American Shame
Author: Geoffrey Giuliano
Narrator: Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever since the innocent people of Africa, and other ports of call, were heartlessly enslaved by profiteers, one of the greatest outrages in history has spread a legacy of violence and shame across the globe.  In this stirring, evocative, audio history, the actual voices of these poor souls are presented for close examination and study. That this should never happen again is clear. Through understanding of our collective past, we become stronger and more enlightened. Let the sorrowful voices of a distant time propel us together towards a more compassionate and benevolent future. A must for not only history buffs, schools, or universities, but for all free thinking Americans as well. Music by AudioNautix.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Albert Einstein in His Own Voice by Albert Einstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383405</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Albert Einstein in His Own Voice
Author: Albert Einstein
Narrator: Albert Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Listen to Albert Einstein in his own voice</description>
      <author>Albert Einstein</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 May 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABBNP9780134.mp3" length="761124" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383405</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABBNP9780134.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Albert Einstein in His Own Voice
Author: Albert Einstein
Narrator: Albert Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Listen to Albert Einstein in his own voice</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Albert Einstein in His Own Voice
Author: Albert Einstein
Narrator: Albert Einstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Listen to Albert Einstein in his own voice</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>100 Amazing Facts About the Negro with Complete Proof by J. Rogers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383395</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 100 Amazing Facts About the Negro with Complete Proof
Author: J. Rogers
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 1934 and revised in 1962, this book gathers journalist and historian Joel Augustus Rogers&amp;#039; columns from the syndicated newspaper feature titled Your History. Patterned after the look of Ripley&amp;#039;s popular Believe It or Not the multiple vignettes in each episode recount short items from Rogers&amp;#039;s research. The feature began in the Pittsburgh Courier in November 1934 and ran through the 1960s.</description>
      <author>J. Rogers</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 May 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABBNP9780124.mp3" length="890352" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383395</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABBNP9780124.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 100 Amazing Facts About the Negro with Complete Proof
Author: J. Rogers
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 1934 and revised in 1962, this book gathers journalist and historian Joel Augustus Rogers&amp;#039; columns from the syndicated newspaper feature titled Your History. Patterned after the look of Ripley&amp;#039;s popular Believe It or Not the multiple vignettes in each episode recount short items from Rogers&amp;#039;s research. The feature began in the Pittsburgh Courier in November 1934 and ran through the 1960s.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383395">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383395</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 100 Amazing Facts About the Negro with Complete Proof
Author: J. Rogers
Narrator: John Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 1934 and revised in 1962, this book gathers journalist and historian Joel Augustus Rogers&amp;#039; columns from the syndicated newspaper feature titled Your History. Patterned after the look of Ripley&amp;#039;s popular Believe It or Not the multiple vignettes in each episode recount short items from Rogers&amp;#039;s research. The feature began in the Pittsburgh Courier in November 1934 and ran through the 1960s.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies by Bartolom de las Casas by Bartolome De Las Casas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383397</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383397">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383397</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies by Bartolom de las Casas
Author: Bartolome De Las Casas
Narrator: Jason Mccoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies&amp;quot; is the story of the Spanish Dominican priest Bartolome de las Casas, who came to the Americas in the 16th century. Immediately he was struck by the inhumane ways in which the native peoples were treated by the European explorers and conquerors, Las Casas went on to be a leading opponent of slavery, torture, and genocide of the Native Americans by the Spanish colonists. &amp;quot;A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies&amp;quot; is his personal account, with chapters covering Cuba, Nicaragua, Hispaniola, Guatemala, Venezuela, Florida, and many other areas conquered by the Spaniards.</description>
      <author>Bartolome De Las Casas</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 May 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABBNP9780126.mp3" length="846336" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383397</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABBNP9780126.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383397">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383397</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies by Bartolom de las Casas
Author: Bartolome De Las Casas
Narrator: Jason Mccoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies&amp;quot; is the story of the Spanish Dominican priest Bartolome de las Casas, who came to the Americas in the 16th century. Immediately he was struck by the inhumane ways in which the native peoples were treated by the European explorers and conquerors, Las Casas went on to be a leading opponent of slavery, torture, and genocide of the Native Americans by the Spanish colonists. &amp;quot;A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies&amp;quot; is his personal account, with chapters covering Cuba, Nicaragua, Hispaniola, Guatemala, Venezuela, Florida, and many other areas conquered by the Spaniards.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383397">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383397</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies by Bartolom de las Casas
Author: Bartolome De Las Casas
Narrator: Jason Mccoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies&amp;quot; is the story of the Spanish Dominican priest Bartolome de las Casas, who came to the Americas in the 16th century. Immediately he was struck by the inhumane ways in which the native peoples were treated by the European explorers and conquerors, Las Casas went on to be a leading opponent of slavery, torture, and genocide of the Native Americans by the Spanish colonists. &amp;quot;A Brief Account of the Destruction of the Indies&amp;quot; is his personal account, with chapters covering Cuba, Nicaragua, Hispaniola, Guatemala, Venezuela, Florida, and many other areas conquered by the Spaniards.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Religious Instruction of the Negroes in the United States by Charles Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383392</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Religious Instruction of the Negroes in the United States
Author: Charles Jones
Narrator: Joseph Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Colcock Jones, Sr. (1804-1863) was a Presbyterian clergyman, educator, missionary, and planter of Liberty County, Georgia. While in the North, Jones agonized over the morality of owning slaves, but he returned to Liberty County to become a planter and a missionary to slaves. He served as pastor of the First Presbyterian Church of Savannah, Georgia (1831-32), professor of church history and polity at Columbia Theological Seminary, Columbia, South Carolina, (1835-38), returned to missionary work in 1839, and was again Professor at Columbia Seminary (1847-50). He spent the remainder of his life supervising his three plantations, Arcadia, Montevideo, and Maybank, while continuing his evangelization of slaves. Besides many tracts and papers, Jones published The Religious Instruction of the Negroes in the United States (1842) and a History of the Church of God (1867). His Catechism of Scripture Doctrine and Practice (1837) was translated into Armenian and Chinese. In 1972, literary critic Robert Manson Myers published a huge collection of Jones family letters in The Children of Pride, a work of more than 1,800 pages. The book won a National Book Award (1973). In 2005, historian Erskine Clarke published Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic based on an even larger collection of Jones family correspondence. It won a Bancroft Prize (2006).</description>
      <author>Charles Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 May 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/SABBNP9780121.mp3" length="877681" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383392</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/SABBNP9780121.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Religious Instruction of the Negroes in the United States
Author: Charles Jones
Narrator: Joseph Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Colcock Jones, Sr. (1804-1863) was a Presbyterian clergyman, educator, missionary, and planter of Liberty County, Georgia. While in the North, Jones agonized over the morality of owning slaves, but he returned to Liberty County to become a planter and a missionary to slaves. He served as pastor of the First Presbyterian Church of Savannah, Georgia (1831-32), professor of church history and polity at Columbia Theological Seminary, Columbia, South Carolina, (1835-38), returned to missionary work in 1839, and was again Professor at Columbia Seminary (1847-50). He spent the remainder of his life supervising his three plantations, Arcadia, Montevideo, and Maybank, while continuing his evangelization of slaves. Besides many tracts and papers, Jones published The Religious Instruction of the Negroes in the United States (1842) and a History of the Church of God (1867). His Catechism of Scripture Doctrine and Practice (1837) was translated into Armenian and Chinese. In 1972, literary critic Robert Manson Myers published a huge collection of Jones family letters in The Children of Pride, a work of more than 1,800 pages. The book won a National Book Award (1973). In 2005, historian Erskine Clarke published Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic based on an even larger collection of Jones family correspondence. It won a Bancroft Prize (2006).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Religious Instruction of the Negroes in the United States
Author: Charles Jones
Narrator: Joseph Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Charles Colcock Jones, Sr. (1804-1863) was a Presbyterian clergyman, educator, missionary, and planter of Liberty County, Georgia. While in the North, Jones agonized over the morality of owning slaves, but he returned to Liberty County to become a planter and a missionary to slaves. He served as pastor of the First Presbyterian Church of Savannah, Georgia (1831-32), professor of church history and polity at Columbia Theological Seminary, Columbia, South Carolina, (1835-38), returned to missionary work in 1839, and was again Professor at Columbia Seminary (1847-50). He spent the remainder of his life supervising his three plantations, Arcadia, Montevideo, and Maybank, while continuing his evangelization of slaves. Besides many tracts and papers, Jones published The Religious Instruction of the Negroes in the United States (1842) and a History of the Church of God (1867). His Catechism of Scripture Doctrine and Practice (1837) was translated into Armenian and Chinese. In 1972, literary critic Robert Manson Myers published a huge collection of Jones family letters in The Children of Pride, a work of more than 1,800 pages. The book won a National Book Award (1973). In 2005, historian Erskine Clarke published Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic based on an even larger collection of Jones family correspondence. It won a Bancroft Prize (2006).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Still Winning: Why America Went All In on Donald Trump-And Why We Must Do It Again by Charles Hurt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Still Winning: Why America Went All In on Donald Trump-And Why We Must Do It Again
Author: Charles Hurt
Narrator: Nelson Hawthorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this stirring true account of American leadership, learn how President Trump will put an end to a corrupt system of government ruled by the establishment and special interests. Still Winning is the story of the unlikeliest of heroes who emerged from the unlikeliest of places to take up the impossible cause of a truly forgotten people. They are people who love their country, trust their higher God, obey laws and will do anything for their family and neighbors. They are the very people the Founders envisioned when they hatched the radical idea of self-governance. This is the story of a Leviathan government -- the most powerful political force in the history of mankind -- that has become dangerously unmoored from the people it represents. It is the story of how elites and the politically comfortable controlling both parties in Washington have utterly lost touch. They don&amp;#039;t even realize how much the people they represent despise the uncontrollable Leviathan. The establishment has tried their best to ignore Donald Trump -- except to brand him as a racist, a xenophobe, an isolationist, and a dangerous, violence-inciting war monger. All standards of reporting vanished. In the era of Trump, no sort of criticism was off-limits. They openly mocked his looks, ridiculed his private business accomplishments, pilloried his family and children and made fun of his foreign-born wife for her accent! The Leviathan has grown untamable. Democrats and Republicans run for office year after year on promises they have no intention of keeping. Neither side wants to fix a single problem. The whole thing has become one giant ungovernable, corrupt Ponzi scheme that -- one day -- will come crashing down. Charles Hurt advocates for the &amp;#039;Nuclear Option&amp;#039; for dealing with this mess: just blow the whole damned thing up. Whatever is presidential or diplomatic, let&amp;#039;s try the opposite. Whatever these people in Washington find most horrifying, let&amp;#039;s try that. Finally, the multi-headed Leviathan swamp monster has met the perfect dragon slayer in Donald Trump. Still Winning examines each corrupt head of this Leviathan, and why Donald Trump is the only good answer to fixing it.</description>
      <author>Charles Hurt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549120626.mp3" length="899664" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549120626.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Still Winning: Why America Went All In on Donald Trump-And Why We Must Do It Again
Author: Charles Hurt
Narrator: Nelson Hawthorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this stirring true account of American leadership, learn how President Trump will put an end to a corrupt system of government ruled by the establishment and special interests. Still Winning is the story of the unlikeliest of heroes who emerged from the unlikeliest of places to take up the impossible cause of a truly forgotten people. They are people who love their country, trust their higher God, obey laws and will do anything for their family and neighbors. They are the very people the Founders envisioned when they hatched the radical idea of self-governance. This is the story of a Leviathan government -- the most powerful political force in the history of mankind -- that has become dangerously unmoored from the people it represents. It is the story of how elites and the politically comfortable controlling both parties in Washington have utterly lost touch. They don&amp;#039;t even realize how much the people they represent despise the uncontrollable Leviathan. The establishment has tried their best to ignore Donald Trump -- except to brand him as a racist, a xenophobe, an isolationist, and a dangerous, violence-inciting war monger. All standards of reporting vanished. In the era of Trump, no sort of criticism was off-limits. They openly mocked his looks, ridiculed his private business accomplishments, pilloried his family and children and made fun of his foreign-born wife for her accent! The Leviathan has grown untamable. Democrats and Republicans run for office year after year on promises they have no intention of keeping. Neither side wants to fix a single problem. The whole thing has become one giant ungovernable, corrupt Ponzi scheme that -- one day -- will come crashing down. Charles Hurt advocates for the &amp;#039;Nuclear Option&amp;#039; for dealing with this mess: just blow the whole damned thing up. Whatever is presidential or diplomatic, let&amp;#039;s try the opposite. Whatever these people in Washington find most horrifying, let&amp;#039;s try that. Finally, the multi-headed Leviathan swamp monster has met the perfect dragon slayer in Donald Trump. Still Winning examines each corrupt head of this Leviathan, and why Donald Trump is the only good answer to fixing it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383363</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Still Winning: Why America Went All In on Donald Trump-And Why We Must Do It Again
Author: Charles Hurt
Narrator: Nelson Hawthorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
In this stirring true account of American leadership, learn how President Trump will put an end to a corrupt system of government ruled by the establishment and special interests. Still Winning is the story of the unlikeliest of heroes who emerged from the unlikeliest of places to take up the impossible cause of a truly forgotten people. They are people who love their country, trust their higher God, obey laws and will do anything for their family and neighbors. They are the very people the Founders envisioned when they hatched the radical idea of self-governance. This is the story of a Leviathan government -- the most powerful political force in the history of mankind -- that has become dangerously unmoored from the people it represents. It is the story of how elites and the politically comfortable controlling both parties in Washington have utterly lost touch. They don&amp;#039;t even realize how much the people they represent despise the uncontrollable Leviathan. The establishment has tried their best to ignore Donald Trump -- except to brand him as a racist, a xenophobe, an isolationist, and a dangerous, violence-inciting war monger. All standards of reporting vanished. In the era of Trump, no sort of criticism was off-limits. They openly mocked his looks, ridiculed his private business accomplishments, pilloried his family and children and made fun of his foreign-born wife for her accent! The Leviathan has grown untamable. Democrats and Republicans run for office year after year on promises they have no intention of keeping. Neither side wants to fix a single problem. The whole thing has become one giant ungovernable, corrupt Ponzi scheme that -- one day -- will come crashing down. Charles Hurt advocates for the &amp;#039;Nuclear Option&amp;#039; for dealing with this mess: just blow the whole damned thing up. Whatever is presidential or diplomatic, let&amp;#039;s try the opposite. Whatever these people in Washington find most horrifying, let&amp;#039;s try that. Finally, the multi-headed Leviathan swamp monster has met the perfect dragon slayer in Donald Trump. Still Winning examines each corrupt head of this Leviathan, and why Donald Trump is the only good answer to fixing it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disney&amp;#039;s Land by Richard Snow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disney&amp;#039;s Land
Author: Richard Snow
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A propulsive and “entertaining” (The Wall Street Journal) history chronicling the conception and creation of the iconic Disneyland theme park, as told like never before by popular historian Richard Snow. One day in the early 1950s, Walt Disney stood looking over 240 acres of farmland in Anaheim, California, and imagined building a park where people “could live among Mickey Mouse and Snow White in a world still powered by steam and fire for a day or a week or (if the visitor is slightly mad) forever.” Despite his wealth and fame, exactly no one wanted Disney to build such a park. Not his brother Roy, who ran the company’s finances; not the bankers; and not his wife, Lillian. Amusement parks at that time, such as Coney Island, were a generally despised business, sagging and sordid remnants of bygone days. Disney was told that he would only be heading toward financial ruin.   But Walt persevered, initially financing the park against his own life insurance policy and later with sponsorship from ABC and the sale of thousands and thousands of Davy Crockett coonskin caps. Disney assembled a talented team of engineers, architects, artists, animators, landscapers, and even a retired admiral to transform his ideas into a soaring yet soothing wonderland of a park. The catch was that they had only a year and a day in which to build it.   On July 17, 1955, Disneyland opened its gates…and the first day was a disaster. Disney was nearly suicidal with grief that he had failed on a grand scale. But the curious masses kept coming, and the rest is entertainment history. Eight hundred million visitors have flocked to the park since then. In Disney’s Land, “Snow brings a historian’s eye and a child’s delight, not to mention superb writing, to the telling of this fascinating narrative” (Ken Burns) that “will entertain Disneyphiles and readers of popular American history” (Publishers Weekly).</description>
      <author>Richard Snow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797102092.mp3" length="845271" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797102092.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disney&amp;#039;s Land
Author: Richard Snow
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A propulsive and “entertaining” (The Wall Street Journal) history chronicling the conception and creation of the iconic Disneyland theme park, as told like never before by popular historian Richard Snow. One day in the early 1950s, Walt Disney stood looking over 240 acres of farmland in Anaheim, California, and imagined building a park where people “could live among Mickey Mouse and Snow White in a world still powered by steam and fire for a day or a week or (if the visitor is slightly mad) forever.” Despite his wealth and fame, exactly no one wanted Disney to build such a park. Not his brother Roy, who ran the company’s finances; not the bankers; and not his wife, Lillian. Amusement parks at that time, such as Coney Island, were a generally despised business, sagging and sordid remnants of bygone days. Disney was told that he would only be heading toward financial ruin.   But Walt persevered, initially financing the park against his own life insurance policy and later with sponsorship from ABC and the sale of thousands and thousands of Davy Crockett coonskin caps. Disney assembled a talented team of engineers, architects, artists, animators, landscapers, and even a retired admiral to transform his ideas into a soaring yet soothing wonderland of a park. The catch was that they had only a year and a day in which to build it.   On July 17, 1955, Disneyland opened its gates…and the first day was a disaster. Disney was nearly suicidal with grief that he had failed on a grand scale. But the curious masses kept coming, and the rest is entertainment history. Eight hundred million visitors have flocked to the park since then. In Disney’s Land, “Snow brings a historian’s eye and a child’s delight, not to mention superb writing, to the telling of this fascinating narrative” (Ken Burns) that “will entertain Disneyphiles and readers of popular American history” (Publishers Weekly).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disney&amp;#039;s Land
Author: Richard Snow
Narrator: Jacques Roy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 2 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A propulsive and “entertaining” (The Wall Street Journal) history chronicling the conception and creation of the iconic Disneyland theme park, as told like never before by popular historian Richard Snow. One day in the early 1950s, Walt Disney stood looking over 240 acres of farmland in Anaheim, California, and imagined building a park where people “could live among Mickey Mouse and Snow White in a world still powered by steam and fire for a day or a week or (if the visitor is slightly mad) forever.” Despite his wealth and fame, exactly no one wanted Disney to build such a park. Not his brother Roy, who ran the company’s finances; not the bankers; and not his wife, Lillian. Amusement parks at that time, such as Coney Island, were a generally despised business, sagging and sordid remnants of bygone days. Disney was told that he would only be heading toward financial ruin.   But Walt persevered, initially financing the park against his own life insurance policy and later with sponsorship from ABC and the sale of thousands and thousands of Davy Crockett coonskin caps. Disney assembled a talented team of engineers, architects, artists, animators, landscapers, and even a retired admiral to transform his ideas into a soaring yet soothing wonderland of a park. The catch was that they had only a year and a day in which to build it.   On July 17, 1955, Disneyland opened its gates…and the first day was a disaster. Disney was nearly suicidal with grief that he had failed on a grand scale. But the curious masses kept coming, and the rest is entertainment history. Eight hundred million visitors have flocked to the park since then. In Disney’s Land, “Snow brings a historian’s eye and a child’s delight, not to mention superb writing, to the telling of this fascinating narrative” (Ken Burns) that “will entertain Disneyphiles and readers of popular American history” (Publishers Weekly).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ambassadors: America&amp;#039;s Diplomats on the Front Lines by Paul Richter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ambassadors: America&amp;#039;s Diplomats on the Front Lines
Author: Paul Richter
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Veteran diplomatic correspondent Paul Richter goes behind the battles and the headlines to show how American ambassadors are the unconventional warriors in the Muslim world—running local government, directing drone strikes, building nations, and risking their lives on the front lines. The tale’s heroes are a small circle of top career diplomats who have been an unheralded but crucial line of national defense in the past two decades of wars in the greater Middle East. In The Ambassadors, Paul Richter shares the astonishing, true-life stories of four expeditionary diplomats who “do the hardest things in the hardest places.”   The book describes how Ryan Crocker helped rebuild a shattered Afghan government after the fall of the Taliban and secretly negotiated with the shadowy Iranian mastermind General Qassim Suleimani to wage war in Afghanistan and choose new leaders for post-invasion Iraq. Robert Ford, assigned to be a one-man occupation government for an Iraqi province, struggled to restart a collapsed economy and to deal with spiraling sectarian violence—and was taken hostage by a militia. In Syria at the eruption of the civil war, he is chased by government thugs for defying the country’s ruler. J. Christopher Stevens is smuggled into Libya as US Envoy to the rebels during its bloody civil war, then returns as ambassador only to be killed during a terror attach in Benghazi. War-zone veteran Anne Patterson is sent to Pakistan, considered the world’s most dangerous country, to broker deals that prevent a government collapse and to help guide the secret war on jihadists.   “An important and illuminating read” (The Washington Post) and the winner of the prestigious Douglas Dillon Book Award from the American Academy of Diplomacy, The Ambassadors is a candid examination of the career diplomatic corps, America’s first point of contact with the outside world, and a critical piece of modern-day history.</description>
      <author>Paul Richter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797101972.mp3" length="836536" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797101972.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ambassadors: America&amp;#039;s Diplomats on the Front Lines
Author: Paul Richter
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Veteran diplomatic correspondent Paul Richter goes behind the battles and the headlines to show how American ambassadors are the unconventional warriors in the Muslim world—running local government, directing drone strikes, building nations, and risking their lives on the front lines. The tale’s heroes are a small circle of top career diplomats who have been an unheralded but crucial line of national defense in the past two decades of wars in the greater Middle East. In The Ambassadors, Paul Richter shares the astonishing, true-life stories of four expeditionary diplomats who “do the hardest things in the hardest places.”   The book describes how Ryan Crocker helped rebuild a shattered Afghan government after the fall of the Taliban and secretly negotiated with the shadowy Iranian mastermind General Qassim Suleimani to wage war in Afghanistan and choose new leaders for post-invasion Iraq. Robert Ford, assigned to be a one-man occupation government for an Iraqi province, struggled to restart a collapsed economy and to deal with spiraling sectarian violence—and was taken hostage by a militia. In Syria at the eruption of the civil war, he is chased by government thugs for defying the country’s ruler. J. Christopher Stevens is smuggled into Libya as US Envoy to the rebels during its bloody civil war, then returns as ambassador only to be killed during a terror attach in Benghazi. War-zone veteran Anne Patterson is sent to Pakistan, considered the world’s most dangerous country, to broker deals that prevent a government collapse and to help guide the secret war on jihadists.   “An important and illuminating read” (The Washington Post) and the winner of the prestigious Douglas Dillon Book Award from the American Academy of Diplomacy, The Ambassadors is a candid examination of the career diplomatic corps, America’s first point of contact with the outside world, and a critical piece of modern-day history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ambassadors: America&amp;#039;s Diplomats on the Front Lines
Author: Paul Richter
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Veteran diplomatic correspondent Paul Richter goes behind the battles and the headlines to show how American ambassadors are the unconventional warriors in the Muslim world—running local government, directing drone strikes, building nations, and risking their lives on the front lines. The tale’s heroes are a small circle of top career diplomats who have been an unheralded but crucial line of national defense in the past two decades of wars in the greater Middle East. In The Ambassadors, Paul Richter shares the astonishing, true-life stories of four expeditionary diplomats who “do the hardest things in the hardest places.”   The book describes how Ryan Crocker helped rebuild a shattered Afghan government after the fall of the Taliban and secretly negotiated with the shadowy Iranian mastermind General Qassim Suleimani to wage war in Afghanistan and choose new leaders for post-invasion Iraq. Robert Ford, assigned to be a one-man occupation government for an Iraqi province, struggled to restart a collapsed economy and to deal with spiraling sectarian violence—and was taken hostage by a militia. In Syria at the eruption of the civil war, he is chased by government thugs for defying the country’s ruler. J. Christopher Stevens is smuggled into Libya as US Envoy to the rebels during its bloody civil war, then returns as ambassador only to be killed during a terror attach in Benghazi. War-zone veteran Anne Patterson is sent to Pakistan, considered the world’s most dangerous country, to broker deals that prevent a government collapse and to help guide the secret war on jihadists.   “An important and illuminating read” (The Washington Post) and the winner of the prestigious Douglas Dillon Book Award from the American Academy of Diplomacy, The Ambassadors is a candid examination of the career diplomatic corps, America’s first point of contact with the outside world, and a critical piece of modern-day history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Harder You Work, the Luckier You Get: An Entrepreneur&amp;#039;s Memoir by Joe Ricketts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383317</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Harder You Work, the Luckier You Get: An Entrepreneur&amp;#039;s Memoir
Author: Joe Ricketts
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Joe Ricketts, founder of TD Ameritrade, shares the epic inside story of how a working-class kid from the Nebraska prairie took on Wall Street’s clubby brokerage business, busted it open, and walked away a billionaire.  Joe Ricketts always had the gift of seeing what others missed. The son of a house builder, he started life as a part-time janitor, but by the age of thirty-three he saw the chance to challenge the big brokerage firms by offering Americans an inexpensive way to take control of their own stock trading. Nowadays, we take for granted that Main Street is playing right there on Wall Street, but Ricketts made that happen. His company, begun with $12,500 borrowed from friends and family, took off like a rocket thanks to an early embrace of digital technology and irreverent marketing. But Ameritrade also faced a series of near-disasters: the SEC almost shut him down; his partners tried to force him out because of his relentless risk-taking; penny brokers swindled the company; the crash of 1989 nearly cost him everything; and he was almost shut down again when a customer committed massive fraud. By the time of the dot-com bust, he had proven that his strategy based on frontier values could survive just about anything.   The Harder You Work, The Luckier You Get offers a view inside Joe Ricketts’ mind, giving readers a visceral understanding of how entrepreneurs think and act differently from the rest of us—how they see the horizon where we just see a spreadsheet. As unvarnished as the prairie he comes from, Ricketts also talks honestly about his shortcomings as a manager, the career sacrifices his wife made for his business, the complexity of being a father, and the pain of splitting with his mentor and of his brother’s death from AIDS. Overcoming these and other challenges, he built a company now worth $30 billion.   A must-read for anyone who’s ever dreamed of starting their own business, The Harder You Work, The Luckier You Get is the ultimate only-in-America story.</description>
      <author>Joe Ricketts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797102009.mp3" length="849028" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383317</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797102009.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Harder You Work, the Luckier You Get: An Entrepreneur&amp;#039;s Memoir
Author: Joe Ricketts
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Joe Ricketts, founder of TD Ameritrade, shares the epic inside story of how a working-class kid from the Nebraska prairie took on Wall Street’s clubby brokerage business, busted it open, and walked away a billionaire.  Joe Ricketts always had the gift of seeing what others missed. The son of a house builder, he started life as a part-time janitor, but by the age of thirty-three he saw the chance to challenge the big brokerage firms by offering Americans an inexpensive way to take control of their own stock trading. Nowadays, we take for granted that Main Street is playing right there on Wall Street, but Ricketts made that happen. His company, begun with $12,500 borrowed from friends and family, took off like a rocket thanks to an early embrace of digital technology and irreverent marketing. But Ameritrade also faced a series of near-disasters: the SEC almost shut him down; his partners tried to force him out because of his relentless risk-taking; penny brokers swindled the company; the crash of 1989 nearly cost him everything; and he was almost shut down again when a customer committed massive fraud. By the time of the dot-com bust, he had proven that his strategy based on frontier values could survive just about anything.   The Harder You Work, The Luckier You Get offers a view inside Joe Ricketts’ mind, giving readers a visceral understanding of how entrepreneurs think and act differently from the rest of us—how they see the horizon where we just see a spreadsheet. As unvarnished as the prairie he comes from, Ricketts also talks honestly about his shortcomings as a manager, the career sacrifices his wife made for his business, the complexity of being a father, and the pain of splitting with his mentor and of his brother’s death from AIDS. Overcoming these and other challenges, he built a company now worth $30 billion.   A must-read for anyone who’s ever dreamed of starting their own business, The Harder You Work, The Luckier You Get is the ultimate only-in-America story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Harder You Work, the Luckier You Get: An Entrepreneur&amp;#039;s Memoir
Author: Joe Ricketts
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Joe Ricketts, founder of TD Ameritrade, shares the epic inside story of how a working-class kid from the Nebraska prairie took on Wall Street’s clubby brokerage business, busted it open, and walked away a billionaire.  Joe Ricketts always had the gift of seeing what others missed. The son of a house builder, he started life as a part-time janitor, but by the age of thirty-three he saw the chance to challenge the big brokerage firms by offering Americans an inexpensive way to take control of their own stock trading. Nowadays, we take for granted that Main Street is playing right there on Wall Street, but Ricketts made that happen. His company, begun with $12,500 borrowed from friends and family, took off like a rocket thanks to an early embrace of digital technology and irreverent marketing. But Ameritrade also faced a series of near-disasters: the SEC almost shut him down; his partners tried to force him out because of his relentless risk-taking; penny brokers swindled the company; the crash of 1989 nearly cost him everything; and he was almost shut down again when a customer committed massive fraud. By the time of the dot-com bust, he had proven that his strategy based on frontier values could survive just about anything.   The Harder You Work, The Luckier You Get offers a view inside Joe Ricketts’ mind, giving readers a visceral understanding of how entrepreneurs think and act differently from the rest of us—how they see the horizon where we just see a spreadsheet. As unvarnished as the prairie he comes from, Ricketts also talks honestly about his shortcomings as a manager, the career sacrifices his wife made for his business, the complexity of being a father, and the pain of splitting with his mentor and of his brother’s death from AIDS. Overcoming these and other challenges, he built a company now worth $30 billion.   A must-read for anyone who’s ever dreamed of starting their own business, The Harder You Work, The Luckier You Get is the ultimate only-in-America story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chaos: Charles Manson, the CIA, and the Secret History of the Sixties by Tom O&amp;#039;neill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383205</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaos: Charles Manson, the CIA, and the Secret History of the Sixties
Author: Tom O&amp;#039;neill
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 134 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 41
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A journalist&amp;#039;s twenty-year fascination with the Manson murders leads to shocking new revelations about the FBI&amp;#039;s involvement in this riveting reassessment of an infamous case in American history. Over two grim nights in Los Angeles, the young followers of Charles Manson murdered seven people, including the actress Sharon Tate, then eight months pregnant. With no mercy and seemingly no motive, the Manson Family followed their leader&amp;#039;s every order -- their crimes lit a flame of paranoia across the nation, spelling the end of the sixties. Manson became one of history&amp;#039;s most infamous criminals, his name forever attached to an era when charlatans mixed with prodigies, free love was as possible as brainwashing, and utopia -- or dystopia -- was just an acid trip away. Twenty years ago, when journalist Tom O&amp;#039;Neill was reporting a magazine piece about the murders, he worried there was nothing new to say. Then he unearthed shocking evidence of a cover-up behind the &amp;#039;official&amp;#039; story, including police carelessness, legal misconduct, and potential surveillance by intelligence agents. When a tense interview with Vincent Bugliosi -- prosecutor of the Manson Family and author of Helter Skelter -- turned a friendly source into a nemesis, O&amp;#039;Neill knew he was onto something. But every discovery brought more questions: - Who were Manson&amp;#039;s real friends in Hollywood, and how far would they go to hide their ties? - Why didn&amp;#039;t law enforcement, including Manson&amp;#039;s own parole officer, act on their many chances to stop him? - And how did Manson -- an illiterate ex-con -- turn a group of peaceful hippies into remorseless killers? O&amp;#039;Neill&amp;#039;s quest for the truth led him from reclusive celebrities to seasoned spies, from San Francisco&amp;#039;s summer of love to the shadowy sites of the CIA&amp;#039;s mind-control experiments, on a trail rife with shady cover-ups and suspicious coincidences. The product of two decades of reporting, hundreds of new interviews, and dozens of never-before-seen documents from the LAPD, the FBI, and the CIA, Chaos mounts an argument that could be, according to Los Angeles Deputy District Attorney Steven Kay, strong enough to overturn the verdicts on the Manson murders. This is a book that overturns our understanding of a pivotal time in American history.</description>
      <author>Tom O&amp;#039;neill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478998990.mp3" length="844780" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383205</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478998990.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaos: Charles Manson, the CIA, and the Secret History of the Sixties
Author: Tom O&amp;#039;neill
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 134 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 41
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A journalist&amp;#039;s twenty-year fascination with the Manson murders leads to shocking new revelations about the FBI&amp;#039;s involvement in this riveting reassessment of an infamous case in American history. Over two grim nights in Los Angeles, the young followers of Charles Manson murdered seven people, including the actress Sharon Tate, then eight months pregnant. With no mercy and seemingly no motive, the Manson Family followed their leader&amp;#039;s every order -- their crimes lit a flame of paranoia across the nation, spelling the end of the sixties. Manson became one of history&amp;#039;s most infamous criminals, his name forever attached to an era when charlatans mixed with prodigies, free love was as possible as brainwashing, and utopia -- or dystopia -- was just an acid trip away. Twenty years ago, when journalist Tom O&amp;#039;Neill was reporting a magazine piece about the murders, he worried there was nothing new to say. Then he unearthed shocking evidence of a cover-up behind the &amp;#039;official&amp;#039; story, including police carelessness, legal misconduct, and potential surveillance by intelligence agents. When a tense interview with Vincent Bugliosi -- prosecutor of the Manson Family and author of Helter Skelter -- turned a friendly source into a nemesis, O&amp;#039;Neill knew he was onto something. But every discovery brought more questions: - Who were Manson&amp;#039;s real friends in Hollywood, and how far would they go to hide their ties? - Why didn&amp;#039;t law enforcement, including Manson&amp;#039;s own parole officer, act on their many chances to stop him? - And how did Manson -- an illiterate ex-con -- turn a group of peaceful hippies into remorseless killers? O&amp;#039;Neill&amp;#039;s quest for the truth led him from reclusive celebrities to seasoned spies, from San Francisco&amp;#039;s summer of love to the shadowy sites of the CIA&amp;#039;s mind-control experiments, on a trail rife with shady cover-ups and suspicious coincidences. The product of two decades of reporting, hundreds of new interviews, and dozens of never-before-seen documents from the LAPD, the FBI, and the CIA, Chaos mounts an argument that could be, according to Los Angeles Deputy District Attorney Steven Kay, strong enough to overturn the verdicts on the Manson murders. This is a book that overturns our understanding of a pivotal time in American history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaos: Charles Manson, the CIA, and the Secret History of the Sixties
Author: Tom O&amp;#039;neill
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 17 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 134 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 41
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A journalist&amp;#039;s twenty-year fascination with the Manson murders leads to shocking new revelations about the FBI&amp;#039;s involvement in this riveting reassessment of an infamous case in American history. Over two grim nights in Los Angeles, the young followers of Charles Manson murdered seven people, including the actress Sharon Tate, then eight months pregnant. With no mercy and seemingly no motive, the Manson Family followed their leader&amp;#039;s every order -- their crimes lit a flame of paranoia across the nation, spelling the end of the sixties. Manson became one of history&amp;#039;s most infamous criminals, his name forever attached to an era when charlatans mixed with prodigies, free love was as possible as brainwashing, and utopia -- or dystopia -- was just an acid trip away. Twenty years ago, when journalist Tom O&amp;#039;Neill was reporting a magazine piece about the murders, he worried there was nothing new to say. Then he unearthed shocking evidence of a cover-up behind the &amp;#039;official&amp;#039; story, including police carelessness, legal misconduct, and potential surveillance by intelligence agents. When a tense interview with Vincent Bugliosi -- prosecutor of the Manson Family and author of Helter Skelter -- turned a friendly source into a nemesis, O&amp;#039;Neill knew he was onto something. But every discovery brought more questions: - Who were Manson&amp;#039;s real friends in Hollywood, and how far would they go to hide their ties? - Why didn&amp;#039;t law enforcement, including Manson&amp;#039;s own parole officer, act on their many chances to stop him? - And how did Manson -- an illiterate ex-con -- turn a group of peaceful hippies into remorseless killers? O&amp;#039;Neill&amp;#039;s quest for the truth led him from reclusive celebrities to seasoned spies, from San Francisco&amp;#039;s summer of love to the shadowy sites of the CIA&amp;#039;s mind-control experiments, on a trail rife with shady cover-ups and suspicious coincidences. The product of two decades of reporting, hundreds of new interviews, and dozens of never-before-seen documents from the LAPD, the FBI, and the CIA, Chaos mounts an argument that could be, according to Los Angeles Deputy District Attorney Steven Kay, strong enough to overturn the verdicts on the Manson murders. This is a book that overturns our understanding of a pivotal time in American history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Oliver Wendell Holmes: A Life in War, Law, and Ideas by Stephen Budiansky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oliver Wendell Holmes: A Life in War, Law, and Ideas
Author: Stephen Budiansky
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Oliver Wendell Holmes twice escaped death as a young Union officer in the Civil War when musket balls missed his heart and spinal cord by a fraction of an inch. He lived ever after with unwavering moral courage, unremitting scorn for dogma, and an insatiable intellectual curiosity. Named to the Supreme Court by Theodore Roosevelt at age sixty-one, he served for nearly three decades, writing a series of famous, eloquent, and often dissenting opinions that would prove prophetic in securing freedom of speech, protecting the rights of criminal defendants, and ending the Court’s reactionary resistance to social and economic reforms. As a pioneering legal scholar, Holmes revolutionized the understanding of common law by showing how the law always evolved to meet the changing needs of society. Drawing on many previously unpublished letters and records, Stephen Budiansky&amp;#039;s definitive biography offers the fullest portrait yet of this pivotal American figure, whose zest for life, wit, and intellect left a profound legacy in law and Constitutional rights, and who was an inspiring example of how to lead a meaningful life in a world of uncertainty and upheaval.</description>
      <author>Stephen Budiansky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781977346759.mp3" length="848808" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781977346759.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oliver Wendell Holmes: A Life in War, Law, and Ideas
Author: Stephen Budiansky
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Oliver Wendell Holmes twice escaped death as a young Union officer in the Civil War when musket balls missed his heart and spinal cord by a fraction of an inch. He lived ever after with unwavering moral courage, unremitting scorn for dogma, and an insatiable intellectual curiosity. Named to the Supreme Court by Theodore Roosevelt at age sixty-one, he served for nearly three decades, writing a series of famous, eloquent, and often dissenting opinions that would prove prophetic in securing freedom of speech, protecting the rights of criminal defendants, and ending the Court’s reactionary resistance to social and economic reforms. As a pioneering legal scholar, Holmes revolutionized the understanding of common law by showing how the law always evolved to meet the changing needs of society. Drawing on many previously unpublished letters and records, Stephen Budiansky&amp;#039;s definitive biography offers the fullest portrait yet of this pivotal American figure, whose zest for life, wit, and intellect left a profound legacy in law and Constitutional rights, and who was an inspiring example of how to lead a meaningful life in a world of uncertainty and upheaval.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Oliver Wendell Holmes: A Life in War, Law, and Ideas
Author: Stephen Budiansky
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Oliver Wendell Holmes twice escaped death as a young Union officer in the Civil War when musket balls missed his heart and spinal cord by a fraction of an inch. He lived ever after with unwavering moral courage, unremitting scorn for dogma, and an insatiable intellectual curiosity. Named to the Supreme Court by Theodore Roosevelt at age sixty-one, he served for nearly three decades, writing a series of famous, eloquent, and often dissenting opinions that would prove prophetic in securing freedom of speech, protecting the rights of criminal defendants, and ending the Court’s reactionary resistance to social and economic reforms. As a pioneering legal scholar, Holmes revolutionized the understanding of common law by showing how the law always evolved to meet the changing needs of society. Drawing on many previously unpublished letters and records, Stephen Budiansky&amp;#039;s definitive biography offers the fullest portrait yet of this pivotal American figure, whose zest for life, wit, and intellect left a profound legacy in law and Constitutional rights, and who was an inspiring example of how to lead a meaningful life in a world of uncertainty and upheaval.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Plaza: The Secret Life of America&amp;#039;s Most Famous Hotel by Julie Satow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382930</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Plaza: The Secret Life of America&amp;#039;s Most Famous Hotel
Author: Julie Satow
Narrator: Jefferson Mays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Journalist Julie Satow&amp;#039;s thrilling, unforgettable history of how one illustrious hotel has defined our understanding of money and glamour, from the Gilded Age to the Go-Go Eighties to today&amp;#039;s Billionaire Row. From the moment in 1907 when New York millionaire Alfred Gwynne Vanderbilt strode through the Plaza Hotel&amp;#039;s revolving doors to become its first guest to the afternoon in 2007 when a mysterious Russian oligarch paid a record price for the hotel&amp;#039;s largest penthouse, the eighteen-story white marble edifice at the corner of Fifth Avenue and 59th Street has radiated wealth and luxury. For some, the hotel evokes images of F. Scott Fitzgerald frolicking in the Pulitzer Fountain, or Eloise, the impish young guest who pours water down the mail chute. But the true stories captured in The Plaza also include dark, hidden secrets: the cold-blooded murder perpetrated by the construction workers in charge of building the hotel, how Donald J. Trump came to be the only owner to ever bankrupt the Plaza, and the tale of the disgraced Indian tycoon who ran the hotel from a maximum-security prison cell, 7,000 miles away in Delhi. In this definitive history, award-winning journalist Julie Satow not only pulls back the curtain on Truman Capote&amp;#039;s Black and White Ball and The Beatles&amp;#039; first stateside visit -- she also follows the money trail. The Plaza reveals how a handful of rich dowager widows were the financial lifeline that saved the hotel during the Great Depression, and how today, foreign money and anonymous shell companies have transformed iconic guest rooms into condominiums that shield ill-gotten gains, hollowing out parts of the hotel as well as the city around it. The Plaza is the account of one vaunted New York City address that has become synonymous with wealth and scandal, opportunity and tragedy. With glamour on the surface and strife behind the scenes, it is the story of how one hotel became a mirror reflecting New York&amp;#039;s place at the center of the country&amp;#039;s cultural narrative for over a century.</description>
      <author>Julie Satow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549175930.mp3" length="896668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382930</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549175930.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Plaza: The Secret Life of America&amp;#039;s Most Famous Hotel
Author: Julie Satow
Narrator: Jefferson Mays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Journalist Julie Satow&amp;#039;s thrilling, unforgettable history of how one illustrious hotel has defined our understanding of money and glamour, from the Gilded Age to the Go-Go Eighties to today&amp;#039;s Billionaire Row. From the moment in 1907 when New York millionaire Alfred Gwynne Vanderbilt strode through the Plaza Hotel&amp;#039;s revolving doors to become its first guest to the afternoon in 2007 when a mysterious Russian oligarch paid a record price for the hotel&amp;#039;s largest penthouse, the eighteen-story white marble edifice at the corner of Fifth Avenue and 59th Street has radiated wealth and luxury. For some, the hotel evokes images of F. Scott Fitzgerald frolicking in the Pulitzer Fountain, or Eloise, the impish young guest who pours water down the mail chute. But the true stories captured in The Plaza also include dark, hidden secrets: the cold-blooded murder perpetrated by the construction workers in charge of building the hotel, how Donald J. Trump came to be the only owner to ever bankrupt the Plaza, and the tale of the disgraced Indian tycoon who ran the hotel from a maximum-security prison cell, 7,000 miles away in Delhi. In this definitive history, award-winning journalist Julie Satow not only pulls back the curtain on Truman Capote&amp;#039;s Black and White Ball and The Beatles&amp;#039; first stateside visit -- she also follows the money trail. The Plaza reveals how a handful of rich dowager widows were the financial lifeline that saved the hotel during the Great Depression, and how today, foreign money and anonymous shell companies have transformed iconic guest rooms into condominiums that shield ill-gotten gains, hollowing out parts of the hotel as well as the city around it. The Plaza is the account of one vaunted New York City address that has become synonymous with wealth and scandal, opportunity and tragedy. With glamour on the surface and strife behind the scenes, it is the story of how one hotel became a mirror reflecting New York&amp;#039;s place at the center of the country&amp;#039;s cultural narrative for over a century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Plaza: The Secret Life of America&amp;#039;s Most Famous Hotel
Author: Julie Satow
Narrator: Jefferson Mays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Journalist Julie Satow&amp;#039;s thrilling, unforgettable history of how one illustrious hotel has defined our understanding of money and glamour, from the Gilded Age to the Go-Go Eighties to today&amp;#039;s Billionaire Row. From the moment in 1907 when New York millionaire Alfred Gwynne Vanderbilt strode through the Plaza Hotel&amp;#039;s revolving doors to become its first guest to the afternoon in 2007 when a mysterious Russian oligarch paid a record price for the hotel&amp;#039;s largest penthouse, the eighteen-story white marble edifice at the corner of Fifth Avenue and 59th Street has radiated wealth and luxury. For some, the hotel evokes images of F. Scott Fitzgerald frolicking in the Pulitzer Fountain, or Eloise, the impish young guest who pours water down the mail chute. But the true stories captured in The Plaza also include dark, hidden secrets: the cold-blooded murder perpetrated by the construction workers in charge of building the hotel, how Donald J. Trump came to be the only owner to ever bankrupt the Plaza, and the tale of the disgraced Indian tycoon who ran the hotel from a maximum-security prison cell, 7,000 miles away in Delhi. In this definitive history, award-winning journalist Julie Satow not only pulls back the curtain on Truman Capote&amp;#039;s Black and White Ball and The Beatles&amp;#039; first stateside visit -- she also follows the money trail. The Plaza reveals how a handful of rich dowager widows were the financial lifeline that saved the hotel during the Great Depression, and how today, foreign money and anonymous shell companies have transformed iconic guest rooms into condominiums that shield ill-gotten gains, hollowing out parts of the hotel as well as the city around it. The Plaza is the account of one vaunted New York City address that has become synonymous with wealth and scandal, opportunity and tragedy. With glamour on the surface and strife behind the scenes, it is the story of how one hotel became a mirror reflecting New York&amp;#039;s place at the center of the country&amp;#039;s cultural narrative for over a century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Franklin &amp;amp; Washington: The Founding Partnership by Edward J. Larson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382835</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Franklin &amp;amp; Washington: The Founding Partnership
Author: Edward J. Larson
Narrator: Andrew Tell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Larson&amp;#039;s elegantly written dual biography reveals that the partnership of Franklin and Washington was indispensable to the success of the Revolution.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Gordon S. Wood  From the Pulitzer Prize-winning historian comes a masterful, first-of-its-kind dual biography of Benjamin Franklin and George Washington, illuminating their partnership&amp;#039;s enduring importance.  One of USA Today’s “Must-Read Books&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of Winter 2020  •  One of Publishers Weekly&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Top Ten&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Spring 2020 Memoirs/Biographies Theirs was a three-decade-long bond that, more than any other pairing, would forge the United States. Vastly different men, Benjamin Franklin—an abolitionist freethinker from the urban north—and George Washington—a slavehold­ing general from the agrarian south—were the indispensable authors of American independence and the two key partners in the attempt to craft a more perfect union at the Constitutional Convention, held in Franklin’s Philadelphia and presided over by Washington. And yet their teamwork has been little remarked upon in the centuries since. Illuminating Franklin and Washington’s relationship with striking new detail and energy, Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Edward J. Larson shows that theirs was truly an intimate working friendship that amplified the talents of each for collective advancement of the American project. During the French and Indian War, Franklin supplied the wagons for General Edward Braddock’s ill-fated assault on Fort Duquesne, and Washington buried the general’s body under the dirt road traveled by those retreating wagons. After long sup­porting British rule, both became key early proponents of inde­pendence. Rekindled during the Second Continental Congress in 1775, their friendship gained historical significance during the American Revolution, when Franklin led America’s diplomatic mission in Europe (securing money and an alliance with France) and Washington commanded the Continental Army. Victory required both of these efforts to succeed, and success, in turn, required their mutual coordination and cooperation. In the 1780s, the two sought to strengthen the union, leading to the framing and ratification of the Constitution, the founding document that bears their stamp. Franklin and Washington—the two most revered figures in the early republic—staked their lives and fortunes on the American experiment in liberty and were committed to its preservation. Today the United States is the world’s great super­power, and yet we also wrestle with the government Franklin and Washington created more than two centuries ago—the power of the executive branch, the principle of checks and balances, the electoral college—as well as the wounds of their compromise over slavery. Now, as the founding institutions appear under new stress, it is time to understand their origins through the fresh lens of Larson’s Franklin &amp;amp; Washington, a major addition to the literature of the founding era.</description>
      <author>Edward J. Larson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780062880185.mp3" length="1396431" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382835</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780062880185.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Franklin &amp;amp; Washington: The Founding Partnership
Author: Edward J. Larson
Narrator: Andrew Tell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Larson&amp;#039;s elegantly written dual biography reveals that the partnership of Franklin and Washington was indispensable to the success of the Revolution.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Gordon S. Wood  From the Pulitzer Prize-winning historian comes a masterful, first-of-its-kind dual biography of Benjamin Franklin and George Washington, illuminating their partnership&amp;#039;s enduring importance.  One of USA Today’s “Must-Read Books&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of Winter 2020  •  One of Publishers Weekly&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Top Ten&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Spring 2020 Memoirs/Biographies Theirs was a three-decade-long bond that, more than any other pairing, would forge the United States. Vastly different men, Benjamin Franklin—an abolitionist freethinker from the urban north—and George Washington—a slavehold­ing general from the agrarian south—were the indispensable authors of American independence and the two key partners in the attempt to craft a more perfect union at the Constitutional Convention, held in Franklin’s Philadelphia and presided over by Washington. And yet their teamwork has been little remarked upon in the centuries since. Illuminating Franklin and Washington’s relationship with striking new detail and energy, Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Edward J. Larson shows that theirs was truly an intimate working friendship that amplified the talents of each for collective advancement of the American project. During the French and Indian War, Franklin supplied the wagons for General Edward Braddock’s ill-fated assault on Fort Duquesne, and Washington buried the general’s body under the dirt road traveled by those retreating wagons. After long sup­porting British rule, both became key early proponents of inde­pendence. Rekindled during the Second Continental Congress in 1775, their friendship gained historical significance during the American Revolution, when Franklin led America’s diplomatic mission in Europe (securing money and an alliance with France) and Washington commanded the Continental Army. Victory required both of these efforts to succeed, and success, in turn, required their mutual coordination and cooperation. In the 1780s, the two sought to strengthen the union, leading to the framing and ratification of the Constitution, the founding document that bears their stamp. Franklin and Washington—the two most revered figures in the early republic—staked their lives and fortunes on the American experiment in liberty and were committed to its preservation. Today the United States is the world’s great super­power, and yet we also wrestle with the government Franklin and Washington created more than two centuries ago—the power of the executive branch, the principle of checks and balances, the electoral college—as well as the wounds of their compromise over slavery. Now, as the founding institutions appear under new stress, it is time to understand their origins through the fresh lens of Larson’s Franklin &amp;amp; Washington, a major addition to the literature of the founding era.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Franklin &amp;amp; Washington: The Founding Partnership
Author: Edward J. Larson
Narrator: Andrew Tell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Larson&amp;#039;s elegantly written dual biography reveals that the partnership of Franklin and Washington was indispensable to the success of the Revolution.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Gordon S. Wood  From the Pulitzer Prize-winning historian comes a masterful, first-of-its-kind dual biography of Benjamin Franklin and George Washington, illuminating their partnership&amp;#039;s enduring importance.  One of USA Today’s “Must-Read Books&amp;#039;&amp;#039; of Winter 2020  •  One of Publishers Weekly&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Top Ten&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Spring 2020 Memoirs/Biographies Theirs was a three-decade-long bond that, more than any other pairing, would forge the United States. Vastly different men, Benjamin Franklin—an abolitionist freethinker from the urban north—and George Washington—a slavehold­ing general from the agrarian south—were the indispensable authors of American independence and the two key partners in the attempt to craft a more perfect union at the Constitutional Convention, held in Franklin’s Philadelphia and presided over by Washington. And yet their teamwork has been little remarked upon in the centuries since. Illuminating Franklin and Washington’s relationship with striking new detail and energy, Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Edward J. Larson shows that theirs was truly an intimate working friendship that amplified the talents of each for collective advancement of the American project. During the French and Indian War, Franklin supplied the wagons for General Edward Braddock’s ill-fated assault on Fort Duquesne, and Washington buried the general’s body under the dirt road traveled by those retreating wagons. After long sup­porting British rule, both became key early proponents of inde­pendence. Rekindled during the Second Continental Congress in 1775, their friendship gained historical significance during the American Revolution, when Franklin led America’s diplomatic mission in Europe (securing money and an alliance with France) and Washington commanded the Continental Army. Victory required both of these efforts to succeed, and success, in turn, required their mutual coordination and cooperation. In the 1780s, the two sought to strengthen the union, leading to the framing and ratification of the Constitution, the founding document that bears their stamp. Franklin and Washington—the two most revered figures in the early republic—staked their lives and fortunes on the American experiment in liberty and were committed to its preservation. Today the United States is the world’s great super­power, and yet we also wrestle with the government Franklin and Washington created more than two centuries ago—the power of the executive branch, the principle of checks and balances, the electoral college—as well as the wounds of their compromise over slavery. Now, as the founding institutions appear under new stress, it is time to understand their origins through the fresh lens of Larson’s Franklin &amp;amp; Washington, a major addition to the literature of the founding era.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Confederate Girl’s Diary by Sarah Morgan Dawson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382430</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Confederate Girl’s Diary
Author: Sarah Morgan Dawson
Narrator: Erica Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Sarah Morgan Dawson used her diary to record her thoughts and experiences from 1862 to 1865, during the height of the American Civil War. A Confederate Girl’s Diary provides a thorough account of civilian life in Louisiana during and after the war. “I wrote a description of the whole, just a few hours after it occurred…Early in the war I began to keep a diary and continued until the very end; I had to find some vent for my feelings, and I would not make an exhibition of myself by talking, as so many women did. I have written while resting to recover breath in the midst of a stampede; I have even written with shells bursting over the house in which I sat, ready to flee but waiting for my mother and sisters to finish their preparations.”</description>
      <author>Sarah Morgan Dawson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094030142.mp3" length="880820" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382430</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094030142.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Confederate Girl’s Diary
Author: Sarah Morgan Dawson
Narrator: Erica Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Sarah Morgan Dawson used her diary to record her thoughts and experiences from 1862 to 1865, during the height of the American Civil War. A Confederate Girl’s Diary provides a thorough account of civilian life in Louisiana during and after the war. “I wrote a description of the whole, just a few hours after it occurred…Early in the war I began to keep a diary and continued until the very end; I had to find some vent for my feelings, and I would not make an exhibition of myself by talking, as so many women did. I have written while resting to recover breath in the midst of a stampede; I have even written with shells bursting over the house in which I sat, ready to flee but waiting for my mother and sisters to finish their preparations.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Confederate Girl’s Diary
Author: Sarah Morgan Dawson
Narrator: Erica Sullivan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Sarah Morgan Dawson used her diary to record her thoughts and experiences from 1862 to 1865, during the height of the American Civil War. A Confederate Girl’s Diary provides a thorough account of civilian life in Louisiana during and after the war. “I wrote a description of the whole, just a few hours after it occurred…Early in the war I began to keep a diary and continued until the very end; I had to find some vent for my feelings, and I would not make an exhibition of myself by talking, as so many women did. I have written while resting to recover breath in the midst of a stampede; I have even written with shells bursting over the house in which I sat, ready to flee but waiting for my mother and sisters to finish their preparations.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Other Side of War: With the Army of the Potomac by Katharine Prescott Wormeley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382428</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382428">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382428</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Other Side of War: With the Army of the Potomac
Author: Katharine Prescott Wormeley
Narrator: Kate Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Every memoir of the American Civil War provides us with another view of the catastrophe that changed the country forever. The Other Side of the War reveals the war as experienced by the thousands of women volunteered to work in hospitals and for the Sanitary Commission, the organization that advocated better practices and lobbied for increased supplies. Katharine Prescott Wormeley was one of those volunteers, an American nurse in the Civil War, as well as author, editor, and and one of America’s best-known translators of French language literary works.  Her letters from the period of the Peninsular Campaign of 1862, collected here, provide a warm, witty, and at times heartbreaking view of the hardworking women to whom so much was owed by the soldiers and the nation.</description>
      <author>Katharine Prescott Wormeley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094030067.mp3" length="868209" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382428</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094030067.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382428">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382428</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Other Side of War: With the Army of the Potomac
Author: Katharine Prescott Wormeley
Narrator: Kate Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Every memoir of the American Civil War provides us with another view of the catastrophe that changed the country forever. The Other Side of the War reveals the war as experienced by the thousands of women volunteered to work in hospitals and for the Sanitary Commission, the organization that advocated better practices and lobbied for increased supplies. Katharine Prescott Wormeley was one of those volunteers, an American nurse in the Civil War, as well as author, editor, and and one of America’s best-known translators of French language literary works.  Her letters from the period of the Peninsular Campaign of 1862, collected here, provide a warm, witty, and at times heartbreaking view of the hardworking women to whom so much was owed by the soldiers and the nation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382428">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382428</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Other Side of War: With the Army of the Potomac
Author: Katharine Prescott Wormeley
Narrator: Kate Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2019
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Every memoir of the American Civil War provides us with another view of the catastrophe that changed the country forever. The Other Side of the War reveals the war as experienced by the thousands of women volunteered to work in hospitals and for the Sanitary Commission, the organization that advocated better practices and lobbied for increased supplies. Katharine Prescott Wormeley was one of those volunteers, an American nurse in the Civil War, as well as author, editor, and and one of America’s best-known translators of French language literary works.  Her letters from the period of the Peninsular Campaign of 1862, collected here, provide a warm, witty, and at times heartbreaking view of the hardworking women to whom so much was owed by the soldiers and the nation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Queen: The Forgotten Life Behind an American Myth by Josh Levin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382333</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Queen: The Forgotten Life Behind an American Myth
Author: Josh Levin
Narrator: January LaVoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the National Book Critics Circle Award in Biography In this critically acclaimed true crime tale of &amp;#039;welfare queen&amp;#039; Linda Taylor, a Slate editor reveals a &amp;#039;wild, only-in-America story&amp;#039; of political manipulation and murder (Attica Locke, Edgar Award-winning author). On the South Side of Chicago in 1974, Linda Taylor reported a phony burglary, concocting a lie about stolen furs and jewelry. The detective who checked it out soon discovered she was a welfare cheat who drove a Cadillac to collect ill-gotten government checks. And that was just the beginning: Taylor, it turned out, was also a kidnapper, and possibly a murderer. A desperately ill teacher, a combat-traumatized Marine, an elderly woman hungry for companionship -- after Taylor came into their lives, all three ended up dead under suspicious circumstances. But nobody -- not the journalists who touted her story, not the police, and not presidential candidate Ronald Reagan -- seemed to care about anything but her welfare thievery. Growing up in the Jim Crow South, Taylor was made an outcast because of the color of her skin. As she rose to infamy, the press and politicians manipulated her image to demonize poor black women. Part social history, part true-crime investigation, Josh Levin&amp;#039;s mesmerizing book, the product of six years of reporting and research, is a fascinating account of American racism, and an exposé of the &amp;#039;welfare queen&amp;#039; myth, one that fueled political debates that reverberate to this day. The Queen tells, for the first time, the fascinating story of what was done to Linda Taylor, what she did to others, and what was done in her name. &amp;#039;In the finest tradition of investigative reporting, Josh Levin exposes how a story that once shaped the nation&amp;#039;s conscience was clouded by racism and lies. As he stunningly reveals in this &amp;#039;invaluable work of nonfiction,&amp;#039; the deeper truth, the messy truth, tells us something much larger about who we are (David Grann, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon).</description>
      <author>Josh Levin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2019 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478995135.mp3" length="898737" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382333</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478995135.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Queen: The Forgotten Life Behind an American Myth
Author: Josh Levin
Narrator: January LaVoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the National Book Critics Circle Award in Biography In this critically acclaimed true crime tale of &amp;#039;welfare queen&amp;#039; Linda Taylor, a Slate editor reveals a &amp;#039;wild, only-in-America story&amp;#039; of political manipulation and murder (Attica Locke, Edgar Award-winning author). On the South Side of Chicago in 1974, Linda Taylor reported a phony burglary, concocting a lie about stolen furs and jewelry. The detective who checked it out soon discovered she was a welfare cheat who drove a Cadillac to collect ill-gotten government checks. And that was just the beginning: Taylor, it turned out, was also a kidnapper, and possibly a murderer. A desperately ill teacher, a combat-traumatized Marine, an elderly woman hungry for companionship -- after Taylor came into their lives, all three ended up dead under suspicious circumstances. But nobody -- not the journalists who touted her story, not the police, and not presidential candidate Ronald Reagan -- seemed to care about anything but her welfare thievery. Growing up in the Jim Crow South, Taylor was made an outcast because of the color of her skin. As she rose to infamy, the press and politicians manipulated her image to demonize poor black women. Part social history, part true-crime investigation, Josh Levin&amp;#039;s mesmerizing book, the product of six years of reporting and research, is a fascinating account of American racism, and an exposé of the &amp;#039;welfare queen&amp;#039; myth, one that fueled political debates that reverberate to this day. The Queen tells, for the first time, the fascinating story of what was done to Linda Taylor, what she did to others, and what was done in her name. &amp;#039;In the finest tradition of investigative reporting, Josh Levin exposes how a story that once shaped the nation&amp;#039;s conscience was clouded by racism and lies. As he stunningly reveals in this &amp;#039;invaluable work of nonfiction,&amp;#039; the deeper truth, the messy truth, tells us something much larger about who we are (David Grann, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Queen: The Forgotten Life Behind an American Myth
Author: Josh Levin
Narrator: January LaVoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the National Book Critics Circle Award in Biography In this critically acclaimed true crime tale of &amp;#039;welfare queen&amp;#039; Linda Taylor, a Slate editor reveals a &amp;#039;wild, only-in-America story&amp;#039; of political manipulation and murder (Attica Locke, Edgar Award-winning author). On the South Side of Chicago in 1974, Linda Taylor reported a phony burglary, concocting a lie about stolen furs and jewelry. The detective who checked it out soon discovered she was a welfare cheat who drove a Cadillac to collect ill-gotten government checks. And that was just the beginning: Taylor, it turned out, was also a kidnapper, and possibly a murderer. A desperately ill teacher, a combat-traumatized Marine, an elderly woman hungry for companionship -- after Taylor came into their lives, all three ended up dead under suspicious circumstances. But nobody -- not the journalists who touted her story, not the police, and not presidential candidate Ronald Reagan -- seemed to care about anything but her welfare thievery. Growing up in the Jim Crow South, Taylor was made an outcast because of the color of her skin. As she rose to infamy, the press and politicians manipulated her image to demonize poor black women. Part social history, part true-crime investigation, Josh Levin&amp;#039;s mesmerizing book, the product of six years of reporting and research, is a fascinating account of American racism, and an exposé of the &amp;#039;welfare queen&amp;#039; myth, one that fueled political debates that reverberate to this day. The Queen tells, for the first time, the fascinating story of what was done to Linda Taylor, what she did to others, and what was done in her name. &amp;#039;In the finest tradition of investigative reporting, Josh Levin exposes how a story that once shaped the nation&amp;#039;s conscience was clouded by racism and lies. As he stunningly reveals in this &amp;#039;invaluable work of nonfiction,&amp;#039; the deeper truth, the messy truth, tells us something much larger about who we are (David Grann, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Killers of the Flower Moon).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>1774: The Long Year of Revolution by Mary Beth Norton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382272</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 1774: The Long Year of Revolution
Author: Mary Beth Norton
Narrator: Kimberly Farr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of our most acclaimed and original colonial historians, a groundbreaking book tracing the critical &amp;#039;long year&amp;#039; of 1774 and the revolutionary change that took place from the Boston Tea Party and the First Continental Congress to the Battles of Lexington and Concord. A WALL STREET JOURNAL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR In this masterly work of history, the culmination of more than four decades of research and thought, Mary Beth Norton looks at the sixteen months leading up to the clashes at Lexington and Concord in mid-April 1775. This was the critical, and often overlooked, period when colonists traditionally loyal to King George III began their discordant “discussions” that led them to their acceptance of the inevitability of war against the British Empire. Drawing extensively on pamphlets, newspapers, and personal correspondence, Norton reconstructs colonial political discourse as it took place throughout 1774. Late in the year, conservatives mounted a vigorous campaign criticizing the First Continental Congress. But by then it was too late. In early 1775, colonial governors informed officials in London that they were unable to thwart the increasing power of local committees and their allied provincial congresses. Although the Declaration of Independence would not be formally adopted until July 1776, Americans had in effect “declared independence ” even before the outbreak of war in April 1775 by obeying the decrees of the provincial governments they had elected rather than colonial officials appointed by the king. Norton captures the tension and drama of this pivotal year and foundational moment in American history and brings it to life as no other historian has done before.</description>
      <author>Mary Beth Norton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593169995.mp3" length="2650699" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382272</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593169995.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 1774: The Long Year of Revolution
Author: Mary Beth Norton
Narrator: Kimberly Farr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of our most acclaimed and original colonial historians, a groundbreaking book tracing the critical &amp;#039;long year&amp;#039; of 1774 and the revolutionary change that took place from the Boston Tea Party and the First Continental Congress to the Battles of Lexington and Concord. A WALL STREET JOURNAL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR In this masterly work of history, the culmination of more than four decades of research and thought, Mary Beth Norton looks at the sixteen months leading up to the clashes at Lexington and Concord in mid-April 1775. This was the critical, and often overlooked, period when colonists traditionally loyal to King George III began their discordant “discussions” that led them to their acceptance of the inevitability of war against the British Empire. Drawing extensively on pamphlets, newspapers, and personal correspondence, Norton reconstructs colonial political discourse as it took place throughout 1774. Late in the year, conservatives mounted a vigorous campaign criticizing the First Continental Congress. But by then it was too late. In early 1775, colonial governors informed officials in London that they were unable to thwart the increasing power of local committees and their allied provincial congresses. Although the Declaration of Independence would not be formally adopted until July 1776, Americans had in effect “declared independence ” even before the outbreak of war in April 1775 by obeying the decrees of the provincial governments they had elected rather than colonial officials appointed by the king. Norton captures the tension and drama of this pivotal year and foundational moment in American history and brings it to life as no other historian has done before.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 1774: The Long Year of Revolution
Author: Mary Beth Norton
Narrator: Kimberly Farr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of our most acclaimed and original colonial historians, a groundbreaking book tracing the critical &amp;#039;long year&amp;#039; of 1774 and the revolutionary change that took place from the Boston Tea Party and the First Continental Congress to the Battles of Lexington and Concord. A WALL STREET JOURNAL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR In this masterly work of history, the culmination of more than four decades of research and thought, Mary Beth Norton looks at the sixteen months leading up to the clashes at Lexington and Concord in mid-April 1775. This was the critical, and often overlooked, period when colonists traditionally loyal to King George III began their discordant “discussions” that led them to their acceptance of the inevitability of war against the British Empire. Drawing extensively on pamphlets, newspapers, and personal correspondence, Norton reconstructs colonial political discourse as it took place throughout 1774. Late in the year, conservatives mounted a vigorous campaign criticizing the First Continental Congress. But by then it was too late. In early 1775, colonial governors informed officials in London that they were unable to thwart the increasing power of local committees and their allied provincial congresses. Although the Declaration of Independence would not be formally adopted until July 1776, Americans had in effect “declared independence ” even before the outbreak of war in April 1775 by obeying the decrees of the provincial governments they had elected rather than colonial officials appointed by the king. Norton captures the tension and drama of this pivotal year and foundational moment in American history and brings it to life as no other historian has done before.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Affirmative Action Puzzle: A Living History from Reconstruction to Today by Melvin I. Urofsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Affirmative Action Puzzle: A Living History from Reconstruction to Today
Author: Melvin I. Urofsky
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A rich, multifaceted history of affirmative action from the Civil Rights Act of 1866 through today’s tumultuous times     From acclaimed legal historian, author of a biography of Louis Brandeis (“Remarkable” —Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books, “Definitive”—Jeffrey Rosen, The New Republic) and Dissent and the Supreme Court (“Riveting”—Dahlia Lithwick, The New York Times Book Review), a history of affirmative action from its beginning with the Civil Rights Act of 1866 to the first use of the term in 1935 with the enactment of the National Labor Relations Act (the Wagner Act) to 1961 and John F. Kennedy’s Executive Order 10925, mandating that federal contractors take “affirmative action” to ensure that there be no discrimination by “race, creed, color, or national origin” down to today’s American society.  Melvin Urofsky explores affirmative action in relation to sex, gender, and education and shows that nearly every public university in the country has at one time or another instituted some form of affirmative action plan--some successful, others not.      Urofsky traces the evolution of affirmative action through labor and the struggle for racial equality, writing of World War I and the exodus that began when some six mil­lion African Americans moved northward between 1910 and 1960, one of the greatest internal migrations in the country’s history.      He describes how Harry Truman, after becoming president in 1945, fought for Roosevelt’s Fair Employment Practice Act and, surprising everyone, appointed a distinguished panel to serve as the President’s Commission on Civil Rights, as well as appointing the first black judge on a federal appeals court in 1948 and, by executive order later that year, ordering full racial integration in the armed forces.      In this important, ambitious, far-reaching book, Urofsky writes about the affirmative action cases decided by the Supreme Court: cases that either upheld or struck down particular plans that affected both governmental and private entities. We come to fully understand the societal impact of affirmative action: how and why it has helped, and inflamed, people of all walks of life; how it has evolved; and how, and why, it is still needed.</description>
      <author>Melvin I. Urofsky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 12:52:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593170250.mp3" length="2718913" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593170250.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Affirmative Action Puzzle: A Living History from Reconstruction to Today
Author: Melvin I. Urofsky
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A rich, multifaceted history of affirmative action from the Civil Rights Act of 1866 through today’s tumultuous times     From acclaimed legal historian, author of a biography of Louis Brandeis (“Remarkable” —Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books, “Definitive”—Jeffrey Rosen, The New Republic) and Dissent and the Supreme Court (“Riveting”—Dahlia Lithwick, The New York Times Book Review), a history of affirmative action from its beginning with the Civil Rights Act of 1866 to the first use of the term in 1935 with the enactment of the National Labor Relations Act (the Wagner Act) to 1961 and John F. Kennedy’s Executive Order 10925, mandating that federal contractors take “affirmative action” to ensure that there be no discrimination by “race, creed, color, or national origin” down to today’s American society.  Melvin Urofsky explores affirmative action in relation to sex, gender, and education and shows that nearly every public university in the country has at one time or another instituted some form of affirmative action plan--some successful, others not.      Urofsky traces the evolution of affirmative action through labor and the struggle for racial equality, writing of World War I and the exodus that began when some six mil­lion African Americans moved northward between 1910 and 1960, one of the greatest internal migrations in the country’s history.      He describes how Harry Truman, after becoming president in 1945, fought for Roosevelt’s Fair Employment Practice Act and, surprising everyone, appointed a distinguished panel to serve as the President’s Commission on Civil Rights, as well as appointing the first black judge on a federal appeals court in 1948 and, by executive order later that year, ordering full racial integration in the armed forces.      In this important, ambitious, far-reaching book, Urofsky writes about the affirmative action cases decided by the Supreme Court: cases that either upheld or struck down particular plans that affected both governmental and private entities. We come to fully understand the societal impact of affirmative action: how and why it has helped, and inflamed, people of all walks of life; how it has evolved; and how, and why, it is still needed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Affirmative Action Puzzle: A Living History from Reconstruction to Today
Author: Melvin I. Urofsky
Narrator: Dan Woren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: The Americas
Publisher's Summary: 
A rich, multifaceted history of affirmative action from the Civil Rights Act of 1866 through today’s tumultuous times     From acclaimed legal historian, author of a biography of Louis Brandeis (“Remarkable” —Anthony Lewis, The New York Review of Books, “Definitive”—Jeffrey Rosen, The New Republic) and Dissent and the Supreme Court (“Riveting”—Dahlia Lithwick, The New York Times Book Review), a history of affirmative action from its beginning with the Civil Rights Act of 1866 to the first use of the term in 1935 with the enactment of the National Labor Relations Act (the Wagner Act) to 1961 and John F. Kennedy’s Executive Order 10925, mandating that federal contractors take “affirmative action” to ensure that there be no discrimination by “race, creed, color, or national origin” down to today’s American society.  Melvin Urofsky explores affirmative action in relation to sex, gender, and education and shows that nearly every public university in the country has at one time or another instituted some form of affirmative action plan--some successful, others not.      Urofsky traces the evolution of affirmative action through labor and the struggle for racial equality, writing of World War I and the exodus that began when some six mil­lion African Americans moved northward between 1910 and 1960, one of the greatest internal migrations in the country’s history.      He describes how Harry Truman, after becoming president in 1945, fought for Roosevelt’s Fair Employment Practice Act and, surprising everyone, appointed a distinguished panel to serve as the President’s Commission on Civil Rights, as well as appointing the first black judge on a federal appeals court in 1948 and, by executive order later that year, ordering full racial integration in the armed forces.      In this important, ambitious, far-reaching book, Urofsky writes about the affirmative action cases decided by the Supreme Court: cases that either upheld or struck down particular plans that affected both governmental and private entities. We come to fully understand the societal impact of affirmative action: how and why it has helped, and inflamed, people of all walks of life; how it has evolved; and how, and why, it is still needed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
